2011/12 E&S Reference Guide

Reference GuideYour Source for Foodservice Equipment and Supplies Vol. 20

From the Back of the House to the Front of the House

Welcome to the 2011/2012 Product Reference Guide!This guide is designed to be used as a quick comprehensive reference that showcases products from

industry leading foodservice equipment and supplies manufacturers. We’ve included dozens of new and

innovative foodservice products to keep you up to date with the latest technology in the industry, and

we’ve also included some old favorites.

Our commitment is to help you meet your goals. We use our strong partnerships with these leading

manufacturers and our commitments to expertise in our field to enhance your business. By partnering

with us, you can spend more of your time focusing on your customer.

How To Find What You NeedLook in the Category Index on page 2.

Look for products offered by a specific supplier in the Supplier Index on page 3.

Look for the type of product in the Product Index on pages 4 and 5.

Should you want something you cannot find in this catalog, please call us and we’ll be glad to help you.

Customer ServiceWe value our customers highly and are dedicated to offering each and every one of you the best products

and services available. Our business has been built on a foundation of service, knowledge, expertise,

training and commitment.

Our informed salespeople will share essential product information and help you as you make important

buying decisions. As your “partner” in business, our objective is your long-term success.

Our Membership in SEFA, the national foodservice marketing, buying and training group, is an honor

awarded only to the very best in the industry. We meet stringent requirements in market leadership,

education, finance and marketing. As SEFA Members, we can provide tools such as this Reference

Guide to help you train your employees and to help you find the right equipment and supplies to meet

your needs.

Food for ThoughtWe’d like to express our thanks to the many fine chefs who submitted a favorite recipe or tip. Top Chefs

are featured throughout the guide. Look for an index of Featured Chefs on pages 6 & 7. You’ll also find

tips of the trade to keep you informed about rules and regulations, safety guidelines, tips for product

selection and more. Some of the information could even be incorporated into your own employee training.

We’re sure this Reference Guide will prove to be a valuable resource tool in your day to day operations.

We encourage you to take a look at what we have to offer. Call us and we’ll be happy to show you our

complete line of products and discuss the variety of services we have available. Please retain this

Reference Guide as a source for your equipment and supply needs throughout the year.

1

1.11_11 5/17/11 2:12 PM Page 1

Refrigeration 9-31Reach-Ins, Merchandisers, Prep Tables,Blast Chillers, Ice Machines

Beverage Equipment 32-38Coffee Brewers, Blenders, Bar Coolers

Cooking Equipment 39-70Ranges, Convection Ovens, Steam,Ventilation, Fryers, Microwaves

Holding Equipment 71-81Cabinets, Warmers, Serving Lines

Kitchen Prep 82-90Slicers, Mixers, Scales, Work Tables

Index By Category

Sanitation 91-107Dishwashers, Disposers, Sinks & Faucets,Trash Containers

Storage & Transport 108-120Shelving, Racks, Carts, Food Storage

Dining 121-142Dinnerware, Glassware, Flatware, Linens

Beverage Supplies 143-145Barware, Servers, Pourers

Kitchen Supplies 146-162Cookware, Utensils, Prep, Safety, Apparel

Furnishings 163-165Chairs, Tables, Crowd Control, Signage

2

2.11_12 5/17/11 2:11 PM Page 1

Supplier index

3

Aarco Products, Inc. 165

ACP 66, 67

Admiral Craft 32, 45, 49, 52, 68, 70, 76, 152

Advance Tabco 75, 77, 89, 94, 96, 112, 151

American Metalcraft 128, 136, 153

American Panel 28

American Tables & Seating Mfg. 163, 164

Anchor Hocking 130

Apex Foodservice Matting 97, 106, 156

Bakers Pride 40, 42, 45, 47

Bar Maid 35, 143

Chef Revival 162

Blodgett 41, 42, 46, 57, 60

Cactus Mat 107

Cadco 43, 45, 67

Cambro 38, 78, 80, 95, 109, 110, 112-117, 124, 129, 139, 140, 145, 150,

155, 160

Candle Lamp 49, 135, 137

Captive-Aire 63, 64

Cardinal 124, 131, 132, 134

Carlisle 38, 95, 101, 102, 114, 118, 126, 129, 139, 141, 147, 151, 161

Carter-Hoffmann 71, 73, 119

Champion 36, 91, 93, 96

Channel Mfg. 111

Chef Specialties 128

Cleveland 57-60

CMA Dishwashers 92-94

Co-Rect Products 143

Continental 101, 104, 115, 164

Cooper Atkins 157-159

Curtron 28, 111

Delfield 11, 18, 20-22, 73, 76, 79, 81, 82

Dexter Russell 146, 147

Dinex International 126, 130, 141

Dormont 55, 62, 97

Doyon 47

Duke 78, 80

Edlund 86, 87

Electrolux Dito 82, 85

Elkay Sales 89, 90, 97, 112

Fisher 98

Focus Foodservice 32, 110, 115, 144, 154

Follett 24

FoodHandler 95, 142, 151, 155, 156, 161

Franklin 49, 87, 157

Frymaster 51-53

G.E.T. 125, 129, 150

Gessner 125, 128

Globe 44, 50, 53, 67-69, 83, 84

Gourmet Display 139

Groen 57, 58, 61

Hamilton Beach 33, 67, 70

Hatco 69-71, 73-75, 77, 78, 94

Hollowick 135

Ice-O-Matic 25, 26

InSinkErator 94, 95, 97

InterMetro 71-73, 108-110, 112-114, 119, 120

International Tableware 124

Jackson 38, 91, 92

John Boos 89, 96

Kolpak 20, 27, 29

Krowne 37, 99

Lakeside 36, 46, 114, 115, 118-120, 165

Lincoln Equipment 48, 74, 77

Master-Bilt 9, 11, 14, 30

Menu Solutions 142

Mundial 147-149

National Checking 142, 161

New Age 90, 110

Nor-Lake 10, 11, 22, 30

Oneida 121, 122, 131

Paderno World Cuisine 152

Panasonic 65, 67

Pelouze 88

Perlick 35, 38

Piper 47, 74, 76, 81, 120

Pitco Frialator 54-56

Pitt Plastics 102

Randell 13, 18-21, 78, 79, 81

Robot Coupe 84, 85

Rubbermaid 100, 102-104, 106, 107, 112, 115-117, 145, 164

San Jamar 38, 106, 140, 144, 145, 154, 156, 162

Scotsman 9, 23, 24, 27

Scrubble 105

Selected Furniture 163, 164

Southbend 39, 40, 42, 43, 60

Spill-Stop 144

Star 42, 44-46, 49, 50, 68, 70, 74

Sterno 49, 135, 137

Structural Concepts 15

T&S Brass 56, 98, 99

Tablecraft 99, 127, 128, 144

Thermalrite 31

Traulsen 12, 13, 19-21, 72

True 9, 10, 13, 14, 16, 17, 21, 22, 36

Tuxton China 121, 123

Unified Brands 13, 18-21, 57, 58, 61, 78, 79, 81

Update International 46, 103, 113, 155, 165

Varimixer 85

Victorinox 146, 155

Victory Refrigeration 13, 17-21

Vita-Mix 34

Vollrath 65, 67, 69, 75, 76, 79, 86, 95, 113, 125, 136, 138, 148-153,

155

Vulcan FEG 39-41, 44, 49, 53, 57, 61-63, 72

Walco Stainless 134, 136, 138

Waring 34, 46, 70, 85

Wells/Bloomfield 33, 45, 50, 77

3.11_12 5/17/11 4:46 PM Page 1

Product Index

4

Refrigeration EquipmentAir Curtain Refrigeration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14, 20, 27

Blast Chillers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20, 21, 28

Countertop Refrigerators/Freezers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14

Ice Machines & Bins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9, 23-27

Milk Coolers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22

Reach-Ins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13, 17, 30

Refrigerated Display Cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10, 15, 16

Refrigerated Equipment Stands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13, 21

Refrigerated Prep Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-19

Strip/Air Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28

Undercounter Refrigerators/Freezers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13, 18, 20, 22

Walk-Ins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9, 20, 28-31

Beverage/Bar EquipmentBack Bar Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37, 38

Bar Coolers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35-37

Bar Sinks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37

Beer Dispensers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35, 36, 38

Beverage Bins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37

Blenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-35

Coffee & Tea Brewers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32, 33

Glass Frosters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35

Glass Washers & Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35, 38

Portable Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38

Cooking EquipmentBakery Ovens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47

Braising Pans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57, 59

Broilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42-45, 50

Combination Ovens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41, 44, 46, 57, 59

Convection Ovens & Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41-43, 47, 67

Conveyor Ovens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46, 48

Countertop Cooking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40, 43-45

Deck Ovens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42, 46, 47

Fryers & Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-56

Gas Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55, 56

Griddles & Grates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44, 45, 49

Hot Dog Cookers & Grills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49, 50

Induction & Buffet Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68, 69

Microwaves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-67

Pasta Cookers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51, 56

Popcorn Poppers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49

Restaurant Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39, 40

Rethermalizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65, 67

Rice Cookers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67

Rotisserie Ovens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57

Sandwich Grills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68,69

Cooking EquipmentSteam Kettles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58, 62

Steamers & Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58, 60-63

Toasters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69, 70

Utility Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64

Ventilation Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63, 64

Holding EquipmentBuffet Units/Serving Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79-81

Countertop Warmers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-77

Custom Fab Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77, 81

Display Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71, 73, 74

Drawer Warmers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77

Drop-In Cold and/or Hot Pans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76, 78, 80

Heat Lamps & Light Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74-76

Heated Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75, 77, 78

Heater/Proofer/Holding Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71-74, 76

Hot Food Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78, 79

Sneeze Guards/Partitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75

Kitchen PrepCan Openers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86

Equipment Stands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90

Food Processors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82, 84

Knife Racks & Sharpeners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87

Mixers, Hand-Held . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85

Mixers, Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84, 85

Scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87, 88

Slicers & Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

Vegetable Prep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82

Work Tables & Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89

SanitationAshtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107

Booster Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94

Brooms & Dust Pans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102, 103, 105

Cleaning Supplies, Scouring Pads & Sponges . . . . . . . . . . .103, 105

Deodorizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106

Dish Racks & Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95

Dishtables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96

Dishwashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36, 91-94

Disposable & Vinyl Aprons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95

Disposers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95, 97

Faucets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98, 99

Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106, 107

Floor Troughs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94

4.11_12 5/17/11 5:07 PM Page 1

Product Index

5

SanitationFloor/Wall Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99, 102

Hoses, Nozzles & Drain Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97-99

Mops/Wringers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104

Paper Dispensers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106

Sinks & Drainboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96, 97

Trash Containers & Liners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100-102

Vacuums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103

Storage & TransportBanquet Carts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118, 119

Can Racks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112

Dish Dollies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112, 117

Dunnage Racks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113

Ice Transport Caddies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117

Ingredient Bins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115, 117

Meal Delivery Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116

Pan Carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116, 118

Pan Racks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110-112

Pellet Bases/Dish & Tray Dispensers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120

Rack Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111

Security Trucks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110, 113

Shelving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108-110, 112

Utility/Bussing Carts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113-115

DiningBibs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142

Bowls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138, 139

Candles, Lamps & Lamp Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135

Chafers & Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136, 137

Condiment Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127, 128

Dinnerware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121-126

Flatware & Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133, 134

Food Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139

Glassware & Tumblers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129-132

Guest Checks & Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142

Holloware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136, 138

Menus & Menu Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127, 142

Napkin Dispensers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140

Pepper/Salt Mills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128

Plate Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124, 125

Register Rolls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142

Serving Utensils & Tongs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139

Steak Knives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134

Table Linens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139

Tabletop Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127, 128

Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125, 128, 138, 140, 141

Beverage SuppliesBarware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143, 144

Beverage Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144, 145

Condiment Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144

Ice Transport- Totes & Caddies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145

Juicers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144

Kitchen SuppliesBaking/Pizza Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153-155

Chef Apparel & Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162

Choppers/Cutters/Corers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155

Cutting & All Purpose Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155

Cutting Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156

Dishers & Ladles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148

Disposable Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155, 156

Film & Foil Dispensers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156

Food Pans & Lids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151, 160, 161

Food Storage Bags & Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160, 161

Food Storage Containers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160, 161

Kitchen Utensils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148, 149

Knives & Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146-148

Measuring Cups and Spoons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148

Oven Mitts/Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162

Pan Liners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151

Pastry Brushes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147

Pots & Pans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151-153

Scoops & Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155

Sheet/Bun Pans & Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151, 154, 155

Spatulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149

Steamtable Pans & Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150

Strainers & Funnels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149

Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157

Thermometers & Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158, 159

Whips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149

FurnishingsBaby Changing Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164

Booth Seating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163

Chairs & Barstools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163, 164

Crowd Control Posts & Ropes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165

Signage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165

Specialty Carts & Dollies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165

Tables & Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164

Youth Seating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164

5.11_12 5/17/11 2:07 PM Page 1

6

Featured ChefsJonathan Bennett 12

Moxie, The Restaurant

Cleveland, OH

Brett Olstadt 19

Restaurant Muramoto

Madison, WI

Paul Byron 31

Bridgeport Rescue Mission

Bridgeport, CT

Gus Bootle 43

Pueblo Community College

Pueblo, CO

Elizabeth Acevedo 44

Beanwood Coffee

Bordentown, NJ

Will Mooney 47, 61, 142

The Brothers Moon

Hopewell, NJ

Sholem Potash 52

Culinary Depot

Monsey, NY

Eric Williams 56, 118

Momocho mod mex

Cleveland, OH

Allan Phillip Russo 59

Sette Cucina Italiana

Bernardsville, NJ

Mark Vannasdall 62

The Restaurants of Chesapeake

Oklahoma City, OK

Marco Antonini & Ubaldo Ponce 63

Dusals Italian Restaurant

Milltown, NJ

Elyissia Wassung 65

2 Chicks with Chocolate

South River, NJ

Chris Roderique 72

Piggy’s Restaurant

La Crosse, WI

6.11_12 5/17/11 3:29 PM Page 1

7

Tory Miller 83

L’Etolle & Graze

Madison, WI

Guy Fieri 86, 158

The Food Network

Guy’s Big Bite

Guy Off The Hook

Diners, Drive-Ins & Dives CEO

Johnny Garlics’s Inc.

Santa Rosa, CA

Jeremy Martindale 88

Omni New Haven at Yale

New Haven, CT

Lamar Thomas 90

Cookbook Author “Ginger, Lily

& Sweet Fire” and “Southern View

of World Cuisine”

Santa Rosa, CA

Adam Trachtenberg 112

E&A Hotel Restaurant Supply

Plainfield, NJ

Brad Johnson 117

Hal Smith Restaurant Group

Oklahoma City, OK

Phil Young 120

Bridge House Restaurant

Milford, CT

Jamie Gorey & Jill Means 123

Two Chicks from the Sticks

Atlanta, GA &

Des Moines, IA

Pearl Thompson 140

Promise Jobs Culinary School

New Brunswick, NJ

Robb Reed 149

Crawfish Junction

Milford, WI

John des Rosiers 154

Inovasi

Lake Bluff, IL

Robert Black 157

A Good Egg Dining Group

Oklahoma City, OK

7.11_12 5/17/11 3:30 PM Page 1

FEATURED SUPPLIERS

8

8.11_12 5/16/11 2:58 PM Page 1

C. Quick Ship

Walk-Ins.

In a hurry for a walk-in

structure? Master-Bilt ’s

Quick Ship Program is the

answer for you. These stock

walk-ins ship within 5 work-

ing days! Three basic

options are available: the

standard four wall cooler or

freezer, walk-ins with open-

ings for glass doors and

two-compartment combos.

Over 1500 configurations

are possible with these

options. A matching M-series refrigeration system

is standard with each Quick Ship Walk-In. Choice

of 26", 30" or 36" door width at no extra charge.

A. Traditional Reach-Ins.

Highest quality materials and oversized

refrigeration system provide you with

colder product temperatures, lower utility

costs, exceptional food safety and the best

value in today’s foodservice marketplace.

Refrigerator features: Bottom mount

compressor, 300 series stainless front,

self-contained system, anodized aluminum

end, 4" swivel casters, high density

insulation (CFC free). Holds 33°F to 38°F.

Freezer features: -10°F temperature

(T19FZ maintains 0°F), large evaporator

and coil heater permit short defrost cycle,

defrost system time initiated and tempera-

ture terminated. Height does not include 5"

for casters or 6" for optional legs. Model

T49 shown.

Care Of Your Refrigeration

Dirty condensers are the greatest contributors to

compressor failure. Location will vary the frequency of

cleaning, but it is recommended that the condenser

on all your refrigeration equipment be cleaned once

a month.

How To Clean The Condenser

Disconnect the electrical power to the unit.

Remove the louvered grill.

Vacuum or brush the dirt, lint and paper from the finned

condenser coil.

If you have significant dirt build up you can blow out the

condenser with compressed air. (Caution must be used

to avoid eye injury. Eye protection is recommended.)

When finished be sure to replace the louvered grill. The

grill protects the condenser. Reconnect the electrical

power to the unit.

Clean Fridge

All refrigeration requires constant cleaning. Wipe

interiors as often as possible and wipe the exteriors

daily. Be sure to also wipe down the gaskets daily by

using a mild detergent and soft cloth or sponge. Dirty

gaskets lead to loss of refrigerated air, increased

electricity cost, and premature failure of the gaskets.

9

A

RefrigerationReach-Ins

Merchandisers

Prep Tables

Blast Chillers

Ice Machines

Walk-Ins

B

Model Description

T-23 291/2"x783/8"x27"L, 1 Door-3 Shlvs

T-23F 291/2"x783/8"x27"L, 1 Door-3 Shlvs

T-49 291/2"x783/8"x541/8"L, 2 Door-6 Shlvs

T-49F 291/2"x783/8"x541/8"L, 2 Door-6 Shlvs

T-72 291/2"x791/8"x781/8"L, 3 Door-9 Shlvs

T-72F 291/2"x791/8"x781/8"L, 3 Door-9 Shlvs

Additional models available.

B. Ice Valet™ Hotel Dispensers.

Reliable, simple push chute dispense mechanism

for sanitary and easy ice dispensing. Available in

22" or 30" widths, storing from 120-180 lb. of ice.

Stainless steel exterior looks attractive in any decor.

Rounded corners and rust-free plastic top panels

are designed to match the Prodigy® cuber to the

dispenser. Deep sink depth accommodates virtually

every sized hotel ice bucket. 30"W model available

with optional coin/token mechanism or water filter.

Shown with ice machine (sold separately).Model Description

HD30B-1H 180 lb. Storage

HD22B-1H 120 lb. Storage

HD30N-1H 180 lb. Storage, Coin/Token

C

9.11_31.new 5/12/11 9:02 AM Page 1

B. Glass DoorRefrigerators/Freezers(Swing Door).Provides exceptional display forprofitable food and beverages inhigh impulse sales areas.Oversized refrigeration systemholds 33°F to 38°F (Refrigerator)and -10°F (Freezer). Non-peel orchip white laminated vinylexterior; black and cherryexterior also available. NSF,white aluminum interior liner with300 series stainless steel floor.Self closing door. Positive seal,torsion type closure system. Refrigerator—“Low-E” thermalinsulated glass door. Freezer—Triple pane thermal glass door.Foamed-in-place using Ecomate, a high density, polyurethaneinsulation that has zero ozone depletion potential (ODP) and zeroglobal warming potential (GWP).

REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT

Model Description GDM-23 297/8"x785/8"x27"L, 1 Door-4 ShlvsGDM-23F 297/8"x785/8"x27"L, 1 Door-4 ShlvsGDM-49 297/8"x785/8"x541/8"L, 2 Doors-8 ShlvsGDM-49F 297/8"x785/8"x541/8"L, 2 Door-8 ShlvsGDM-72 297/8"x793/8"x781/8"L, 3 Door-12 ShlvsGDM-72F 307/8"x793/8"x781/8"L, 3 Door-12 ShlvsAdditional models available.

Model Description TS-23 291/2"x783/8"x27"L, 1 Door-3 Shlvs TS-23F 291/2"x783/8"x27"L, 1 Door-3 Shlvs TS-49 291/2"x783/8"x541/8"L, 2 Doors-6 Shlvs TS-49F 291/2"x783/8"x541/8"L, 2 Doors-6 Shlvs TS-72 291/2"x791/8"x781/8"L, 3 Doors-9 Shlvs TS-72F 291/2"x791/8"x781/8"L, 3 Doors-9 Shlvs Additional models available.

A. Stainless SteelRefrigerators/Freezers.Refrigerators and Freezers feature300 series stainless steel interior,exterior, front and sides withmatching aluminum back for thosewho appreciate the value ofstainless. Environmentally friendlyoversized and balanced refrigerationsystem. Bottom mount compressor.Refrigerator holds 33°F to 38°F.Freezer holds -10°F for frozen foodand ice cream. Foamed-in-placepolyurethane high density cellinsulation (CFC free). Solar digitalthermometer. Model TS72 shown. A

B

C. Glass Door Refrigerators(Slide Door).The GDM Series provides exceptional display for profitable food andbeverages in high impulse sales areas. Environmentally friendly over-sized and balanced refrigeration system. 33°F to 38°F temperatures.Bottom mount compressor. Double pane thermal glass helps minimizecondensation. No heater wires required. Extra high density polyurethaneinsulation (CFC free). Self-contained system with 9 ft. plug-in cord.Standard coated wire shelves, 4 per door. Fluorescent interior lightingimproves product display. Stainless steel interior bottom—Convenientclean-out drain is easy to maintain. Model GDM-45 shown.

D. TR/TA/TG Spec Series.Benefit from the timeless styleand impenetrable strength ofthe “Spec Series” from True.Anodized stainless steelencompasses the entire exteriorof the unit, recessed doorhandles optimize kitchen spaceand self-closing doors stayopen to 120° for loading andunloading purposes. True offersrefrigerators, freezers andheated cabinets in a variety ofcombinations including reach-in’s, pass-thru’s, roll-in’s androll-thru’s. Reliable holdingtemperatures: 33-38°F for refrigerators, -10°F for freezers and80-180°F for heated cabinets. Four different interior kits available.Look to True “Spec Series”—America’s first choice for foodsafety. Model TR2R-2G shown.Model Description TR1R-1S Refrigerator, 1 S/S DoorTR2R-2S Refrigerator, 2 S/S Doors TR3R-3S Refrigerator, 1 S/S DoorTR2R-2G Refrigerator, 2 Glass DoorsTR2F-2S Freezer, 2 S/S Doors TR1F-1S Freezer, 1 S/S Door Additional models available.

Model Description GDM-33 295/8"x785/8"x391/2"L, 2 Doors-8 Shlvs GDM-37 295/8"x785/8"x431/2"L, 2 Doors-8 Shlvs GDM-41 295/8"x785/8"x471/8"L, 2 Doors-8 Shlvs GDM-45 295/8"x785/8"x511/8"L, 2 Doors-8 Shlvs GDM-47 295/8"x785/8"x541/8"L, 2 Doors-8 Shlvs GDM-61 295/8"x795/8"x701/8"L, 2 Doors-8 Shlvs GDM-69 295/8"x793/8"x781/8"L, 3 Doors-12 Shlvs Additional models available.

10

D

C

10.11_28.new 5/12/11 9:23 AM Page 1


A. Specification Line®.

Delfield’s Specification Line is the right refrigeration

for today’s busy kitchens, with over 950 distinct

models and a vast array of options available.

Standard features include:

• Rolled on stainless steel finish

• LED digital thermometer

• Easy access “flip-up” shroud

• One-piece top mount refrigeration system

• Thermostatic expansion valve metering

• Hot gas condensate removal

• Advanced Control Technology

• Energy saver door heater switch

• One-piece, no seam side panels

• Available field door rehingability

• Built-in door locks

• 3 chrome plated wire shelves per section

• ABS interior door liners

• 2 year warranty

Model SSR-2 shown. Contact our customer servicedepartment for assistance.

A

B. 6000XL Series Reach-In

Refrigerators/Freezers.

6000XL is an investment in your business that

pays for itself through lower cost of ownership.

The 6000XL series uses a top mount

refrigeration system and Delfield’s patented

ABS liner to improve insulation and decrease

thermal leakage. Design improvements include

oversized evaporators and condensers, a

unique tri-seal door gasket and high-efficiency

fans. Stay-open doors for easier loading and

seamless liners for easy cleaning. Holds

18"x26" pans. Field reversible doors. Available

in 1, 2, or 3 door configurations. Model Description

6025XL-S Refrigerator, 1 Door



6125XL-S Freezer, 1 Door



B

Refrigeration Hints

• Separate food items into several

categories depending upon the

frequency they are needed. Store

infrequently used items away from

frequently used items. For

example, beef patties and French

fries can be stored together in one

refrigerator; other items used less

frequently can be stored in another

refrigerator. Label items to avoid

searching with the door open.

• Do not set the thermostat below the

needed temperature. Though doing

this fractionally decreases the

freezing or cooling time, it uses

significantly more energy.

• Let hot items cool before placing

them in the refrigerator.

• Thaw frozen food in the refrigerator.

The frozen food will reduce the load

on your refrigerator and in winter

food thawed at room temperature

may add a heating load to the

HVAC system.

• Do not store food in a way that it

blocks circulation within the

refrigerator. Use several trays so

that cold air can circulate well over

all the products.

• Position the refrigeration equipment

away from sources of heat such as

ovens and grills.

C. Nova™ Reach-Ins.

ENERGY STAR APPROVED! Refrigerators 38°F and Freezers 0°F.

Top mount refrigeration system. Available in 1, 2 or 3 door models.

Stainless steel interior and exterior. Micro-processor with digital

display. Heavy duty hardware. UL, C-UL, UL Sanitation, MEA listed.

Standard models ship the same day! Half door and glass door

models also available.

Model Description

NR241SSS/0 Refrigerator, 1 Door



NF241SSS/0 Freezer, 1 Door



D. Reach-In Refrigerators/Freezers, Fusion Series.

Efficiency fused with reliability. Versatility fused with value. Equipment

fused with environment. Solid door reach-ins feature stainless steel

interior and exterior. Top, bottom and back constructed of galvanized

steel. Equipped with an electronically controlled monitoring system with

door alarm function. Self-contained bottom mount refrigeration

system—freezer R404A and refrigerator R134a. Temperature range

32° to 40°F for refrigerators and -22° to 8°F for freezers. Limited 4 year

extended compressor warranty and one year limited parts and labor

warranty. UL and ETL listed. ENERGY STAR Certified.

Model Description

MBR23-S Refrigerator, 1 Door



MBF23-S Freezer, 1 Door



11

C

D

11.11_28.new 5/12/11 9:35 AM Page 1


12

Model Description AHT132WUT-FHS One Section Refr. w/Full Length DoorsAHT232WUT-FHS Two Section Refr. w/Full Length DoorsAHT332WUT-FHS Three Section Refr. w/Full Length DoorsRHT132WUT-FHS One Section Refr. w/Full Length DoorsRHT232WUT-FHS Two Section Refr. w/Full Length DoorsRHT332WUT-FHS Three Section Refr. w/Full Length DoorsALT132WUT-FHS One Section Frzr. w/Full Length DoorsALT232WUT-FHS Two Section Frzr. w/Full Length DoorsALT332WUT-FHS Three Section Frzr. w/Full Length DoorsRLT132WUT-FHS One Section Frzr. w/Full Length DoorsRLT232WUT-FHS Two Section Frzr. w/Full Length DoorsRLT332WUT-FHS Three Section Frzr. w/Full Length Doors

A. G-Series Pass-ThruRefrigerators.Outstanding temperature maintenance,reliability, energy efficiency, durabilityand large usable capacities. Value-added features include: Microprocessorcontroller with LED temperaturereadout; Load-sure guard protectsagainst improper loading; Damageresistant stainless steel breaker caps;3 epoxy coated shelves and 6"Hcasters for ease of mobility. Designedto provide real cost saving benefits inimportant areas such as lifetime servicecosts. Reliable refrigeration costs lessto run and maintain and is built to last,making it not just low-price but reallylow-cost! UL and NSF listed.

Model Description G11002P Single Half-Door, Right-Left HingeG11003P Single Half-Door, Right-Right HingeG11004P Single Half-Door, Left-Right HingeG11005P Single Half-Door, Left-Left HingeG21004P Two Section Half-Door, Left-Right HingeG21005P Two Section Half-Door, Left-Left HingeG21006P Two Section Half-Door, Right-Left HingeG21007P Two Section Half-Door, Right-Right HingeG21014P Two Section Full Door, Left-Right HingeAdditional models available.

A

B

B. R & A Series(Intela-Traul®)Refrigerators/Freezers. Designed to offer maximum storagecapacity, along with wide doors foreasy access. R-Series featuresstainless steel interior/exterior.A-Series features anodized aluminuminterior and stainless steel exterior.Both R & A Series models includeTraulsen’s exclusive, next generationIntela-Traul microprocessor controlsystem. Precise temperaturetolerances with several importantcommunications and alarm features.NAFEM Data Protocol Compliant.Most R & A Series cabinets areEnergy Star l isted. Shown withoptional casters.

Chef JonathanBennettMoxie, The RestaurantCleveland, OH

Savory Potato & GruyereTart

Yield: 6 Servings

2 large Idaho potatoes, peeled

2 cups heavy cream

1 cup yellow onions, julienne

1 Tbsp. butter

1½ cups Gruyere cheese, grated

1 Tbsp. fresh thyme leaves

2 Tbsp. fresh parsley, chopped

1½ tsp. kosher salt

¼ tsp. fresh ground white pepper

1 Tbsp. dijon mustard

1- 8" Pie Shell, Par Baked

In a medium sauce pan over medium heat bring the cream to a boil.While that is coming up to a boil, slice the potatoes 1/8" thick andadd to the boiling cream (do not put in water first, it will wash thestarch away). Stir the potatoes frequently and cook until the slicesare tender.

While the potatoes are cooking: In a medium sauté pan overmedium-high heat, melt the butter and add the onions. Season with½ teaspoon of the salt and sauté until they are starting to brown.

Brush the bottom of the pie/tart shell with the mustard. Spread theonions on the bottom in an even layer, followed by the cheese.When the potatoes are done, using a slotted spoon, transfer thepotatoes to the tart shell, leaving some of the cream in to pot. Topthe tart with the parsley and thyme and bake in a 350°F oven for 10minutes or until the top is bubbly and browned. Let the tart cool for15 minutes, then cut and serve.

Featured Chef

C. AdvantEDGE™ Reach-Ins.The AdvantEDGE™ will provide greatsavings for your customers while deliveringthe proven reliability of a premium product.The new design on the AdvantEDGE™basemount reach-in refrigerator and freezerprovides a stainless steel interior andexterior and is available in one, two or threedoor models. Its new exterior look includesa curved handle with recessed doorpocket, automatic condensation evapora-tion, microprocessor with digital display, 4vinyl coated shelves per door and adoor-open alarm. All models come standardwith casters. Same day shipping availableon all standard models. UL, CuL and ETLsanitation. Energy Star approved.

C

Model Description NLR23-S Refrigerator, 1 Door NLR49-S Refrigerator, 2 DoorNLR72-S Refrigerator, 3 DoorNLF23-S Freezer, 1 Door NLF49-S Freezer, 2 DoorNLF72-S Freezer, 3 Door

12.11_28.new 5/12/11 9:57 AM Page 1

C. Compact Undercounter Refrigeration.

Designed to meet the needs of today’s busy foodservice operations. Full size

performance in a compact design. Stainless steel exterior sides and top offer

durability with an attractive appearance. Tough anodized aluminum interior

stands up to kitchen wear. Self-contained, front-breathing design allows “zero

clearance” installation. Stainless steel door with anodized aluminum liner. 351/2"

height, 307/8" depth and available in convenient 27", 48" and 60" widths.

*Refrigerator models are Energy Star listed.Model Description

UHT27-L Refrigerator 27" (Left)

UHT27-R Refrigerator 27" (Right)

UHT48-LR Refrigerator 48" (Left/Right)

UHT60-LR Refrigerator 60" (Left/Right)

ULT27-L Freezer 27" (Left)

ULT27-R Freezer 27" (Right)

ULT48-LR Freezer 48" (Left/Right)

ULT60-LR Freezer 60" (Left/Right)


13

A. V-Series Refrigerators & Freezers.

Energy Star rated, self-contained top mounted refrigera-

tion system. Features stainless steel fronts and doors

with a polished aluminum interior. Self-closing doors with

110° hold-open feature for easy loading. Other standard

features include exterior dial thermometers, interior

lights, cylinder locks, swivel casters and a 1-year parts

and labor warranty. Three wire shelves are provided for

each cabinet section. VS Series features all stainless

steel exterior and interior.Model Description

VR-1 Refrigerator, 1 Door



VF-1 Freezer, 1 Door




B. Glass Lid Horizontal Freezer, Flat Lid.

Uniquely designed to promote high-profit frozen novelties in

high impulse retail traffic areas. Ideal for bolstering incremental

sales of frozen merchandise and seasonal specialties. Cold

wall, environmentally friendly (134A) refrigeration system.

Maintains -10°F (-23.33°C), ideal for both ice cream and frozen

food. Exterior—non-peel or chip white laminated vinyl, durable

and permanent; with gray mitered plastic top and lid frames.

Optional heavy duty novelty baskets available. 1 year

parts and labor warranty. 5 year compressor warranty.

Model TFM-41FL shown.Model Description

TFM-29FL 297/8"Lx261/8"Dx315/8"H

TFM-41FL 413/8"Lx261/8"Dx315/8"H

TFM-51FL 517/8"Lx261/8"Dx315/8"H

D. Deep Undercounter Refrigerators/Freezers.

An exceptional combination of refrigeration units that either

slide easily under work counters for space efficiency or provide

a functional work surface for easy preparation. Models feature

stainless fronts, tops and sides and 5" diameter casters. Model Description

TUC-44 321/4"Dx293/4"Hx441/2"L, 1 Door-2 Shlvs

TUC-44F 321/4"Dx293/4"Hx441/2"L, 1 Door-2 Shlvs

TUC-60-32D2 321/4"Dx293/4"Hx601/4"L, 1 Door-2 Shlvs, 2 Drwr

TUC-60-32 321/4"Dx293/4"Hx601/4"L, 2 Doors-4 Shlvs

TUC-67D2 321/4"Dx293/4"Hx671/4"L, 1 Door-2 Shlvs, 2 Drwr

TUC-67 321/4"Dx293/4"Hx671/4"L, 2 Doors-4 Shlvs

TUC-67F 321/4"Dx293/4"Hx671/4"L, 2 Doors-4 Shlvs


TUC-93F 321/4"Dx293/4"Hx931/4"L, 3 Doors-6 Shlvs



A

B

C

D

E. FX Series Refrigeration.

Never has a piece of equipment been so universal and versatile in a kitchen.

Refrigerator mode holds precisely between +20ºF to +40ºF so red meat stays fresher

longer. Freezer mode holds from -5ºF to +20ºF so ice cream stays hard but still

scoops and appetizers stay a consistent temperature so breading doesn’t fall off or

refreeze stuck together. New 27" undercounter unit (FX-2UCB ) has become the

long awaited solution for hospital tray make-up operations; specially designed for

keeping cold beverages at the correct temperatures. Or use the FX as the first

effective ice-less fish storage unit. And now, 3 more choices have been added—An

undercounter, rear engine and single engine unit.

E

Model Description

FX-1 1 Section w/Unfinished Top

FX-1CS 1 Section w/Cooking Equip Finished Top on Casters

FX1-4N1 1 Section w/Unfinished Top, Refr/Frzr/Safety Thaw/Rapid Chiller

FX1-1A 1 Section w/Unfinished Top, Refr/Frzr (Low Height )

FX-1UC 1 Drawer Undercounter

FX-2CS 2 Section w/Cooking Equip Finished Top on Casters

FX-2WS 2 Section w/Finished Top on Casters

FX-3SS 3 Section w/Finished Top on Casters

FX-2WSRE 2 Section Rear Engine Unit


13.11_28.new 5/12/11 10:09 AM Page 1

Reasons to Use Glass

Merchandisers

• Products and key brands are in

front of the customer

• Creates impulse buying,

increasing product sales

• Products and packages look their

best because there are no broken

packages

• Consumers have easier access to

products and have the option of

self-service

• See-through glass allows

employees to stay on top of

product inventory

14

B. Horizontal Air Curtain Merchandisers.

Provides fast, easy access to product while maximizing attention to merchandising. Oversized refrigeration

system holds 35°F to 40°F. Fan motors reverse during defrost off cycles keeping condenser coil free from

dust and debris. Durable non-peel or chip white powder coated steel exterior. NSF white aluminum interior

liner with 300 series stainless steel floor. Entire cabinet structure is foamed-in-place using Ecomate—a

new, innovative, high density, polyurethane insulation that has zero ozone depletion potential (ODP) and

zero global warming potential (GWP). Model THAC-60 shown.Model Description

THAC-36 361/8"Lx301/8"Dx433/8"H, 3 Shlvs

THAC-48 481/8"Lx301/8"Dx433/8"H, 3 Shlvs

THAC-60 601/8"Lx301/8"Dx433/8"H, 3 Shlvs

THAC-36S 361/8"Lx301/8"Dx433/8"H, 3 Shlvs (S/S)



A. Quantum Series Vertical Air Curtain

Merchandisers.

QMVM models feature a standard electronic controller allowing the

user to monitor defrost functions from the front interface. Controller

eliminates the need for a room thermostat, defrost termination/fan

delay control, defrost timer and digital thermometer. Other features

include: 2-position lighted shelves, perforated interior back wall

and top for better airflow and 2" thick “zero ODP” insulation.

Temperature range: 34° to 41°F. Limited 3-year compressor and

2-year parts and labor warranty.Model Description

QMVM-36L 36"Lx30"Dx60"H (White Interior/Exterior)

QMVM-36E 36"Lx30"Dx81"H (White Interior/Exterior)



QMVM-48L 48"Lx30"Dx60"H (White Interior/Exterior)

QMVM-36LSS 36"Lx30"Dx60"H (S/S Interior/Exterior)

QMVM-48LSS 48"Lx30"Dx60"H (S/S Interior/Exterior)

QMVM-36ESS 36"Lx30"Dx81"H (S/S Interior/Exterior)



A

C. Air Curtain Merchandisers.

Perfect for impulse traffic areas. Oversized refrigeration system holds 33°F to 38°F. Exclusive, reversing

condenser fan motors. Permanent non-peel or chip white laminated vinyl exterior with white aluminum interior

and 300 series stainless steel floor and deck pans. Foamed-in-place polyurethane high density cell insulation

(CFC free). Adjustable, heavy duty PVC coated shelves. Black also available. Model TAC-30 shown.Model Description

TAC-30 301/8"Dx805/8"Hx30"L, 251/2 cu. ft.

TAC-36 301/8"Dx805/8"Hx36"L, 31.3 cu. ft.

TAC-48 301/8"Dx805/8"Hx48"L, 34 cu. ft.

TAC-14GS Glass Side 303/8"Dx301/4"Lx563/8"H

TAC-30GS Glass Side 293/4D"x303/8"Lx803/4"H

TAC-48GS Glass Side 301/4"Dx805/8"Hx48"L, 34 cu. ft.

TAC-30-RC Remote 301/8"Dx805/8"Hx30"L, 25.5 cu. ft.


TAC-48-RC Remote 301/8"Dx805/8"Hx48"L, 34 cu. ft.


TAC-48GS-RC Remote Glass Side 301/4"Dx805/8"Hx48"L

D


D. Glass Door Refrigerators/Freezers (Counter-Top).

Designed for convenient access, fast service, attractive display

and dependable holding temperatures. Illuminated sign panel.

Heavy duty adjustable PVC coated wire shelves. Exterior is

non-peel or chip white laminated vinyl. Stainless steel exterior

available on the GDM-5-S, GDM-5-PT-S, GDM-7-S, GDM-9-S

and GDM-9-PT-S. True’s GDM-7F freezer generates high

volume sales of profitable novelties and seasonal specialties; it

holds -10°F temperatures.

C

Model Description

GDM-5 231/2"x37"x24", 1 Swing Door, 2 Shelves

GDM-5-PT 237/8"x37"x24", 1 fr / 1 bk Swing Door, 2 Shelves

GDM-5-PT-S 237/8"x37"x24", 1 fr / 1 bk Swing Door, 2 Shelves

GDM-5-S 231/2"x37"x24", 1 Door, 2 Shelves

GDM-7 243/4"x393/4"x24", 1 Swing Door, 3 Shelves

GDM-7-S 243/4"x393/4"x24", 1 Swing Door, 3 Shelves

GDM-9 233/8"x391/2"x361/8", 2 Slide Doors, 3 Shelves

GDM-9-S 233/8"x391/2"x361/8", 2 Slide Doors, 3 Shelves


B

14.11_28.new 5/12/11 10:34 AM Page 1


C. Encore Combination Display Case w/Service Display above Refrigerated

Self-Service Display.

The Encore Combination case quickly keeps pace with changing menu needs. A quick flip of the baffle system

and the upper section easily converts from refrigerated to non-refrigerated and back again. Upper display

includes a double pane lift-up front glass that simplifies cleaning and merchandising from the front and

removable rear sliding doors. Features Breeze™ slide-out refrigeration system. NSF 7 approved.

Model HOU4852R shown.Model Description

HOU4852R 50"Lx42"Dx53"H, full end panels w/mirror, straight laminated front panel, clear glass upper

shelf, black int/trim, Wilsonart or Formica non-premium laminate exterior, Breeze Refr. System







Model Description

CO4778R 471/4"Lx331/4"Dx81"H, w/ full end panels w/mirror, 4 non-lighted metal shlvs, black interior,

Wilsonart or Formica non-prem laminate exterior, Breeze Refr. System.

CO3660R 361/4"Lx331/4"Dx631/8"H, w/ full end panels w/mirror, 2 non-lighted metal shlvs, black interior,

Wilsonart or Formica non-prem laminate exterior, Breeze Refr. System

CO7178R 711/4"Lx331/4"Dx81"H, w/ full end panels w.mirror, 4 non-lighted metal shlvs, black interior,


CO4760R 471/4"Lx331/4"Dx631/8"H, w/ full end panels w/mirror, 2 non-lighted metal shlvs, black interior,



D. Harmony Narrow Depth Combination Case.

Narrow depth Combination case easily fits through standard door openings. Equipped with Breeze™

slide-out refrigeration package. Baffle system easily converts upper service display area from refrigerated

to non-refrigerated. Features T-8 top light and shelf lights. Upper rear swinging door on 26" model, rear

sliding doors on all other models. Refrigerated self-serve lower section for grab ’n go display. Single

cutaway end panels with mirror. Wilsonart or Formica non-premium laminate exterior, black interior.

Integrated average product temperature of 41°F. Model HMBC4 shown.

D

C

B

15

Model Description

HMBC2 267/8"Lx341/16"Dx561/4"H

HMBC3 387/8"L x 341/16"D x 561/4"H

HMBC4 507/8"L x 341/16"D x 561/4"H

HMBC5 6211/16"L x 341/16"D x 561/4"H

HMBC6 751/4"L x 341/16"D x 561/4"H

Model Description

DO3616R 381/8"Lx283/4"Dx391/2"H

DO4816R 501/8"Lx283/4"Dx391/2"H

A. Impulse Refrigerated

Self-Service Drop-In Counter Cases.

Low profile refrigerated self-service drop-in counter

cases are designed to turn precious counter space

into increased sales. Units drop into existing counters

and are perfect for cafeteria style serving lines.

Innovative air curtain ensures integrated average

product temperature of 41°F. Features Breeze™

slide-out refrigeration package, proven to simplify

maintenance and expedite service. Easy-to-own

cases offer compact footprints and flexible product

merchandising.

A

B. Oasis® Open Air Screen Merchandisers.

The Oasis Series is a comprehensive offering of open air screen merchandisers in

a variety of height and sizes that are designed to display a wide variety of grab and go

products. Features the Breeze™ slide-out refrigeration package; complete with

temperature terminated defrost to ensure optimum refrigeration performance.

Model CO4778R shown.

15.11_28.new 5/12/11 10:43 AM Page 1

B. Curved Glass Bakery/Deli Display Cases.Curved glass front for elegant presentation of deli and bakery products. Self-contained, CFC free 134Arefrigeration system. Insulated and tempered double pane glass for greater efficiency and energysavings. Low UV emitting fluorescent lamps enhance product appearance. TCGG and TCGR modelsare designed to operate in an environment where temperature and humidity do not exceed 75°F and55% relative humidity. Choose from 6 laminate exteriors on the TCGR’s. TCGG’s have a whitelaminated exterior but are also available in stainless.Model Description TCGG-48 Cold Deli, 481/4"x351/4"x473/4", 2 Slide Doors, 2 ShelvesTCGG-60 Cold Deli, 601/4"x351/4"x473/4", 2 Slide Doors, 4 ShelvesTCGR-31 Refr. Bakery, 317/8"x381/8"x477/8", 2 Swing Doors, 3 ShelvesTCGR-50 Refr. Bakery, 507/8"x351/2"x477/8", 2 Slide Doors, 3 ShelvesTCGR-59 Refr. Bakery, 597/8"x351/2"x477/8", 2 Slide Doors, 3 ShelvesTCGR-59 Refr. Bakery, 597/8"x351/2"x477/8", 2 Slide Doors, 3 ShelvesAdditional models available.

16

C. Deli Cases.Extra large viewing glass for greater product visibility. Environmentally friendly oversized andbalanced refrigeration provides high humidity to preserve sliced meats. Interior white aluminumsides and top and stainless steel floor with coved corners. Exclusive front and rear fluorescentinterior lighting. Defrost system time-initiated, time terminated and adjustable. Versatile stainlesssteel top. Single-Duty Cases feature adjustable wire coated shelves. 291/4"Dx501/4"H. Double-DutyCases feature space saving rear sliding doors open for lower refrigerated product storage.351/8"Dx55"H. Counter-Height Cases feature perfect overall height for fast paced sales transactions.32"Dx42"H. Model TSID-72-3 shown.Model Description TSID-48-2 291/4"x501/4"x481/2"L, 2 Doors, 2 Shelves TSID-48-2-L 321/8"x42"X485/8"L, 2 Doors, 1 Shelf TSID-48-4 291/4"x501/4"x481/2"L, 4 Doors, 2 Shelves TSID-72-3 291/4"x501/4"x721/2"L, 3 Doors, 2 Shelves TSID-96-3 291/4"x501/4"x961/2"L, 3 Doors, 4 Shelves TSID-96-6 291/4"x501/4"x961/2"L, 6 Doors, 4 Shelves TDBD-72-2 351/8"x55"x721/8"L, 2 Doors, 3 Shelves (1 Full Length)TDBD-72-4 351/8"x55"x721/8"L, 4 Doors, 3 Shelves (1 Full Length) TDBD-96-3 351/8"x55"x961/8"L, 3 Doors, 4 Shelves (2 Half Length) TDBD-96-6 351/8"x55"x961/8"L, 6 Doors, 4 Shelves (2 Half Length)

A. Curved Glass Dry Bakery Display Cases.True’s non-refrigerated “dry” display case combines efficient, high volume merchandising with anelegant curved glass front for sophisticated presentation of breads, desserts and pastries.Environmentally friendly (134A) forced air refrigeration system, holds 33°F to 38°F. Six colorsavailable. Stainless steel top. White, vinyl coated aluminum interior cabinet liner. Energy efficient“Low-E” thermal glass rear doors. Doors extend full width of cabinet shell. Model Description TCGD-31 317/8"L, 2 Swing Doors, 3 ShelvesTCGD-36 367/8"L, 2 Swing Doors, 3 ShelvesTCGD-50 507/8"L, 2 Slide Doors, 3 ShelvesTCGD-59 597/8"L, 2 Slide Doors, 3 ShelvesTCGD-77 777/8"L, 2 Slide Doors, 3 ShelvesAdditional models available.

B

A

C

Model Description TCGDZ-50 507/8"L, 2 Slide Doors, 6 ShelvesTCGDZ-59 597/8"L, 2 Slide Doors, 6 Shelves

D. Curved Glass Display Cases (Dual Zone).Combines “dry” and “refrigerated” product display into one convenient cabinet. Curved glass front for asophisticated presentation of high end open deli and bakery products. Oversized, environmentally friendly(134A) forced air refrigeration system. Refrigerated side holds 38°F to 40°F for fresher bakery products.Exclusive top and shelf positioned interior lighting. Low UV emitting fluorescent lamps—productsenhanced in faithful color. Foamed-in-place high density polyurethane insulation (CFC free).Model TCGDZ-59 shown.


D

16.11_28.new 5/12/11 10:53 AM Page 1


17

B. Sandwich/Salad Prep Tables.

Designed with enduring quality that protects

your long-term investment. Oversized, envi-

ronmentally friendly, forced-air refrigeration

system holds 33°F to 41°F. Complies with and

listed under ANSI/NSF-7-1997-6.3. Stainless

steel front, top and ends. Stainless steel foam

insulated lid(s) and hood keep pan tempera-

tures colder, lock in freshness and minimize

condensation. NSF white polyethylene

113/4"x1/2" removable cutting board. PVC coat-

ed wire shelves. Foamed-in-place using

Ecomate—a polyurethane insulation that has

zero ozone depletion potential and zero global

warming potential. Height doesn’t include 61/4"

for casters. Model TSSU48-12 shown.Model Description

TSSU-27-8 1 Door, 2 Shelves,

275/8"Lx301/8"Dx363/4"H

TSSU-36-8 2 Doors, 4 Shelves,

363/8"Lx301/8"Dx363/4"H(Available w/optional 19" cutting board)


483/8"Lx301/8"Dx363/4"H


483/8"Lx301/8"Dx363/4"H

TSSU-60-16 2 Drawer, 4 Shelves,

Dual Sided,

603/8"Lx301/8"Dx363/4"H


723/8"Lx301/8"Dx363/4"H


B

A. Pizza Prep Tables.

Oversized and balanced (134A) environ-

mentally friendly refrigeration system, with

airflow directed at pans to hold 33°F to

41°F temperature. All stainless steel front,

top, and sides. Stainless steel foam

insulated cover. Top rail has patented,

removable, stainless steel foam insulated

covers. Foamed-in-place high density

polyurethane insulation. (CFC Free). Extra

deep 191/2" full length removable cutting

board. 6" deep, clear polycarbonate insert

pans included. NSF 7 approved.

AModel Description

TPP-44 321/4"Dx353/4"Hx441/2"L, 1 Door, 2 Shelves

TPP-44D-2 321/4"Dx353/4"Hx441/2"L, 2 Drawers

TPP-60 321/4"Dx353/4"Hx601/4"L, 2 Doors, 4 Shelves

TPP-60D-2 321/4"Dx353/4"Hx67"L, 1 Door, 2 Shelves, 2 Drawers


TPP-67D-2 321/4"Dx353/4"Hx671/4"L, 1 Door, 2 Shelves, 2 Drawers





Model Description

VPT-46 44"Hx341/2"Dx46"W, 11 cu. ft., 2 Shelves

VPT-65 44"Hx341/2"Dx653/8"W, 19.7 cu. ft., 4 Shelves

VPT-88 44"Hx341/2"Dx883/8"W, 35.5 cu. ft., 6 Shelves

VPT-119 44"Hx341/2"Dx119"W, 48.7 cu. ft., 8 Shelves

C

D. Dipping Cabinet.

Uniquely designed to provide the user maximum functional reliability in an attractive merchandiser to brilliantly

display and serve ice cream product. Cold wall refrigeration system. Maintains -10°F to +8°F. Patented reversing

condenser fan motors reverse during defrost off cycles to help keep condenser coil free from dirt, dust and debris.

Keeping coils clean optimizes the unit’s performance providing colder holding temperatures and increased energy

efficiency. NSF removable magnetic frost shields for easy clean up and removal of ice build-up on cabinet walls.

For those tight spaces, choose our new slim freezer!Model Description

TDC-27 (4) 3 gal. can cap., 261/4"x273/8"x513/8"

TDC-47 (13) 3 gal. can cap., 471/8"x273/8"x513/8"

TDC-67 (20) 3 gal. can cap., 673/4"x273/8"x513/8"

TDC-87 (28) 3 gal. can cap., 885/8"x273/8"x513/8"D

C. VPT Series Pizza Prep Tables.

Pizza prep tables feature energy

efficient, easy to clean “cold-wall

construction” for the pan rail which keeps

food safe at temperatures between 35°F

and 41°F. Interior is constructed of ABS

which is easy to clean and keeps its

appearance for years. An 18" reversible

cutting board is provided for ample work

space. A “night switch” control allows the

condiment rail to be turned off overnight

for energy savings. Includes 1-year

parts and labor warranty and 5-year

compressor warranty.

E. Horizontal Dipping Cabinets.

Designed to provide maximum functional reliability with the flexibility to both store and serve ice cream product.

Cold wall refrigeration system. Maintains -10°F to +8°F. Fan motors reverse during defrost off cycles to help

keep condenser coil free from dust and

debris. Dual access, removable lids. NSF-7

compliant for open food product. Foamed-in-

place using Ecomate—a high density,

polyurethane insulation that has zero ozone

depletion potential (ODP) and zero global

warming potential (GWP). Model THDC-2SF

shown.

Model Description

THDC-2SF (4) 3 gal. can cap., 301/2"Lx21"Dx321/4"H

THDC-4 (7) 3 gal. can cap., 305/8"Lx303/4"Dx341/4"H

THDC-4SF (10) 3 gal. can cap., 541/8"Lx21"Dx321/4"H

THDC-6 (15) 3 gal. can cap., 431/4"Lx303/4"Dx341/4"HE

17.11_28.new 5/12/11 11:14 AM Page 1

Model Description

18648PTBM 12 Pan Cap., 1/4 HP, 10 Amps






D. 8000N Series Raised Rail Preparation Tables.

Randell’s wrapped wall prep table is designed to protect your food from

heat gain in the hottest kitchens. The base is cooled by a mullion coil

allowing air flow between products stored in the base while protecting

the coil from damage behind the door mullion. The raised rail is

mechanically cooled instead of forcing air from a base coil. The wrapped

wall design produces no air movement only a cold blanket of air that rest

above the product protecting it. Standard features include: rail drain, with

clean out valve, rail on/off switch and separate temperature adjustment

for base and rail. Model 8268N shown.

B. MegaTop 4400 Series

Front Breathing

Refrigerators.

100% front breathing allows

versatility in a kitchen layout.

Patented air screen technology

ensures that food stays cold

without drying it out. Available

in 27", 32", 48", 60", 64" and 72" lengths. Standard with 1/6 size pans and

anitmicrobial treated polyethylene cutting boards. Models are standard

on casters with stainless steel top, sides and front. The backs are

galvanized. Interior is durable, easy to clean ABS. Optional full extension

plus drawer system shown in photo, model D4460N-24M.Model Description

4427N-9M 27" Megatop with 9-Pan Opening








18

A. 18000 PTB Series Prep Tables.

New easy reach rail system with separate on/off

switch. Base interior ends and door frames

constructed of exclusive ABS interior. Wrapped

refrigeration coils inside raised rail assure

constant temperatures. Available in 48", 60", 72",

91", 99" and 114" standard lengths. Custom

models available. 115V, 60Hz, 1 phase. UL,

NSF. Meets strict new NSF 7 performance

requirement. Optional accessories: cutting board,

laminate facing, cheese grates, overshelves and

stainless steel backs. Model 18691PTBM shown.

A

Model Description

8148N 48", Holds (6) 1/3 Pans

8260N 60", Holds (8) 1/3 Pans

8268N 68", Holds (9) 1/3 Pans

8383N 83", Holds (10) 1/3 Pans

8395N 95", Holds (12) 1/3 Pans

84111N 111", Holds (14) 1/3 Pans

D

Model Description

4427N 27" Refrigerator Base Flat Top and Work Top

D4427N 27" Refrigerated Base Flat Top and Work Top, 2 Drawer

4427N-6 27" Salad Top Refrigerator Base

D4427N-6 27" Salad Top Refrigerated Base, 2 Drawer


4448N-12 48" Salad Top Refrigerated Base, 2 Door


4464N-12 64" Salad Top Refrigerated Base, 2 Door

4464N-16 64" Salad Top Refrigerator Base, 2 Door

D4464N 64" Refrigerator Base Flat Top and Work Top, 4 Drawer


E. Compact Refrigerators

and Freezers.

Victory’s line of compact undercounter

refrigerators and freezers have more

usable storage space and are easier to

clean than other brands. Each model has a

stainless steel top, sides and door and a

rugged, one piece ABS interior liner that

does not have any seams to catch dirt or

debris. Each cabinet comes standard with

four 5" high swivel casters. Two epoxy

coated shelves are standard and come

with product stops in the rear to maximize

air flow. Model UR27SST shown.

Model Description

UR-27-SST Refrigerator 27" Flat Top

URD-27-SST Refrigerator 27" Flat Top w/2 Drawers

UR-27-SBS Refrigerator 27" w/Back Splash

URD-27-SBS Refrigerator 27" w/Backsplash, 2 Drawers

UR-48-SST Refrigerator 48" Flat Top

UR-48-SBS Refrigerator 48" w/Back Splash

UF-27-SST Freezer 27" Flat Top

UFD-27-SST Freezer 27" Flat Top w/2 Drawers


C

C. 4400 Series Front Breathing Refrigerators.

With lengths of 27", 48", 60", 64" and 72", Delfield prep space can fit

anywhere. All 4400 Series prep tables are 100% front breathing, which

allows the unit to be pushed against a wall or built into a cabinet or an

existing line up. Virtually unlimited top pan configurations create

versatility and allow for menu changes without added cost. ABS

insulated cover keeps heat out and condensation off the exterior

surface. Model 4472N-18 shown.

B

E

18.11_28.new 5/12/11 11:29 AM Page 1

C. 9000K Refrigerated

Sandwich/Saladtop Series.

Maximum top capacity for

condiments and maximum base

storage capacity with our “front

breathing” side-compressor 9000K

series. With full depth interiors you

can add high capacity drawers; tray

racks for 18"x26" sheet pans or

simply store more items in the large

storage space that is available. Cool

air-over design offers customers

more flexibil i ty, superior air

circulation, space and energy

savings and ease of use. Includes

Expansion Valve Refrigeration, high

impact ABS door liners and casters.


19

A. Compact Prep Tables.

Accommodates 6" deep pans and meets NSF 7 requirements! Available in 27", 48"

and 60" wide models. These tough compact prep tables really perform. Heavy duty,

durable construction assures a long usable life. Refrigeration system design and

engineered air flow patterns assure food product temperatures will be maintained

between 33°F to 41°F, even during heavy use periods with the top left open. Front

breathing design allows for zero clearance installation. Includes 4" 1/6 size pans.

A

C

Model Description

TS048HT 48", Holds (6) 1/3 Pans




Model Description

9030K-7 48", (3) 12"x20" Pan Cap.

9040K-7 60", (4) 12"x20" Pan Cap.

9045K-7 72", (5) 12"x20" Pan Cap.

9050K-7 84", (5) 12"x20" Pan Cap.

B

Model Description

UST276-L 27", 6-Pan Cap.

UST276-R 27", 6-Pan Cap.

UST279-R 27", 9-Pan Cap.

UST279-L 27", 9-Pan Cap.

UST488-LR 48", 8-Pan Cap.

Model Description





B. TS Series Self-Contained

Prep Tables.

All day temperature performance to NSF

7 requirements. No pan stirring required.

Traulsen Prep Table’s TempAssure air

flow system circulates cold air around

and underneath the pans as well as

lofting a protective blanket of cold air

over the food surface. Even cooling

prevents dried or frozen product.

Features include Intela-Traul micro-

processor control, high quality easy to

clean stainless steel interior/exterior

construction. Available in 48", 66", 72"

and 90" models. Model TS072HT shown.

D. Griddle Stand Refrigerators.

Speed up line production with Victory Griddle Stands. All

models feature durable stainless steel case front and

drawers, self contained energy efficient refrigeration

system, dial thermometer and adjustable stainless steel

legs. Easy glide drawers have self-adjusting magnetic

gaskets for positive seal. Humidity control wires around

drawers prevent condensation formation. 9.1 Amps.

1/5 HP. 327/8"Dx251/2"H.

Model Description

GRS-1-S7 501/8"W, 6 cu. ft.

GRS-2-S7 771/4"W, 12 cu. ft.

GRS-3-S7 105"W, 18 cu. ft.

D

Executive Chef Brett OlstadtRestaurant Muramoto

Madison, WI

Watercress salad with black radish, soy

cured ramps, orange and coffee vinaigrette

Coffee Vinaigrette

1 shallot, minced

1 Tbsp. dijon mustard

1½ Tbsp. ground coffee

½ cup. sherry vinegar

1½ cup. grape seed oil

Salt and pepper

In a blender, add everything but the oil. Turn on and

blend for 30 seconds. Slowly add the oil until emulsified.

Pass vinaigrette through a fine mesh chinois and adjust

seasoning with salt and pepper.

Salad

Black radish, sliced paper thin (6-8 slices)

Orange supremes (6-8)

1 cup watercress

Soy cured ramps, quartered (6-8)

Combine all ingredients in a bowl and dress salad with

the dressing. Stack on a plate and add a ring of extra

dressing around the salad.

Featured Chef

19.11_28.new 5/13/11 10:48 AM Page 1

B. Air-Curtain

Refrigerator.

Ideal for tray assembly lines in

hospitals, flight kitchens, cafete-

rias, fast food operations or any

meal tray assembly operation.

Cold air is circulated across the

cabinet front, assuring safe

product temperatures. Door

swings 270º to allow full access

and is held in place when

opened by a side mounted

keeper. Stainless steel interior,

exterior and case back.

Removable stainless steel pan

slides. Dial thermometer. Rear

mounted push bar handle with

rubber bumpers. 6" casters with

wheel locks.

Model ACRS-1D-S7-STS


20

D

B

A. Blast Chillers.

Rapid chilling also promotes increased product storage life and

allows for greater labor productivity in the kitchen. Includes

exclusive SmartChill® control, three SmartProbe® food probes, an

on-board high speed printer, exclusive label printer. SmartChill®

Communications Software is available for downloading critical

data to a personal computer. NAFEM Data Protocol Compliant.Model Description

RBC50 50 lb. Capacity Undercounter

RBC100 100 lb. Capacity Reach-In

RBC200 200 lb. Capacity Roll-In

A

E. DUO-PAK Multi-Circuit

Condensing Unit.

Performs the function of 2 condensing units!

Replaces either a 95M (1 HP) or 70M (3/4 HP)

condensing unit and a 199L (2 HP) or 149L (11/2 HP)

condensing unit. Supplies refrigeration to both a

walk-in cooler and a freezer. Available as PCL

(pre-charged with refrigerant and up to 40' of

pre-charged lines provided) or PR (pre-assembled

remote system shipped with nitrogen holding

charge). Liquid line sight glass. Energy efficient PSC

fan motors. Two 14" fan blades. ETL listed to UL

standard 1995. Contact our customer servicedepartment for more information.

E

F. Versa Drawer™.

Save valuable floor space by combining four units into one! Each drawer is its own

separate compartment and can operate as a refrigerator, freezer, chiller or thaw

cabinet. Operate any of the drawers in any mode, at any time. Fewer refrigeration

systems means reduced service cost and energy consumption. Built in alarm

notifications and service diagnostics. Each drawer holds 2 full size pans. Available in

2- or 4-drawer undercounter models.

F

Model Description

18650VDR 2 Drawers (Freestanding/Right Compressor)

18650VDL 2 Drawers (Freestanding/Left Compressor)

F2984VDR 2 Drawers (Freestanding/Right Compressor)

F2984VDL 2 Drawers (Freestanding/Left Compressor)

F18VD50 2 Drawers (Component)


18682VDR 4 Drawers (Freestanding/Right Compressor)

18682VDL 4 Drawers (Freestanding/Left Compressor)


D. Blast Chillers.

Great for batch cooking applications resulting in cost

savings, better uti l ization of labor and increased

efficiency. With undercounter, worktop and upright units

from 30-200 lbs. cap., Randell Blast Chillers chill food

safely exceeding HACCP guidelines. Automatic cooling

system with food probes for accurate temperature control.

Solid state control with digital read-outs for more

accurate data collection. Dual stainless steel air flow

plenums for easy cleaning.

C. Undercounter Quick Chiller.

Ideal for smaller sized restaurants, deli-areas,

schools, hospitals or any foodservice operator

concerned with safe temperatures and optimizing

operating costs. Designed to safely cool down hot

product to food safe temperatures. Innovative

chil l ing refrigeration system features quick

temperature pull down performance that can be

used for a variety of food products. Equipped with

an easy-to-use microprocessor controller which

wil l complement a HACCP documentation

program. Stainless steel construction and quality

components ensure durabil i ty and longer

equipment life. 115V, UL and NSF listed. Shown

with optional caster, top and door hinging.

Model TU048QC

Model Description

BC-3(1) 27"W Undercounter, 3 pan (30#)

BC-5(1) Upright, 5 pan (50#)

BC-5E(1) Worktop/Undercounter, 5 pan (50#)

BC-10(2) Upright, 10 pan (100#)

BC-10E(2) Worktop/Undercounter, 10 pan (100#)

BC-20(2) Upright, 20 pan (200#)

C

20.11_28.new 5/12/11 11:54 AM Page 1

B. Chef Bases.Accommodates all brands of countertop cookingequipment. Oversized, environmentally friendlyrefrigeration system (134A). Holds 33°F to 38°Ftemperatures. Exterior mounted digital temperaturemonitor. Chef base top is made of one-pieceheavy-duty, reinforced stainless steel with dripguard. Interior NSF approved, white aluminumliner, coved corners and stainless steel floor.


21

C. Low Profile RefrigeratedEquipment Stands.Designed by the standard lengths ofcook top equipment. Shipped in as fastas 24 hours. Models with “C” suffix comestandard on casters. Features Delfield’sFull Extension Plus Drawer System, anincredibly smooth system with no metalto metal contact backed by a 10 yeardrawer track warranty. Other featuresinclude: Front marine edge, mullion stylecoils between every drawer andstainless steel top, front, sides andinterior bottom and back. 31"D, 26"H.Available self-contained and remote.

A. Blast Chillers.Chill from 175 to 660 pounds per cycle. User-friendly 1,2,3Control Panel allows chilling to terminate through presettimes or temperature probes. Multi-purpose designenables unit to revert to a 38ºF storage refrigerator afterblast chill cycle is complete. Built-in control panel printersimplifies documentation and HACCP record keeping.Accept roll-in racks 211/2"Wx691/4"Hx29"D. Deliveredknocked down for easy installation. On-site panelassembly and remote refrigeration systems required.

A

Model Description F2952C Self-Contained, 521/4"L, (2) 32" Drawers, Holds 4 pansF2962C Self-Contained, 621/4"L, (2) 27" (2) 19" Drawers, Holds 6 pansF2980C Self-Contained, 801/4"L, (4) 32" Drawers, Holds 8 pansF2999C Self-Contained, 991/4"L, (6) 27" Drawers, Holds 12 pansF29110C Self-Contained, 1101/4"L, (6) 32" Drawers, Holds 12 pansF2852 Remote, 521/4"L, (2) 32" Drawers, Holds 4 pansF2862 Remote, 621/4"L, (2) 27" (2) 19" Drawers, Holds 6 pansF2875 Remote, 751/4"L, (2) 32" (2) 27" Drawers, Holds 8 pansF2887 Remote, 871/4"L, (4) 27" (2) 19" Drawers, Holds 10 pansF2899 Remote, 991/4"L, (6) 27" Drawers, Holds 12 pansAdditional models available.

C

Model Description TRCB-52 321/8"Dx203/8"Hx517/8"L, 2 DrawersTRCB-79 301/2"Dx203/8"Hx791/4"L, 4 Drawers TRCB-79-86 301/2"Dx203/8"Hx861/4"L, 4 Drawers TRCB-72 321/8"Dx203/8"Hx723/8"L, 4 Drawers TRCB-82 321/8"Dx203/8"Hx823/8"L, 4 DrawersTRCB-110 301/2"Dx203/8"Hx110"L, 6 Drawers

B

D. 20000 Series Refrigerated Equipment Stands.Equipment stands combine Randell refrigeration expertise with structural integrity.Reinforced 11 gauge stainless steel subtop with marine edge for durability andclean-ability. Fully extendable drawers accommodate (2) 12"x20"x4" pans per drawer(pans not included). Available in lengths 48" to 105". Patented drawer cartridge systemwith a 3 year warranty on the entire drawer system. Expansion valve refrigeration systemwith thermostatic control for operator adjustability. NSF, UL.

Model Description 20048SC 48" 2 Drawer Stand20072SC 72" 4 Drawer Stand20105SC 105" 6 Drawer StandAdditional models available.

D

E

Model Description VBC-175 w/POD 58"Wx98"Hx493/16"D, 175 lb. Cap., 1/3 HPVBC-220 w/POD 58"Wx98"Hx493/16"D, 220 lb. Cap., 1/3 HPVBC-350 w/POD 58"Wx98"Hx493/16"D, 350 lb. Cap., 1/3 HPVBC-480 w/POD 58"Wx98"Hx92"D, 480 lb. Cap., 3/4 HPVBC-660 w/POD 58"Wx98"Hx92"D, 660 lb. Cap., 3/4 HP

E. TE Series Refrigerated Equipment Stands.Heavy duty Equipment Stands are equipped withINTELA-TRAUL® microprocessor for precisetemperature control. Dedicated evaporator fan designfor each section, keeps food cold. Stainless steelmarine top can handle equipment weighing from 625lbs. on the smallest 36" unit to 2,000 lbs. on the largest139" unit—Ideal for use with broilers, ovens, fryers orgriddles. Can accommodate 6"D pan in every drawer!Our drawer design offers the maximum pan capacity inthe market. Front-breathing design for “zero clearance”installation. Available in 10 lengths.Model Description TE036HT 36"L, 2 Drawer, (2) 12"x20" Pan Cap.TE048HT 48"L, 2 Drawer, (4) 12"x20" Pan Cap.TE060HT 60"L, 2 Drawer, (6) 12"x20" Pan Cap.TE065HT 65"L, 4 Drawer, (6) 12"x20" Pan Cap.TE072HT 72"L, 4 Drawer, (8) 12"x20" Pan Cap.TE084HT 84"L, 4 Drawer, (8) 12"x20" Pan Cap.TE096HT 96"L, 6 Drawer, (12) 12"x20" Pan Cap.TE110HT 110"L, 6 Drawer, (12) 12"x20" Pan Cap.Additional models available.

21.11_28.new 5/12/11 12:02 PM Page 1


22

Model Description

TMC-58 333/8"x411/2"x58"L, 2 Door, Holds 16 Crates

TMC-49S 333/8"x411/2"x49"L, 2 Door, Holds 12 Crates





TMC-58-DS Dual Sided, 333/8"x411/8"x58"L, 4 Door, Holds 16 Crates

TMC-58S-DS Dual Sided, 333/8"x411/8"x58"L, 4 Door, Holds 16 Crates

TMC-49-DS Dual Sided, 333/8"x411/8"x49"L, 4 Door, Holds 12 Crates

TMC-49S-DS Dual Sided, 333/8"x411/8"x49"L, 4 Door, Holds 12 Crates B

C. Shelleymatic® Air Curtain Milk Coolers.

This patented air curtain design retains cold air in

the interior of the unit for maximum cooling ability.

Interior is lined with 22 gauge stainless steel.

Cabinet is fully insulated with 2" of high-density

foamed-in-place polyurethane. Cabinet maintains

36°F to 40°F interior temperature. Properly chilled

food product will maintain 40°F for up to 2 hours with

lid open. Capacity 8, 12 or 16 13"x13"x101/2" milk

crates. Uses HFC-134A refrigerant, 115V, 60 HZ. Model Description

NLFAC-8 Holds 8 Crates

NLFAC-12 Holds 12 Crates

NLFAC-16 Holds 16 CratesC

B. Milk Coolers.

This school favorite sports a convenient drop front and flip-up tops, door locks, easily visible digital

thermometers and a new hold open feature for the flip-up top. True’s high performance, forced-air milk

coolers provide colder product temperatures and lower utility costs. The TMC series offers a broad range of

applications including dual-sided models; two exterior options, reinforced 300 series stainless interior floor

and food safe 33°F to 38°F temperature for improved milk quality and better milk taste. Uses 134A

refrigerant. Front casters lock in place. Model TMC-49 shown.

E. Shelleymatic® Milk or

Beverage Dispensers.

Mobile, self-contained milk dispenser is

available in 12 and 18 crate capacities. Drop

front allows for easy access. Door lock is

standard. Casters provide serving mobility and

convenience. Cabinet maintains temperature

of 36°F to 40°F with lid closed. Fiberglass/

laminate panels are available to match any

décor. Uses HFC-134A refrigerant. UL, NSF,

120V.Model Description

NDF-12 12 Crates

NDF-18 18 Crates

E

A. Refrigerator/Freezer Worktops.

Slides easily under work counters for maximum space efficiency. An exceptional combination

of refrigeration units that provide a functional work surface for easy preparation. Stainless

fronts, tops and sides, adjustable legs and self-closing doors. The worktop offers an exclusive

one-piece formed construction stainless back splash that prevents food and bacteria

entrapment. Height doesn’t include 61/4" for casters. Model TWT-48 shown. Model Description

TWT-27 301/8"Dx333/8"Hx275/8L, 1 Door, 2 Shelves

TWT-27F 301/8"Dx333/8"Hx275/8L, 1 Door, 2 Shelves

TWT-36 301/8"Dx333/8"Hx363/8"L, 2 Door, 4 Shelves


TWT-48F 301/8"Dx333/8"Hx483/8"L, 2 Door, 4 Shelves


TWT-60F 301/8"Dx333/8"Hx603/8"L, 2 Door, 4 Shelves


A

D. Milk Coolers.

Powerful refrigeration system enables unit to maintain

product temperature for longer periods of time with

the door open. Storage for 8, 12 or 16 cases of milk

cartons. Drop lid provides self-serve milk with easy

access. Exterior self-service doors are stainless steel.

Casters. Heavy-duty floor racks and key locking

feature. Dual Access Milk Cooler enables one unit to

serve two serving lines.Model Description

AR082SSS/0 Open Front, 8 Case Cap.



AR084SSS/0 Dual Access, 8 Case Cap.

AR124SSS/0 Dual Access, 12 Case Cap.

AR164SSS/0 Dual Access, 16 Case Cap. D

22.11_28.new 5/12/11 12:12 PM Page 1

Model Description

CU50GA-1A 44 lb. Air, 115V, Gravity Drain

CU50PA-1A 44 lb. Air, 115V, Pump Drain

A

Model Description

CU1526MA-1A 150 lb. Air, 115V, Medium Cube

CU1526SA-1A 150 lb. Air, 115V, Small Cube

CU1526MW-1A 175 lb. Water, 115V, Medium Cube

CU1526SW-1A 175 lb. Water, 115V, Small Cube









A. CU50 Series Undercounter Cube Ice Machines.

15" wide and compact enough to fit under a standard 40"

counter. Ideal where space is limited. Unique inside door flap

prevents spillage and maximizes storage. Produces small cube

ice. Model CU50 shown with stainless steel kick plate.

B. Undercounter Gourmet Ice Machines.

This self-contained ice machine is only 15" wide

and compact enough to fit under a standard 40"

counter. Durable stainless steel construction.

Ideal for bar use, upscale restaurants and office

suites. Produces clear, long-lasting gourmet

shaped ice. Model CU0515GA-1A

B

C. Prodigy® Undercounter Cube Ice

Machines.

Smart technology in a convenient, space-saving

design. Compact enough to fit under a standard 40"

counter. With easy front access, front air circulation

and serviceabil ity, they can be built in almost

anywhere. Removable door and top provides ample

access to components and easier service. Combined

with the Prodigy® control board with code and

component light displays, technicians can determine

operating issues quickly, ensuring the right fix the first

time. Produces small or medium cube ice. Air-cooled

models are Energy Star® rated.

C


D. Self-Contained Undercounter Flake

Ice Machines.

Compact enough to fit under a standard 40"

counter. With easy front access, front air

circulation and serviceability, they can be built in

almost anywhere. Perfect problem solver for

locations where space is limited. Features a

continuous ice-making process, no harvest time

delays. Delivers steady flow of ice for fast

recovery of ice supply. One heavy duty flaker

mechanism with a stainless steel auger.

Stainless steel or roto-cast grey f inish.

Produces flake ice.

D

Model Description

B222S 200 lb. Stainless Bin


B330P 300 lb. Poly Bin

B530P 500 lb. Poly Bin




BH1100SS 1100 lb. Stainless Bin

BH1100BB 1100 lb. Stainless Bin w/

Galv. Back & Bottom



Galv. Back & Bottom



Galv. Back & Bottom


E

E. Modular Ice Storage Bins.

Durable, quality construction with ample storage

capacity. These bins feature easy front access to

ice. Storage capacity from 200 to 1,700 lbs. of ice

per day. Available in durable roto cast plastic or

stainless steel finishes. ARI, NSF approved.

Model Description

AFE424A-1A 395 lb. Air, 115V

AFE424W-1A 395 lb. Water, 115V

23

23.11_28.new 5/12/11 1:10 PM Page 1

D. Ice-DevIce and Transport Systems.First ice made is first ice out meaning fresher tasting ice.Use gravity to drop ice into totes on a cart instead of usingscoops and buckets to make ice management seven timesfaster, cleaner and safer. SmartCART with totes that carry 25 lbs.of ice reduces risk of back injuries and slips and falls. Differentcart sizes available for varied needs. Totes are non-nestingto avoid contamination.


24

A. Prodigy® Nugget Ice Machines.Refresh the entire beverage experience with a unique option that getsconsumers excited and coming back for more. Scotsman Prodigy® Nugget icemachines use less water and electricity than standard cube ice machines. Itsself-monitoring system and AutoAlert™ external indicator lights constantlycommunicate the machines operating status and signals when it’s time toperform maintenance before it’s an emergency. UL, ARI, NSF approved. Binssold separately. Model N0422 shown on B322S bin.Model Description N0422A-1A 400 lb. Air-CooledN0422W-1A 400 lb. Water-CooledN0622A-1A 600 lb. Air-CooledN0622A-32A 600 lb. Air-Cooled 208-230/60/1N0622W-1A 600 lb. Water-CooledN0622W-32A 600 lb. Water-Cooled 208-230/60/1N0622R-1A 600 lb. Remote-CooledN0922A-32A 900 lb. Air-Cooled 208-230/60/1N0922R-32A 900 lb. Remote-Cooled 208-230/60/1N0622L-1A 600 lb. Remote Low Side, 115/60/1N0922L-1A 900 lb. Remote Low Side, 115/60/1N1322L-1A 1300 lb. Remote Low Side, 115/60/1

A

C. Prodigy® Modular Cube Ice Machines.Uses less energy and water than traditional ice machines exceedingboth the California and Federal energy efficiency regulations by up to22%. AutoAlert™ indicator lights communicate operating status andsignals when it’s time to perform normal maintenance or time forservice before it’s an emergency. Patented WaterSense adaptivepurge control reduces scale buildup by detecting hard waterconditions and purging mineral laden water. Stainless steel finish.Produces small or medium cube ice. Bins sold separately.Model Description C0322MA-1B 300 lb. Air-Cooled, Medium CubeC0322SA-1B 300 lb. Air-Cooled, Small CubeC0322MW-1B 300 lb. Water-Cooled, Medium CubeC0322SW-1B 300 lb. Water-Cooled, Small CubeC0330SA-1B 300 lb. Air-Cooled, Small CubeC0330SW-1B 300 lb. Water-Cooled, Small CubeC0522MA-1B 500 lb. Air-Cooled, Medium CubeC0522SA-1B 500 lb. Air-Cooled, Small CubeC0530MA-1B 500 lb. Air-Cooled, Medium CubeC0630MA-32B 600 lb. Air-Cooled, Medium CubeAdditional models available.

C

B. Upright Ice Storage Bins.First ice made is first ice used. Ice storagebins with industry-exclusive SmartGATE foruse with all major commercial icemakers.Stainless exterior includes stainless back andbottom. All bins include 82 oz. plastic icescoop and 6" stainless steel adjustable legs.Now with easy to clean, corrosion-resistantABS/poly top, lifetime cabinet and linerwarranty.Model Description SG500S-30 Single, 30"W, 460 lb. cap.SG700S-30 Single, 30"W, 680 lb. cap.SG860S-48 Single, 48"W, 860 lb. cap.SG1010S-48 Single, 48"W, 1000 lb. cap.SG1175S-48 Single, 48"W, 1185 lb. cap.SG1300S-48 Single, 48"W, 1320 lb. cap.SG1160S-56 Single, 56"W, 1170 lb. cap.SG1350S-56 Single, 56"W, 1360 lb. cap.SG1080S-60 Single, 60"W, 1080 lb. cap.Additional models available.

Model Description DEV500SG-30-75 Single Door w/SC75, 30"W, 460 lb. cap.DEV700SG-30-75 Single Door w/SC75, 30"W, 680 lb. cap.DEV860SG-48-75 Single Door w/SC75, 48"W, 860 lb. cap.DEV1010SG-48-75 Single Door w/SC75, 48"W, 1000 lb. cap.DEV1175SG-48-75 Single Door w/SC75, 48"W, 1185 lb. cap.DEV1300SG-48-75 Single Door w/SC75, 48"W, 1320 lb. cap.DEV1160SG-56-75 Single Door w/SC75, 56"W, 1170 lb. cap.DEV1650SG-60-75 Single Door w/SC75, 60"W, 1660 lb. cap.Additional models available.

The Ice MachineCondenser Question.Which one is ideal? A water-cooledmodel is quiet, easy to install anddoes not emit excess heat into theroom. The trade off is the cost ofthe water. In many areas,water-cooled machines are noteven allowed, so check with thelocal authorities. Self-containedair-cooled machines are theeasiest and cheapest to installhowever, they make the mostnoise and exhaust heat into thesurrounding air. Remote air-cooledmodels have a low noiseadvantage over water-cooled anduse no more water than a selfcontained air-cooled, but they areexpensive to install.

B

D

24.11_13 5/13/11 11:34 AM Page 1


25

Model Description

ICE0320W 22"W, 349 lbs.-use bin B42PS sold separately

IICE0520W 22"W, 527 lbs.-use bin B42PS sold separately

CE0250W 30"W, 333 lbs.-use bin B40PS sold separately


ICE0406A 30"W, 529 lbs.-use bin B40PS sold separately


ICE0500R 30"W, 567 lbs. Remote (condenser sold separately)




A

A. ICE Series™ Modular Cube Ice Makers.

Introducing the best solution for hard water, food safety and tight

spaces! Ice-O-Matic’s modular cubers have been redesigned to

offer better reliability and care-free operation. The machines are

perfect for foodservice and hospitality needs, and meet CEC or

Energy Star criteria. PURE ICE® provides built-in anti-microbial

protection for the life of the machine, inhibiting bacteria, slime

and fungus growth. The optional water filtration system protects

against unpleasant tastes, odors and scale formation. The

unique Harvest Assist feature overpowers scale and boost

energy eff iciency by speeding up the ice production.

Model ICE0400 shown on B55 bin (bins sold separately).

D

C. ICE Series™ Undercounter Cube

Ice Makers.

Ice-O-Matic undercounter ice makers are ideal for

small-space applications such as bars, coffee shops and

wait stations. This small self-contained cuber features

the unique gourmet-style cube, while the larger cubers

are available in half- or full-cube configurations. Ice-O-

Matic self-contained machines offer the highest level of

production and storage of any self-contained model in

the industry, while also offering the only 24"

undercounter cuber available. Model ICEU220 shown. Model Description

ICEU070A 15"W, 84 lbs. w/24 lbs. Bin Storage (Air)

ICEU150A 24"W, 174 lbs. w/73 lbs. Bin Storage



D. Pearl Ice® Ice Makers.

Adding perfection to any fountain drink, smoothie or

refreshing beverage, highly desired Pearl Ice® is the

soft, chewable, longer-lasting ice that consumers love. It

dispenses well, blends fast and displaces liquid better

than cubes. Increased profits and customer satisfaction

make this the perfect ice for restaurants, convenience

stores and healthcare applications. Mount on a

dispenser or use in combination with an Ice-O-Matic

storage bin (sold separately). Model GEM0650 on B42

bin shown.

Model Description

GEM0450A 21"W Air, 464 lbs.-use bin B42PS

w/KBT24 kit, sold separately

GEM0450W 21"W Water, 508 lbs.-use bin B42PS


GEM0650W 21"W Water, 715 lbs.-use bin B55PS


GEM0956A 21"W Water, 1053 lbs.-use bin B55PS


KBT19 Bin Storage Adapter-use w/bin B55PS

KBT24 Bin Storage Adapter-use w/bin B42PS


Model Description

MFI0500A 540 lbs. ice per 24 hrs., 70° Air / 50°

Water, Range due to Condenser Type

(Bin Required)

MFI0500W 541 lbs. ice per 24 hrs., 70° Air / 50°


(Bin Required)

MFI0800A 768 lbs. ice per 24 hrs., 70° Air / 50°


(Bin Required)

MFI0800W 859 lbs. ice per 24 hrs., 70° Air / 50°


(Bin Required)

MFI0800R 819 lbs. ice per 24 hrs., 70° Air / 50°


(Bin Required)


E. Hotel Dispensers.

Designed for rugged, high

usage environments, these

22" and 30" stainless steel

dispensers have finger

print-proof dispensing areas

and oversized sinks to accom-

modate almost any size ice

bucket. Both models dispense1/4 lb. ice per second, allow for

easy cleaning and provide ice

storage in a minimum amount

of space. The 30" dispenser is

available with three options—

push-to-dispense, water-filler

or coin/token. Model CD40030

shown with ICE0400 Cube Ice

Maker (sold separately).

Model Description

CD40030 30" Push-to-Dispense, 180 lbs. Storage,

for 22" or 30" Cubers (sold separately)


E

C

B. MFI Series Modular

Flake Ice Makers.

Ice-O-Matic Self-Contained Flake

Ice Makers offer a variety of

practical, reliable options for

carefree operation. Each

machine offers a built-in insulated

storage bin for maximum ice

preservation. Constructed for

tight space restrictions and low

height requirements, Ice-O-Matic

Flake Ice Makers produce slow-

melting quality ice, perfect for

medical, restaurant, ball field and

supermarket applications. Model

MFI0500 shown on B55 bin.

25.11_28.new 5/12/11 2:04 PM Page 1

D. Ice Bagging Systems.

Double your profits on packaged ice sales compared to purchasing bagged ice. With the Ice-O-Matic

Bagging System (IBS) you’ll eliminate shoveling and scooping required to manually fill bags. This state-of-

the-art bagger ensures you get ice by the bagful in seconds. With the low-voltage foot pedal, the durable

stainless auger and agitator, and wide-opening chute, the IBS quickly and safely dispenses 2 lbs. of ice per

second to meet your needs. Model IBS500 shown.


26

A. ICE Series™ Modular Cube Ice

Makers with Top Air Discharge.

“Off-the-top” exclusive by Ice-O-Matic. . .The

Best Solution for Tight Spaces! Ice-O-Matic

offers their exclusive top-air discharge as an

optional free feature on 30"W air-cooled ICE

Series™ modular cubers up to 600 lbs.

Requires 30" of total clearance, compared to

42" required by other 30" modular ice machines.

The result: a space savings of close to 30%.

Top air discharge units direct the hot discharge

air towards the ceiling and not at the customer.

It can even be directed towards air return ducts

or tied into the HVAC to eliminate the hot air

completely. Model ICE0400 shown on B55 Bin.

Also available in Half (HT) or Full (FT) Cube.

Bins sold separately.Model Description

ICE0250 Top Air 336 lbs., 70° Air/50° Water





C. Upright Storage Bins.

For the ultimate in high-volume ice storage

requirements, these upright bins offer unique

storage solutions for various applications. An

industry-exclusive, single-piece insulated bin

liner provides sanitary storage with maximum

preservation, while the viewing window allows

for quick ice-level checks. Durable stainless

steel exterior is sanitary and easy to clean.

Safe-hold hinge and an industry-leading

opening make scooping ice as easy as possible.Model Description

B70 30"Wx34"Dx58"H, 741 lbs. storage

B90 30"Wx34"Dx77"H, 1023 lbs. storage

B120SP 48"Wx34"Dx54"H, 1142 lbs. storage



C

B. Ice Transport System.

Designed for maximum versati l i ty and

functionality. All stainless exterior and top for

durable, convenient, sanitary solutions for

shuttling ice. Sloped interior walls eliminate

raking, and the unique paddle slots provide

easy ice breakup. Covered carts and

hands-free dispensing help you quickly and

efficiently move ice to your area of usage.

Includes a single- or double-125 lb. cart,

paddle and scoop.Model Description

ITS900 36"Wx34"Dx94"H, 1069 lbs. storage




B

Model Description

IBS500 30"Wx36"Dx49"H, 647 lbs. storage

IBS1000 48"Wx36"Dx49"H, 1078 lbs. storage

A

D

E. Slope Front Storage Bins.

Ice-O-Matic slope front bins include the safe-hold hinge, which keeps the door open while you

access the ice, an extra-large door opening and a built-in scoop holder so you never have to

search for the scoop again. One-piece, polyethylene bin liners and industrial foam insulation

prevent ice from melting, providing crystal-clear ice every time. These reliable bins are

constructed with practicality in mind for years of carefree operation.

Model Description

B42PS 22"W, 351 lbs. cap.

B25PP 30"W, 242 lbs. cap.



B100PS 48"W, 854 lbs. cap.

B120SP 48"W, 1142 lbs. cap.

B120SS 48"W, 1142 lbs. cap.

B150SP 60"W, 1447 lbs. cap.


D

E

26.11_13 5/12/11 2:18 PM Page 1

27


D. Water Filters.Extend the life of your Scotsman ice machines and provide cleaner, more consistentice by using Scotsman’s SSM Plus water filtration systems by Everpure. Ultra-fine,half micron filtration combined with food-grade polyphosphate assures that chlorine,off-tastes, odors and particles of dirt stay out of your ice. Single, double and triplefilter systems available along with coarse pre-filters and replacement cartridges.Model Description SSM1-A Single Filtration SystemSSM2-A Twin Filtration SystemSSM3-A Triple Filtration SystemADS-AP1 AquaPatrol Single SystemADS-AP2 AquaPatrol Double SystemADS-AP3 AquaPatrol Triple SystemAdditional models available. D

E. Air Shield.Eliminate the hassles of strip curtains. Mounts vertically, adjacent to the walk-in door on the interior wall surface. Channelsa barrier of refrigerated air and is automatically activated when the door is opened and shuts off when the door closes.Reduces the amount of warm air infiltration—up to 20% more efficient! Use on 26", 30", 34" and 36"W door openings and74" to 80"H. NSF. UL listed. 1 year parts and labor warranty. Cooler applications only.Model Description HA4-C2-N1 Right-Hand Hinged DoorHAL-C2-N1 Left-Hand Hinged Door

E

B. Touchfree® IceMaker/ Dispenser.Touchfree actuation provides convenient one-hand operationand eliminates the risk of cross-contamination. Its uniqueinfrared sensor determines when to dispense ice or water, whichminimizes the possibility of cross-contamination. Complies withthe most stringent requirements of NSF and the spirit of theAmericans with Disabilities Act. The Touchfree 500 lb. to 750 lb.units make and dispense soft, chewable nugget ice, while the250 lb. to 450 lb. units make and dispense flake ice. Both iceforms are a favorite for patient care as well as beverages.Stainless steel finish. Model MDT5N25 shown.Model Description MDT5N25A-1H 500 lbs. Air-Cooled NuggetMDT5N40A-1H 500 lbs. Air-Cooled NuggetMDT6N90A-1H 700 lbs. Air-Cooled NuggetMDT5N25W-1H 500 lbs. Water-Cooled NuggetMDT5N40W-1H 500 lbs. Water-Cooled NuggetMDT6N90W-1H 700 lbs. Water-Cooled NuggetMDT4F12A-1H 450 lbs. Air-Cooled Flaker MDT3F12A-1H 300 lbs. Air-Cooled FlakerAdditional models available.

B

A. Ice Only and Ice/BeverageDispensers.ID Series, Ice Only Dispensers are attractive,contemporary designed, available in 22" or30"widths, storing from 150-250 lbs. of ice.Durable, stainless steel exterior resistscorrosion and can withstand the punishment ofeveryday use. Can be combined with any 22" or30" wide ice machine. All storage bins are madeof rust-free plastic and the dispensingmechanism is made of heavy duty componentsfor long life. Stainless steel finish.Model Description ID150B-1A 150 lbs. Storage Cup Activated

Countertop Ice Only Disp.ID200B-1A 200 lbs. Storage Cup Activated

Countertop Ice Only Disp.ID250B-1A 250 lbs. Storage Cup Activated

Countertop Ice Only Disp.IOBDMS22 Machine Stand for ID150IOBDMS30 Machine Stand for ID200 or ID250KNUGDIV Kit, Field Installed Nugget Ice

Diverter for all ID & ED Disp.KWGFID Kit, Field Installed Water Glass

Filler for all ID Disp.

A

C. Prodigy® Eclipse® Cube Ice Machines.Features Prodigy® innovative smart technology and industry leadingenergy efficiency. Noise and heat are moved to the roof for a quieter,more pleasant dining experience. Small footprint and narrow profileallow cuber to be placed anywhere ice is needed. Standard quick-connects offers fast and flexible installations connecting to a single ordual path Scotsman condenser. Can also be connected to a properlysized universal rack or multi-pass condenser system. Stainless steelfinish. Produces small or medium cube ice. Shown on a BeverageDispenser (sold separately).Model Description EH222SL-1B 600-1000 lbs., 22"W, Small Cube Ice,

Requires Condenser/CompressorEH430SL-1B 1400-2000 lbs., 30"W, Small Cube Ice,

Requires Condenser/CompressorEH430ML-1B 1400-2000 lbs., 30"W, Medium Cube Ice,

Requires Condenser/CompressorC0600CP-32A 600 lbs. 208-230/60/1 C0800CP-32A 800 lbs. 208-230/60/1 C0800CP-3A 800 lbs. 208-230/60/3C1410CP-32A 1000-1400 lbs. 208-230/60/1 C1410CP-3A 1000-1400 lbs. 208-230/60/3C1800CP-32A 1800 lbs. 208-230/60/1 Additional models available.C

27.11_28.new 5/12/11 2:33 PM Page 1


D. HURRiCHiLL™ Blast Chillers &

Shock Freezers.

Increase productivity and coordinate meal

plans more efficiently while promoting food

safety and conserving energy. Advanced

design and engineering methods reduce

prep times, production costs and food waste.

Blast chilling maintains food texture, flavor

and appearance while shock freezing yields

longer shelf life and the opportunity to take

advantage of seasonal purchases. With unit

chilling capacities of 30 lbs. to 1,300 lbs.,

HURRiCHiLL safely chills your food from

160°F to 38°F in 90 minutes or less and

shock freezes the product from 160°F to 0°F

in just 4 hours. HURRiCHiLL units are also

capable of fully thawing product in 6-8 hours

all within HACCP guidelines. Model

AP20BCF175-3 shown.

Model Description

M108-PR-4080 Polar Reinforced PVC 8" Loop Strip, 40"Wx80"H

(Walk-In Cooler/Frzr Aluminum Mounting Hardware included)

M106-PR-4080 Polar Reinforced PVC 6" Loop Strip, 40"Wx80"H

(Walk-In Cooler/Frzr Aluminum Mounting Hardware included)

M108-PR-80-6PK Replacement Strip Package of 6

Polar Reinforced PVC 8" Loop Strip, 80" Long

M106-PR-80-6PK Replacement Strip Package of 6

Polar Reinforced PVC 6" Loop Strip, 80" Long

A

B. Walk-In Freezers & Coolers.

Exceptional quality at a low life-cycle cost. These versatile

and dependable walk-in coolers, freezers and combination

cold rooms are custom designed to satisfy exacting job site

conditions. Indoor or outdoor models are available in 4" or 5"

thickness to ensure that the space available is used most

efficiently. Choose from a large selection of metal finishes,

walk-in accessories and custom engineered refrigeration

systems. Our System 100 monitoring system is standard

equipment and includes a digital display, audio/visual alarm,

light switch, remote alarm hookup and door heater control. 5

year compressor and 1 year parts warranty. Contact us for

additional information.

A. “M” Series Strip Doors.

Saves energy costs and separates

environments. Perfect for walk-in coolers

and freezers. Drastically reduces heating

and cooling costs, reduces moisture and

frost build-up. These models are available in

6" and 8" wide PVC strip material in both

USDA polar and standard grades. Easy to

clean and virtually maintenance free. Each

strip has a heat-sealed loop at the top which

slides onto the mounting bar. USDA

compliant. Model M108-PR-4080 shown.

D

28

Model Description

AP3BC30-1 Cap.: 30 lbs. Chill, 3-Pans, 251/4"Wx257/8"Lx34"H

AP20BC175-2 Cap.: 200 lbs. Chill, 20-Pans, 471/4"Wx42"Lx865/6"H

AP40BC250-12 Cap.: 250 lbs. Chill, 40-Pans, 811/2"Wx47"Lx993/4"H

AP40BC250-2-12 Cap.: 500 lbs. Chill, 40-Pans, 811/2"Wx93"Lx993/4"H

AP120BC1000-3 Cap.: 1000 lbs. Chill, 120-Pans, 595/8"Wx1653/4"Lx927/8"H

AP10BCF100-2 Cap.: 100 lbs. Chill, 60 lbs. Freeze, 10-Pans, 291/2"Wx281/4"Lx601/2"H

AP12BCF110-3 Cap.: 160 lbs. Chill, 90 lbs. Freeze, 12-Pans, 321/4"Wx36"Lx74"H

AP24BCF300-3-R Cap.: 300 lbs. Chill, 180 lbs. Freeze, 24-Pans, 543/8"Wx461/4"Lx851/4"H


C. Refrigeration Systems.

Complete selection of high performance

refrigeration equipment and accessories for the

most eff icient and reliable installation

possible. Our factory engineered remote,

remote quick connect, pre-assembled remote or

top/side quick connect self-contained units are

available for any indoor or outdoor application.

All systems are fully EISA compliant and come

with a 5-year compressor warranty with labor

warranties available on pre-charged systems.

Contact us for additional information.

C

B

28.11_13 5/12/11 3:08 PM Page 1


29

E. R-Series Walk-Ins.

Kolpak® Walk-in Coolers and Freezers meet stringent California Energy Commission guidelines for

standard and combo box configurations. Kolpak offers energy leading and competitively priced

equipment using a patent pending transition panel for combo boxes. Unique panel allows 4" cooler

panels to transition to 5" freezer panels to meet the R-value insulation properties required. Energy

efficient and reliable Kolpak 120 refrigeration system.

E

B. Express Walk-Ins.

Pre-assembled outdoor walk-in is ready to cool when it arrives at your job site.

Refrigeration is pre-installed, run and adjusted at the factory. Electrical components are

wired to a fused disconnect mounted on the roof of walk-in; up and running as soon as an

electrical contractor provides power to the disconnect. 4" non-CFC polyurethane insulated

wall panels. Membrane roof cap for superior weather protection. Sloped roof keeps rain

away from adjacent building. Available in sizes up to 14'x40'.

A. Walk-In Refrigerators and Freezers.

Superior quality from top to bottom. Kolpak’s modular construction can meet your exact

requirements in an indoor or outdoor cooler, freezer or combination, with the size, roof

configuration and options you want. Indoors and out, you get quality with features that

make Kolpak such a sound investment: Energy saving 4" thick foamed-in-place

urethane insulation; Galvanized metal finish provides great strength and greater

corrosion resistance; Wide selection of other metal finishes; R-Series Door.

A

C. Polar-Pak Walk-In Cooler.

Easily installed without the services of a

refrigeration technician or plumber.

Corners, wall panels and doors are

quickly assembled on the unit’s floor (or

11/2 screeds), and the ceiling panels lifted

in place. The self-contained wall-mounted

refrigeration unit, equipped with casters for

leveling, is simply rolled up and fitted into

place. The top mount offers an easy install

and is flush to the interior ceiling allowing

maximum use of storage space. 4"

urethane panels meet 2009 Federal

standards for insulation requirements and

energy efficiency. Choose from a variety

of sizes and configurations, coolers or

freezers. Some top mount units are

available to ship in 48 hours.

B

CD. Walk-In Structural Flooring.

An ideal solution for retrofit and remodeling applications. Its

impact resistant design can withstand a dropped keg from 4

feet. Withstands loads up to 5,000 pounds per square foot or

15,000 pounds stationary—without the use of an overlay.

Fiberglass reinforced plastic is combined with 3/4" plywood

distributes weight evenly over the fiberglass reinforced

foamed and glued-in-place plastic. Available in 5 finishes—

.100 aluminum, 16 gauge stainless steel, .100 diamond tread

plate and 14 or 16 gauge galvanized.

D

29.11_28.new 5/12/11 3:21 PM Page 1


30

A

C. Fineline™ Walk-ins.

The ult imate in walk-in

design...Specify any size, shape,

angle, door, color, metal finish,

single or multiple compartments.

Designed and built to f i t your

needs! Contact our customerservice department for assistance.

B. Fast-Trak™ Walk-Ins.

Ships in 5 days! Choose from a wide selection of indoor or

outdoor coolers, freezers and combination cooler/freezers

with remote refrigeration systems. Widths of 6', 7', 8', 9', 10',

11' and 12'. Heights of 7'7" and 8'7" (with floor) and 7'4" and

8'4" (without floor). FRP threshold. Remote refrigeration

systems. Fast and easy installation. 30" or 36" self-closing

doors. 15 year panel warranty. Floor/floorless and interior

ramp options available to ship in 10 days. Contact ourcustomer service department for assistance.

A. Kold Locker™ Walk-ins.

Same day shipment! Choose from over

10,000 indoor or outdoor coolers, freezers

and combination cooler/freezers! Sizes

from 4'x5' to 8'x20'. Heights from 6'7" and

7'7" with floor; 7'4" floorless. Three temper-

atures: +35°F, -10°F, -20°F. 26 gauge

stucco embossed coated steel. 26" wide

self-closing doors. FRP threshold. 15-year

panel warranty; 18-month parts and labor

warranty.Model Description

KLB7746 7'7"H 4'x6' Cooler




KLF7746 7'7"H 4'x6' Freezer




C

B

E. DRS Series Dual Compressor

Refrigeration Systems.

DRS systems allow the remoting of multiple refrigeration

units used in walk-ins, reach-ins and other refrigerated

equipment to one system. Benefits include reductions in

inside heat, air conditioning load and noise levels. Features

include: Pre-wired electrical panel with one-point

connection and disconnect switch. Common base and

frame assembly. Standard galvanized finish with optional

stainless steel finish. Contact us about our full range ofsystems including multi-compressor and rack systems.

ED. MRS Series Modular Multi-Compressor

Refrigeration System.

This outside system reduces noise level and extends the life of

equipment. Remove the heat produced by multiple refrigeration systems

and reduce air conditioning load by installing a single MRS System. Each

module includes a compressor with refrigeration components pre-piped to

its own modular condenser—MRS can house up to 16 modules. Units are

pre-wired to an electrical panel for one-point connection. The compactly

stacked condenser modules are designed for 110ºF temperatures but are

also protected in cold weather by integrated low ambient components,

including head masters and crankcase heaters. Contact our customerservice department for assistance.

D

30.11_28.new 5/12/11 3:31 PM Page 1


31

A. Walk-Ins.

Thermalrite Walk-ins are engineered and built to your exact dimensions and specification.

Custom designs; indoor, outdoor, angles, rectangles are all available in a variety of finishes and

in a thickness of 4, 5 or 6 inches. With panels up to 30 feet in length, these walk-ins are ideal

for any application. High density foam rail and foam-in-place bonding equals strong panels.

Nationwide installation available. Four plants to serve you—California, Minnesota, Mississippi

and Tennessee. Cooler/Freezer Combo shown.

A

B

B. Replacement Doors.

Thermalrite Replacement Doors are designed to f i t any

manufacturers' cooler or freezer.Cooler and freezer doors really take

a pounding from hand trucks, fork lifts, pallet jacks, ice build-up and

everyday use—resulting in dangerous, unsanitary and inefficient

coolers and freezers. A replacement door from Thermalrite will help

prevent accidents, provide energy savings and are simple to order.

C. Sliding Doors.

Close Tight Insulated Sliding Doors by Thermalrite are the perfect fit

for all types of storage coolers, freezers, warehouses and distribution

centers. Class 1 urethane insulation, heavy duty hardware, bulb-type

neoprene gasket. Many finishes and options available. Standard

sizes of 5'x7', 6'x8', and 8'x8' (other sizes available upon request).

C

Chef Paul ByronBridgeport Rescue Mission

Bridgeport, CT

Rescue-Black Bean & Corn Chili

Serves 10-12

3 garlic cloves (minced)

2 Tbsp. oil

3 lbs. lean ground beef

1 lb. pork

6 onions

3 ancho chilies

1 Naga Jollkia “Ghost Pepper” (if you cannot find “Ghost Peppers” use

2 Habanero peppers) small

3 green peppers, medium chopped

6 lbs. tomato puree

3 lbs. canned black beans (drained and rinsed)

12 fluid oz. tomato paste

1/4 cup dark chili powder

41/2 tsp. ground cumin

1 tsp. Chef Paul’s special chili mix (optional)

2 cups corn, drained

1 bay leaf

1 dash red pepper flakes

Salt and pepper to taste

*Start by soaking the ancho chili in warm water for about 15 to 20

minutes. Then dice.

Sauté garlic in oil in a heavy sauce pan until golden, crumble beef and

pork, cook for about 15 minutes or until evenly brown. At that point, drain

about half the drippings, add onions and peppers and cook until tender,

then add ancho, corn, tomatoes, chili powder, bay leaf, red pepper, cumin

and corn. Cover and cook on low for about an hour, stirring every 15

minutes. Add black beans and special mix then salt and pepper to taste.

If too dry, add more tomatoes. If still wet, cook longer.

Featured Chef

31.11_28.new 5/13/11 10:50 AM Page 1

32

B. Coffee Makers-Polished Aluminum.Only available to the foodservice industry! Easy to clean inside and out.Brews to the perfect flavor and automatically holds it at the ideal serving tem-perature. Non-drip faucets, stay cool black phenolic handles and cover knob.Lock on covers. Brew view gauge on 55 and 101 cup units. On/off switch withsignal light on 55 and 101 cup units. Commercially rated with 1 year limitedwarranty. UL, CSA, and NSF. Models 58001R, 58055R and 58230R shown.Model Description 58001R 12-101 Cup Polished Aluminum58055R 12-55 Cup Polished Aluminum58230R 30-Cup Polished Aluminum, 3 Prong58030R 30-Cup Polished Aluminum, 2 Prong

B

C. Coffee Urns - Stainless Steel.These stainless steel urns are fast-brewing– 36 or 55 cups in about 30minutes and 110 cups in about 60 minutes! All metal urns also feature mugclearance and dual thermostats for durability and optimum coffee serving tem-perature. Features non-drip faucets and sight glass to let you know how muchcoffee is left in pot. 304 18/8 stainless steel. Commercially rated with 1 yearlimited warranty. UL, CSA, NSF. Models K1336A, K1355A and K1301Ashown.Model Description K1336A 36 cup Stainless SteelK1355A 55 cup Stainless SteelK1301A 110 cup Stainless Steel

C

A. Coffee Percolators &Brewer.Stainless steel percolators areequipped with a clear water levelgauge. Indicator signals whencoffee is done brewing. Automatictemperature control keeps coffeewarm and ready to serve. 120V.1350W. Three popular sizes tochoose from. Stainless steel brew-er has two switches for warmingand brewing. Brewing indicatoralerts when cycle is complete.Heating plates ensure optimaltemperature for extended periods.Completely portable, requires noplumbing. Accepts standard filtersand decanters sold separately.120V, 1800W max.

A

Model Description CP-100 Percolator, 100-Cup CP-60 Percolator, 60-Cup CP-40 Percolator, 40-Cup CBS-2 Coffee Brewer

Beverage/BarEquipmentCoffee BrewersBlendersBar CoolersGlass WashersPortable Bars

Coffee Measuring GuideRegular Approx.Finished Grind Coffee Brewing Brew 5 oz. 8 oz. Dry Meas. Time Servings in cups in min.

10 1/2 16 12 3/4 1720 11/4 2224 11/2 2430 13/4 2736 21/4 3040 21/2 32 48 3 3655 31/3 4060 33/4 4372 41/2 4984 53/4 55

101 61/4 64

(1 lb. regular grind coffee equals 5 cups.) Usemore or less depending upon desired strength.

32.11_28.new 5/15/11 8:26 PM Page 1

BEVERAGE/BAR EQUIPMENT

33

A

A. Value Bar Blenders.Any 16 oz. icy drink served perfectly smooth andwith no ice chunks– in as little as 25 seconds!Stainless steel blades quickly cut through iceand other ingredients. High/low/off toggle switchis easy to reach and control. The HBB908 fea-tures a 3/8 HP motor and a 44 oz. polycarbonatecontainer with filler-cap and measurement marksfor easy filling; stainless steel container alsoavailable—model HBB909. The PS51000 fea-tures a 1/3 HP motor and 48 oz. plastic contain-er. 1 year warranty. UL, NSF, CSA. ModelHBB909 features a 32 oz. Stainless Steel con-tainer with a 3/8 HP motor.Model Description HBB908 Hamilton Beach 44 oz. Poly ContainerPS51000 Proctor Silox 48 oz. Plastic ContainerHBB909 Hamilton Beach 32 oz. S/S Container

C

D. Tournant™ Food Blender.The Tournant does it all—Chop, Mix, Puree, Grind,Emulsify, Blend! For busy chefs, top performance isessential. The Tournant™ is engineered to give chefsthe blending confidence and control they need. MakeHummus, Salsa, Mayonnaise, Dressings, Flours,Compotes. It truly is the TOURNANT (English transla-tion- “Chef who does all things”) in the busy foodservicekitchen! And, with its patented “chop” feature, workingwith heavy ingredients and thick emulsions are all “in aday's work!” Model HBF600

D

C. Spindle Drink Mixer.Great for everything from mixing ice cream shakes to “flashing”bar drinks and blending eggs, pancake and waffle batter.Performance—Powerful 1/3 HP motor per mixing head mixestwice as fast. Precision Motor—Motor individually balanced tominimize vibration. Built to last with sealed, permanently lubri-cated ball bearings. Two-Way Motor Activation—Operators canstart and stop mixing action by inserting cup into cup guide, orby using the pulse switch on top of mixer. NSF. UL.Model Description HMD200 Single SpindleHMD400 Triple Spindle

E. Tango Blenders.Blends a 16 oz. daiquiri in 15 seconds! Powerful 1 HP motoroffers exceptional torque and blending performance for a varietyof iced drinks. 2-speed motor with pulse. Stackable 48 oz. poly-carbonate container with Wave Action system continually forcesmixture down into the blades. All metal motor drive coupling isbuilt to last. Adjustable timer automatically turns blender off. 2year parts & labor warranty covered under our Express CareService Program (free warranty replacement). CUL. UL. NSF.Model HBH450

E

Bar Service as a Profit Center• The number one priority of the bartender is toattend to the customer’s needs.

• Cut down on unnecessary footsteps to allowfor more time in front of the customer. Moretime in front of the customer equates to morerevenue.

• Strategically place condiment holders forgarnishes, salt rimmers and bar caddies forswizzle sticks, stirrers, and napkins so thatbartenders have easy access to supplies.

• Each station should have enough supplies foreach bartender.

• Every bartender should carry his/her ownbottle opener.

F. Coffee Brewers.If you’re looking for rich, flavorful coffee but are tight oncounter space, plug in a Bloomfield Lo-Profile® brewing sys-tem. At a little under 19" tall, they’re short in stature but longon features. A ready-to-brew light indicates the proper watertemperature to help eliminate brewing guesswork and ourpatented water delivery system gently spreads a preciseamount of water over the coffee grounds for complete satura-tion and optimum flavor. UL, NSF.Model Description 8542 Koffee King One Warmer8543 Koffee King Two Warmer, In-line8571 Koffee King Three Warmer, Stepped Right9003 Integrity Three Warmer, Automatic Brewer F

B. Tempest™ Blenders.The Wave-Action™ system pullscontents down into the blades forsmooth creamy results every time!For ultimate flexibility, operatorscan choose from high and lowspeeds, timed cycles and a jumpcycle (starts in low speed, thenramps up to high). Includes 64 oz.stackable container, timer withautomatic shut off and a jar padsensor, which turns the motor offwhen container is not in place. 3HP motor. Two year or 20,000cycle parts and labor warranty(whichever comes first). Model HBH650B

33.11_28.new 5/15/11 8:32 PM Page 1

C. Drink Machine Two-Speed.Smart machine for efficient, quality blending.Timer with automatic shut-off allows you toserve other customers while blending, result-ing in improved speed of service.Automatically shifts from low to high duringblending for the best quality drinks. Powerful,thermally-protected motor handles denseingredients without overheating. Includes 64oz. high-impact, clear stackable container.20.3"Hx8"Wx9"D, 2 peak HP, 120V, 50/60 Hz,11.5 Amp. Model 1230

F. The Quiet One CommercialBlender.Ultimate blender with unparallel soundreduction, exceptional beverage blendsand improved speed of service.Advanced vibration dampening technolo-gy provides 4 times the noise reductionover other commercial blenders.Magnetically secured floating soundenclosure is easy to clean and disassem-ble. Features variable speed control,automatic shut-off and 6 program buttonswith 34 optimized programs for easier,consistent blending. Air management andpower 3 peak HP motor reduces noise,improves reliability and reduces downtime. Includes 48 oz. high impact, clearstackable Advance® container.18"Wx8.5"Wx10.7"D, 120V, 50/60Hz, 15Amp. Model 36019


34

B

B. XL Blender System.Perfect for those chefs at healthcare facilities,hotels and other high-volume establishmentswho make batches of the same item severaltimes a day. With an impressive 11/2 gallon realblending capacity and 4.2 HP motor, you willincrease your efficiency by serving up to 24 (8oz.) portions in only one blending cycle. Availablein two models, programmable or variable speed.The Tritan™ copolyester container, with remov-able lid plug, is dishwasher safe and ergonomi-cally designed for ease of use and safety. 64 oz./2L container with lid, lid plug, and tamper. UL.NSF. 18.1"Hx8.5"Wx19"D. 120V 50/60 Hz, 15.0Amp. Model 5201

D. Blending Station® Advance w/AdvanceContainer.The Blending Station Advance has been engineered forperfection, featuring a powerful 3 peak HP motor andadvanced blending technology. The new 48 oz. Advancecontainer has two double sealed bearings and a patent-ed blade that creates a powerful vortex continually circu-lating ingredients and reduces cavitation. Included are34 optimized preset programs with option of manualoperation. Built- in sound reducing cover.191/2"Hx91/2"Wx101/2"D, 120 VAC, 50/60Hz, 15 amps.UL, NSF. Model 36021 D

C

A. Vita-Prep® 3.The professional chef’s power tool. The Vita-Prep 3, with a 64 oz. clear, high-impact con-tainer and wet blade, has the power to blendextra-thick ingredients quickly and smoothly.The variable speed control allows you to chop,grind, knead, puree, or blend different ingredi-ents at exactly the right speed. Large coolingfan resists overheating. Efficient muffler forquieter operation. Includes a 54-page recipebook. 20"Hx8"Wx9"D. 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 12-1/2 Amps. UL, NSF. Model 1005

A

E. BarBoss® Advance w/AdvanceContainer.The BarBoss Advance is engineered for qualityblending. New Advance® container creates faster,smoother pouring and has a longer blade life result-ing in time and cost savings along with improvedcustomer experience. Six optimized programs andautomatic shut-off means you can turn on, walkaway, and consistently blend beverages. Pulse con-trol quickly refreshes drinks. Hardened stainlesssteel enclosed blade assembly includes two sets ofsealed ball bearings. Three year limited warranty.18"HX8"Wx9"D. 120V, 50/60Hz, 11.5 Amps. UL,NSF. Model 5085

E

F

G. Xtreme Hi-Power Blenders.Perfect for smoothies, ice cream drinks, or any frozen beverage as well assauces, soups and many food-prep tasks. Features easy to clean elec-tronic membrane keypad or simple to use paddle switches, heavy duty 3-1/2 HP peak input motor, one piece dishwasher-safe removable jar pad.Choose from a 64 oz. unbreakable polycarbonate or stainless steel con-tainer. Sound enclosure for quiet operation also available. cETLus. NSF.Limited 3 year motor and 2 year parts and labor warranty.Model Description With Polycarbonate ContainerMX1000XT Toggle SwitchesMX1050XT Elec. KeypadMX1100XT Elec. Keypad & 30 second TimerMX1300XT Elec. Keypad, LCD, 4 re-programmable, adj. speed MX1500XT Elec. Keypad, LCD, 4 re-programmable, adj. speed,

sound enclosureWith S/S ContainerMX1000XTS Toggle SwitchesMX1050XTS Elec. KeypadMX1100XTS Elec. Keypad & 30 second Countdown TimerMX1300XTS Elec. Keypad, LCD, 4 re-programmable, adj. speed MX1500XTS Elec. Keypad, LCD, 4 re-programmable, adj. speed,

sound enclosure

G

34.11_28.new 5/15/11 8:37 PM Page 1


35

D. Direct Draw Dispensers.Perlick’s Direct Draw Dispensers are built tough, but stillpriced competitively. Units are available with black or stain-less steel doors for one, two, three or four kegs. Portableunits also available. Dimensions: 243/4"Dx341/2"H. Forstainless steel models; replace suffix letter "B" with a "S".Model Description DP32B Portable - 1 Keg, 32"L DS32B Undercounter - 1 Keg, 32"L DS60B Self Contained - 2 Kegs, 60"LDS60S Self Contained - 2 Kegs, 60"L Stainless SteelDS72B Self Contained - 3 Kegs, 72"LDS72S Self Contained - 3 Kegs, 72"L Stainless SteelDS84B Self Contained - 4 Kegs, 84"LDS84S Self Contained - 4 Kegs, 84"L Stainless Steel

D

C. Glass Frosters.Push button defrost system, self-contained,no plumbing required. Black, stainless or allstainless exterior. Available in two, three,four and five foot models. 24"Dx34"H.Model Description FR24PS2 2'L, BlackFR24SS2 2'L, Stainless SteelFR36PS2 3'L, BlackFR36SS2 3'L, Stainless SteelFR48PS2 4'L, BlackFR48SS2 4'L, Stainless SteelFR60PS2 5'L, BlackFR60SS2 5'L, Stainless Steel

C

E. Slant Top Bottle Coolers.The “Slant Top” has 15% more capacity than traditional bottlecoolers—without using more bar space! The Slant Top offers awide array of options from 4- and 6-ft. models to stainless orblack vinyl coated exteriors. Built to last, the Slant Top is dent-resistant with heavy-gauged doors, contains 2" foamed-in-placewalls which saves on energy costs and adds strength to the unit.Extremely efficient, the Slant Top provides a balanced refrigera-tion system, plug-in installation and no drainage is necessary.Comes standard with a quiet running, high-efficiency compressorand a stainless steel interior.Model Description ST48B 4-Ft. Black, Holds 20 cs. (12 oz. bottles)ST72B 6-Ft. Black, Holds 32.5 cs. (12 oz. bottles)ST48S 4-Ft. S/S, Holds 20 cs. (12 oz. bottles)ST72S 6-Ft. S/S, Holds 32.5 cs. (12 oz. bottles)

E

B. Electric Glass Washers & Accessories.Bar Maid Glass Washers get glassware cleaner, faster usingless water and chemicals than most other glass washingsystems. Both models install in seconds and require virtual-ly no maintenance. Five spinning brushes scrub inside andout removing tough stuff like lipstick and fruit pulp. Combinewith Bar Maid LoSUDS Detergent, sanitizer and test stripsand you have the ultimate glass washing system!Model Description A-200 UprightSS-100 SubmersibleDET-200 LoSuds Detergent, 4 gal. per cs.DIS-201 Sanitizer Tablets, 6 bottles/cs, 150 tablets/bottleDIS-202 Quaternary Test Strips, 12 dispensers/cs,

100 tests/dispenserDIS-302 Chlorinated Test Strips, 12 dispensers/cs,

100 tests/dispenser

A. Commercial Blenders.Performance, Reliability and Value! Designed to deliver more for less—Heavy duty construction, more features and renowned reliability. Clutchcoupling system secures container and reduces noise. Unique container“ribs” help push contents into the blades. Features heavy-duty ball bear-ing stainless blade system, virtually indestructible silicone gasket andpolycarbonate stackable container. Two models available: 2 Speed w/48oz. container (1 HP) or Blender w/Touch Pad and 64 oz. container (2HP).Model Description BLE-200 2 HP w/64 oz. Polycarbonate Container BLE-100 1 HP w/48 oz. Polycarbonate ContainerBLE-1-11606SS 32 oz. S/S Container

B

A

35.11_28.new 5/15/11 8:41 PM Page 1


36

B. Back Bar Coolers.Attractive, wear-resistant laminated heavy duty black vinyl exterior. Stainless steelcountertop. Forced air refrigeration system. Interior stainless steel floor with halfinch lip and heavy galvanized steel walls. Maintains cold 33°F to 38°F producttemperatures. Shown in black. Also available in stainless steel and glass doors. Model Description TBB-2 273/4"x37"x587/8"L, 2 Doors, 4 Shlvs Cap.: 134 6-pks TBB-3 273/4"x37"x691/8"L, 2 Doors, 4 Shlvs Cap.: 161 6-pcks TBB-4 273/4"x37"x903/8"L, 3 Doors, 6 Shlvs Cap.: 209 6-pcks TBB-24-48 24 1/2"x355/8"x491/8"L, 2 Doors, 4 Shlvs Cap.: 82 6-pcks TBB-24GAL-48 233/4"x341/4"x477/8"L, 2 Doors, 4 Shlvs Cap.: 82 6-pcks TBB-24-60 237/8"x355/8"x611/8"L, 2 Doors, 4 Shlvs Cap.: 133 6-pks TBB-24GAL-60 233/4"x341/4"x597/8"L, 2 Doors, 4 Shlvs Cap.: 94.5 6-pks TBB-4-PT 31"x37"x903/8"L, 6 Doors, 6 Shlvs Cap.: 193 6-pcks

A. Direct Draw Beer Dispensers.Cabinets designed to accommodate all types of beer kegs.Easily maintains 33°F to 38°F. All stainless steel countertop.Interior stainless steel floor with 1/2" lip and heavy galvanizedsteel walls. Environmentally friendly forced air refrigeration sys-tem. Foamed-in-place, high density polyurethane insulation. 3"diameter insulated beer columns with stainless steel tubes.Incandescent interior lighting (for all units except TDD-1). Doorlocks. Optional multiple faucet draft arms available. Shown inBlack. Stainless steel also available. Model TDD-2 shown.Model Description TDD-1 311/4"x39 3/4"x231/2"L, 1 Door TDD-2 271/8"x37"x587/8"L, 2 Doors TDD-3 271/8"x37"x 691/8"L, 2 DoorsTDD-4 271/8"x37"x903/8"L, 3 Doors

A

D. Horizontal Bottle Coolers.Unique, conditioned, air circulation is forced evenly over the top row of productsfor ideal chilling of bottles. Standard features include stainless countertop andlids, durable black vinyl exterior (stainless exterior available), and vinyl-coatedstorage dividers. Interiors feature long lasting, heavy-duty, galvanized steel.Large evaporator coil runs the length of the cooler for efficient, balanced cooling.Model Description TD-36-12 265/8"x333/8"x363/4"L, - 2 bin dividers Cap.: 11 cs / 14.5 cs TD-36-12-S 265/8"x333/8"x363/4"L, - 2 bin dividers Cap.: 11 cs / 14.5 cs TD-50-18 265/8"x333/8/8"x495/8"L, - 3 bin dividers Cap.: 16 1/2 css / 24 cs TD-65-24 265/8"x333/8"x645/8"L, - 4 bin dividers Cap.: 22 cs / 32 1/2 cs TD-65-24-S 265/8"x333/8"x645/8"L, - 4 bin dividers Cap.: 22 cs / 32 1/2 cs TD-95-38 265/8"x333/8"x953/8"L, - 7 bin dividers, Cap.: 37 1/2 cs / 55 csTD-95-38-S 265/8"x333/8"x953/8"L, - 7 bin dividers, Cap.: 37 1/2 cs / 55 csTD-24-7 265/8"x333/8"x243/4"L, - 2 bin dividers Cap.: 4.5 cs / 6 cs

B

D

E. Stainless Steel Beverage Carts.Eliminate the need for serving tables by transporting and serving from these attractive carts. Spacious topfor coffee urns, cups, snack trays and more. Large drop leaves with rigid swing-out positive locking supportsprovide extra serving area. Large waterproof and stain resistant laminate top has built-in rails. Stainlessshelves and interior provide extra storage. Standard finish is Walnut. Optional finishes: Black, Light Mapleand Red Maple. Available in three sizes.Model Description 672 21"W x 383/8"H x 33"L (leaves down) and 48"L (leaves up)675 24"W x 383/8"H x 441/8"L (leaves down) and 72"L (leaves up) - w/ doors, Victorian Cherry676 24:W x 383/8"H x 613/4"L (leaves down) and 96"L (leaves up)

C. Glasswashers.Perfect for bars and tight spaces. Champion glass washersclean and sanitize up to 2,000 glasses per hour. Choose fromtheir rotary or pass-through unit, both providing up to 12" ofclearance for taller stemware. The three-pump injection sys-tem provides precise chemical dispensing. Upper and lowerwash and rinse arms produce sparkling clean glasses everytime. Fresh, cool water sanitizes glasses in the final rinses sothey are ready for immediate use. Model CG shown.Model Description CG Rotary-TypeCG4 Pass-Thru, 381/2"Hx48"WCG6 Pass-Thru, 381/2"Hx72"W

C

E

36.11_28.new 5/15/11 8:45 PM Page 1


37

E. Underbar Sinks.Complete line available in 18" and 21" front to back depth. Features 304series stainless embossed drainboards, Large 10"x14"x10" deep drawn bowlswith rear corner drains. Comes complete with drains, overflows and faucets.NSF. Shown with optional speed rails. Model Description 1800 Series18-33 38" 3-Comp. Sink, No Drainboard, Faucet18-43L or R 48" 3-Comp. Sink w/Bowl on Left or Right, Faucet18-53C 60" 3-Comp. Sink w/Bowl in Center, Faucet18-63C 72" 3-Comp. Sink w/Bowl in Center, Faucet18-64C 72" 4-Comp. Sink w/Bowl in Center, Faucet18-73C 84" 3-Comp. Sink w/Bowl in Center, Faucet18-74C 84" 4-Comp. Sink w/Bowl in Center, FaucetAdditional models available.

F. Royal Series Underbar.Deluxe line of standard and custom underbarequipment features heavy duty construction builtfor durability. Full autocad layout and designavailable. High quality built in sound deadenedspeedrails. Stainless steel sides and legs. Highquality cartridge valve faucets. NSF.

F

E

A. Ice Bins.Complete line of ice bins available in 12" or 15"depths with or without built in 7 circuit high volumesolid cast aluminum cold plate for soda systems.12" deep bin depth is the most popular. For coldplate option add -7 to end of model number.Features 304 series stainless steel cove cornerliner with center drain. Removable bottle racksincluded. NSF. Shown with optional speed rails.Model Description 18-24 12"Dx24"L18-24DP 15"Dx24"L18-36 12"Dx36"L18-36DP 15"Dx36"L18-30 12"Dx30"L18-24-7 12”D x 24”L w/Built In Cold Plate18-36-7 12”D x 36”L w/Built In Cold Plate

A

D. Closed Glass Storage.End the storage problem with a24" wide cabinet that holds three20"x20" glass racks below.Stainless steel cabinet with 1"drain on bottom. Also availablewith solid middle shelf. NSF.Model 18-GSB1

Model Description Case Cap. (12 oz. bottles)BC48-BG Black Vinyl Ext., 4 ft. w/2 divider racks 14.5BC48-SS Stainless Steel Ext., 4 ft. w/2 divider racks 14.5BC72-BG Black Vinyl Ext,, 6 ft. w/3 divider racks 25.5BC72-SS Stainless Steel Ext., 6 ft. w/3 divider racks 25.5BC96-BG Black Vinyl Ext., 8 ft. w/4 divider racks 35.5BC96-SS Stainless Steel Ext., 8 ft. w/4 divider racks 35.5BC48-SS Stainless Steel Ext. & Int., 4 ft. w/ 2 divider racks 14.5BC72-SS Stainless Steel Ext. & Int., 6 ft w/3 divider racks 25.5

C. Blender/Dump Sink.The ultimate blender station withlarge 10"x14"x10" deep sink bowlwhich can be used as a dumpsink or hand sink. Large stepdown shelf below for Blender andbar accessories. Stainless steelsides. Faucet and drain included.Available in 12" and 18" widths.NSF.Model Description 18-12BD 12" Sink18-18BD 18" Sink

B

C

D

B. Royal Series Slide Top Bottle Coolers.High quality, heavy duty units n 4', 6' and 8' models.Features include 24" front-to-back to match underbar,stainless steel floors on all units, heavy duty doors andcenter bar construction for durability, rugged grab barhandles and locks on all doors, easy-to-clean coved cor-ner construction inside, floor drain connected to conden-sate evaporator pan, easy to service, 5 year compressorwarranty. Available in black, stainless steel and all stain-less steel exteriors. 115V, Single phase, 60 Hz.

37.11_28.new 5/15/11 8:48 PM Page 1


38

A. Cambar Designer Series.Cambro’s Designer Series offers optional appearanceupgrades to add to any ambience. Choose from threedecor packages. Each package includes an upgradedappearance with in-laid front and side panels and a granitepatterned countertop. The Designer Series has all the samefeatures you’ve come to expect — Made of durablepolyethylene which won’t dent, crack, rust, chip or break.Model Description BAR540DS 54"Lx257/8"Wx461/8"H, w/Decorative Cntrtop.BAR650DS 671/2"Lx281/2"Wx471/2"H, w/Upgraded Decor BAR730DS 723/4"Lx26"Wx48"H, w/Upgraded Decor

A

D. Delta 1200.12" vertical clearance accommodates tallerstemware, glasses and mugs and cleans up to 1,200glasses per hour. Composite carousel rack preventsdamage to glassware. Efficient 1/10 hp wash motor.Single-switch, auto-fi l l , auto-stop operation.Adjustable rinse control allows hot or cold water finalrinse for flexible sanitizing methods. Three built-inchemical pumps and convenient onboard chemicalstorage. Durable 304 stainless steel construction withdouble-wall insulated cabinet for quieter operationand less heat loss. NSF and c-UL-us listed. D

F. Glass Washers/Handling Stations.Total glassware efficiency, right under the bar. In only six feetof space, a bartender can prepare, wash and store up to 250glasses. The Glass Preparation Cabinet provides a sink, sprayhose, space for storing racks of dirty glassware and convenientchemical storage. The PKBR24 Glasswasher generates cleansanitary glassware in a quick two minute wash cycle. GlassStorage Cabinets can house up to six racks of clean glasswarewithin arms reach.Model Description GHS72 Glass Handling StationPKBR24 Glass Washer

F

C. Maximizer™ Portable Bar.Two-step bar and countertop designed for ease ofdrink preparation and serving. Molded-in barmatwell and built-in cutting board. Sliding storagedrawer accommodates mixers, sodas or busboxes. 15 gallon ice bin with integrated drain andwater trap. 5" non-marking casters with brakes.Fully assembled. 473/4"Hx571/8"Lx255/16"W. Blackcountertop, skirt and stanchions. Front and sidepanel colors: Cherry Wood (094), Strainless Steel(44), Traditional Grey (23) or Black Duragrain(03).Model Description 7550 Maximizer Portable Bar7555 Maximizer Vinyl Bar Cover

C

E. Delta 5 Glass Washer.ENERGY STAR® qualified and rated by NSF as botha dishwasher and glasswasher. Cleans up to 40racks (1,440 glasses) per hour. Built-in chemicalpumps for detergent, rinse aid and sanitizer. 90-sec-ond operating cycle with 111/2" clearance thataccommodates taller wares. Push button start.Integrated sustainer heater keeps wash water hotbetween cycles. Easy-to-clean wash arms withremovable end caps. Built-in scrap accumulator pre-vents drain from clogging. Durable 304 stainlesssteel construction. Adjustable bullet feet. NSF andc-UL-us listed.

E

B. Kleen-Plug™.Helps keep beer taps clean! This durable brushand plug keeps fruit flies out of beer taps. It alsoremoves yeast and sediment for a fresher, bettertasting beer. Stepped design fits all tap sizes andcan be chained together for ease of use.Eliminates the time and waste of wrapping beertaps overnight, as required by health codes.Model Description KLP200 Blister 5-PackKLP250 Bulk, 50 pcs.

B

38.11_28.new 5/15/11 8:54 PM Page 1

Deck Ovens vs. Conveyor Ovens

A deck oven lends itself to a wide variety of menu items.

It is simply designed and usually requires less servicing.

The deck oven requires a higher skill level to operate.

Conveyor ovens reduce bake times and out-produce

deck ovens due to the dynamic of forced air. They also

offer increased consistency. Because no tending is

necessary, conveyor ovens can be used by lesser skilled

employees.

The most important piece of equipment in any pizza

operation is the oven. Pizza ovens deliver high heat,

rapid temperature recovery and a high production

environment. These “specialty” ovens range in size from

countertop to large, multi-level floor models. The oven is

an expensive investment, and selecting the proper one is

crucial.

Some things to consider when selecting the right pizza

oven for your operation:

• How big a footprint is available for an oven?

• What is the volume production necessary during the

busiest shift?

• What is the budget for equipment purchases?

• Will more than one oven be needed, or is the unit

stackable?

• What is the skill level of the operator?

• What is the available power source?

• Will a ventilation system be required?

39

Cooking

EquipmentRanges

Convection Ovens

Steam Equipment

Ventilation

Fryers

Microwaves

Toasters A. XL Series Wolf Challenger Restaurant Ranges.

Stronger. Faster. Better. Stainless steel front, sides, backriser with lift off high-

shelf and 6" adjustable legs. All welded frame construction. 30,000 BTU/hr

open top burners with lift-off burner heads. Flashtube pilot ignition system.

Extra deep pull-out crumb tray. Full size models offer a 35,000 BTU/hr

standard oven. Baker’s depth standard oven holds sheet pans front to back

and side to side. Adjustable thermostat from 250°F to 500°F. One oven rack,

two sets of rack guides and four rack positions. One year limited parts & labor

warranty. 24", 36", 48", 60" and 72" size ranges available in a variety of open

burner and griddle top combinations.Model Description

C24S-4 24" Space-Saver Oven w/4 Open Burners, 140,000 BTU

C36B-4FT12 36" Cabinet Base w/4 Open Burners, 140,000 BTU

C36B-FT36 36" Cabinet Base w/36" Fry Top, 60,000 BTU

C36C-4FT12 36" Conv Oven w/4 Open Burners, 12" Fry Top, 175,000 BTU

C48C-8 48" Conv Oven w/8 Open Burners, 275,000 BTU

C48S-2FT36 48" Std Oven w/2 Open Burners, 36" Fry Top, 155,000 BTU

C48S-4FT24 48" Std Oven w/4 Open Burners, 24" Fry Top, 195,000 BTU

C60CB-10 60" (1) Conv (1) Cab Base w/10 Open Burners, 335,000 BTU


A

B

Model Description

S36D 36" RR, 6 Brnrs, STD Oven

S36A 36" RR, 6 Brnrs, CO Oven

S36C 36" RR, 6 Brnrs, Cabinet

S24E 24" RR, 4 Brnrs, STD Oven

S24C 24" RR, 4 Brnrs, Cabinet

S48EE 48" RR, 8 Brnrs, Dual STD Ovens

S48DC 48" RR, 8 Brnrs, STD Oven/Cabinet

S48AC 48" RR, 8 Brnrs, CO Oven/Cabinet

S60DD 60" RR, 10 Brnrs, Dual STD Ovens

S60AA 60" RR, 10 Brnrs, Dual CO Ovens

S60AD 60" RR, 10 Brnrs, STD Oven/CO Oven

S60DC 60" RR, 10 Brnrs, STD Oven/Cabinet

S60AC 60" RR, 10 Brnrs, CO Oven/Cabinet

S60CC 60" RR, 10 Brnrs, Cabinet/Cabinet

B. S-Series Restaurant

Range.

The S-Series restaurant range offers

a quality, versatile range for commer-

cial foodservice applications. 24",

36", 48", and 60" widths and a

number of top configurations are

available. Configurations include

combinations of open burners,

griddles and hot tops.

Model S36D shown.

39.11_31.new 5/16/11 11:49 AM Page 1

A. Ultimate 400 Series Restaurant Ranges.

Heavy-duty, versatile solution for commercial food

service applications. Meet the needs of any

operation with 24", 36", 48" and 60" widths and

hundreds of combinations, including the only 5 burner

configuration in the industry, stainless steel

construction, snap action oven thermostat, 45K BTU

standard oven, 32K BTU convection oven, heavy duty

counter balance oven door. Choice of cast iron non-

clog (33K BTU) burners, star/saute burners (27K

BTU) or pyromax (40K BTU) burners. Available with

wavy or standard grates, metal knobs with manual

gas shut off valve. No charge for optional electronic

piezo ignition on open burners and oven. New

Charbroiler configurations available in 24" and 36"

(32K BTU). Model 4365A shown.

COOKING EQUIPMENT

40

Model Description

4241-E 4 Non-Clog (33K BTU) Burners w/1 Economy Std. Oven

4361-D 6 Non-Clog (33K BTU) Burners w/1 (45K BTU) Std. Oven

4361D-2G 2 Non-Clog (33K) Burners w/24" Griddle & 1 (45K BTU) Std. Oven

4362-D 6 Non-Clog (27K BTU) Burners w/Wavy Grates & 1 (45K BTU)

Std. Oven

4363-D 6 Star/Saute (33K) Burners w/1 Std. Oven

4366-D 2 Pyromax (40K) Burners (rear), 3 Non-Clog (33K) Burners

w/1 (45K BTU) Std. Oven

4601-DD 10 Non-Clog (33K BTU) Burners w/2 (45K BTU) Std. Ovens

4601DD-2RR 6 Non-Clog (33K BTU) Burners, 24" Raised Griddle Broiler

w/2 (45K BTU) Std. Ovens

4606DD-2GL 3 Non-Clog (33K BTU) Burners, 2 Pyromax (40K BTU) Burners

(rear), 24" Griddle (left) & 2 Std. Ovens

A

Model Description

HDO-12 HD Counter Open Top,12" - 2 Burner

HDO-24 HD Counter Open Top, 24" - 4 Burner

HDO-24SU HD Open Top Step Up, 24" - 4 Burner

HDO-36SU HD Open Top Step Up, 36" - 6 Burner

HDO-36 HD Counter Open Top, 36" - 6 Burner

C

E

B. Restaurant Series Counter-Top Line.

New countertop line delivers the performance and optimal

response time required for professional chefs. Each cooktop is

stainless steel, gas operated, provided with an LP conversion

kit, and has 4" adjustable legs for easy height variation.

Griddles feature embedded snap-action thermostat, pilot

safety valves and thick deep plate for increased production

capacity. Charbroilers equipped with 27" chassis with cast

iron burners, top grates and radients. Unique underburner

deflector system creates a cool zone in the tray and drip

areas. Hotplate runs at peak efficiency and has a full-width,

easy to empty front crumb tray. Two-piece burner allows ease

of cleaning and minimizes impact of spills. Models shown—

VCRH36 (left), VCRG36T (middle), VCRB36 (right).Model Description

VCRG24-M1 24" Manual Griddle



VCRG24-T1 24" Thermostatic Griddle



VCRH12-1 12" Hot Plate, 2 Burner



VCRB25-1 25" Charbroiler



C. Platinum Sectional Ranges.

Designed to withstand the rigors of high-volume restaurants, hotel and institutional

kitchens. Heavy duty ranges, griddles, charbroilers, hot tops, fryers and broilers

can be combined for a custom line-up to fit the needs of any operation. Heavy

duty, stainless steel welded grates; stainless steel front, sides and shelf; front and

rear gas; porcelain oven interior fits full size pans in either direction; 2-year parts

and labor warranty.Model Description

P32D-BBB SECT 32" 6 Brnr/STD Oven

P32D-BBB-SU SECT 32" 6 Brnr/STD Oven, Step-up

P32D-CC SECT 32" Chbrlr/STD Oven

P32D-GG SECT 32" M-GRID/STD Oven

P32D-GRAD SECT 32" GRAD, STD Oven

P32D-HH SECT 32" Hot Top/STD Oven

P32D-XH-RE SECT 32" 2 Brnr/Hot Top Rear STD Oven

P32D-XX SECT 32" 4 Brnr,STD Oven, Pyromax

P32-RAD 32" Salamander Radiant Broiler

B

Model Description

24-BP-4BS-20 24", 4 Burner, 20" Standard Oven

24-BP-2B-G12-S20 24", 2 Burner, 12" Griddle, 20" Std Oven

36-BP-6B-S30 36", 6 Burner, 30" Standard Oven

36-BP-4B-G12-S30 36", 4 Burner, 12" Griddle, 30" Std Oven

48-BP-8B-S20 48", 8 Burner, 20" Std Oven


D. Restaurant Series

Ranges.

Comes standard with many

“best in the industry”

features. These ranges are

available in multiple configura-

tions to meet every kitchen

specification. Features 40,000

BTU burners, 1" thick griddle

option, 7" landing ledge, 5 rack

posit ions. Wide variety of

cooking chamber sizes include

30" wide ovens and 15"

high oven.

E. HDO Series Counter Range.

Available in 2, 4 and 6 burner models. Step-up models provide

additional flexibility when working with skillets, and are

available on 4 and 6 burner models. Features: 33,000 BTU

cast-iron burners with lifetime guarantee against clogging, all

stainless steel construction, heavy-duty cast iron split grates,

flush top design. 4" stainless steel legs. Fully insulated for

zero clearance. Full-width crumb tray. Model HDO24 shown

with standard electronic ignition. New rounded front rail to

match the Ultimate Restaurant Range!

D

40.11_28.new 5/16/11 11:50 AM Page 1

C. CNVX/BCX/BX Series Combi/Convection Ovens.

Want the capacity and versatility of both convection and combi?

The Blodgett CNVX/BCX provides both a combi and convection

oven in the same compact footprint. The BCX14 Combi offers

increased production while decreasing your labor and mainte-

nance. Exclusive “Deliming Indicator” tells you when to delime,

with the Deliming Pump, you simply push a button to delime. For

more versatility, stack with our CNVX-14 Companion Convection

Oven. With the same footprint as the BCX and BX ovens the

CNVX is the ideal convection/combi stack. Model BCX-14E

shown on CNVX-14E. Optional casters not included in price.

COOKING EQUIPMENT

41

A. Xcel Premium Convection Ovens.

Blodgett XCEL will ensure your perfect bake time after time

... every time! The Dual Flow Gas system combines

direct and indirect heat while the Mark V Xcel wrap-around

configuration of electric heating coils enables the blower to

distribute heat more uniformly. Standard features include:

Fully welded angle iron frame; Double sided porcelain

baking compartment liner; Stainless steel front, top and

sides; Dual pane thermal glass window(s); Triple-mounted

dependent doors; 5 chrome-plated racks (11 rack positions);

Stackable. 2 year parts and 1 year labor warranty, 5 year

limited warranty on door. Optional casters not includedin price.Model Description

DFG100XCEL Sgl Single Gas

DFG100XCEL Dbl Double Gas

MARK VXCEL Sgl Single Electric

MARK VXCEL Dbl Double Electric

D. DFG Standard Convection Ovens.

41% efficiency rating! DFG ovens feature a Dual

Flow™ system making the most of the heat by using

it twice. Burners below the bake compartment heat

exterior air, in turn heating liner walls and generating

heat inside the oven. Then, a unique dual blower

wheel pulls the hot air from outside the liner into the

oven, mixing it with the hot air already present for

excellent convection cooking. The DFG200 features

an extra-depth baking compartment to accept

full-size baking pans.

C

A

D

Model Description

DFG50 Sgl Dual Flow Gas Half-Size Convection Oven, 27,000 BTU

DFG200 Sgl Single Dual Flow Gas Full Size Convection Oven, 60,000 BTU

DFG100 Dbl Standard Double w/6" S/S legs, draft diverter & flue connector

DFG100 Sgl Standard Single w/25" legs & draft diverter

Model Description

BCX-14G Gas Combi

BCX14G/CNVX14G Gas Combi/Conv. Oven

BCX-14E Electric Combi

BCX-14E/CNVX14E Electric Combi/Conv. Oven

BX-14G Gas Combi (Boilerless)

BX-14E Electric Combi (Boilerless)

E. SG Series Convection Ovens.

Lower profile, ergonomically designed to fit under

today’s lowest hoods at comfortable working

height. 60,000 BTU/hr. direct fired combustion

system in conjunction with exclusive Power Level

Control allows operator to adjust heat input to

match the oven load. Solid state temperature

control is adjustable from 200°F to 500°F. 1/3 HP

two speed fan motor. Stainless steel front, sides,

top, legs and doors with windows. One year

limited parts and labor warranty. Model SG4D

shown. Additional options available.

E

Model Description

SG44D Double Deck

SG4D Single Deck

Model Description

VC44ED Dbl Electric w/Solid State Controls

VC4ED Sgl Electric w/Solid State Controls

VC44GD Dbl Gas w/Solid State Controls

VC4GD Sgl Gas w/Solid State Controls

VC66ED Dbl Deep Depth Elec. w/Solid State Controls

VC6ED Sgl Deep Depth Elec. w/Solid State Controls

VC6GD Sgl Deep Depth Gas w/Solid State Controls

VC66GD Dbl Deep Depth Gas w/Solid State Controls

B. VC Series Full

Size Convection

Ovens.

A consistent flow of hot air

throughout the oven cavity

delivers superior baking

and roasting performance.

Choice of two control

systems: Solid-state

temperature control (D

models) adjusts from

150°F to 500°F or elec-

tronic control (electric C

models only) with digital

time and temperature readout; “Roast & Hold” cycle

for unattended cooking; shelf I.D. programming for

separate time settings on each rack. One-year

limited parts and labor warranty.

Model VC44GD shown.

B

41.11_13 5/16/11 11:51 AM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

A. Marathoner Gold Convection Ovens.

Patented soft heat mixing zone and inshot burners for perfect

baking everytime. Ovens available in standard or bakery

depth, single or double deck, with standard, cook and hold,

programmable controls. 90,000 BTU for both standard and

bakery depths. Electric models 11kW per deck. Stainless steel

front, sides, legs, top and door seals. Interchangeable control

panels. Solid state controls. 140° to 500° thermostat range.

Porcelain enamel interior. 64"H (double deck)—lowest height

in the industry! Model GS/15SC shown.Model Description

EH-10SC Electric Single Half Size (Std. Controls)

EH-20SC Electric Double Half Size (Std. Controls)

ES/10SC Electric Single Full Size (Std. Controls)

ES/20SC Electric Double Full Size (Std. Controls)

GS/15SC Gas Single Full Size (Std. Controls)

GS/25SC Gas Double Full Size (Std. Controls)

A

B. SilverStar Convection Ovens.

Patented soft heat mixing zone and patented

inshot burners give operators perfect baking

everytime. With 72,000 BTU per deck,

SilverStar is available in several sizes to

accommodate various kitchen needs. Ovens

are available in standard or bakery depth,

single or double deck, standard or cook and

hold controls and with a variety of interchange-

able control panels. Energy star qualified for

standard depth convection oven. 60-day money

back guarantee. Model SLGS/22SC shown.Model Description

SLES/10SC Electric Single (Std Controls)

SLES/20SC Electric Double (Std Controls)

SLGS/12SC Gas Single (Std Controls)

SLGS/22SC Gas Double (Std Controls)

E. HDC Series Counter Charbroiler.

Charbroil with briquettes or radiants and with the new

Southbend design, also grill on an optional griddle.

Features: Two-position, two-sided cooking grids, 40,000

BTU per foot, wide or narrow branding by inverting

grates, wide front grease trough. Stainless steel front

and sides. 5" stainless steel flue riser. 4" stainless steel

legs. Fully insulated for zero side clearance. Field

convertible from radiant to briquette cooking, no tools

required. Model HDC24 shown with standard electronic

ignition. New rounded front rail to match the Ultimate

Restaurant Range!Model Description

HDC-24 Counter Chbrlr, 24", Radiant

HDCL-24 Counter Chbrlr, 24", Briquettes





B

E

Charbroiler Tips

Use the appropriate grate for the menu

selection. Some grates help drain away

fat while giving the characteristic

charbroiled markings.

Season the grates before the first use by

preheating them to open the pores and

brushing them with oil.

Be sure to pre-heat the grates before

cooking. The hotter the better. This

helps reduce sticking.

Dip the food product in seasoned oil

before grilling. This also reduces sticking

and enhances flavor.

Position the grates on an angle for char-

broiling. This helps drain the grease and

gives you better control over heat

distribution. Well done items go to the

top position, farthest away from the heat

source so they cook more slowly and

thoroughly. Rare items should be in the

lower position so they cook rapidly on

the outside and leave the inside rare.

Wire brush the grates after each use or

batch of food product.

42

C. Hydrovection™ .

Move your product from the kitchen to the table quickly with the

new Hydrovection™ by Blodgett. The new Hydrovection oven

by Blodgett unites hot air cooking with moisture to produce a

quality product faster than standard convection ovens. Its

innovative air distribution system combines a multi speed

bi-direction/bi-functional blower wheel designed to form a

unique air flow pattern resulting in a high quality bake, with

increased product yields that generate savings for you. Casters

are optional. Model HV-100E

C

D

D. Lang Chef Series™ Convection Ovens.

The most advanced ovens in the industry. Standard

features include one shot and pulse steam injection,

even baking without rotating pans, cook and hold

feature, 6 wire racks with 12-position pan slides,

simultaneously opening doors with large, double-pane

glass windows and a porcelainized cooking compart-

ment. The Chef Series ovens offer 2 control options (a

knob control or a fully programmable, icon-driven control)

and can be double stacked for maximum capacity.

Model Description

ECSF-ES1 Electric-Full w/EnviroStar Control, 208/240V

GCSF-ES1 Gas-Full w/EnviroStar Control, Natural or LP

42b.11_28.new 5/16/11 11:53 AM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

43

A. Hearthbake Series Countertop Ovens.

Compact by design, high-volume and inexpensive. Engineered for fast

pre-heat and quick recovery, Hearth Bake series ovens deliver precise and

balanced cooking and baking results for an unequaled variety of menu

items. Ideal for baking, roasting, retherming, warming and holding of pizza,

meat, vegetables, breads, deserts, fish and chicken. Bake directly on the

hearth deck, on screens, or on baking sheets. Choose gas or electric.

Ovens are stackable. Optional brick lining now available.

A

B. Infrared & Radiant Broilers.

Used by some of the best steakhouses in

the world! Intense energy quickly penetrates

meat, locking in natural juices and reducing

broiling time as much as 50%. Broil in half

the time with 1/3 less gas for fuel savings up

to 66% over ordinary broilers. Schwank tiles

preheat to 1650°F in 90 seconds. Warming

oven above broiler. Stainless steel front,

sides, and top. 674 sq. inches per rack.

Grease filtration system for clean air intake.

Available with 45,000 BTU standard oven or

convection oven.

Model Description

170 Single Deck Infrared

171 Single Deck Infrared w/Warming Oven

P32A-171 Sectional Match, Single Deck Infrared w/Std. Range

Oven, Warming Oven

270 Double Deck Infrared

P32D-3240 Sectional Match, Radiant, Single Deck w/Std. Oven

Base, & Warming Oven Base

P32C-32B Sectional Match, Radiant Single Deck w/Cabinet Base,

Warming Oven

P32A-171 Sectional Match, Single Deck Infrared w/Warming Oven

& Convection Oven Base

P32A-3240 Sectional Match, Radiant, Single Deck Convection Oven

Base & Warming Oven Base

B

Model Description

GP-51 Gas Sgl w/2 Decks, 40,000 BTUH

GP-52 Gas Dbl w/4 Decks, 80,000 BTUH

GP-61 Gas Sgl w/2 Decks, 45,000 BTUH

GP-62 Gas Dbl w/4 Decks, 90,000 BTUH

P18S Elec Dbl Deck 18"x18"

P22S Elec Dbl Deck 21"x21"

P44S Elec Four Decks 21"x21" Dbl Oven

BK-18 Elec Sgl Deck 18"x18"

P22-BL Bricked Lined Dbl Deck 21"x21"

Chef Gus BootlePueblo Community College

Pueblo, CO

Gumbo Ya-Ya

1 cup vegetable oil

1 cup all purpose flour

12 cups chopped yellow onion

6 green bell peppers, chopped

8 celery stalks, chopped

15 garlic cloves, chopped

11/2 tsp. cayenne pepper

1 cup dry white wine

1/2 cup fresh thyme, chopped

5 bay leaves

1 #10 can of diced tomatoes, drained

1 qt. shrimp stock or clam juice

1 qt. chicken stock

4 lb. Andouille sausage, sliced

3 lb. pulled chicken meat, white and dark

2 lb. sliced frozen okra

4 lb. 26/30 shrimp, peeled & deveined

Heat oil to almost smoking. Add flour and stir constantly until

roux is a dark reddish brown. Add onions, peppers and

celery. Cook until onions are soft, stirring continually. Add

garlic and cayenne. Cook 2 minutes. Add wine, thyme and

bay leaves. Bring to boil. Add tomato, shrimp stock, chicken

stock, sausage and chicken. Simmer until chicken is cooked

through. Add okra, cook to tender. Add shrimp and cook to

just tender. Season with salt and pepper. Serve over white

rice with chopped parsley garnish.

Note: In New Orleans, “Ya-Ya” refers to “everything in

the pot.”

Featured Chef

C. Countertop Convection Ovens.

Small Footprint — Large Production! High performing countertop

convection ovens are highly reliable and feature stainless steel exterior

and interior. Optimum thermal insulation along with advanced airflow

design provides uniform baking on all points of all pans!

Model OV-013 shown.

C

Model Description

OV-023 Holds (4) Half Size Pans

OV-013 Holds (3) Half Size Pans

OV-003 Holds (3) Quarter Size Pans

43b_28.new 5/16/11 11:54 AM Page 1

D. Electric

Countertop Griddles.

Perfect for lighter cooking

applications. Available in

24'' and 36'' widths, both

with 13'' depths. Two 70°-

575°F thermostats. Easy

on/off switch for each

element. 31/2'' stainless steel adjustable feet. Removable,

easy-to-clean, stainless steel catch tray (41/2 cup cap.).

Griddle plates welded to stainless steel frame. 3/8'' plate

thickness. 23/4''W grease trough. 31/2'' splash guard

Model PG24E shown.

COOKING EQUIPMENT

44

A

A. WOLF Achiever Counter Equipment.

For more than 70 years, Wolf equipment has provided the foodservice industry with

simple, trouble-free performance, exceptional durability and outstanding energy

efficiency. Our Achiever Series AGM Series Griddle offers manual ignition with

manual gas valve control fully welded chassis. New bullnose design stays cool in

hot kitchens with heavy production needs. Charbroiler features longer landing area

for plating dishes, heavy cast iron char-radiant grates and burner dividers which

minimize heat transfer to enhance multi-zone cooking capability. Hot Plate has one

infinite heat control valve for each burner and easy clean lift-off heads. For a unified

look, all share a common backsplash height and labor saving easy clean features.

Model Description

VCH16 Holds (16) 18"x26" or (32) 12"x20" Pans

VCH8 Holds (8) 18"x26" or (16) 12"x20" Pans

VCH88 Holds (8) 18"x26" or (16) 12"x20" Pans,

2 Section Oven B

Model Description

AHP212 12" 2-Burner Hot Plate

AGM36 36" Manual Griddle

SCB36 36" Charbroiler






B. Low Temperature Cook & Hold Ovens.

Gently recirculated heated air moves uniformly and

consistently around food product. Optional Touch-Matic

control lets you cook, roast, bake, rethermalize and hold a

wide variety of menu items with the same consistent

results every time. Cook by time or use the meat probe to

monitor internal cooking temperature and automatically

switch the oven from cook to hold mode at the pre-selected

temperature. All stainless steel construction. Set of four

5" casters. Choose from Institutional or Restaurant Series.

Model VCH16 shown.

Model Description






Chef Elizabeth AcevedoBeanwood Coffee

Bordentown, NJ

Tres Leche Cake

6 large eggs, separated

2 cups granulated sugar

2 cups all-purpose flour

2 teaspoons baking powder

½ cup whole milk

1 teaspoon vanilla extract

Cream topping:

1- 14 ounce can evaporated milk

1- 14 ounce can sweetened condensed milk

1 cup heavy cream

Icing:

3 tablespoons water

¾ cup granulated sugar

3 large egg whites

1 ripe mango, peeled, seeds removed and thinly sliced

Preheat the oven to 350° F. Lightly grease and flour.

Beat egg whites on low speed until soft peaks form.

Add the sugar gradually with the mixer running and

peak to stiff peaks. Add the eggs yolks 1 at a time,

beat well after each addition. Sift together the flour and

baking powder and add to the egg mixture, alternate

with milk. (Do this quickly so the batter does not lose

volume). Add the vanilla. Bake until golden brown 25

minutes. In blender combine all of the ingredients of

the cream topping at high speed. Remove cake from

oven and while still warm pour the cream. Let cool to

room temp. Cover & refrigerate for at least 4 hrs. For

the icing, in a saucepan combine the water and sugar.

Bring to a boil. Cook until the mixture reaches the soft

ball stage 235-240° F. Remove from heat. In a medium

bowl, beat the egg whites to soft peaks. While beating,

add the hot syrup in a stream.

Featured Chef

C

Model Description

VCCB25 25"

VCCB36 36"

VCCB47 47"

VCCB60 60"

VCCB72 72"

C. Low Profile Gas

Charbroilers.

Stainless steel front, sides, top rim,

backsplash and full width front grease

collection drawer. Heavy cast iron radi-

ants, reversible 51⁄4" wide cast broiling

grates. Cast-in pitched grease trough in

each grate blade. One 14,500 BTU

burner for each broiling grate and one

control valve for each burner. 4" legs

with adjustable feet. 3⁄4" rear gas con-

nection and pressure regulator. Many

options available. AGA design certified

and NSF listed. Model Description

PG24E 24"W

PG36E 36"W

D

44.11_13 5/16/11 11:56 AM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

45

C

Model Description

CG-10 21"x12", 120V, 1500 Watts, 120 volts

CG-20 21"x12", 220V, 1500 Watts, 220 volts

B. Underfired Charbroilers.

Bakers Pride charbroilers are renown for durability,

reliability and performance. Choose from a wide

variety and broad selection of gas underfired

charbroilers. Over 70 models available from

low-profile countertops to exceptional, large floor

models. Features include an array of sizes,

optional top grates and dozens of accessories.

Available in radiant, glo-stone, natural or LP gas.

Model XX-10 shown with optional condiment rail.Model Description

XX-10 58" Heavy Duty Counter Top





B

C. Griddles.

The perfect addition to your kitchen

countertop! Large, heavy cast non-stick

griddle has a 21"x12" cooking surface. Its

high tech non-stick surface, removable

stainless steel grease tray and splash

guard make it easy to clean. Even heating

throughout griddle surface up to 450°F.

On/Off switch with indicator light, power

light indicates griddle is turned on. UL

Safety and Sanitary approved.

Model CG-10 shown.

F. Electric Griddle.

Perfect for your busy kitchen—Quickly prepare chicken,

beef, fish and grilled vegetable dishes. Constructed of heavy

duty stainless steel. Temperature control switch adjusts from

120°F to 570°F. Large 151/2"x16" cooking area and 3"

front and back splash for protection. Bottom mounted

removable grease collection pan for easy cleaning. 120V.

1750 Watts. One year warranty. NSF and CE approved.

Model GRID-16 shown.Model Description

GRID-16 16" Electric Griddle



F

A

Model Description

HDHP1230G Hot Plate, 2 burner



HDCB2430G Charbroiler, 24"



HDGB2430G Griddle, 24"



A. Gas Countertop Equipment

Unsurpassed performance, combining proven

control systems with Wells quality and

durability. All units shipped with natural gas

configuration. Constructed of 300 series

stainless steel for added durability and easy

clean up. Available in 3 popular sizes.

Charbroilers feature 25,000 BTU every 6" of

grill width. Griddles feature 30,000 BTU per

12" section. Hot Plates feature 26,000 BTU

per burner.

D. Star-Max® Counter Equipment.

This complete line of ruggedly constructed gas and electric griddles,

charbroilers, fryers, and hot plates deliver heavy-duty performance and

excellent results. One year parts and labor warranty. Heavy gauge stainless

steel construction. UL, AGA, NSF.

Model Description

536TGD 36" Electric Griddle 36"Wx277/8"Dx151/2"H

624MD 24" Gas Griddle 24"Wx273/4"Dx151/2"H

648TD 48" Thermostat Griddle 48"Wx273/4"Dx151/2"H

5124CD 24" Electric Char-Broiler 24"Wx255/8"Dx141/4"H

6036CBD 36" Gas Char-Broiler 36"Wx253/4"Dx151/2"H


E. HDG Series Thermostatic Counter Griddles.

Perfect for the high volume kitchen with the exclusive NO COLD Zone. New

snap-action thermostatic controls provide precise temperature settings of 150°F

to 400°F. A 1" thick steel griddle plate means quick recovery and even heat on

even the fullest loads. New rounded front rail to

match the Ultimate Restaurant Range! 30,000 BTU

per foot. Wide spatula-width grease trough for easy

cleaning. Stainless steel front and sides. Flame

failure safety device standard. 4" stainless steel

legs. Fully insulated for zero clearance. Model

HDG24 shown w/standard electronic ignition.

E

Model Description

HDG-24 24"

HDG-36 36"

HDG-48 48"

HDG-60 60"

D

45.11_13 5/16/11 10:26 AM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

C. Pizza Deck Ovens.Fully welded angle iron frame ovens withbottom air intake have a full width, dualspring, counter balanced and stainlesssteel baking door. Oven compartmentinterior has aluminized steel baking com-partment liner. Features two free-floating,easily removable duplex-tube burners.85,000 BTU’s per section. Temperaturecontrol range of 300°F to 650°F. Stainlesssteel front, sides, and top. 3 year parts and1 year labor warranty, 5 year limited doorwarranty. (US and Canada). Model 1048 Single

C

A. 900 Series Bake & RoastDeck Oven.Stainless steel front, top, sides and back;42"Wx32"D baking compartment; counterbalanced doors, heavy chrome platedtubular steel door handle; angle iron frame,aluminized steel combustion chamber andbaking compartment; mechanical thermo-stat and steel deck. Model 961 Single

A

E

D. Holman Ultra-Max® Gas & Electric Conveyor Ovens.Designed for high volume foodservice operations with limited space. Ovens use hot air underpressure delivering unmatched performance and speed. Air impingement seals in moistureand flavor providing superior food quality. 18" conveyor belt, 24" baking chamber and 4"product opening accommodate a variety of products from 18" pizzas to sub sandwiches.Stainless steel conveyor belts available in 33" or 50" lengths.Model Description UM-1854 Gas, 18"Wx54"L Belt, 40,000 BTU/hr.UM-1833A Electric, 18"W33"L BeltUM-1850A Electric, 18"W50"L BeltES-UM-1854 Equipment Stand

D

B

B. Creation Express™ Mobile Cooking Cart. Attractive and compact with a designer flair. Built-in inductionstoves for energy efficient cooking. Available with three-stagecooking exhaust filtration system. Stainless steel cabinet andtop surface are easy to clean and sanitize. Exterior is laminateover stainless steel, in a choice of standard or custom finish-es. Induction stoves are 115VAC with 1500 Watt output.Power management system (standard) requires 220 VAC 50amp power supply.Model Description 2065 Filtration Included, 34"Lx22"Wx401/2"H,

1 stove, 1 filter2075 Filtration Included, 34"Lx22"Wx401/2"H,

2 stoves, 1 filter2085 Filtration Included, 48"Lx22"Wx401/2"H,

3 stoves, 2 filters2060 34"Lx22"Wx351/2"H, 1 stove2070 34"Lx22"Wx351/2"H, 2 stoves2080 48"Lx22"Wx351/2"H, 3 stoves

46

Model Description BCP-102E Full Size (Base Section Only), Programmable,

Holds (16) 12"x20"x21/2" PansBCP-101E Half Size (Base Section Only), Programmable,

Holds (8) 12"x20"x1/2" PansBCM-102E Manual, Holds (16) sheet pansBCM-101E Manual, Holds (8) sheet pans

E. BCP Series Combi Ovens.Reward your staff, customers, owners, and yourself with a Blodgett BCP Combi oven and help reduce labor,energy, and water consumption while increasing the quality, yield, and speed of the food your culinary teamproduces. The BCP Combi Optima takes control after you set the temperature, humidity, and time or internaltemperature and gives you reproducible results, time after time. When it comes to automatic cleaning, no needfor proprietary chemicals! Only in a Blodgett. Model BCP-101E shown.

46.11_13 5/16/11 11:57 AM Page 1

A. CA Series “Mini” Rack Bakery Ovens.

Exclusive patented fan reversing motor is known

for its 100% uniform baking. Made of heavy duty

stainless inside and outside. Full view glass doors

are brightly lit and come with digital temperature

and timer controls. Uniform steam injection system

includes an electronic timer which will give you a

precise mist everytime for a better quality product

(crusty breads, bagels, french baguettes, etc.).

Available in gas or electric. NSF, ETL & ETL sani-

tation listed. 1 year parts & labor warranty.Model Description

CA6 6-Pan Cap.

CAOP6 6-Pan Cap. Proofer: 18-Pan Cap.

CA12 12-Pan Cap.

CAOP12 12-Pan Cap. Proofer: 32-Pan Cap.

COOKING EQUIPMENT

47

D. Y Series Deck Ovens.

Designed for high volume, quality pizza baking. Features

hearth decks and unique microslide top and bottom heat

controls. Gas powered at 120,000 BTU per oven and may be

stacked two high. Stainless steel exterior. Deck size: 60"x36".

Bakes six large pizzas at a time. DSP models are designed for

display kitchens, decorated with brick, tile or stone finishes.

Natural or LP gas. Model Y-602 shown with optional casters.

Other models available in gas or electric. Optional brick lining

now available.Model Description

Y-600 Single, 6 Lg. Pizzas/ 120,000 BTUH

Y-602 Double, 12 Lg. Pizzas/ 240,000 BTUH

Y-602-DSP Double, Built-In Display Ovens/

240,000 BTUH

B

A

B. Artisan Stone Deck Bakery Oven.

Choice of 1, 2, 3 pan wide and up to 4 chamber

high with proofer below, or with stainless steel

stand. Baking chamber heights–6", 8", 10" and

12". 1" thick refractory stone decks. Independent

baking chambers with independent steam each

chamber. Energy miser control panel. All

stainless steel construction. ETL & ETL

Sanitation listed. 1 year parts & labor warranty.Model Description

1T1 1-Pan Cap., 341/4"Wx44"D

2T1 2-Pan Cap., 561/4"Wx44"D

3T1 3-Pan Cap., 75"Wx44"D

4T1 4-Pan Cap., 75"Wx51"D (Side Load)

D

C

C. Ovens & Oven Proofers.

Compact oven gives high quality hearth bake in a minimum of

space. Natural convection and radiant heat design does not

dry out product. Each deck individually thermostatically

controlled. Stainless steel construction easily cleaned and

maintained. Positive magnetic door closure. Bake right on the

deck or use full or half size sheet pans.Model Description

OP-4H 4 Half Pan Oven, 8 Half Pan Proofer

OP-3 3 Pan Oven, 9 Pan Proofer

OP-3SL 3 Pan Oven, 9 Pan Proofer Slim Line

DO-PB-G 6 Pan Oven, 16 Pan Proofer

DO-PB-9-G 9 Pan Oven, 24 Pan Proofer

DO-PB-12-G 12 Pan Oven, 32 Pan Proofer

NCO-2H 2 Half Pan Oven, (21"Dx28"Wx21"H)

DO-2H-CT 2 Half Pan Oven, (28"Dx261/2"Wx311/4"H)

DO-3-CT 3 Pan Oven

DO-6 6 Pan Dbl Oven

DO-12-G 12 Pan Dbl Oven



Chef Will MooneyThe Brothers Moon

Hopewell, NJ

Honey and Almond Glazed Salmon

Serves 8

3 lb. Salmon fillet, cut in 6 oz. portions

4 Tbsp. honey

4 Tbsp. sliced almonds

2 Tbsp. soy sauce

1 tsp. sesame oil

1 tsp. grated ginger

Salt and pepper to taste

Combine honey, almond slices, soy, sesame and ginger. Rub onto

salmon fillets. Bake in pre-heated 350-degree oven for 9 minutes.

Featured Chefs

47.11_13 5/16/11 12:05 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

48

A. Impinger II Express.Electric baking/finishing oven is self-contained, conveyorized andstackable up to 3 high. Temperature range of 250°F to 575°F.Adjustable conveyor speed from 1 to 30 minutes cooking time. Solidfront door with access opening allows product to be placed on movingconveyor inside the baking chamber when a shorter cook cycle isdesired. Crumb pans located below the conveyor belt outside the bak-ing chamber. And don’t forget about the Impinger® Express new front-loading easy to remove conveyor. Available with optional FastBake™technology.Model Description 1116-000-U Nat. Gas, U.S. AGA/CGA-120V,

7 Amp, 1Ph, 60Hz 1117-000-U L.P. Gas, U.S. AGA/CGA-120V,

7 Amp, 1Ph, 60Hz1130-000-U Electric, UL/CSA-208V, 48 Amp,

1Ph, 60Hz, 10kw 1131-000-U Electric, UL/CSA

C. Digital Countertop Impinger (DCTI).Small. Versatile. Powerful. Large-oven capacity almost anywhere youneed it. Lincoln’s Digital Countertop Impinger is small enough to fit onmost commercial countertops but has capacity capability to replace ahalf-sized convection oven or up to five microwaves. And now withnew updated digital controls, reversing conveyor direction, adjustingspeed and temperature are now controlled with the push of a button.The Digital CTI new controls also feature four pre-set menu buttonsthat include digital t ime and temperature display. Uniformheating/cooking of food products offer a wide tolerance for rapidbaking of varied menu items at varied temperatures. The possibilitiesare endless. Model Description 2501/1353 Electric, Stackable 2 High, 208V, 30amp, 1Ph, 60Hz,

digital control panel w/ 31" standard conveyor2502/1353 Electric, Stackable 2 High, 240V, 30amp, 1Ph, 60Hz,

digital control panel w/ 31" standard conveyor2501/1346 Electric, Stackable 2 High, 208V, 30amp, 1Ph, 60Hz,

digital control panel w/ optional 50" conveyor2502/1346 Electric, Stackable 2 High, 240V, 30amp, 1Ph, 60Hz,

digital control panel w/ optional 50" conveyor

A

C

B. Griddle Tops and Broilers.Ideal for restaurant, school and institutional use. Portable griddletops (2-burner and 4-burner) are made of heavy gauge 3/16" steeland include heat resistant handles. Add-on griddle tops (2-burnerand 4-burner) are made of heavy gauge 3/16" steel. Each includes aremovable stainless steel grease drawer and specially designedrear flue. The add-on broiler (2-burner) is made of 10 gauge steelwith a grid constructed of 1/4" steel rods. Includes a removablestainless steel grease drawer.Model Description 133-1002 Griddle, Add On (2 Burner)133-1003 Griddle, Add On (4 Burner)133-1008 Griddle, Portable (2 Burner)133-1009 Griddle, Portable (4 Burner)133-1207 Broiler, Add On (2 Burner)

B

D. Heavy Duty Griddles.Expanded temperature control range 200°F to 550°F. Dualignition (automatic electric and manual). 1" thick polished steelgriddle plate with welded back and side splashes. 27,000BTU/hr U-shaped aluminized steel burners every 12". One pilotsafety valve for every two burners; safely shuts off gas supply ifpilot extinguishes. 120V, 50/60 Hz, 1 Amp. Model 960RXshown on optional stand with casters.Model Description924RX 24"936RX 36"948RX 48"960RX 60"972RX 72"

D

48.11_28.new 5/16/11 11:59 AM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

49

A. Roller Grills.

These roller grills are sure to help you roll in the profits with 360° of

rotation! Available in 5, 7 and 9 rollers, we offer a size for large and

small establishments. The 7 and 9 roller models offer two independent

knobs to control front and back rollers. Body constructed of 304

stainless steel with a high torque motor providing reliability, long life and

low maintenance. Easy to clean. 120V/50Hz. Sneeze guards available.

Model RG-07 shown.

Model Description

RG-05 5-Roller Grill, Holds 12 Hot Dogs (223/4"x81/2"x8")

RG-05/COV Acrylic Sneeze Guard for RG-05

RG-07 7-Roller Grill, Holds 18 Hot Dogs (223/4"x12"x8")


RG-09 9-Roller Grill, Holds 24 Hot Dogs (223/4"x151/3"x8")


E. Grill-Max® Electronic Roller Grills.

Star’s patent-pending electronically controlled roller grills provide the

latest technology for heating and holding hot dogs and other specialty

products designed for roller grills. Electronic controls significantly

improve multi-zone temperature control throughout entire grill surface.

This technology breakthrough significantly improves food safety and

minimizes product waste as a result of accurate temperature control.

LED display provides temperature reading for both the cook and

hold cycles.

Model Description

30CBDE 30 Hot Dog/32 Bun Cap., Chrome

30CE 30 Hot Dog Cap., Chrome

30SCE 30 Hot Dog Cap., Duratec





75SCBDE 75 Hot Dog/48 Bun Cap., Duratec


E

C. Hot Dog Steamer & Bun Pan Warmer.

Constructed of stainless steel, this hot dog steamer will steam your dogs

to perfection! Features all day steaming with a 6 quart capacity water

pan and adjustable thermostat. Convenient humidity control system in

bun compartment keeps buns fresh while your hot dogs steam.

Tempered glass on both sides provides excellent merchandising.

Capacity: 100 standard hot dogs and 36-48 buns. 120V, 1000W, 8.3

Amps. CE approved and ETL listed. Model HDS-1000W.

C

B. Sterno Butane CulinaryJet.

Ignite the Art of Fine Dining™ — with a Butane Innovation! This sleek,

portable jet-flame burner brings cooking out of the kitchen and offers

you a world of dynamic, new possibilities for meeting guest dining

desires. Stainless steel body with heat-resistant handle. Heavy-duty,

tip-free base and cooking stand. One-hand, instant start Piezo ignition

with safety button. Fingertip adjustable flame. Refills with Sterno®

Butane Fuel in 25 seconds—up to 90 minutes of continuous use.

Built-in safety features provide a great opportunity for a more

interactive, engaging dining experience. Model ST06005

B

D. Mini JetStar™ 4 oz.

Popcorn Popper.

The mini JetStar™ can be placed in small

kiosks, coffee shops, small business

lobbies, break areas, rental facilities and

other small foodservice operations. Four

ounce popper is perfect for your home

theater, office, recreation room, kitchen or

whenever you might want to pop and

dispense popcorn. 157/8"Wx147/8"Dx233/4"H.

D

F. Butane Products.

Foodservice professionals can’t

beat the selection of Butane

Equipment and Fuel options

from Candle Lamp Company.

Commercial-quality portable

butane stove features 8,000

BTU, solid brass burner, auto

piezo ignition switch and boil-

to-simmer heat range. Carrying

case included. Butane Torch

helps add the perfect touch to créme brulées and other specialty desserts.

Long Reach Lighters provide the safe way to light candles, chafing fuels

and other professional equipment.Model Description

M0001-12 CLC Butane Lighter

M0003 CLC Butane Fuel

M0014 Butane Torch

M0010 Butane Stove

F

A

49.11_13 5/16/11 12:00 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

50

A. Ultra-Max Heavy Duty Cooking Equipment.Heavy-duty back-kitchen equipment designed for high volumeoperations. All Ultra-Max equipment features welded steel frameconstruction with heavy duty stainless steel front and side panels.Radiant charbroilers available in 5 sizes and feature 20,000 steeltubular BTU burners every 6" of grill width. Griddles available in5 sizes, 2 griddle surfaces and 3 temperature control systems. HotPlates available in 4 sizes. 1 year parts and labor warranty; 3 yearwarranty on charbroiler steel radiants.

Model Description 824M 24" Griddle (Manual Control)836M 36" Griddle (Manual Control)824T 24" Griddle (Throttling Thermostatic Control)836T 36" Griddle (Throttling Thermostatic Control)824TS 24" Griddle (Snap Action Thermostatic Control w/Safety Pilot)836TS 36" Griddle (Snap Action Thermostatic Control w/Safety Pilot)848TS 48" Griddle (Snap Action Thermostatic Control w/Safety Pilot)824TSCHS 24" Griddle (Chromium Plate w/Snap Action )836TSCHS 36" Griddle (Chromium Plate w/Snap Action )8124RCB 24" Charbroiler (Radiant)8136RCB 36" Charbroiler (Radiant)802H 12" Hot Plate, 2 Controls, 60,000 BTU804H 24" Hot Plate, 4 Controls, 120,000 BTU8036CB Charbroiler 36" (Lava Rock)Additional models available.

A

BB. Roller Grills.Cooks hot dogs, brats and sausages!• Two convenient, easy-to-use sizes• 11x chrome plated rollers• Stainless steel construction• Energy regulator control for front and back rollers• Individual heating element within each roller• Individual 360º roller rotation• Removable, easy-to-clean, stainless steel catch tray• Non-slip rubber feet• 4-foot power cord• Optional sneeze guard cover available.Model RG50 shown.Model Description RG30 Holds 30 hot dogsRG50 Holds 50 hot dogs

C. Ventless Fryers, Griddles &Cooktops.GO VENTLESS—The impossible ispossible with Wells Ventless hoods.These appliances use an exhaust hoodthat is not directly connected to theoutside. Self contained ventilationsystem includes an integral f iresuppression system that solveschallenging tradit ional venti lationproblems (high rises, historicallocations, sports venues, etc.).Selections include base models withconvection oven, drawer warmers orcabinets. Cook-top with fryers, griddles,hotplates or combinations to meet yourneeds. Model WVO2HFG shown.

C

Determining If Your Fryer Can Keep Up WithDemandFryer productivity is usually measured by pounds of product perhour. Generally, a fryer that will handle a minimum of 80 poundsof French fries per hour is sufficient. In smaller, less demandingenvironments a 65 lb. fryer may be sufficient.

Frying Oil LifeThe life of the frying oil can be indefinitely prolonged by filteringthe fat twice every day (or at the end of every shift) and thenadding 10% new oil which is enough to rejuvenate the original oil.(If less than 10% of the oil was absorbed by the fried products,dip out enough to permit the addition of the 10% new oil. The oilremoved can be used on the griddle or for other cooking needs.)For example, for a 35 lb. fryer, 31/2 lbs. of fresh oil must beadded. With this method, high annual savings in fat costs can berealized.

Oil FiltersIf you fry breaded, watery or battered products in large quantities,you will need to filter more often. Remember to rinse well. Soapresidue is the number one enemy of cooking fat as it acceleratescooking fat breakdown.

Oil BreakdownAccording to several master fry chefs, water is one of the majorcauses of rapid breakdown of cooking oil. Ideally, if a balancecan be maintained between the frying of dry items (i.e. breadedproducts) and wet items (i.e. frozen French fries) the life of thecooking oil can be considerably extended. When this is notpossible, and most or all of the fried items are wet, several slicesof dried bread can be nested between the twin basketsperiodically, and “fried” to absorb the water which has beenadded by the wet products.

Model Description WVF866RW-208 Dual Auto-Lift Fryers & Dual Drawer Warmer Base, 208/3WVF866RW-240 Dual Auto-Lift Fryers & Dual Drawer Warmer Base, 240/3WV02HSG 24" Griddle, 2 Spiral Cooktop w/Convection Oven Base, 208/3WV04HF 4 French Plate w/Convection Oven Base, 240/3WVO4HS WVO4HS 4 Spiral Hot Plates w/Convection Oven Base, 208/3WVG1363 Gridddle Top & Cabinet BaseWV4HF WV4HF 4 French Plate Cooktop & Cabinet BaseWV4FRW 4 French Plate Cooktop & Dual Drawer Warmer BaseWV4HS WV4HS 4 Spiral Plate Cooktop & Cabinet BaseWV4HSRW 4 Spiral Plate Cooktop & Dual Drawer Warmer BaseWVPE-30F 30 lb Fryer Electric Timer, 208WVAE55F 55 lb Fryer Electric Timer, 240Additional models available.

50.11_28.new 5/16/11 12:01 PM Page 1

F. High-Efficiency,

Open-Pot, Gas

Fryers.

High efficiency open pot

gas premium fryers.

ENERGY STAR® rating

saves thousands of

dollars annually on

energy costs. Standard

features include 50-lb.

oil cap., 14"x15" fry

area, 80,000 BTUH,

infrared burner, analog

controller, electronic ignition, melt cycle,

boil-out mode, and signature open-pot

design is easy to clean. And, Frymaster’s

patented built-in FootPrint Filtration System

puts filtration where it’s most convenient to

use—right within the fryer—eliminating the

need for additional floor and storage space.

Shown with optional built-in filtration,

CM3.5 controller and casters.

Model H55SDModel Description

H55SD 80,000 Btu/hr.,full pot with

analog controller w/o filtration,

68-lbs. fries/hr.

FPH55SD 80,000 Btu/hr.,full pot with

analog controller w/built-in

filtration, 68-lbs. fries/hr.

COOKING EQUIPMENT

51

A. MJ Performance Gas Fryers.

Master Jet Series Performance gas fryers are designed for high-volume frying

and controlled performance. The open-pot design is easy to clean. Master

Jet burner system distributes heat evenly around the frypot. The reliable,

centerline fast-action temperature probe ensures accurate temperatures right

where the food is being cooked. Millivolt controller is standard and requires no

electrical connection. Controller and built-in filtration options are available.

Shown with optional casters.Model Description

MJ45E-SD 122,000 BTUH, thermostat controller, signal lights, on-off switch

S/S Pot/Door, Enam Cab, 50-lb. Oil capacity, 69-lbs. fries/hr.

MJ35E-SD 110,000 BTUH, thermostat controller, signal lights, on-off

switch,S/S Pot/Door, Enam Cab, Signal Lights, 40-lb. Oil

capacity, 57-lbs. fries/hr.

MJCFE-SD 150,000 BTUH,thermostat controller, signal lights, on-off switch

S/S Pot/Door, Enam Cab,80-lb. Oil capacity, 80-lbs. chicken/hr.;

100-lbs. fish/hr.


A

C. Standard Open-Pot Gas Fryer.

Standard gas fryers are designed for versatile frying production and solid

performance. Open frypot design is easy to clean. Master Jet burner’s

durable metal targets create a large heat-transfer area for reliable, even heat

distribution. Deep cold zone with sloping bottom and 11/4" IPS ball-type drain

valve. Durable temperature probe senses temperature changes and

activates burner response. Shown with optional casters. LP also available.Model Description

GF14-SD 100,000 BTUH, millivolt controller 40-lb. oil cap.,

65-lbs. French fries/hr.

GF40-SD 122,000 BTUH, millivolt controller 50-lb. oil cap.,

80-lbs. French fries/hr.

D. Portable Oil Filters.

Easy-to-use portable filters are specifically designed to extend oil life and

maintain food quality by filtering out sediment and oil breakdown by

products. Compatible with most fryers, comes standard with a gravity drain

(S models). Available with a reversible pump feature (R models). Powerful

4 GPM steel gear pump (1/3 HP motor) filters 50-lbs. of oil in 5 minutes.

5' hose reaches frypot to wash down crumbs from walls and bottom and

return filtered oil to the frypot. Comes standard with cover and fold-down

handles. UL. NSF. CE.Model Description

PF50S 50 lb. cap., Std. Gravity Drain

PF50R 50 lb. cap., Reversible Pump

MF90OU/80LP 80 lb. cap., Low Profile, Gravity Drain

C

F

D

E. Pasta Magic™ Gas Cookers.

Endless pastabilities for your operation! State-of-the-art features and

benefits for quick, consistent and perfect pasta every time. Open, easy-

to-clean cookpot design. Stainless steel cookpot, front and door, enamel

sides and aluminized-steel bottom. High-efficiency, infrared burners;

80,000 Btu/hr. 18"x24"x8" cooking area. 14 gallon (53 liter) water

capacity. Programmable timer controller. Electrical components are

separated from the heating source and protected from moisture. Large

overflow drain. Auto-fill/skim. Model GPCSD w/Enamel Cabinet shown

with optional casters. E

B. Shortening Disposal Units.

Shortening Disposal Units are designed for

safe and easy removal of waste oil from

the kitchen to the disposal container.

Available in 50-lb, 90-lb and 100-lb

capacities. Low center of gravity provides

stability when transporting or operating the

unit. Heavy-duty manual pump can empty

50-lbs. of oil in less than 60 seconds.

One-way check valve for easy priming of

pump. Large 6" high-strength wheels

provide easy transporting of oil,

even across parking lots, and no lifting

is necessary.Model Description

SDU50 50 lb. Oil Cap.

SDU90 90 lb. Oil Cap.

B

Model Description

GPCSD Pasta Cooker,w/timer controller, auto-fill/skim, S/S cookpot, front and door, enamel sides

GPCBSD Pasta Cooker w/automatic timed Basket Lifts, timer controller, auto-fill/skim, S/S cookpot,

front and door, enamel sides

GPCRSD Pasta Cooker w/Rinse Tank timer controller, auto-fill/skim, swing-away hot/cold rinse

faucet, S/S cookpot, front and door, enamel sides

GPCRBSD Pasta Cooker w/Basket Lifts & Rinse Tank, timer controller, auto-fill/skim, swing-away

hot/cold rinse faucet, S/S cookpot, front and door, enamel sides

51.11_28.new 5/16/11 12:02 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

52

C. High Efficiency Tube-Type Gas Fryers.

High efficiency gas tube-type fryers designed for high-volume frying and maximum energy efficiency. Thermo-Tube

design ensures high-efficiency heat transfer system and Thermatron™ controller ensures quick burner response to

temperature changes. Robust, RTD 1° compensating temperature probe for pinpoint oil temperature accuracy.

Wide cold zone and forward-sloping bottom help collect and remove sediment from the frypot to safeguard oil quality

and make routine frypot cleaning easy. Shown with optional CM3.5 controller and filtration.

C

A. Single and Double Deep Fryers w/Faucet.

Cook up to 25 lbs. of food per hour per tank in Adcraft’s new deep

fryers with faucet. Each tank has a faucet which allows for worry-

free removal of oil. Constructed of heavy duty stainless steel for

durability, each tank comes with a heavy duty fryer basket.

Temperature control switch adjusts from 120°F to 375°F. Each

tank has a capacity of 6 liters. The double fryer includes two cords

so one fryer can be used at a time. 208V, 3250W per tank.Model Description

DF-12L/2 25 lbs./hr. Double Tank w/Faucet

DF-12L 25 lbs./hr. Single Tank w/Faucet

A

B. Single and Double Deep Fryers.

Cook up to 15 lbs. of food per hour per tank in Adcraft’s new deep fryers.

Constructed of heavy duty stainless steel for durability, each tank comes

with a heavy duty fryer basket. Temperature control switch adjusts from

120° to 375°. Each tank has a capacity of 6 liters and includes small

handles for easy cleaning. The double fryer includes two cords so one

fryer can be used at a time. 120V, 1750W per tank.Model Description

DF-6L/2 15 lbs./hr. Double Tank Fryer

DF-6L 15 lbs./hr. Single Tank Fryer

B

Model Description

HD50G 95,000 BTUH, 50-lb. oil cap., 14"x14" fry area, 4" cooking depth,

72-lbs. fries/hr.

HD60G 125,000 BTUH, 80-lb. oil cap., 18"x18" fry area, 4" cooking depth, 107-lbs. fries/hr.



CFHD60G/MC 125,000 BTUH, 80-lb. oil cap., 18"x18" fry area, 4" cooking depth-w/85UFF filtration system

and matching cabinet, 107-lbs. fries/hr

Chef Sholem PotashOwner of Culinary Depot

Monsey, NY

Potato Pudding (Kugel) *Traditional

Jewish Soul Food

Yield: 12 pieces

5 lb. bag Idaho potatoes

2 medium size onions

9 eggs

8/9 cup of canola oil

1/4 cup water

1 Tbsp. salt

1/4 tsp. black pepper

Preheat oven to 500 degrees. Peel potatoes, onions and grate extra fine

(by hand or food processor). In a separate bowl combine eggs, oil, water,

salt & pepper; beat well. Combine the potato- onion mixture to the egg

mixture & mix well. (Act quickly because letting the potatoes sit will cause

them to get brown)

Grease 9 x 13 pan and bake at 500 degrees for 20 minutes then lower to

350 degrees and bake for an additional 11/2 hours. Top of potato kugel

should be golden brown.

Remove from oven, cut 3 x 3 squares & serve Hot!

Featured Chef

52.11_28.new 5/16/11 9:39 AM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

53

A

A. GR Series Fryers.Choose the fryer you need to fit your menu. GR SeriesGas Fryers set the standard for productivity, ease of useand time-saving convenience. Select a 35, 45, 65 or 85lb. fry compound capacity model. Stainless steel frontand sides. 16 gauge stainless steel tank. 53% efficiency,867°F flue temperature. 1" full port drain valve for fasterdraining and less clogging. Hi-limit gas shut-off. Twin frybaskets with plastic coated handles for easy handling.“GR” Series Fryers are available filter ready or inbatteries with the KleenScreen Filtration System.Model GR65 shown.Model Description 1GR35M Millivolt, 90,000 BTU, 35 lb. cap.1GR45M Millivolt, 120,000 BTU, 45 lb. cap.1GR65M Millivolt, 150,000 BTU, 65 lb. cap.1GR85M Millivolt, 150,000 BTU, 85 lb. cap.Additional models available.

Fryer Maintenance Routines

• Filter the oil frequently, at least once a day.

• Maintain oil temperature around 340°F. Oil will break-down at double the rate for every 10° over 350°F.

• Keep your oil free of any contaminants such as:

Water–never load frozen foods over the fry pot.

Soap–clean, rinse and dry the pot extremely well.

Salt–never salt your food over the oil.

Food particles–Frequently skim off floating particles using a skimmer screen andremove particles that fall into the cold zone with a fryer scoop.

Air & Light–cover the fryer at night or when not in use.

French Fries

DesiredSize Condition Fry Time

1/4 cut Raw to done 5 min.1/4 cut Blanched 21/2 min.3/8 cut Raw to done 6 min.3/8 cut Blanched 3 min.

B. KleenScreen Filtration System.GR series gas stainless steel fryers are top performers thatcan match the demands of any size operation. TheKleenscreen Plus Filtration System saves time and extendsoil life. 304 stainless steel fry tank with twin baskets. 53%thermal efficiency. 1" full port drain valve (11/4" on 85 lbmodels). 1/2" rear gas connection (single fryers) or 11/4" reargas connection (batteries). Available with Millivolt, Solid Stateor Computer controls. Electronic ignition standard on (D) and(C) controls.Model Description 2GR45CF 2 Fryer Battery w/KleenScreen Computer

Controls, 45-50lbs. Cap. per tank2GR45DF 2 Fryer Battery w/KleenScreen Solid State

Controls, 45-50 lb. Cap. per tank2GR45MF 2 Fryer Battery w/KleenScreen Millivolt Control,

45-50lbs. Cap. per tankAdditional models available.

B

C. Super Marathon StandardTube-Type Gas Fryers.Designed for versatile frying production and solid performance.Thermo-Tube heat transfer system ensures outstandingreliability and durability. Oil capacity options accommodate awide range of frying needs—everything from French fries tobone-in chicken. Durable temperature probe ensures accuratetemperature for reliable heat-up, cook and recovery. Wide coldzone and forward-sloping bottom collect and remove sedimentfrom frypot to safeguard oil quality and make routine frypotcleaning and oil filtration convenient. Millivolt controls require noelectrical hookup. Shown with optional casters.

C

Model Description SM60G 150,000 Btu/hr., 75-lb. Oil Cap, 86-lbs. fries/hr.SM40G 105,000 Btu/hr., 43-lb. Oil Cap, 57-lbs. fries/hr.SM50G 120,000 Btu/hr., 50-lb. Oil Cap, 60-lbs. fries/hr.SM80G 165,000 Btu/hr., 100-lb. Oil Cap, 104-lbs. fries/hr.SM20G-2 50,000 Btu/hr., 23-lb. Oil Cap. (Half-Size)

D. Countertop Fryers.Deep fries product in limited quantities, includingFrench fries, onion rings, chicken, donuts, fish fillets,shrimp...and more!• Stainless steel construction • 70˚F to 375˚F thermostat • Thermal limit control with “Hi Limit” control and reset • Removable, easy-to-clean control box and element • 31/2'' stainless steel adjustable feet • Removable, easy-to-clean oil pan • Two chrome-plated fry baskets with insulated handles • Built-in nesting hooks • Swing-up element • Easy-to-lift out fry pot with handles • 4-foot power cord (dual power cords on CPF32)Three sizes to choose from—10 lb., 16 lb., 32 lb. Model PF32E shown.

D

Model Description PF10E 10 lb. oil cap.PF16E 16 lb. oil cap.PF32E 32 lb. oil cap.

53.11_13 5/16/11 12:03 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

54

A. Solstice FD Filter Drawer/Frying System.

The new Filter Drawer System adds 40-50% to your oil life. Faster cooking and more cooking

power for quality production and increased profits. New burner design improves efficiency over

13%. Two-step filtering makes for ease of filtering. Filter drawer designed to fit under fryers; no

extra space required under hood. Upgraded controls aid the cooking process by controlling

cooking times and temperatures for a more consistent product.

Model Description

SG14S-SSTC/FD-FFF 3 Full Tank Fryers, Solid State Control, 110,000 BTU/40-50 lb.

14"x14" Frying area, w/Filter Drawer under fryer filtration

SG14S-D/FD-FFF 3 Full Tank Fryers, Digital Control, 110,000 BTU/40-50 lb.


SG14S-C/FD-FFF 3 Full Tank Fryers, 12 Computer Control, 110,000 BTU/40-50 lb.


SG14S/FD-FFFF 4 Full Tank Fryers, Millivolt Control, 110,000 BTU/40-50 lb.


SG14S-SSTC/FD-FFFF 4 Full Tank Fryers, Solid State Control, 110,000 BTU/40-50 lb.


Additional models available.A

B. Solstice Supreme High Efficiency Fryer.

Pitco Solstice Supreme series offers the Energy Star rating on these models resulting in gas savings,

energy efficiency, and faster production. A self-cleaning burner (patent pending) is a 30 second automatic

cycle that engages each time the fryer is turned on which allows the operator maintenance free service for

the life of the fryer. Also, a Down Draft Protection (patent pending) system is standard that prevents errors

from ventilation issues. Safe-Efficient-Low cost of ownership!

Model Description

SSH55-SSTC-SS Full Tank, 80,000 BTU,14"x14" Fry Area, SS Cabinet

SSH55T-SSTC-SS Twin, 40,000 BTU ea., 7"x14" Fry Area, SS Cabinet

SSH75-SSTC-SS Full Tank, 105,000 BTU, 18"x18" Fry Area, SS Cabinet

SSH60-SSTC-SS Full Tank, 80,000 BTU, 14"x18" Fry Area, SS Cabinet

SSH60W-SSTC-SS Full Tank, 100,000 BYU, 18"x14" Fry Area, SS CabinetB

C. Solstice™ Gas Fryers.

Solstice fryers allow you to cook more

product, more efficiently and provide an

improved operating environment with

cooler flue temperatures. Less labor

and downtime. Choice of two

nickel-plated, oblong, wire-mesh

baskets or one nickel-plated, square,

wire-mesh basket. Self cleaning

burners standard on solid state and

computer controls. Available with

Filtration System.

D. Economy Fryers.

Pitco quality at value price. High temperature alloy

S/S heat baffles mounted in heat exchanger tubes

provide maximum heating and combustion

efficiency. Thermostat maintains 200°F to 400°F.

Standing pilot light provides a ready flame when

heat is needed. Gas control valve prevents gas

flow to main burner until pilot is established and

shuts off all gas automatically if the pilot goes out.

Front 11/4" drain for quick draining. S/S tank, front

and door with galvanized sides and back. AGA,

CGA, NSF, MEA. Model 35C+ shown.

C

D

Model Description

SG14 50 lb. Oil Cap., 110,000 BTU, 14"x14" Fry Area (Stand Alone)

SG18 90 lb. Oil Cap., 140,000 BTU, 18"x18" Fry Area (Stand Alone)

SG14R 50 lb. Oil Cap., 122,000 BTU, 14"x14" Fry Area (Stand Alone)

SG14RS Full Tank (s/s) Millivolt 14"x14"

SG14RS-D Full Tank (s/s) Digital 14"x14" Fry Area

SG14S Freestanding Full Tank (s/s) Millivolt 14"x14" Fry Area

SG18S 90 lb. Oil Cap., 140,000 BTU, 18x18 Fry Area (Stand Alone) Millivolt

SG14RS-C Computer-Full Tank (s/s) 12 Computer 14"x14"


Model Description

35C+ Mild Steel Tank, 63 lbs. Fries/Hr., 90,000 BTU

45C+ Mild Steel Tank, 85 lbs. Fries/Hr. 122,000 BTU

35C+S S/S Tank, 63 lbs. Fries/Hr., 90,000 BTU

45C+S S/S Tank, 85 lbs. Fries/Hr. 122,000 BTU

65C+ Mild Steel Tank, 105 lbs. Fries/Hr., 150,000 BTU

65C+S S/S Tank, 105 lbs. Fries/Hr., 150,000 BTU

54.11_28.new 5/16/11 12:04 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

55

B

C

B. Safety-Set™ Placement System.

If safety and consistent equipment placement are priorities in your

kitchen, Safety-Set™ is the solution for you! Safety-Set™ allows

equipment to be returned to its design specified location after cleaning

or maintenance. Satisfies NFPA codes 17A (5.6.4) and 96 (12.1.2.3).

Open floor design allows casters to rest level on the floor to ensure

even cooking. Fast, easy installation with choice of adhesive foam

tape or thumb screw hardware pack (both included). Compatible with

4", 5" and 6" casters. Withstands 1,000 lbs. of crush force. Certified to

NSF/ANSI Standard 169—Special Purpose Food Equipment and

Devices Model SafetySet

Advantages of using flexible gas appliance

connectors

• Improves sanitation and safety. Equipment can be easily

moved and cleaned on a regular basis–reducing dirt and

grease build-up. That means improved cleanliness and

reduced fire hazards. In most traditional installations, there

are 6-9" of dead space behind stoves and grills. That space

is blocked from cleaning and can fill with debris and grease,

causing unpleasant odors and attracting insects and rodents.

• Increases aisle work space and decreases the space needed

behind equipment.

• Easier movement makes servicing and cleaning easy.

• Longer product life because torsion stress is greatly reduced.

C. SwivelMAX™ Gas Connector Fittings & Kits.

The patented functionality of the Dormont SwivelMAX 360° rota-

tion fitting cannot be matched. Enables easier movement of the

caster-mounted appliances at angles, back-and-forth, and from

side-to-side, while relieving stress at the ends of the hose.

Required by code in many states for both caster and fixed leg

mounted gas-fired cooking equipment that is moved on a regu-

lar basis for cleaning, service or facility maintenance. Prevents

premature failure of the connector. Provides more aisle space in

a commercial kitchen by allowing the appliances to be posi-

tioned closer to the wall. Available with one or two Swivel Max

fittings. CSA and NSF design certified.

Model Description

16100KIT2S48 1"x48" Gas Connector kit, 2 Swivels

16125KIT2S48 11/4"x48" Gas connector kit, 2 Swivels



SM100 1" SwivelMAX™ fitting

SM125 11/4 SwivelMAX™ fitting

SM50 1/2" SwivelMAX™ fitting

SM75 3/4" SwivelMAX™ fitting

A. Doughnut Fryers.

Atmospheric burner system combined with stainless steel heat tubes utilizes high

temperature alloy stainless steel baffles. Thermostat maintains temperature between 200°F

and 400°F. Fryer has a deep cool zone; minimum 20% of total oil capacity to trap burnt

particles, crumbs and black specks. Accessories include wire mesh tube screen, mesh

doughnut screen with handles, submerger screen with grip handles, doughnut turner stick,

drain clean-out rod, drain nipple, heat deflector and drainboard.

Model Description

24P 150 Oil Cap., 120,000 BTU

34P 210 Oil Cap., 110,000 BTU

A

D. SafetyQuik™ Gas Connector Fitting.

The first and only Quick-Disconnect Valve combination fitting designed for

the foodservice industry, meets the safety and operational needs of

commercial kitchens. SafetyQuik™ does the work of both the

quick-disconnect and the valve. The SafetyQuik™ QDV fitting, with its

innovative safety-sleeve, incorporates added safety design features. With

SafetyQuik™, the gas connector cannot be disconnected until the gas

valve is shut off, and cannot be opened until the gas connector is

attached. Includes automatic safety thermal shut-off that stops gas flow if

temperature exceeds 350°F.

Model Description

16100KITCF48 1" Gas Connector Kit w/SafetyQuik QDV

CF100 1" SafetyQuik QDV

1650KITCF48 1/2" Gas Connector Kit w/SafetyQuik QDV

CF50 1/2" SafetyQuik QDV

1675KITCF48 3/4" Gas Connector Kit w/SafetyQuik QDV

CF75 3/4" SafetyQuik QDV

E. Gas Connector Kits.

Specifically engineered for the commercial

kitchen. Kits feature the Blue Hose™ flexible

stainless steel gas connector with Stress Guard

Technology™ and anti-microbial PVC coating.

Snapfast™ one-handed quick

disconnect with thermal shut-

off, restraining cable with

hardware, full port valve

and elbows included.

With a limited lifetime

warranty the Dormont

gas connector kits are

designed for use in

all commercial kitchen

applications. CSA and

NSF design certified.

D

Model Description

16100KIT48 1"x48" Gas connector kit

16125KIT48 11/4"x48" Gas connector kit



E

55.11_13 5/25/11 5:12 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

56

A. E4 Electric Fryer Series.

Exceed ENERGY STAR® standards and qualify for

energy-saving rebate programs. Models have a 50 lb.

oil cap. and 14"x151/2" frying area. Self-standing,

swing-up elements ensure energy efficiency with

ASTM ratings greater than 83%. Open frypot design is

easy to clean. And, models with Frymaster’s patented

FootPrint filtration make filtration convenient and

quick—filtration cycle complete in less than 5 minutes.

Rail-mounted Teflon glides allow for easy handling of

large-capacity filter pan. Gravity drain design of the

filter pan allows for minimal residue oil after filtering.

Shown with optional computer controls, built-in

filtration and basket lifts.

Model Description

SSPG14 Gas Pasta Cooker Only

SSPG14/SSRS14 Gas Pasta Cooker System (Complete)

SSRS14 Rinse Station Gas Rinse Tank Only

A

Model Description

RE14-SD 14kw full pot with analog controller w/o

Filtration 208/240V, 68-lbs. fries/hr.

RE17-SD 17kw full pot with analog controller w/o

Filtration 208/240V, 70-lbs. fries/hr.

RE14TC-SD 14kw TC full pot w/CM3.5 controller w/o

Filtration w/Insul Frypot & Pulse Power

Tech, 68-lbs. fries/hr.


Chef/Owner

Eric WilliamsMomocho mod mex

restaurant

Cleveland, OH

Braised Beef Brisket (Machaca)

5 Ib. piece beef brisket

2 cups red wine

20 oz. tomato juice

1/4 cup lime juice

1 cup red wine vinegar

1/2 cup salt

1/2 cup chopped garlic

2 Tbsp. black pepper

4 Tbsp. ancho powder or 2 whole chiles

1 Tbsp. cinnamon

1/2 cup coffee, ground (guatamalan bean preferred)

2 bay leaves

1 spanish onion, rough cut

Season brisket with coffee, ancho powder and salt.

Grill/sear beef to caramelize. Cut beef into similar size

pieces (3). Put in large braising pan or metal hotel pan

with all remaining ingredients. Add enough water to cover

brisket. Cover with foil and place in 300 degree oven for

3-4 hours. Discard whole onions and bay leaves.

Remove brisket from liquid and pull all meat. Reserve

liquid to reheat.

Featured Chef

B. Gas Pasta Cookers.

Solstice high efficiency burner

technology. Self cleaning

burner. Solid state cooking

controls integrated into the

digital control. Programmable

simmer temperature. Separate

rinsing/hold tanks equipped with

drain and overflow. Swing away

faucet. Stainless steel cabinet.

Cooker and rinse station

constructed of marine grade 316

stainless. Automatic basket lift.

Cooking rack accommodates

smaller baskets. Quick opening

11/4" drain valve in each tank.

Tank design features a self

skimming 1" overflow drain in

each tank. AGA, CGA,

NSF, MEA.B

C. Gas Appliance Connector & Installation Kits.

A gas connector is only as safe as its weakest link. Gas connectors and

installation kits assure safe installation of your gas appliance. Includes

AGA-certified foodservice gas ball valve, 90° street elbow and all necessary

hardware for complete installation. SureLink adjustable restraining cable and a

SwiveLink gas connector swivel provides the most reach with shortest hose,

reduces stress on the hose and keeps gas flow unrestricted. New Posi-Set

wheel placement system ensures proper relocation of equipment after moving,

cleaning or repairs.

Model Description

HG-4D-48SK Kit w/Quick Disconnect 3/4" NPT and 48" Hose

w/SwiveLink Fittings









Posi-Set Wheel Placement System

C

56.11_13 5/16/11 12:07 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

57

A

B. Modular Tilting Braising Pans.

Stainless steel exterior, frame and flanged feet.

Stainless steel pan with embossed gallon

markings and pouring lip strainer. Watertight

controls and enclosure. Electronic ignition (gas

models). Stainless steel hinged cover with drip

edge. Stainless steel drop-down food receiving

pan support. Solid state temperature controls

adjust from 50°F to 425°F. One year limited

parts and labor warranty.Model Description

VE30 30 gal. Electric

VE40 40 gal. Electric

VG30 30 gal. Gas (90,000 BTU/hr)

VG40 40 gal. Gas (120,000 BTU/hr)

C. Rotating Rack Oven.

Mini-rotating rack oven does the work of a full-size

model at half the size. Standard features include a

continuously rotating 8-pan rack and unique

airflow system. Internal steam production for

bagels or similar products. In-shot burner

technology provides energy efficiency with low

maintenance. Rack and slides can be removed

without tools for servicing and easy dishwasher

cleaning. Digital programmable controls. The

12 pan stand provides storage for baking pans

and supplies. Model XR8-G (shown with

optional stand)

B

C

D. Mini Combi Oven-Steamers.

Affordable Mini Combi-Oven can do it all, automatically!

Steam, bake and fry all in one compact model. Attract

more customers and increase sales by featuring aromatic

and visually appealing fresh cooked food. The

multi-faceted “mini” combi oven significantly improves the

quality of food and speed of preparation so you can now

offer a greater selection of healthy food choices for your

customers. EasyToUch™ controls are easily programmed

for most frequently served foods, offer service diagnostics

and HACCP logging! Model OES 3.10 shown. Also

available are our OES 6.10 Mini 2-in-1 and OES 10.10

Mini Combi.

Model Description

OES-10.10 MINI Elec Boilerless, 10 Pans (21/2")

OES6.10 Elec Boilerless, 3 Pans (21/2")

OES-6.10 2-in-Mini 2-in-1 Elec Boilerless, 6 Pans (21/2")

D

A. Eclipse Braising Pans.

Ergonomic tilting braising pan is a griddle, oven, holding

and thawing oven, kettle and steamer all in one. Whether

you choose the 30- or 40-gallon model—in gas or

electric, with manual tilt or power tilt—you’ll get a fast,

high-capacity braising pan that will get the job done.

Features cam actuator lift mechanism, an improved gear

and worm drive tilt mechanism and a more powerful

drive motor. BPP shown with optional pantry faucet.Model Description

TD/FPCM 10-Gal, Table Top, Man. Tilt, Configurable

BPM-30EM 30-Gal, Man. Tilt, Electric, Etch Marks,

Configurable

BPP-30EM 30-Gal, Power Tilt, Electric, Etch Marks,

Configurable

BPM-40EM 40-Gal, Man. Tilt, Electric, Etch Marks,

Configurable

BPP-40EM 40-Gal, Power Tilt, Electric, Etch Marks,

Configurable

BPM-30GM 30-Gal, Man. Tilt, Gas, Etch Marks,

Configurable


E. ComboEase Combi Oven.

Simple to operate. Easy to maintain. Energy efficient. Affordable. The ComboEase

Combination Steamer-Oven is a full size, gas, combination oven that brings

simplicity to the traditionally complex world of combination cooking. Featuring

Groen’s new and exclusive boilerless steaming reservoir system, the ComboEase

addresses the needs of institutional and commercial food service operators for easy

steam, convection and combination cooking that provides maximum, energy-

efficient performance at an affordable price. Shown on optional stand.

E

Model Description

CBE-10G 10-Pan Gas, Triple Reservoir, Configurable

152055 Regular Stand w/Casters

152045 Short Stand w/Casters

57.11_13 5/16/11 12:08 PM Page 1

E. Short Series Kettles.Rim height is 35" on this ShortSeries Kettle Floor Model. Type 304stainless steel construction andsupports. Fully steam jacketed,50-psi steam jacket rating. Availablein tilting and stationary models. Gasand electric have splash proof solidstate temperature controls. Model Description KGL-40-SH 40 gal. Gas, Stationary SH SeriesKGL-40-TSH 40 gal. Gas, Tilting SH SeriesKGL-60-SH 60 gal. Gas, Stationary SH SeriesKDL-40-TSH 40 gal. Direct Steam, Tilting SH SeriesKDL-60-TSH 60 gal. Direct Steam, Tilting SH SeriesKDL-80-TSH 80 gal. Direct Steam, Tilting SH SeriesKDL-40-SH 40 gal. Direct Steam, Stationary SH SeriesAdditional models available.

COOKING EQUIPMENT

58

B. SteamChef™ Boilerless Steamers.Finally, a boilerless convection steamer that cooksfast, stays clean and is easy to maintain. PatentedKleanShield™ cooking compartment eliminatesfoaming, contamination of water reservoir and flavortransfer. High speed convection steam for fastcooking. Easy to operate SureCook™ timer automati-cally compensates for the volume of food beingcooked. Easy to clean—simple vinegar cleanup. Newdesign saves water and energy. Ideal for heavy batchcooking and medium volume a la carte style cooking.Energy Star™ rated energy-saving performance.Model 22CET6.1 shown.Model Description 22CET3.1 Electric, (3) Pan Cap., 9kW22CET6.1 Electric, (6) Pan Cap., 13.5kW22CGT3.1 Gas, (3) Pan Cap., 45,000 BTU22CGT6.1 Gas, (6) Pan Cap., 62,000 BTU

B

C. SteamCub Boilerless Steamer.Energy Star approved. One compartmentsteamer. 60 minute mechanical timer or solid-state digital controls. Low water indicator andalarm. Heat on indicator light. 9kw power rating.Capacity for up to five 21/2" deep full size steamtable pans. 14 gauge stainless steel construction.Two piece compartment door.Model Description 1SCE SteamCub Plus1SCEMCS SteamCub

C

D. SteamCraft® Steamers.Available in gas, electric and direct steam generators. Steam generator withautomatic water fill on start up, automatic boiler blowdown, electronic sparkignition, and generator stand-by for instant steam. 60 minute mechanicaltimer or electronic controls. Manual bypass operation mode. Patented coldwater condenser design. Type 304 stainless steel construction. Two piecedoor design. Capacity for three, five, six, and ten 21/2" deep full size steamtable pans.Model Description 21CET16 5 Pan Cap. (Electric)21CET8 3 Pan Cap. (Electric )21CGA5 5 Pan Cap. (Gas)24CDP10 10 Pan Cap. 2 Comp. (Direct Steam)24CEA10 10 Pan Cap., 2 Comp. (Electric)24CGP10 10 Pan Cap., 2 Comp. (15 psi Boiler)ES2446 2-Shelf Stand for CET8 or CET16Unistand34.1 34"H Stand (for CET8 or CET16)

D

E

A. Countertop Kettles. Great for sauces and soups!Available in electric, gas anddirect steam. Type 304 stain-less steel kettle and supports.Jacket rated at 50-psi withsafety valve. Complete withsolid state water level, tem-perature and safety low waterpower cut-off. LED indicatorsand marine lock standard.Capacity from 1 to 20 gallons.Model Description KDT-12-T 12 gal., Direct SteamKDT-3-T 3 gal., Direct SteamKDT-6-T 6 gal., Direct SteamKET-12-T 12 gal., ElectricKET-3-T 3 gal., ElectricKET-6-T 6 gal., ElectricKDT-1-T 1 gal., Direct SteamKDT-20-T 20 gal., Direct SteamAdditional models available.

A

F. Intek Connectionless Steamer.The best possible combination of cooking speed (productivity), efficiency and reliability of any steamer on the markettoday. The Intek product line from Groen is a high performance boilerless and connectionless electric or gassteamer available with single or double stacking stands, as a counter top unit and with or without an auto water fillsystem. All units are ENERGY STAR rated and LEED compliant due to their superior design. With (4) and (6) pancavity capacities on the electric models and a (5) pan capacity on the gas model, they are a perfect fit for nearlyevery application. All units also covered by a full two year warranty. Model XS-208-14-3 shown.Model Description XS4 Electric, 4-pan cap.XS Electric, 6-pan cap.XSG-5 Gas, 5-pan cap.

F

58.11_28.new 5/16/11 12:09 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

59

Model Description SEL30TR 30 gal. Electric skillet, R-SeriesSEL40TR 40 gal. Electric skillet, R-SeriesSGL30TR 30 gal. Gas skillet, R-SeriesSGL40TR 40 gal. Gas skillet, R-Series

A

B

D Countertop Skillets.High efficiency heating system for fast heat-up and recoverytime. Type 304 stainless steel construction. Splash proof. “Beadblasted” cooking surface prevents food sticking to surface.Self-locking marine type tilt mechanism prevents accidental tilting.Standard with thermostatic safety and main power controls withlighted indicators. Lift off cover with condensate vent standard.Choose from electric 10 and 15 gal. models for tabletop or standmounting. 208/240V, 60 Hz, 3 Phase. UL, CSA and NSF.Model Description SET10 10 gal.SET15 15 gal.

D

Model Description SGL30T1 30 Gal. GasSGL40T1 40 Gal. GasSEL30T1 30 Gal. ElectricSEL40T1 40 Gal. Electric

Model Description OGS-10.10 Half Gas Boilerless, 10 Pans (21/2")OES-6.20 Full Elec Boilerless, 14 Pans (21/2")OGS-6.20 Full Gas Boilerless, 14 Pans (21/2")OEB-6.20 Full Elec w/Boiler, 14 Pans (21/2")OGB-6.20 Full Gas w/Boiler, 14 Pans (21/2")OEB-6.10 Half Elec w/Boiler, 6 Pans (21/2")Additional models available.

A. Tilting Braising Pan/Skillets. Braise, roast and grill meats and seafood.Batter foods. Steam vegetables andseafood. Prepare soups, sauces and chili.All stainless steel construction completewith thermostatic and safety controls;Gallon markings; Stainless steel clad; 5/8"“bead blasted” cooking surface preventsfood sticking to surface; Power tilt or man-ual hydraulic hand tilt (please specifiy);Spring assist cover with adjustable vent.No clearances required. Choose fromElectric/Gas-30 and 40 gal. models. NSF.Model SEL40TR shown.

B. PowerPan Tilting Skillets.Grill, braise, steam, boil and so much more!Most versatile piece of cooking equipment onthe market. Available in 30 and 40 (115 and150 liter) gallon capacities. Open base designfor easy cleaning and maintenance. 5/8" thickcooking surface. Splash proof controls. Low35" rim height for easy operation. ModelSGL40T1 shown.

C. Convotherm. It’s a convection oven or convectionsteamer. Better yet, it’s a convection ovenand steamer (COMBI) at the same time!The Advanced Closed System +3 takesthe guesswork out of cooking. Preparemenu items faster and eff icientlyincreasing overall yield and eye appeal.Even browning eliminates need to rotatepans during cooking. Crisp and Tastyfeature removes moisture for crisp, goldenresults without deep frying. Press and Gobuttons offer foolproof one touch cooking.Disappearing door frees up aisle space.ConvoClean feature cleans and sterilizesthe interior automatically. Choose with orwithout a boiler. UL. NSF. ModelsOEB2020 and OES1020 shown. Try ourElectric Mini Combi!

C

Chef/ProprietorAllan Philip RussoSette Cucina ItalianaBernardsville, NJ

Sformato di Cipolle(Savory Onion Tart)

1/4 sheet of puff pastry

1 whole egg

50ml. heavy cream1/2 cup grated fresh Parmesan Reggiano cheese1/2 sweet white onion1/2 cup extra virgin olive oil

Nutmeg

Salt & pepper

1 tsp. butter

Preheat oven to 375°. Slice white onion finely and begin to slowlypan fry with extra virgin olive oil. Once onions begin to caramelize,strain them and let rest.

Spread the 1 tsp. butter on a baking sheet tray, and add the puffpastry using a fork to press into the center and sides of puff pastry.(This will allow air to be released as it bakes.) Bake for 5 minutes.

In a container, whisk whole egg and slowly add heavy cream.Incorporate caramelized onions and parmigiano reggiano cheesewith a spatula. Add salt, pepper and a pinch of nutmeg to taste.

Remove puff pastry from oven and let rest. Add the mixture andspread evenly using a spatula. Continue to cook for an additional10 minutes.

Let rest and serve warm along with mixed organic greens.

Featured Chef

59.11_28.new 5/16/11 12:10 PM Page 1

A. Space-Saving Combination Steamer/Kettle.

Pressureless cooking with forced convection steam holds up to six

12"x20" pans. Solid state controls operate water level and safety

functions. Each compartment equipped with 60-minute mechanical

timer. Durable 14 gauge stainless steel construction with removable

6-gallon tilting kettle made of 304 stainless steel. 2/3 jacketed kettle

includes trunnion mounted steam control valve 50-psi pressure rating.

Lift-off cover. Double pantry faucet with swing spout included.

Available in gas or electric.Model Description

24CEM24 2 Comp., 6 Pans, Electric, 24kW

24-CGM-200 2 Comp., 6 Pans, 200,000 BTU

24CSM 2 Comp., 6 Pans, Steam Coil Boiler

36CGM300 2 Comp., 6 Pans, 300,000 BTU

42CKEM24 2 Comp., 6 Pans, Electric, 24kW

42-CKSM 2 Comp., 6 Pans, Steam Coil Boiler

42CKGM200 2 Comp., 6 Pans, 200,000 BTU

42CKGM300 2 Comp., 6 Pans, 300,000 BTU

COOKING EQUIPMENT

60

B. SteamPro XVI Gas Large

Capacity Steamers.

Two compartment steamers. Electric, gas,

and direct steam boilers. Pressure/convec-

tion modes with no restrictions as to any

combination of modes. Solid state controls

operate timing, water level and safety

functions. Automatic water fill on start up

and automatic blowdown with additional

manual drain valve. 60 minute mechanical

t imer or electronic controls. Manual

operation mode and patented cold water

condenser. Type 304 stainless steel

construction. Model 36PCGM300 shown.Model Description

36PCEM48 16 Pans, Electric 48kW

36PCGM300 16 Pans, Gas, 300,000 BTU

36PCSM 16 Pans, Steam Coil

B

C. Gemini™ 6 Gas-Fired Steamer.

Independent power burner steam generators. Each steam-cooking

compartment is independently operated and controlled by a separate

stainless steel steam generator, gas valve, power on/off control levers and

an exclusive, remote probe-type water level control. Exclusive Gemini

drain/power control system: Manual 1/2" “Ball Valve” type drain controls

main power on/off and automatically fills generator. 304 stainless steel

construction. CSA (AGA, CSA) and UL/NSF#4. Model 24CGA10.2 shown.Model Description

24CGA10.2 10 Pan Cap.

24CGA6.2S 6 Pan Cap.

C

D. Blodgett Steam Equipment.

Gas steamers feature high output steam injectors, 316 stainless steel

liner, slammable doors with 5 year door warranty and auto steam

generator. Electric tilting kettles feature 316 stainless steel kettle liner,

2/3 jacketed with hemispheric design and up to 50-psi for quick

recovery. Manual tilt braising pans feature 304 stainless steel and

manual tilt mechanism with side trunnion pivots. Unique finned heat

distribution and electronic ignition standard on all gas models.

A

Model Description

SC-7GH 7 pan Steamer

SC-10GH 10 pan Steamer

KLT-20E 20 gal. Electric Tilting Kettle



BLT-30E 30 gal. Tilt Braising Pan (Electric)

BLT-40E 40 gal. Tilt Braising Pan (Electric)

BLT-40G 40 gal. Tilt Braising Pan (Gas)


D

F. Steamers.

Steam is generated by the product being

cooked, which greatly reduces water usage.

Reduced water means reduced mineral

deposits, plus utility savings. Standard

features include: 18" narrow footprint

design, manual fi l l, electromechanical

controls, constant steam feature, 304

stainless steel construction and 316 stain-

less steel cooking chamber with coved

corners. 3- and 5-pan models available.

Model EZ18-3 shown.Model Description

EZ18-3 3-pan cap.

EZ18-5 5-pan cap.

F

E. SX Series Counter Steamers.

Its small 24"W profile doesn’t take up much counter space, yet it can

quickly steam cook a wide variety of food, thanks to its powerful heating

element and boilerless design. Durable stainless steel steam

generators are easily accessible for routine maintenance. Stainless steel

construction for maximum corrosion resistance and coved interior

corners for easy cleaning. Model R24-5 shown with optional S/S stand. Model Description

R24-3 3 Pan Cap.

R24-5 5 Pan Cap.

Stand-18" 18" S/S Stand



SX5 5 Pan

SX3 3 PanE

60.11_28.new 5/15/11 4:17 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

61

C. SmartSteam 100 Boilerless Steamer.

Groen has combined the convenience of boilerless steamers with

twice as much cooking power for heavy-duty a la carte and production

steaming. Different foods can be cooked simultaneously with no

transfer of odors or tastes. Whether you choose gas or electric, you’ll

get a fast, high-performance steamer that’s easy to install, operate

and maintain. Automatic water fill and drain are standard for

easy, convenient operation. UL listed or AGA design certified and

NSF listed.Model Description

(2)SSB-10GFM- 2x10-Pan Gas Boilerless, Stnd Mount, Configurable

SSB-3E 3-Pan, Elec Boilerless, Lh Door, 208V/60Hz/3-Ph

SSB-3EM- 3-Pan, Electric, Boilerless, Configurable

(2)SSB-3EFM- 2x3-Pan Elec Boilerless, Stnd Mount, Configurable

SSB-5E 5-Pan, Elec, Boilerless, Lh Door, 208V/60Hz/3-Ph

SSB-5EM- 5-Pan, Electric, Boilerless, Configurable


SSB-10EFM- 10-Pan, Electric, Boilerless, Configurable


SSB-3GM- 3-Pan, Gas, Boilerless, Configurable


A

C

A. Boilerless/Connectionless

Steamer.

This single compartment electric

connectionless steamer with efficient steam

generating system requires no water or

drain connection. Stainless steel exterior

and cooking compartments with coved

interior corners. Features manual controls

with constant steam feature. Equipped with

heavy duty door and latch mechanism.

EnergyStar Certified.Model Description

C24E03 21"Wx25"Dx23"H - Pan Cap.:

(6) 1", (3) 21/2", (2) 4"

C24E05 21"Wx25"Dx29-1/2"H - Pan

Cap.: (10) 1", (5) 21/2", (3) 4"

How Steam Cooking

Works

Steam is an extremely efficient heat

transfer medium. It carries a great

deal of energy which readily

transfers directly to food (in steam-

ers) or indirectly through a heat

transfer surface (such as a kettle

wall) and then into food. Steam is

water (a liquid) that has been con-

verted to its gaseous state by the

application of heat energy. Heat

energy typically is measured in

British Thermal Units (BTU). The

BTU is defined as the amount of

energy required to raise the tempera-

ture of one pound of water by one

degree Fahrenheit at sea level. It

takes only 180 BTUs to raise the

temperature of one pound of water

from 32°F (0°C) to 212°F (100°C),

the point at which it starts to boil.

However, to evaporate that same

pound of boiling water into steam

requires 970 BTUs. As a result,

steam carries many times the energy

of boiling water. Steam readily gives

up that energy load when it condens-

es back into water (condensate)

upon contact with the food.

B. Convection Combo™ Steamer

Ovens.

Uses a unique combination of fan-forced heat

and super heated steam for quick, cooked to

perfection results. The programmable panel lets

you save up to 50 recipes into memory. Bakes

and roasts like a convection oven and steams

and poaches like a convection steamer; wet

roasts, crusty bakes and reheats foods without

drying them out. All models UL listed or AGA

design certified and NSF listed. Features solid

state operating controls with digital time and

temperature display. Self-diagnostic trou-

bleshooting, pre-programmed cleaning cycle,

easy access steam generator deliming and

glass door standard. Insulated, field reversible

door for right or left swing. 200°F-575°F

temperature range.

Model Descriptio

138832 10-Pan, Electric, 208/60/1,

Lh Door, Stand, Bf

138835 2 X 10-Pan, Electric, 208/60/1,

Lh Door, Stand, Bf

B

Chef Will MooneyThe Brothers Moon

Hopewell, NJ

Shrimp and Pea

Risotto

Serves 8-10

1/2 medium onion, dicedsmall

2 stalks celery, diced small

1 carrot, diced small

2 Tbsp. olive oil

1 cup Arborio rice

1 bay leaf

3 cups hot vegetable stock, shrimp stock or hotchicken stock

To taste salt and pepper

2 Tbsp. butter

3 cups chopped shrimp (raw)

11/2 cups frozen (or fresh) peas

1/2 cup Parmesan Reggiano cheese, grated

2 Tbsp. chopped parsley

Sweat onions, celery and carrot in olive oil till

translucent. Add Arborio rice and bay leaf, stir

to coat all. Add 1/3 of desired stock. Stir

continuously. Add salt and pepper. Once above

liquid is absorbed add another 3 of stock. Keep

stirring!

Add final amount of stock, once all previous

fluids are absorbed. Stir and cook some more,

then add the chopped shrimp (this gives it time

to cook). Add butter, cheese, peas and parsley.

Adjust seasoning with salt and pepper.

Featured Chefs

61.11_28.new 5/16/11 12:11 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

62

OF110 OF240 OF817C

A. Fully Jacketed GasKettles.Mounted on 2" legs withadjustable flanged feet. Stainlesssteel dome shaped cover withdrop type handle and insulatedknob. Dish shaped interior bottomslopes to the front for smoothproduct flow. Mounted, tapered,2" plug type food product draw-off

valve includes draw-off opening strainer. Furnished with a 15-psirelief valve, vacuum relief valve, thermostat with combination gascontrol valve and electronic ignition, low water cut-off control and apressure limit switch and pressure gauge.Model Description GL40E 40 gal., 160 qt. cap., 105,000 BTUGS60E 60 gal., 240 qt. cap., 135,000 BTUGL80E 80 gal., 320 qt. cap., 135,000 BTU

A

C. OneFlow™ Scale System.Oneflow™— the effective, economical, eco-friendly scale solution. Designed to protectequipment and the supporting utility supplies and drains from the negative effects ofwater hardness, commonly known as scale. OneFlow™ controls scale by neutralizingthe elements in water (calcium and magnesium) that cause scale so they travelthrough the system without attaching themselves to equipment components.OneFlow™ does not remove anything from the water like water softeners and doesnot add chemicals to the water like phosphate systems. OneFlow™ is a green solutionrequiring no electricity, water-wasting regeneration or backwashing.Model Description DOR-OF110-1 1 Cartridge, 1 GPM 1/2" FNPTDOR-OF120-2 1 Cartridge, 2 GPM 1/2" FNPTDOR-OF140-4 1 Cartridge, 4 GPM 3/4" FNPTDOR-OF210-1 2 Cartridge/Filter, 1 GPM 1/2" FNPTDOR-OF220-2 2 Cartridge/Filter, 2 GPM 1/2" FNPTDOR-OF240-4 2 Cartridge/Filter, 4 GPM 3/4" FNPTDOR-OF817-8H-B Tank (Hot Water), 8 GMP, 1" FNPTAdditional models available.

B. ScaleBlocker™ Water Filtration System.No more deliming needed– because there is no scale to delime!The ScaleBlocker™ reduces the harmful effects of hardnessminerals that can short out your steamer’s probes and heatingelements and clog water related components. Patented technologysafely reduces limescale build-up and corrosion. Patented ceramicmedia filter traps larger particulates while using diffusion technologythat breaks down calcium and magnesium into nanocrystal gels.Gels are flushed out of equipment.Model Description SPS600V 7,500 Gallon Service LifeSPS620V 15,000 Gallon Service Life

B

Executive Chef Mark VannasdallThe Restaurants at ChesapeakeOklahoma City, OK

Lobster White Gazpacho

3 - 8 oz. lobster tails

20 red grapes, cut in half

½ cup toasted almonds

1½ cups cold water

1½ qt. heavy cream

½ cup cucumber, seeded and peeled

1½ cups coconut milk

½ cup Coco Lopez

1 cup white bread, crusts removed

1 Tbsp. sea salt

1 clove garlic

1 Chipotle pepper

1cup olive oil

1 bunch chives

1 cup olive oil

Toast almonds Set a few aside to garnish final dish. Soak the rest of

almonds in water (overnight is best). Place almond mixture in blender and

puree. Add in cucumbers, coconut milk, bread, and garlic. Blend until

smooth.

Reduce heavy cream by half and set aside to cool. Add cream and coco

lopez to mixture and season with salt. Strain liquid to remove almonds.

Add quarter of almond puree back in. Place in refrigerator to chill.

Remove lobsters from shells and slice into small pieces. Saute in butter

until “Barely” done. They should be really tender. Make chipotle oil and

chive oil by pureeing ingredients together. Place oils in squeeze bottles.

Place lobster and 4 grape halves in Martini glass or glass bowl. Top with

2-3 ozs. of sauce. Garnish with drops of each oil and a few slivers of

almonds.

Hopefully from each bite you will get rich taste of the lobster, sweetness of

the coconut, a little tart from the grape, some crunch from the almond and

a little heat from the chili oil. Enjoy!

Featured Chef

62.11_28.new 5/16/11 12:12 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

63

B. Exhaust Fans.Built for endurance, Captive-Aire’s heavy duty, weather-proof fans are available with belt ordirect drive motors. Captive-Aire’s exhaust fans are manufactured so that forced fresh airthrough the motor compartment cools motor and ensures long motor life, along with a quickrelease latch that allows for easy access to the motor. All units come with a standarddisconnect switch.

Model Description C24GA10-DLX 10-Pan Deluxe Gas w/Cab Base, 125,000 BTU (Professional Control Pkg,

Super Heated Steam Sys)C24GA6-DLX 6-Pan Deluxe Gas w/Cab Base, 125,000 BTU (Professional Control Pkg,

Super Heated Steam Sys)C24EA10-DLX 10-Pan Deluxe Elec w/Cab Base, 30 kW (Professional Control Pkg, Super

Heated Steam Sys)C24EA6-DLX 6-Pan Deluxe Elec w/Cab Base, 17kW (Professional Control Pckg, Super

Heated Steam Sys)C24EA3-DLX 3-Pan Deluxe Elec Ctr. (Professional Control Pkg, Super Heated Steam Sys)C24EA5-DLX 5-Pan Deluxe Elec Ctr. (Professional Control Pkg, Super Heated Steam Sys)

A

B

Owner Marco Antonini Chef Ubaldo PonceDusals Italian RestaurantMilltown, NJ

Baked Seafood Canelloni

An authentic italian dish served as a specialin my restaurant. Canelloni revers to a pastashell with a homemade filling, that is usuallybaked. This dish is actually a homemadepasta crepe stuffed with a seafood mixture,baked, and served in a creamy pink sauce.

Crepe:

11/2 cups milk

1 cup flour

2 eggs

1 tablespoon of oil

Blend all ingredients together, then spread 4oz. of batter on a hot, lightly greased 8" pan.Making both sides golden brown.

Stuffing:

1 lb. jumbo or baby shrimp

3 8 oz. portioned salmon filets

1 lb. canned or imitation crab meat

2 cups ricotta

8 oz. shredded mozzarella cheese1/4 cup heavy cream

Saute all seafood with some garlic, choppedonion, olive oil, butter, salt, pepper, sprinkletarragon, and sprinkle nutmeg until all is softand tender. Then cool. Blend cooled sauteedseafood with remaining ingredients.

Now stuff with seafood mixture and rollcrepes. Bake at 375°F 15-20 min. Melt somefresh mozzarella on top for betterpresentation and serve with a homemadecream sauce or plum tomato sauce with atouch of cream.

It’s an instant hit and customers will reallyenjoy it!

Featured Chefs A. PowerSteam™ Pressureless ConvectionSteamers.Patented capability super-heats the steam before itenters the cooking compartments to 235°F, resulting infaster cook times. Two compartment steamer isconstructed of 304 series stainless. Two high outputstainless steel generators in electric models. Gasmodels feature 125,000 BTU stainless steel generator.Each compartment has separate manual controls. Splitwater line connection. One year limited parts and laborwarranty. NSF, UL.

How Much Steamer Do You Need?

Meals Served No. of No. of CompartmentsPer Hour Steamers per Steamer1-200 One One 201-400 One Two 401-600 One Three 601-800 Two Two

This information assumes that each compartment holds three to four12"x20"x21/2" food pans, or two to three 12"x20"x4" food pans.

63.11_13 5/25/11 5:08 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

64

Kitchen Ventilation Systems

TIPS FOR THE SELECTION AND USE

WHEN SELECTING:

1. Know what your local codes require for ventilation.

2. Know what your growth plans are. It is easy to

buy a little extra now but difficult to add on later.

3. Know how the ventilation system is designed to

perform. An improperly designed ventilation

system will dramatically affect your monthly utility

bills, as well as create an uncomfortable, and

possibly dangerous, working environment.

4. Use Listed products. UL or ETL listing on hood,

duct, and fans may result in substantially lower

insurance rates. Ask your underwriter for an

assessment.

WHEN OPERATING:

1. Always service your fans. A loose fan belt or

clogged intake filter on the supply air fan will affect

the performance of the system. Results of letting

this maintenance lapse can be anything from a

lack of capture ability, resulting in smoke and

grease escaping into the surrounding area, to the

fans shutting down completely, or worse. Set up a

regular maintenance schedule at the same time

you have your Heating/Air Conditioning units

checked. The same company can perform both

maintenance functions.

2. Always keep the exhaust duct clean. A regular

cleaning schedule should be set up with a

cleaning company. Frequency of cleaning is

dictated by the type and volume of cooking—in

some cases every 30 days; in other cases, every 6

months. You must make the determination.

3. Clean the grease filters as often as necessary.

They are made to be cleaned in most commercial

dishwashers or the pot sink. If they are not

cleaned regularly, the performance of the system

suffers.

4. To help in maintaining the surface appearance,

coat all stainless surfaces with a LIGHT covering

of mineral oil, then wipe dry. This soaks into the

pores of the metal and makes clean-up easier. Do

not use mineral oil on the stainless grease filters. It

is not necessary to coat the stainless every time

you clean, only to keep a f i lm of oi l on the

surfaces.

The key to all of the above is maintenance. The

ventilation system is more than just the stainless box

that you see in your kitchen. It includes the grease

filters, grease duct, exhaust fan, supply fan, supply

fan filters, supply fan duct, electrical or gas controls,

motors and belts, and design. If properly sized and

properly maintained, it will save you money on your

utilities. However, if the system is neglected, it will

cost you each and every day of operation. The first

cost of an improperly designed system may be lower,

but the long term effect on Heating/Air Conditioning

equipment, as well as the energy usage, will soon

catch up with your bottom line.

A. Utility Distribution System.

Captive-Aire’s uti l i ty distribution

system (UDS) provides unequaled

cooking line versatility, flexibility and

convenience. The UDS provides gas,

water, steam and electrical

connections to accommodate for

kitchen cooking appliance needs.

Each UDS system is designed with

spare connection points allowing for

future cooking equipment expansion.

ETL and NSF listed. Model UDS

B. Exhaust Hood w/PSP.

Captive-Aire’s next generation exhaust hoods provide

superior low exhaust flow rates with exceptional

capture and containment of cooking vapors.

Constructed of stainless steel and double wall insulat-

ed front, CaptiveAire’s exhaust hoods are essential

for your kitchen ventilation needs. Features include

heavy duty grease baffle f i l ters, grease drain

systems, pre-punched hanging angles and pre-wire

lighting. ETL, NSF. Model ND2-PSP shown.

B

C. Direct Fired Heated Make-Up Air Units.

Captive-Aire’s ETL-listed modular make-up air units are available in a variety of

models—each constructed of galvanized metal and designed for easy service

access. The gas-fired (direct or indirect) and electric make-up air units offer

various tempering options via DX cooling, steam, hot water, chilled water coils

and evaporative cooling. Industrial heaters—in vertical and horizontal

configurations and compact heaters—are also available.

C

A

64.11_28.new 5/16/11 11:47 AM Page 1

Model Description 7203001 TSM-27 Base Unit only, Style: Ladles7203002 TSM-27 Base Unit only, Style: Tuscan7203103 TSM-27 Base Unit w/Menu Board, Style: Country Kitchen7203104 TSM-27 Base Unit w/Menu Board, Style: White Bowl7203205 TSM-27 Base Unit, Menu Board, Canopy w/light, Style: Seaside7203206 TSM-27 Base Unit, Menu Board, Canopy w/light, Style: Homestyle7203207 TSM-27 Base Unit, Menu Board, Canopy w/light, Style: Variety

COOKING EQUIPMENT

65

C. Pro I Microwaves.These Panasonic Pro I commercial microwave ovens are equipped with top and bottomenergy feed, a “grab & go” door handle and 60 programmable pads. Using the 2100 Watts(NE-2157 *208/230V-240V Single), 1700 Watts (NE-1757 *208/230V-240V Single) and1200 Watts (NE-1257/NE-1258 *120V Single) of power, these models are the definition of theword “durable”.Model Description NE-1258R 1200 WattsNE-1757R 1700 WattsNE-2157R 2100 WattsNE-1257R 1200 Watts

C

A. Sonic Steamer.No water line, no drainline or vent hood toworry about. Holds twofull-size 4" steam tablepans with covers.Connectionless steamerfeatures include 4heating elements, 8programmable memorypads with 16 memorycapability, programma-ble or dial timer, 5 power levels, 3-stage cooking andremovable center shelf. See-through oven door is drop downcounter style.Model Description NE-2180 2100 WattsNE-3280 3200 Watts

D. Commercial Microwave Ovens.Perfect for restaurants, c-stores, vending and office coffee service use. NE-1054F offerselectronic keypad; including 6 power levels, 2- and 3-stage cooking, 10 programmablememory pads and a 20-memory capability. NE-1024F has a 6-minute timer. NE-1064Fstainless steel cabinet and cavity has 3 power levels and 2- and 3-stage cooking. 1,000 Watts.120V. 60Hz. Single phase. Model NE-1054F shown.Model Description NE-1064F S/S Interior/Exterior, 3 power levelsNE-1054F S/S Exterior, 6 power levelsNE-1024F S/S Exterior, 6-minute dial timer

B. Soup Merchandisers.Select from a variety of styles to match your décor andoptions such as backboards and canopies. TheTSM-27 rethermalizing base unit is NSF4 listed for hotholding and rethermalizing previously cooked andchilled food. Recessed controls prevent accidentaltemperature changes and improve merchandisingappeal. Features twin 7 qt. wells with individualcontrols for merchandising soups with differenttemperature requirements. Allows for improved productquality and menu flexibility.

A

B

D

Chef Elyissia WassungChick-in-Charge2 Chicks with ChocolateSouth River, NJ

Dark Chocolate Coffee Truffle

Yield: around 4 dozen

1 cup cream

1 Tbsp. coffee

1 ¾ cup dark chocolate

melted chocolate-as needed

cocoa powder-as needed

Boil the cream, remove from the heat and addthe coffee. Add the dark chocolate and stiruntil smooth and well combined. Portion in todesired shape. Allow to harden then coat inmelted chocolate and cocoa powder.

Store in the freezer until ready to use.

Tip: Take big risks in your kitchen, but alwaysdeliver an amazing flavor that people canimmediately recognize.

Featured Chef

65.11_28.new 5/25/11 5:55 PM Page 1

C. RC Series Microwaves.Stainless steel ovens feature 11 power levels,4-stage cooking, 100 program settings and a3-year full warranty. Ideal for quick servicechains, bars, convenience stores and familyrestaurant foodservice operations and more.Great for steaming! Quantity pad toautomatically adjust cooking time for up to 8portions. Exclusive automatic voltage sensorfor easy installation. Multi-level feed systemfor heating uniformity. Time entry optionfor non-programmed cooking.Ext.: 191/4"Wx18"1/4"Hx261/4"D;Int.: 13"Wx81/2"Hx15"D.

COOKING EQUIPMENT

66

B. RFS Series Microwave.Extra power, reliability and value. Stainlesssteel ovens can be customized for everyapplication from snack bars and restaurants tohospital food stations. 5 power levels-Hold,Defrost, Med., Med-High and Full. 100 programmemory, 4-stage cooking for addit ionalpreparation sophistication and capacity. Digitaldisplay with countdown timer for at-a-glancemonitoring. Upgraded models feature controlpanel graphics/icons rather than words toeliminate language barriers. 1.2 cubic ft. cap.1200W or 1800W. Full 3 year warranty.Ext.: 141/4"Hx213/4"Wx201/4"D;Int.: 9"Hx141/4"Wx163/8"D.Model Description RFS12MPSA 1200 wattsRFS18MPS 1800 watts

B

A. HDC Series Microwaves.Compact, Flexible, Powerful Value! C-Max™ heavy-dutyovens offer powerful heating performance in a space savingdesign. Durable and stackable, these ovens are ideal forhard-use, high-volume operations and feature a uniquemethod of energy distribution to provide superioreven-heating. .6 cubic foot capacity with 11 power levels and100 program memory. Four-stage X2 multiple quantity pad.Choice of 1200W; 1800W or 2100W. Full 3 year warranty.Ext.: 131/2"Hx163/4"Wx223/4"D; Int.: 63/4" Hx13"Wx12"D.Model Description HDC18 1800 wattsHDC21 2100 wattsHDC12A 1200 watts

D. RCS Series Microwaves.Durable stainless steel construction for years of reliable foodservice use. Stainless steel constructioncabinet and cavity are durable and professional looking. Stackable design maximizes cooking space.Air filter protects oven components from grease laden air. Its 1.2 cubic foot capacity accommodates a14" platter. Model RCS10TS features 5 power levels, 4-stage cooking option, 100 program memory,multiple quantity pad and time entry option for added flexibility. Model RCS10DS (shown) features6-minute timer.Model Description RCS10MPA 5 power levels,10 program padsRCS10MPSA S/S, 5 power levels, removable air filter, X2 qty pad, 10 program pads, 1000WRCS10DA 6-minute timer D

A

C

E. High Speed Ovens.High speed combination ovens feature a small footprint with a generously sized interior. Model AXP20combines directed air, radiant and microwave cooking technologies while the ACE14 combinesconvection and microwave cooking technologies. Ergonomic, easy-to-clean design is simple-to-use withprogrammable controls. Intelligent design details including the ability to use standard metal pans.Operators achieve amazing results in a fraction of the time of traditional cooking methods. Model Description ACE14 Convection/Microwave Technologies 150°F to 475°F convected heat;

1400 watts microwave powerExt.: 181/4"Hx191/4"Wx261/4"D; Int:. 101/2"Hx13"Wx15"D

AXP20 Directed Air/Radiant/Microwave Cooking Technologies 3,000 watt radiant element; 2,200 watts microwave power Ext.: 201/4"Hx25"Wx253/8"D; Int.: 10"Hx16"Wx15"D

E

Model Description RC17S 1,700 wattsRC22S 2,200 wattsRC30S 3,000 watts

66.11_28.new 5/16/11 12:15 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

67

A. RMS Series Microwave Ovens.These dependable ovens are easy to use for fast, convenient operation.Model RMS10D features user-friendly 6-minute dial timer with illuminateddigits and end of cycle audible signal. Model RMS10T/RMS10TS features10 touch pad programs for up to 20 menu items, 5 power levels and 3cooking stages. Ovens feature stainless steel exterior wrap and a whitepowder coat painted interior (RMS10D/RMS10T) or stainless steel interior(RMS10TS) and 0.9 cubic ft. capacity accommodates a 12" platter.Model Description RMS10D 1000W, 6-minute timerRMS10T 1000W, 5 power levels, 10 program pads, 3-stage cookingRMS10TS 1000W, All S/S, 5 power levels, 10 program pads,

3-stage cooking

B. LineChef Digital Convection Oven w/Humidity.Expect the same cooking performance as our digital convectionovens, except with manual controls! Advanced airflow design withpatented baffle. Manual controls (time & temperature). Heat settingsfrom 175° to 500°F. 60-minute timer. Humidity feature on half and fullsize models. Heavy duty stainless steel construction. Interiorhalogen light. 3" between shelves. Cool-touch double wall glassdoor. Oven cavity wrapped in high “R” value insulation. Designed toaccommodate stacking. NSF, UL through CSA standards.Model XAF-193 shown. (Pans not included).Model Description XAF-103 Quarter Size, Holds (3) 1/4 size sheet pans XAF-113 Half Size w/Humidity, Holds (3) 1/2 size sheet pans XAF-133 Half Size w/Humidity, Holds (4) 1/2 size sheet pans XAF-183 Full Size w/Humidity, Holds (3) full size sheet pans XAF-193 Full Size w/Humidity, Holds (4) full size sheet pans

A

B

E. Rice Cooker.Trigger Handle: Press button &lift to open. Heated/Lined Lid:Ensures even cooking and has aremovable liner for easy cleanup.No-Mess Serving: Moisture cupcollects water so it won’t drip oncounter. Insulated, Double-wallstainless steel. Construction:Holds in heat to keep contentsmoist and warm for hours.Automatic Keep Warm:Automatically shifts to warmmode when food has finishedcooking. Measuring Cup andPaddle. NSF. Model 37560

E

D. Rice Cooker.Cooks up to 25 one-cup servings.Stainless steel body and l id.Removable, non-stick coated pot.Single switch for Cook/Warmcycle. 1600 Watts for cooking.Overheat protection with manualreset. Measuring cup and scoopincluded. 4-1/2 foot power cord andNEMA 5-15 plug. Model RC1shown.

D

F. Twin 4 Quart Rethermalizer.This twin well four quart rethermalizer with individual controls isperfect for merchandising soups with different temperaturerequirements. Coated aluminum wells offer easy cleaning andlonger life. Holds two 41/8 quart insets. 6' power cord attached onunderside of unit provides ease of countertop placement. MeetsNSF4 performance standards.Model Description 72045 Twin Well 4 Qt. Rethermalizer72040 Twin Well 4 Qt. Rethermalizer Package includes two

insets & two hinged covers

F

C. Rice Cookers.Easy-to-use and clean. The Panasonic electric rice cooker has a 23-6 oz.cup cooking capacity and can produce up to 74–3oz. portions inapproximately 30 minutes. Rice is cooked safely and effectively withpush-button operation. 120 VAC, 60 Hz. 40-cup capacity also available.Model SR-42HZP shown.Model Description SR-42HZP 23 Cup - UL/ NSFSR-GA721 40 Cup - UL/ NSFSR-2363Z 20 Cup - UL/ NSF

C

67.11_28.new 5/16/11 12:16 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

68

B. Panini & Sandwich Grills.Evenly distributed cooking temperatures for upper and lower platesallow you to grill both sides without flipping! Heavy duty stainlesssteel construction with a temperature control switch adjusts from120°F to 570°F. Removable stainless steel oil tray and brush foreasy cleaning. Double sandwich grill includes two cords so one grillcan be used at a time. Single dimensions: 8"x8" (upper), 81/2"x91/4"(lower). Double dimensions: 8"x8" (upper), 19"x91/4" (lower). Paninidimensions: 13"x83/4" (upper), 131/4"x91/4" (lower). 120V. 1750W.Model Description SG-811 Ribbed Sandwich GrillSG-811/F Flat Sandwich GrillSG-811E Ribbed Panini GrillSG-811E/F Flat Panini GrillSG-813 Double Sandwich Grill

B

D. Star Pro-Max® Two-SidedSandwich Grills.Distinctive grid pattern creates attractivesear marks on Panini sandwiches,hamburgers, chicken breasts and otherfood products. Eurostyle design is built todeliver years of maintenance free opera-tion. Star’s new “pro lift”™ hinge designprovides superior durability, performanceand safety. Pro lift is designed to operateover two million cycles and our uniquedesign provides the only true level floativesystem on the top platen for improvedfantastic performance.

D

Model Description CG14B 195/8"Wx243/4"Dx131/2"H Aluminum GroovedCG10IB 161/8"Wx211/8"Dx131/4"H Iron GroovedCG10IE 161/8"Wx211/8"Dx131/4"H Iron Grooved w/TimerCG14E 195/8"W x243/4"Dx131/2"H Aluminum Grooved w/TimerGR10B 161/8"Wx211/8"Dx131/4"H Aluminum SmoothAdditional models available.

Model Description CPPGS1 Small Panini, 18.3"Lx17.6"Wx10.7"HPG14 Panini, 120V, 17.5"Lx17.9"Wx10.1"HPG14-2 Panini, 208/240V, 17.5"Lx17.9"Wx10.1"HCPSGS1 Small Sandwich Grill, 18.3"Lx17.6"Wx10.7"HSG14 Sandwich Grill, 17.5"Lx17.9"Wx10.1"H

C. Panini & Sandwich Grills.Perfect for cuban sandwiches, quesadillas,burritos, ham & cheese sandwiches, veggiesand Philly steak sandwiches. Seasoned,heavy duty, cast iron griddle plates. Paninigrills have grooved plates. Sandwich grillshave smooth plates. Machine-finished cook-ing surface. Stainless steel construction.On/Off switch. Handles for easy toting. Heavyduty hinge. 31/2'' stainless steel adjustablefeet. Removable, easy-to-clean, stainlesssteel catch tray. 4-foot power cord. Modelsshown—SG14 and PG14.C

A. Grill Express™ Two-Sided Sandwich Grills.The Grill Express™ two-sided grills provide high performance at an affordable price. Heavy-duty cast iron platens,available in smooth or grooved, provide long life and superior performance to meet your menu requirements. Thermostatis rated from 175°F to 550°F and provides accurate sensing of temperature. Superior heat distribution, fast recovery,effortless operation and consistent results. Removable grease trough allows easy clean up.Model Description GX10IG 153/4"Wx197/8"Dx107/8"H Iron GroovedGX10IS 153/4"Wx197/8"Dx107/8"H Iron SmoothGX14IG 193/4"Wx197/8"Dx107/8"H Iron GroovedGX14IS 193/4"Wx197/8"Dx107/8"H Iron SmoothGX20IG 283/4"Wx197/8"Dx107/8"H Iron GroovedGX20IGS 283/4"Wx197/8"Dx107/8"H Iron Grooved/SmoothGX20IS 283/4"Wx197/8"Dx107/8"H Iron Smooth

A

Model Description IND-A120V Slim Design Cooker, 120V, 1800WIND-C120V Manual Control Cooker, 120V, 1800WIND-C208V Manual Control Cooker, 208V, 3000WIND-WOK Wok w/CoverIND-WOK120V Wok Cooker, 120VIND-WOK208V Wok Cooker, 208VIND-B120V Full Size Cooker, 120V, 1800W

E

E. Induction Cookers.New induction cookers are a perfect addition to your front of the housework stations. These induction cookers combine high efficiencycooking with instant heat. Only drawing heat when a pan is placed onthe cooking plate, they provide a more economical way of cooking.Have a safer and cooler working environment by using flamelesscooking. Offering fast and easy cleanup, units are available in popularsizes and voltages.

68.11_28.new 5/16/11 12:17 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

69

D

D. Induction Ranges.

Wide selection of induction ranges available in Commercial, Professional and Ultra

Series. The new Mirage® series expands the selections of both Countertop and

Drop-In units. Just a few of the many features include over-heat protection,

pan-auto detection and auto shut-off function. 18 gauge 304 stainless steel

constructed case frame with ceramic top. Push button controls. UL, FC, NSF.

Parts and labor warranty: 1 year on Mirage and Commercial, 2 year on

Professional and Ultra Series.Model Description

6950020 Commercial Cntrtop,15AMPS, 120V

6954301 Professional Cntrtop, 10.8AMP, 208/240V

69520 Professional Cntrtop,12.1AMP, 208/240V

69522 Professional Dual Hob Cntrtop, Front to Back, 24.1AMP, 208/240V

69523 Professional Dual Hob Cntrtop-Side by Side, 24.1AMP, 208/240V


B. Countertop Induction Range.

Powerful countertop cooking at its best—16 power levels and 31

different temperatures. 4 digital LED display, normal key-press

control panel. 150 minute timer. Automatic empty pan shut-off

safety. 16 power levels, 300-1800W. 31 temperature settings

from 150°F to 450°F. Error code alert with display. 8 protection

functions. Stainless steel construction. Adjustable foot for level

control. Easy-to-clean, Schott Ceran™ glass HOB surface. 51/2

foot power cord. Model IR10 shown.

B

Model Description

TPT-120 220 slices per hr., 11/2"W slots

TPT-208 320 slices per hr., 13/8"W slots

E

E. 4-Slot Toasters.

For the golden toast you want and

the quality that you need. Evenly

toasts a variety of bread products

including bagels, Texas toast,

waffles and English muffins.

Features durable stainless steel

construction, individual toasting

controls and removable crumb tray

for easy cleaning.

F. Hot Plates.

Single and double burner hot plates will save you counter space

because of their compact size. Cadco’s Hot Plates are the newest

models available. Industrial rated hot plates have high speed tubular

elements and come with a one year warranty. Heavy duty stainless

steel construction. Robertshaw thermostat with infinite heat control.

On/Off rocker switch. Power light(s) indicates burner is turned on. UL

Safety and Sanitary, C-UL. Model CSR-3T shown.Model Description

CSR-1T Single, 6" Burner, 1100 Watts

CSR-3T Single, 8" Burner, 1500 Watts

CDR-1T Double, 6" Burners, 825 Watts/Burner

F

G. Conveyor Toaster Oven.

Conveyor toaster perfect for continuous light to dark toasting. Toasts up to 300 slices per hour. Stainless steel

construction. Metal upper and lower elements. 3 function power levels- toast both sides, toast one side, and

energy saver. Variable conveyor speed control for light to dark toasting. 31/2'' stainless steel adjustable feet.

Removable, easy-to-clean, stainless steel catch tray. Toast front return. Continuous delivery of toasted breads

and thick bagels. 2'' clearance over conveyor, 10''W conveyor. 4-foot power cord. Model TC1 shown.G

A. Panini Grills.

Evenly distributed cooking temperatures allow you

to grill both sides without flipping! Constructed of

heavy duty brushed stainless steel with an

adjustable thermostat to 570°F. Hinged, auto-

balancing top plate to suit foods up to 3" thick.

Power and ready indicator lights. Heat-resistant

handles. Limited one year warranty. UL. NSF

Model Description

WPG150 Ribbed 91/4"x151/2"x111/2"

WPG250 Ribbed 91/2"x171/2"x16"

WPG300 Ribbed Dual 91/4"x151/2"x183/4"

WFG150 Smooth 91/4"x111/2"x151/2"

WFG250 Smooth 91/2"x16"x171/2"

WFG300 Smooth Dual 91/4"x183/4"x151/2"

A

C. Induction Cooker.

Stainless steel electric Induction Cooker with

ceramic top features push-button operation with

a temperature range of 140°F to 464°F. 1800

Watts, 120 volt. ETL listed. 151/2"Lx12"Wx41/4"D,

1800 watts. Model IC-1800WC

69.11_28.new 5/16/11 12:18 PM Page 1

A. Toast-Qwick® ConveyorToasters.Precise control and improvedperformance. State-of-the-art electroniccontrols precisely regulate top andbottom heating elements. PatentedColorguard sensing system (TQ-400, -800 and -1200 models) monitors andadjusts speed during high usage periodsto assure uniformity. Power save modewith indicator light saves energy andmoney during slow periods. Capacitiesrange from 350 to 1200 slices per hour.Standard and bagel models as well asversions with a taller opening and ahigh-speed model are available.Model TQ400 shown.

Model Description TQ-10 Economy, 141/2"Wx173/4Dx133/4H, 5 slice cap.TQ-400 141/2"Wx173/4"Dx147/8"H, 6 slice cap.TQ-400BA 141/2"Wx173/4"Dx147/8"H, 6 slice cap.TQ-800 141/2"Wx223/4"Dx165/8"H, 14 slice cap.TQ-800BA 141/2"Wx223/4"Dx165/8"H, 14 slice cap.TQ-800H 141/2"Wx223/4"Dx165/8"H, 13 slice cap.TQ-800HBA 141/2"Wx223/4"Dx165/8"H, 14 slice cap.TQ-1200 141/2"Wx223/4"Dx165/8"H, 20 slice cap.

COOKING EQUIPMENT

70

Model Description QCS1-350 350 Slices/Hr., Compact ConveyorQCS1-500B 500 Slices/Hr., Bagel ConveyorQCS2-500 500 Slices/Hr.QCS2-600HA 600 Slices/Hr.QCS2-800A 800 Slices/Hr.QCS2-1200B 1200 Slices/Hr., Bagel ConveyorQCS3-1000A 1000 Slices/Hr., High VolumeAdditional models available.

A

B. Toasters.A standout on any countertop or serving area. Four 13/8"wide slots hold a variety of breads from English muffins tobagels to thick homemade slices. Features electronicbrowning controls, four self-centering bread racks andremovable crumb trays. Brushed chrome steel housing.Limited one year warranty. UL, CUL, NSF. 2 slot modelsalso available.Model Description WCT702 2 Slot Light Duty (60 slices per hr.)WCT704 2 Long Slot (4 Pcs. of bread) Light Duty

(80 slicer per hr.)WCT708 4 Slot Medium Duty (150 slices per hr.)

B

C D. Heavy Duty Toasters.Uniformly toasts regular bread, Texas toast, bagels, frozenwaffles and many other foods. WCT800/RC/805/805B- Four11/8" regular toast slots. WCT810/815/815B- Two 11/8 regulartoast slots and two 15/8" extra wide slots for bagels. Easilyreplaceable industrial heating plates. Electronic browningcontrols. Carriage control lift lever. Dishwasher-safe crumbtray. ETL, NSF, UL, CUL approved.

Model Description WCT800 4 Slot Heavy Duty, 300 Slices hr. 120VWCT810 4 Slot Combo (Toast/Bagel) 300 Slices hr. 120V WCT815 4 Slot Combo (Toast/Bagel) 380 Slices hr. 240V WCT805B 4 Slot, 380 Slices hr. 208VWCT815B 4 Slot Combo (Toast/Bagel), 380 Slices hr. 208VWCT800RC 4 Slot , 240 Slices hr. 120V

D

C. QCS/QCSe® Series Conveyor Toasters.No matter how you slice it, consistent quality, highcapacity and energy efficiency is ... a piece oftoast. Holman's forced convection system keepsthe toaster cool to the touch and increasesproductivity by circulating pre-heated air intotoasting chamber. Quartz infrared heaters providefaster, more consistent heating than traditionalheating elements. Heat on demand in only 30seconds. Adjustable belt speed controls. Powerconsumption is reduced by 75% in standby mode.Crumb tray included.

F. Extra-Wide Slot Commercial Toasters.Easily accommodates bagels, waffles and gourmet breads. Proctor Silex Toastersfeature extra wide 11/2" slots. Automatic toast boost makes small slices easy toreach. Bagel function toasts the cut side and warms the outside. Front crumb trayslides out for quick cleanup. Durable brushed chrome resists fingerprints. Availablein 2- or 4-slot toaster. NSF, cULus. Model 24850 shown.

Model Description 24850 4 Slice Extra Wide Toaster22850 2 Slice Extra Wide Toaster

E

E. Conveyor Toaster.Rapidly heats to optimal temperature. Heavy dutystainless steel adjustable speed conveyor features10" wide belt, pull out crumb tray for easy cleaningand front or rear discharge chutes. Single or dualside toasting option. 280-300 slices per hour.Available in 120V/2200W or 240V/2200W models.One year warranty. NSF approved.Model Description CYT-120 280-300 Slices/Hr.,

120V, 2200 Watts, 18 AmpsCYT-240 280-300 Slices/Hr.,

240V, 220 Watts, 9 ams

F

70.11_13 5/16/11 12:20 PM Page 1

Model Description HWU8S1XE LOGIX10, 1/2 Ht., Elec. Controls, (16) 12"x20" or (8) 18"x26",

Universal Slides, Insulated, 5" Casters, ENERGY STAR®

HWC28S1XE LOGIX10, 3/4 Ht., Elec. Controls, (28) 18"x26", Fixed Angle Slides, Insulated, 5" Casters, ENERGY STAR®

HWU14S1XE LOGIX10, 3/4 Ht., Elec. Controls, (28) 12"x20" or (14) 18"x26", Universal Slides, 5" Casters, ENERGY STAR®

HWP36S1XE-D LOGIX10, full Ht., (36) Pizza In-Box up to 16", (18) 18"x26", Dutch Doors, ENERGY STAR®

HWC36S1XE LOGIX10, full Ht., Elec. Controls, (36) 18"x26", Fixed Angle Slides, Insulated, 5" Casters, ENERGY STAR®


Safely Holding Food for ServiceIn many foodservice operations, food is cooked to order.Food that is stored, prepared, cooked properly and thenserved immediately is less likely to cause illness.However, even in operations that cook to order, manymenu items are cooked and held for service. This is aperfectly acceptable practice as long as safety guidelinesare followed.

Hot Foods1. Never use hot-holding equipment to reheat food if it is

not designed to do so.2. Only use hot-holding equipment that can keep food at

an internal temperature of 135°F or higher.3. Stir food at regular intervals to distribute

temperature evenly.4. Keep food covered.5. Check internal food temperatures every two hours.6. Discard potentially hazardous food after 4 hours if it

has not been held at or above 135°F.7. Never mix freshly prepared food with food being held

for service.8. Prepare food in small batches so it will be used faster.

Cold Foods1. Only use cold holding equipment that can keep food at

41°F or lower.2. Do not store food directly on ice.3. Check internal food temperatures every two hours.4. Protect food from contaminants with covers or sneeze

guards.

71

A

HoldingEquipmentHolding CabinetsWarmersDisplay CabinetsServing Lines

C. hotLOGIX HumidifiedHolding Cabinets.Ideal for extended holding of bulk, uncoveredfoods, such as baked chicken, steamedvegetables, pasta and more! Large-capacity,humidified, heated holding and proofing cabinetsfeature stainless steel construction and digitalcontrols for heat and humidity settings. Largeremovable water reservoir is located away from thefood zone and is inexpensive to replace. For versa-tile holding, they can be used with or withouthumidity. HWC series has angle slides for 18"x26"sheet pans. HWU series has universal slides for12"x20 and 18"x26" pan sizes.Model HWU14S1XM-D shown. C

B. C5™ Series 9 ControlledHumidity Cabinets. By controlling both temperature and humidity,operators can be assured that their product willcome out as delectable as it went in.Temperature and relative humidity areconstantly measured, maintained anddisplayed. Available in the configuration to fityour application. Full height, 3/4 height, 1/2

height, under counter sizes with full length,Dutch, solid and clear door options. Pass-thru models also available. High-qualitycomponents and construction provide a longlife of worry-free use. 120V, 20 amp.

BModel Description C599-SFS-U Full Solid Door, Univ SlidesC599-SFS-L Full Solid Door, Lip Load SlidesC599-SDS-U Full Dutch Solid Door, Univ SlidesC599-SDS-L Full Dutch Solid Door, Lip Load SlidesC599-SFC-U Full Clear Door, Univ SlidesC599-SFC-L Full Clear Door, Lip Load SlidesAdditional models available.

A. Flav-R-Savor Holding Cabinet(Portable).Improve holding capabilities with Hatco’sportable holding cabinet, built specifically toslide under lower work counters.Accommodates up to six full size sheet pansor up to twelve 21/2" deep hotel pans. Alsoavailable, model FSHC-17W1, new tallhumidif ied holding cabinet for a widervariety of menu items or larger quantities offood. Holds 17 sheet or Gastronorm pans, orup to 34 steam table pans.

Model Description FSHC-6W1 Holds (6) Full Size or (12) 21/2" PansFSHC-17W1 Tall, Holds (17) Full Size or (34) 21/2" Pans

71.11_31.new 5/13/11 1:32 PM Page 1

Model Description C589-SDS-U SST Dutch Solid DoorC589-SDC-U Tall Dutch Clear Door, Univ SlidesC589-NDS-U AL Tall, Full Solid DoorC589-NDC-U AL Tall, Clear DoorC585-NFS-U AL Half, Solid DoorC583-SFS-U UnderCtr, S/S Full Solid Door, Univ SlideAdditional models available.

HOLDING EQUIPMENTB. C5™ 8 Series ControlledTemperature Heated Holding Cabinets.Designed to precisely maintain food temperature.Intelligent temperature control takes the guess work outof holding your food product. Set the desired cabinettemperature and the proprietary C5™ 8 Seriescontroller does the rest by continuously monitoring,maintaining and displaying the internal temperature.Precise control gives professional results. Available instainless steel or aluminum and full height, pass-thru,3/4 height, 1/2 height and under counter. Dutch solid orclear door options available.

B

A. C5™ 6 Series HeatedHolding Cabinets.Designed for the rigors of everydayuse in the demanding professionalfoodservice environment. Basictemperature control and an “alwayson” analog thermometer providesimple yet effective control over theinternal temperature of the cabinetand is ideal when power must beinterrupted for transport. C5™ 6Series is available in aluminum andstainless steel and in 3/4 height, fullheight, pass thru, 1/2 height andunder the counter models. Dutchsolid or clear door options available.

A

Model Description G14300 1-Section Solid Half Door, HRG14301 1-Section Solid Half Door, HLG14310 1-Section Solid Full Door, HRG14311 1-Section Solid Full Door, HLG24300 2-Section Solid Half Door, HL/RG24302 2-Section Solid Half Door, HR/RAdditional models available.

D

Model Description VHP15 Holds (15) 12"x20"x21/2" PansVBP13I Holds (13) 12"x20"x21/2" or 18"x26"x1" PansVBP15I Holds (15) 12"x20"x21/2" or 18"x26"x1" PansVHP7 Holds (7) 12"x20"x21/2" Pans

C

Model Description C569-SDS-U Full Dutch Solid DoorC569-SDC-U Full Dutch Clear DoorC569-SFS-U Full Solid DoorC567-SFS-U 3/4 Solid DoorC565-SFS-U 1/2 Solid DoorAdditional models available.

C. Holding & Transport Cabinets.Designed to keep foods hot and delicious from cookingto serving. Accommodates a wide variety of pan sizes.Cabinets feature all welded stainless steelconstruction, full perimeter high impact bumpers andreusable cold cartridges. Available in a wide variety ofsizes to accommodate virtually any volume. Designedto fit through any standard door. 120V, 208V and 240Vheaters.

D. G-Series Hot Food Cabinets.Even holding temps. Lower utility cost. Fewerheater and gasket replacements. These are whatyou get when you choose a Traulsen Hot FoodCabinet. Even holding temps means betterproduct quality and reduced shrink—less foodcost. ENERGY STAR® means lower utility bills.Microprocessor control for greater accuracy andreliability. All-metal heating element meansreduced lifetime service costs. Gasket and doorpan design reduces replacement frequency.Self-closing/stay open doors provide operatorconvenience. Factory installed shelving savesinstallation time and money. Warranty: One yearparts & labor, lifetime door handle and hinge, tenyear door.

Chef Chris RoderiquePiggy's RestaurantLa Crosse, WI

Minnesota AppleWood Smoked Salmonwith Molasses Glazeand RoastedButternut SquashSalsa

(4) 6 oz. salmon filets, cleaned

2 oz. molasses

2 oz. grain mustard

1 oz. red wine vinegar

1 tsp. salt

½ cup small diced butternut squash

1 Tbsp. olive oil

½ cup peeled, seeded and diced roma tomatoes

1 shallot, minced

1 garlic toe, minced

1 Tbsp. chopped cilantro

1 seeded and minced serrano pepper

½ lime, juiced

Salt to taste

Thoroughly clean salmon filets, including removal of the blood line(brown meat running down the center of the filet on the skin side)using a “V” cut. Combine molasses, mustard, vinegar and salt andmix well. Pour over salmon filets and refrigerate for 1 hour. Whilesalmon is marinating, get charcoal good and hot and when ready,add apple wood chips to begin smoking. For salsa, toss squash inolive oil and a little salt and pepper. Roast in 450°F oven until justtender, cool. In a bowl toss tomatoes, shallot and garlic, flavor withcilantro, serrano and lime juice. Check seasoning for salt and letflavors marry. Set salmon filets on grill and slow smoke until cookedthrough, but not dry. Stripe salmon with fresh salsa.

Featured Chef

72

72.11_28.new 5/16/11 11:43 AM Page 1

HOLDING EQUIPMENT

73

B. Cook & Hold Cabinets.Gentle circulating air browns your roasts whilesealing in juices and maximizing flavor. Featuresincreased yield over convection oven roasting,better tasting tender roasts and low installation cost.Hood not required in most areas. Stainless steelconstruction, full range thermostats, and removableheating system for easy cleaning. Cooking to 325°F;holding to 200°F. Automatically goes into hold modeafter cooking and stays in hold until new cook cycleis started or is turned off. Model CH18 shown.Model Description CH18 Holds (18) 18"x26" pans CH6 Holds (6) 18"x26" pans CH9 Holds (9) 18"x26" pansCH6/6 Two CH6 Units w/ Stacking KitCH6/9 One CH6 and one CH9 w/ Stacking Kit

A. F Series DisplayCases.Display exterior sides aremade of 18-gauge stainlesssteel. Galvanized steelreinforced ABS plasticinterior sides with moldedshelf supports. Fouradjustable epoxy coatedwire shelves. On/off switchfor the display sectionlight(s). Top mount coil with multiple fans circulates the airthroughout the cabinet. Display section runs from thermostaticcontrol. Sliding and removable self-closing 1/2" thick argon filled,low-E, warm edge insert, thermopane glass doors with left andright vertical gasket. High density environmentally friendly,Kyoto Protocol Compliant, Non ODP (Ozone DepletionPotential), Non GWP (Global Warming Potential) polyurethanefoam throughout unit. Environmentally friendly HFC-404Arefrigerant. One year parts and 90 day labor standard warranty.Model Description F5MC48N 24"D, 48"L Self-Contained Drop-In

Refrigerated Display Case withSingle Service Display and Mirrored Back

F5SC48N 24"D, 48"L Self-Contained Drop-InRefrigerated Display Case withSingle Service Display and See-Thru Back

F5PC48N 24"D, 48"L Self-Contained Drop-InRefrigerated Display Case with Single ServiceDisplay and Pass-Thru w/ Glass Doors (Both Sides)

F5MR48N 24"D, 48"L Remote Drop-in Refrigerated Display Case with Single Service Display and Mirrored Back


A

B

D. Glo-Ray Buffet Warmer.Ideal for holding hot food safely onbuffet l ines or temporary servingareas. Featuring infrared heat aboveand thermostatically controlled heatbelow. Shatter-resistant incandescentlights enhance food appeal. Breathprotectors provide safe servingenvironment. Designer color insertpanels complement décor. Othersizes available. Model GR2BW-30D

F. C5™ 1 Series Non-InsulatedHeated Holding & Proofing Cabinets.C5™ 1 Series heated cabinets deliver reliable performancein a tr ied and true design. Choice of combinationholding/proofing, holding or proofing control modules.Three slide styles for maximum holding capacity: universalslides, fixed slides, and lip-load slides for sheet pans.Removable water pan and easy-to-clean drip trough.Model Description C519-CFC-4 Full Combo-Clear Door, Fixed SlidesC519-CFC-L Full Combo-Clear Door, Lip LoadC519-CFC-U Full Combo-Clear Door, Univ. SlidesC519-HFC-U Full-Clear Door, Univ. SlidesC519-HFC-L 3/4 Combo-Clear Door, Univ. SlidesAdditional models available.

C. Heated Display Cases.Show off your product with this designermerchandiser. Exclusive infrared heat patterncombined with heated base keeps food at that“just made” taste and temperature. Curvedtempered-glass styl ing and incandescentlighting. Stainless steel construction. Dual shelfwarmer is available in two or three pan models,with and without humidity. Models are shippedwith 4" adjustable legs and factory attached 6'cord and plug. Available in Hunter Green, WarmRed, Black, White Granite, Navy Blue, GrayGranite, Antique Copper.Model Description GRCD-1P 205/8"L, 410 WattsGRCDH-1P 205/8"L, 660 WattsGRCD-1PD 205/8"L, 860 WattsGRCD-2PD 321/2"L, 1210 WattsGRCDH-2PD 321/2"L, 1460 WattsGRCD-3PD 451/2"L, 1710 WattsGRCDH-3PD 451/2"L, 1960 Watts

C

F

E. C5™ 3 Series HeatedHolding & Proofing Cabinets.Exclusive cool-to-touch InsulationArmour insulates and protectsemployees from hot surfaces. Built-inhand holds make cabinet easy tohandle for mobile applications. Choiceof combination holding/proofing orholding module. Available with the newmoisture module. Three slide styles formaximum holding capacity: Universalon 11/2" increments with SiteSelect,fixed on 3" increments and lip-load forsheet pans. Removable water pan anddrip trough. Standard colors red, blueand gray. Custom colors alsoavailable. Energy Star approved.Model C539-MDC-U shown.

Model Description C537-HFS-U 3/4 Holding, Full Solid Door, Univ. SlidesC537-HFS-U-GY 3/4 Holding, Full Solid Door,

Univ Slides, GrayC539-HDC-U Full Holding, Dutch Clear Door,

Univ. SlidesC539-MDC-U Full Moisture, Dutch Clear Door,

Univ. SlidesC539-MDS-U Full Moisture, Dutch Solid Door,

Univ. SlidesAdditional models available.

E

73.11_28.new 5/13/11 2:23 PM Page 1

C. Infrared Food Warmers.Keep foods hot without allowing food to dry out or becomediscolored. Lengths up to 12' (aluminum housing only) and up to 8'(stainless housings). Heating elements guaranteed againstburnout and breakage for 2 years. Available in various lengths andmounting configurations in both standard and high wattage. 120V,208V and 240V. Warmers are available in seven designer colorsand five gloss finishes. Model GRAH shown in Hunter Green.Model Description GRAH-30 Aluminum Food Warmer, 30"GRAH-36 Aluminum Food Warmer, 36"GRAH-48 Aluminum Food Warmer, 48"GRAH-60 Aluminum Food Warmer, 60"Additional models available.

HOLDING EQUIPMENT

74

A

B. Fried Food Holding Station.Reduce waste, improve profits by extendingthe life of your foods. Solid stainless steelconstruction for exceptional durabil i ty,aesthetics and cleanabil i ty. Constantcirculation of hot air over and through the foodcontrols moisture, maintains crispness andextends product retention up to 3 times.Longer hold times result in less waste, whichequals increased profits for operators. Fry tray,grease tray and product dividers are all easilyremoved—making the FFHS a snap to clean.

B

A. Holding Cabinets.Keep food hot, fresh and ready for easy assembly. Single and fourbin models available for all your holding needs. Each bin is sealedto prevent moisture loss and is independently controlled witheasy-to-operate digital controls and temperature display. MHC’sutilize conduction heat that transfers directly from both top andbottom providing consistent quality, improved freshness andextended hold times. Go ahead, prepare and hold food prior to therush, your customers will notice and appreciate it. UL, CE approve

E. Hot & Cold Merchandisers.These merchandising cabinets provide self-service for a wide varietyof foods, while displaying them attractively in a way sure to attractcustomers. The refrigeration and heating systems are carefullyengineered to hold the cold foods at temperatures optimized forprotection of their safety and appearance, in accordance with thelatest food safety standards.Model Description OTH-1 341/4"W, 1140 Watts, 3 Heated ShelvesOTH-2 531/8"W, 1800 Watts, 3 Heated ShelvesOTH-3 61"W, 2300 Watts, 3 Heated ShelvesOTH-4 743/4"W, 2930 Watts, 3 Heated ShelvesAdditional models available.

E F. Serv-Rite™ Portable Buffet Warmers.Designed to keep prepared foods at optimum serving temperatureswithout affecting quality. They’re perfect for self-serve buffet areasand customer serving points. All Serv-Rite Buffet Warmers feature athermostatically controlled heated base with digital temperatureindicating display, durable stainless steel construction, sturdyaluminum extrusions and a 6' cord with plug. Shown with optionaloverhead halogen heat that is controlled by a base mounted standardtoggle switch.

F

Model Description 12MC 127/8"Wx14"Dx187/8"H (2 Perforated Shelves)15MC 153/8"Wx161/2"Dx247/8"H (3 Perforated Shelves)18MCP 187/8"Wx20"Dx247/8"H (2 S/S Solid Shelves)

D

C D. Hot Food Merchandisers.Perfect for merchandising sandwiches, cookies orany day part menu in 12" or 15" of counter space.Interior thermometer. Bottom control panel houseson/off switch and temperature knob for ease ofoperation. Constructed with heavy duty aluminumcorner posts. Glass panel body construction with a3/16" thick glass door with one-piece full length hingeand handle. Forced air system circulates airthroughout cabinet. Includes 6' lead in cord withNEMA 5-15P. CUL, UL, UL sanitation and NSF4 approved.

Model Description SRB-1 Shelf w/Food PansSRBW-1 Buffet Warmer w/Food PansSRG-1 Shelf w/Black Glass & Food PansSRGBW-1 Buffet Warmer w/Black Glass & Food Pans

Model Description 27000/FFHS-27 13"Hx27"Wx24.6"D, 208V, 30 Amps27007/FFHS-16 13"Hx15.8"Wx24.6"D, 120V, 15 Amps27019/FFHS-10 13"Hx10.4"Wx24.6"D, 120V, 15 AmpsModel Description

86002/MHC-22 4-Bin86009/MHC1 Single-Bin, Right Hand Controller

74.11_28.new 5/13/11 2:36 PM Page 1

A. Decorative Carving Station.The Decorative Carving Station combines the HatcoDecorative Heat Lamp with the Swanstone Heated Base tocreate an attractive carving display. Patent-pendingtelescoping and pivoting stem gives you flexibility, style andquality for your chef station. Decorative posts and lampsavailable in bright brass, bright nickel and antique bronze.Choose free-standing or with a rounded or rectangularheated stone base available in gray granite, bermuda sand,night sky and sawgrass. Carving station units come withmatching cutting board (except DSC400-1) keeping juicescontained and tablecloths clean.Model Description DCS400-1 Brass (1) Post/ShadeDCSB400-R24-1 Bronze (1) Post/Shade w/Night Sky BaseDCSB400-2420-1 Nickel (1) Post/Shade w/Night Sky BaseDCSB400-3624-2 Brass (2) Posts/Shades w/Night Sky Base

HOLDING EQUIPMENT

75

F. Food Shields.Choose Self-Service, Cafeteria Style or Cook/CarvingFood Shields. Adjustable with brackets—No toolsrequired. 1/4" thick heat-tempered glass. Includes two18"Wx153/8"H glass side panels. Heavy duty stainlesssteel shelving available in 12" or 15" widths with 15/8"stainless steel tubing. NSF.

F

B. Thermo-Finisher™ Food Finishers.3 seconds! That’s how quickly this Thermo-Finisher™ performs from “standby” to “fulltemperature”. Some foods can be processedin as little as 12 seconds. Perfect for meltingtoppings, toasting buns or finishing soups andfoods like Mexican entrees, nachos andpotato skins. It can also be used to thermalizefrozen foods such as appetizers, French friesand pizza.Model Description TF-1919 1 Upper/1 Lower Element,

208/240V, Single PhaseTF-4619 4 Upper/1 Lower Element,

208/240V, Three Phase

C. Glo-Ray® NarrowHalogen Foodwarmers.Great for use in tight spaces. Foods donot dry out or become discolored. Slimline heaters are only 2.13"H and 4"D,making your food the center of attention.Halogen heat source is controlled by adimmer switch. Xenon bulbs light foodproduct when no heat is required.Available in widths from 18" to 72" forGRN4 models and 24" to 72" for GRN4Lmodels. Sturdy continuous housingsavailable in stainless steel, 7 designercolors, 6 gloss finishes and 6 platedfinishes.

D. Portable Foodwarmers.Specially designed stand keeps food holding pans up off thework area and allows access from three sides. The ceramicheating element allows a greater distance between heatsource and food product, making it ideal for use next to frystations and service areas that require frequent and easyaccess. Available with metal sheathed elements or ceramicelements.Model Description GRB Heated Base, Metal Sheathed ElementGRFF Portable Foodwarmer, Metal Sheathed ElementGRFFL GRFF w/Lights, Metal Sheathed ElementGRFFB GRFF w/Heated Base, Metal Sheathed ElementGRFFBL GRFFB w/Lights, Metal Sheathed ElementUGFF Ceramic Heating ElementUGFFL UGFF w/Lights, Ceramic Heating ElementUGFFB UGFF w/Heated Base, Ceramic Heating ElementUGFFBL UGFFB w/Lights, Ceramic Heating Element

B

D

C

E. Cayenne® Heat Strips.Cayenne® Heat Strips unique heating designdisperses heat more evenly over the entire foodholding area. End-to-end heating minimizing6" to 9" cold zones found in other models. The33% larger “food safe” zone allows you to holdmore food at safe, consistent temperatures.Medium wattage units ensure maximum perfor-mance at the desired operating height.Mounting brackets and Kool-Touch trim offeredas options.Model Description 36" Hard Wire w/Lights, Medium Wattage, Single, Toggle Control72711119 120V72711129 208V72711139 240VAdditional models available.

A

Model DescriptionGRN4-18 18"WGRN4-24 24"WGRN4-30 30"WAdditional models available.

Model DescriptionGRN4-36 36"WGRN4-42 42"WGRN4-48 48"W

Model Description Self-Service w/12" ShelfSG-12-36 36"SG-12-48 48" SG-12-60 60" SG-12-72 72" SG-12-84 84" SG-12-96 96" Additional models available.

E

75.11_28.new 5/16/11 12:22 PM Page 1

HOLDING EQUIPMENT

76

B. Dual Heat Lamp.Fully adjustable to the operator’s needs. Thisattractively styled dual heat lamp is constructed ofheavy duty aluminum. Shades designed with flaredshape for strength and even heat distribution. On/offswitch located on arm away from heat zone. Armeasily adjusts from 15" to 21". Ceramic insulatedsockets with nickel plated contacts to prevent fusing.Includes two 250 watt clear bulbs. 120V. ULapproved. One year warranty. Model HL-2

A. Transport Cabinets.Built extra-strong to withstand the rigors of transporting bakery andfoodservice products. A welded bottom ensures rigidity as well aspermits forklift loading and unloading. Heavy duty plate casterspromote easy mobility, and with many sizes to choose from,storage space wil l never be a problem. Piper’s SuperiorFoundation featured on our toughest racks: Two 12 gaugealuminized steel reinforcing channels support our .090" thickaluminum bottom panel. The edges are formed and rolled to createa built-in bumper. Heavy duty plate casters make this the strongestfoundation in the industry.Model Description 918 Holds (18) 18"x26" Sheet Pans922 Holds (22) 18"x26" Sheet Pans926 Holds (26) 18"x26" Sheet Pans933 Holds (33) 18"x26" Sheet PansAdditional models available.

A

B

D. Cayenne® Heat ‘N Serve Rethermalizers.Take prepared food from frozen or refrigerated to piping hot,and thermostatically hold the food at proper servingtemperature. Exclusive thermoset well and element designuses 25% less energy and keeps the stainless steel exteriorcooler. Indicator light denotes low water level. Brushedstainless steel exterior and gray granite well. Roundrethermalizers: 120 AC, 800 Watts, 6.7 amps, 5-15 plug. Fullsize rethermalizer: 120AC, 1000 Watts, 8.3 amps, 5-15 plug.Made in USA, NSF and UL Listed. Model 72017 shown.Model Description 72017 7 qt. Unit Only72018 7 qt. Package w/Inset, Cover & Hinge72021 11 qt. Unit Only72009 11 qt. Package w/Inset, Cover & Hinge72020 Full-Size Rethermalizer

E. Hot Modular Drop-Ins.Unique energy-efficient design available in multiplewattages. Deep drawn 63/8" stainless wells allow forfull size and fractional pans. Drip-free flange containsmoisture and spills to prevent food contamination.Full perimeter gasket. Pre-assembled cord and plugconfiguration eliminate the need for electrician.Standard individual well drain or optional manifolddrain offers flexibility in cleaning and operation. Autofi l l option available. NSF 4. 1-year parts andlabor warranty.

E

D

F. Food Warmers.Heavy duty stainless steel construction both inside and out forexcellent durability. Available in both a square and round design and arefitted to accommodate most standard size pans. Maintains food temper-ature in excess of 140°F (the requirement for safe foodservice). Easy toclean. Square models available in 1200 and 1500 watts and roundmodel comes in 1200 watts. All models are NSF and UL approved.

G. Soup Kettle.Excellent for delis, dining rooms, cafeteriasand food counters. The premium kettle holdsup to 11.4 quarts of liquid with a heavy dutystainless steel insert and lid complete with apiano hinge for ease of use. The outside shellis constructed with a scratch and dentresistant shell. The economy models hold upto 11 quarts and are available in black powderand stainless steel shells. Premium model isETL listed and ecomony kettles are UL listedand UL sanitation.

G

F

Model Description 3646601 1 Well 1000W 120V D/I3646701 1 Well 1000W 240V D/I36466 1 Well 100-120V D/I 3646681 1 Well 100-120V Therm 1000W3646610 1 Well 100-120V ThermAdditional models available.

CC. LiquiTec Cold Pans.Using patented eutectic fluid technology, LiquiTeccold pans far surpass traditional methods of coldpan operation. LiquiTec creates up to 100% morerefrigerated surface coverage generating a super-cooling effect allowing pans and food to be flushwith the countertop while maintaining NSF 7 safefood temperatures. Additionally, the super-coolingeffects result in energy savings.

Model Description 8118-EF Holds (1) 12"x20" Pan8132-EF Holds (2) 12"x20" Pans8145-EF Holds (3) 12"x20" Pans8159-EF Holds (4) 12"x20" Pans8172-EF Holds (5) 12"x20" Pans8186-EF Holds (6) 12"x20" Pans

Model Description FW-1200W Rectangle, 1200 WattsFW-1200WR Round, 1200 WattsFW-1500W 4/3 Size, 1500 Watts

Model Description SK-500W 11.4 qt., 500W (Black Powder Shell)SK-600 11 qt., 400W (Black Powder Shell)SK-800 11 qt., 400W (All Stainless Steel)

76.11_28.new 5/13/11 3:24 PM Page 1

HOLDING EQUIPMENT

77

C. Drawer Warmers.Keep heated foods at serving temperature. Each drawer fully insulated with its own thermostatic control. Available inone, two or three drawer models. Holds all standard steam table pans to 6" deep. Easy-to-clean completelyremovable drawers. Cordset with freestanding units. Overall dimensions: 291/4"Wx211/2"D. Available in 120V or208/240V. Specify voltage when ordering. Built-ins also available. Also available in narrow widths–only 201/4" wide.Model Description RW-1HD One Drawer, 107/8"H (w/o Legs)RW-2HD Two Drawers, 21"H (w/o Legs)RW-3HD Three Drawers, 311/8"H (w/o Legs)

C

A. Drawer Warmers.Ideal for casseroles, pot pies, rolls, nacho chips, potatoes, vegetables, poultry, meatand desserts. Each positive-closing drawer has nylon rollers, a recessed thermostaticcontrol and temperature monitor. Stainless steel slides and removable drawer bodiesmake cleaning easy. Available in 1, 2, 3 and 4 drawer free-standing or built-in unitsand the new Split Drawer Warmer expands holding capabilities by accommodatingmore pans in the same space as a standard single drawer model.Model Description HDW-1 Freestanding, 450W, 1 Drawer, 291⁄2"Wx225⁄8"Dx11"HHDW-2 Freestanding, 900W, 2 Drawers, 291⁄2"Wx225⁄8"Dx211⁄8"HHDW-3 Freestanding, 1350W, 3 Drawers, 291⁄2"Wx225⁄8"Dx311/4"HHDW-4 Freestanding, 1800W, 4 Drawers, 291⁄2"Wx225⁄8"Dx 413/8"HHDW-1N Freestanding Narrow, 450W, 1 Drawer, 2013⁄16"Wx27"Dx11"HHDW-2N Freestanding Narrow, 900W, 2 Drawers, 2013⁄16"Wx27"Dx211⁄8"HHDW-3N Freestanding Narrow, 1350W, 3 Drawers, 2013⁄16"Wx27"Dx311/4"HHDW-1B Built-In, 450W, 1 Drawer, 281/8"Wx225/16"Dx93/4"HAdditional models available.

A

D. Built-In Modular Food Warmers.Heavy duty warmers are designed for installation into a metal counter fixture. Accommodates a standard12"x20" pan up to 6" deep in each module section. Suitable for wet or dry operation. Controlled byindividual thermostat. Signal light indicates when power is on. Shipped three phase and are fieldconvertible to single phase. Models available with 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 pans, with individual drains (D models).Manifolds optional. Model Description MOD200 Infinite Controls 2 WellMOD300 Infinite Controls 3 WellMOD300D Infinite Controls, 3 Well, Individual DrainsAdditional models available.

B. Glo-Ray® Drop-In Heated Shelves.Ideal for pass-through areas, buffet lines or as a heated workshelf. Drop-in heated shelf has a hardcoat aluminum top andblanket type foil element for uniform heat. Fiberglass insula-tion keeps heat at the holding surface while a built-inadjustable thermostat controls surface temperature from80°F to 200°F. Comes with an illuminated on/off switch andmounting brackets. Can be mounted remotely up to 3' fromthe unit. The 3/4" flanged edge allows the unit to fit into acountertop opening.Model Description GRSBF-24-I 550 watt, 251/2"WGRSB-36-I 780 watt, 36"WGRSBF-36-I 780 watt, 371/2"WGRSBF-48-I 1000 watt, 491/2"W

E. Smart Fabrication™.Your design, your specs! AdvanceTabco standardizes CustomFabrication by pairing catalog itemswith hundreds of stock modificationsand accessories that meet yourspecifications. Consistent quality allwithin your t ime and budgetconstraints is the reason SmartFabrication™ is the only fabricationyou wil l ever need. Contact ourcustomer service department forassistance.

D

B

E

F. Insta-Therm™.The perfect solution for adding the finishingtouches to entrees and appetizers—instantly! Nopre-heating required as the Insta-Therm™ iscontact actuated for energy savings and heatsinstantly. The menu applications are endless.Model 16001/IT-18

F

77.11_28.new 5/13/11 3:39 PM Page 1

HOLDING EQUIPMENT

78

A. Hot & Cold Drop In Units.Randell’s expertise on the refrigerated side ismarried together with their renowned hotfood well performance to offer a matchingline of drop-ins. Available in self-contained/mechanical coldwall units, icecooled and frost top units for the cold sideand individual well and water bath models onthe hot side. For those who are torn betweenthe two, they offer a combination hot/cold unitthat allows you to do both in the same space.

A

E. Aerohot Steam Tables.Available in 2, 3, 4 and 5 section units. Each hot food well is individually controlled (Wetbath modelsexcluded). Stain and corrosion resistant top is heavy gauge type 300 series stainless with high nickelcontent. Stainless steel body. Carving board is high-grade poly with rounded corners. Mounted onstainless steel support base and die stamped brackets—easily removed for cleaning. 120V, 208V or240V as well as natural or propane gas. Electric unit available in exposed and sealed well design.UL. NSF. AGA. Model Description

302 Gas, (2) wells303 Gas, (3) wells304 Gas, (4) wells305 Gas, (5) wells

E

B. Glo-Ray® HeatedStone Shelves.Ideal for use on buffet lines and as horsd’ouevre displays. Features a thermostatically-controlled heated base that extends foodholding times. Available in portable or built-inmodels, these unique foodwarmers will safelyhold food hot while blending into your décor.Built-in models include a remote box with a 3'conduit and 6' cord and plug. Colors:Sawgrass, Gray Granite, Night Sky, BermudaSand. Other sizes and styles available.Model Description GRSSB-2418 22"x18" Built-InGRSS-2418 24"x18" Free StandingGRSSB-3018 30"x18" Built-InGRSS-3018 30"x18" Free StandingGRSSB-3618 36"x18" Built-InGRSS-3618 36"x18" Free StandingAdditional models available.

B

D. Heated & Refrigerated Drop-In Wells.Built-in wells give you reliable performance and keep your food hot or cold—without the guesswork! Heated models feature remote thermostat with separatelighted power switch. Exclusive long-life heating element design with 2-yearwarranty. 1-year parts and on-site labor warranty. Choose the number of wells inmodular/ganged, from 1 to 6 configurations, as well as voltage, fill, drain andmounting options. Top- and bottom-mount full rectangular with or without insula-tion, 4/3 sizes, 4 qt., 7 qt., 11 qt. in low, standard and high watt models. NewNSF-7 approved Refrigerated Drop-In features top mount with 1 to 6 panconfigurations, electronic controller with auto-defrost and green-friendlyinsulation throughout.Model Description HWBL-FUL Heated Full Size 12"x20" (750 watt)HWB-FUL Heated Full Size 12"x20" (1200 watt)HWBH-FUL Heated Full Size 12"x20" (1650 watt)HWBL-FULD Heated Full Size 12"x20" w/Drain (750 watt)HWB-FULD Heated Full Size 12"x20" w/Drain (1200 watt)Additional models available.

D

Model Description 9918SCA(s) Self-Contained Refrigerated Coldpan, (1) 12"x20" Pan Capacity9928SCA(s) Self-Contained Refrigerated Coldpan, (2) 12"x20" Pan Capacity9943SCA(s) Self-Contained Refrigerated Coldpan, (3) 12"x20" Pan Capacity9718IC Ice-Cooled Refrigerated Coldpan, (1) 12"x20" Pan Capacity9728IC Ice-Cooled Refrigerated Coldpan, (2) 12"x20" Pan Capacity95802-208Z Drop-In Combination Electric Hot/Cold Food Well, (2) 12"x20" Pan Capacity95803-208Z Drop-In Combination Electric Hot/Cold Food Well, (3) 12"x20" Pan CapacityAdditional models available.

Model Description E302 Electric, (2) wellsE303 Electric, (3) wellsE304 Electric, (4) wells E305 Electric, (5) wellsAdditional models available.

C. Versa Food Service System.New Versa Food Bars feature countlessconfigurations for any situation. Fullyportable system keeps food cold forhours. Easy care and unmatcheddurabil i ty. Sneeze guards arecompliant with 2011 NSF require-ments. Use the straight or corner connectorto connect Food Bars, Work Tables and CashierStations to create a professional, uniform look. Connect two Versa Food Bars to merchandisesnacks and beverages. Join a cashier station with a food bar for faster check-out and improved trafficflow. Connect the cashier station to a work table to create a snack or beverage station. Maximizespace by connecting two Food Bars with the corner connectors....the possibilities are endless!Model Description VBR5 5' Food Bar w/Sneeze Guard w/Std CasterVBRHD5 5' Food Bar w/Sneeze Guard w/Hvy Duty CasterVBRL5 5' Food Bar, Low, w/Sneeze Guard w/Std CasterAdditional models available.

C

78.11_28.new 5/16/11 12:23 PM Page 1

HOLDING EQUIPMENT

79

B. ServeWell® Hot Food Tables.Innovative design in value-priced mobile serving equipment.Exclusive thermoset material cannot pit or rust. Dome heatingelements mounted inside well. Each well equipped with individualdrain. A non-refrigerated cold food table of the same solidconstruction available. Stainless steel ice well is designed toaccommodate standard 12"x20"x6" steam table pans andaccessories. Made in the USA. NSF. Model 38003 with optionalService Side Poly Cutting Board w/Mounting Kit shown.Model Description 38102 2-Well Hot, 700 watts/well, 120V, 11.7A38103 3-Well Hot, 700 watts/well, 120V, 17.5A38104 4-Well Hot, 700 watts/well, 120V, 23.3A38003 3-Well Hot, 480 watts/well, 120V, 12A38005 5-Well Hot, 480 watts/well, 120v, 20A38013 3-Pan, Non-Refr. Cold, 371/2" Well38014 4-Pan, Non-Refr. Cold, 501/4" WellAdditional models available.

B

A

E. Shellyglas® Mobile Equipment.Rearrange your equipment whenever you want. Steel reinforcedfiberglass base is lighter than stainless steel. Match your décor—25standard colors or custom colors available. An easy to use stainlesssteel interlock system allows units to be connected. Tray slides, counterprotectors, cutting boards, open understorage and overshelves areoptional. Heated wells, cold pans or combination counters are available.Low maintenance refrigeration systems and top-notch materials andworkmanship. Contact our customer service department for assistance.

D. Shelleysteel™ Mobile Cafeteria Equipment.Shelleysteel combines the long-lasting durability of stainless steel withthe design of mobile, modular cafeteria systems. Cost-effective andeasily modified to work in any application. Hot units, cold units orcombination units give you the ability to provide a full-service menu in alimited amount of space. Optional laminate finish and graphics can beadded. Tray slides, counter protectors, cutt ing boards, openunderstorage and overshelves are optional. Contact our customerservice department for assistance.

E

D

C

C. Electric Hot Food Tables.Hot food tables are heavy duty, fully assembled, stainless steel anddesigned for the most demanding applications. Available in electricwet/dry, individual well and electric wet water bath models. Optionsinclude counter protectors, enclosed back (for island configurations), trayslides, casters and overshelves. Solid welded stainless steelconstruction. Die stamped individual 12"x2" raised sanitary rim openings.Each well has its own thermostatic control for accurate food temperature.

A. Signature Server® Classic Mobile Equipment.Design individual serving line units or complete line-ups in minutes.Choose from hundreds of material, color and equipment options. Drivenby your specifications, these units are designed to fit your uniqueapplication needs with a mix of custom and standard options to achievethe optimum functionality and pricing. Contact our customer servicedepartment for assistance.

Model Description 3512-120 33"L, 2 Wells Dry (w/Spillage Pan)3513-120 48"L, 3 Wells Dry (w/Spillage Pan)3514-120 63"L, 4 Wells Dry (w/Spillage Pan)3515-120 78"L, 5 Wells Dry (w/Spillage Pan)3612-120 33"L, 2 Wells Wet (w/Drains & Manifold)3613-120 48"L, 3 Wells Wet (w/Drains & Manifold)3614-120 63"L, 4 Wells Wet (w/Drains & Manifold)3615-120 78"L, 5 Wells Wet (w/Drains & Manifold)

79.11_28.new 5/13/11 3:55 PM Page 1

HOLDING EQUIPMENT

80

A. EconoMate® Buffet Units. Heavy gauge steel bodies, with 12 powdercoat paint colors to choose from.Economical, heavy gauge steelconstruction–built to last. Clear acryliccanopy is standard. Units are also availablein tabletop models. When ordering optionalstorage bases precede model number withan “O” for open base or “D” for closed base.“T” signifies table top unit. Canopy adds 12"to width and 20" to height of units. UL andNSF listed. Hot foods units comply with NSFStandard 4–safety first.

C. Heritage Buffet Units.Can be instantly transformed into a beautifuldining and serving area using one unit, acombination of units or the complete lineup.New laminate patterns and new sneezeguards are available. Each hot food well is anindividually controlled sealed well. Thehot/cold combination is available in one bodyfor areas with limited space. Please order thefinish for the body, sneeze guards and trayslides at the time of the order. UL and NSFlisted. Shown with optional tray slides andsneeze guards. Contact our customer servicedepartment for assistance.C

A

E

E. ThurmadukeServing Systems.An upscale “traditional” serving systemperfect for elementary schools, middleschools and high schools. Thurmadukemeans quality at an affordable price. Nowwith internal locking devices, it’s even easierto put a line-up together and break it apartwhen needed for menu changes or multiplefunctions. From start to finish, Thurmaduke isyour institutional systems leader. Contact ourcustomer service department for assistance.

B. Servings Systems.Duke Serving Systems deliver some of the fastest return oninvestments in the foodservice equipment industry. Can beconfigured to fit virtually any footprint and customer need.Increased participation and profits are assured by bringingthe atmosphere of a mall food court to a foodserviceoperation. Complete with counters, distinctive signage,adaptable front decor panels, transition merchandisingshelving and decorative soffits, pylon and graphics systems.Engineered to give the designer flexibility in developing aform and function unique to the location. Standard basefeatures are stainless steel interiors and Formica exteriors.NSF 7 cold pans are standard. Contact our customer servicedepartment for assistance.

B

F. CamKiosk® Carts & System. Durable polyethylene carts are lightweightand won’t dent, crack, bubble, chip or break.Holding cabinets have thick foam insulationand externally mounted thermometers.Sneeze guard meets food preparationrequirements. Molded-in handles and 6"swivel casters make transport easy. Optionalhand sink cart w/towel and soap dispensermakes hand washing convenient or workstation w/towel dispenser provides additionalspace for preparing food or completing salestransactions.

Model Description KVC854 Kiosk 4 PanKVC854C Kiosk 4 Pan w/ CanopyKVC854U Kiosk 4 Pan w/ UmbrellaKVC856 Kiosk 6 PanKVC856C Kiosk 6 Pan w/ CanopyKVC856U Kiosk 6 Pan w/ UmbrellaKSC402 Hand Sink w/Towel and Soap DispenserKWS40 Work Station w/Towel DispenserF

D. Drop-Ins, Hot/Cold Convertible.Have the option of switching your unit from hot to cold, andback! These stainless steel units are insulated on all foursides and the bottom, with a 1" brass drain, and adjustable,removable adapter bars and brackets. The efficient electricimmersion heaters meet NSF standard 4, and theself-contained system meets NSF standard 7 operation, withone control switch to change from hot to cold operation.

Model Description DPAH-1H2C 443/8"L Body, with (1) Hot Food Well and 197/8"x26"x5"D

Cold Pan Liner, Exposed Elements and Ice Pan, Closed BaseDPAH-1H3C 583/8"L Body, with (1) Hot Food Well and 197/8"x40"x5"D

Cold Pan Liner, Exposed Elements and Ice Pan, Closed BaseDPAH-2-CP 303/8"L Body and 197/8"x26"x5"D Cold Pan Liner,

Ice Cooled, Closed BaseAdditional models available.

Model Description ADI-2HC 2 Wells (Hot/Cold Convertible)ADI-3HC 3 Wells (Hot/Cold Convertible)ADI-4HC 4 Wells (Hot/Cold Convertible)ADI-5HC 5 Wells (Hot/Cold Convertible)ADI-6HC 6 Wells (Hot/Cold Convertible)

D

80.11_28.new 5/13/11 4:04 PM Page 1

HOLDING EQUIPMENT

81

A

D. Elite-500 Serving System & Reflections Cashier Stand.Elite-500 units feature durable, easy to care for stainless steel (or optionalformica)...and come in beautiful pizzazz powder coating colors—one is sure to meetyour décor demands. All Elite-500 units are designed for modular installation. TheReflections Cashier Stand is ideal for use in cafeteria/buffet school line-ups. Choosefrom 8 standard, high gloss gel coat colors that coordinate beautifully with ourgraphic options.Model Description 2-HF-HIB 2-Well Heated Base, 32"Lx28"Wx36"H, 2000W3-HF-HIB 3-Well Heated Base, 46"Lx28"Wx36"H, 3000W4-HF-HIB 4-Well Heated Base, 60"Lx28"Wx36"H, 4000W5-HF-HIB 5-Well Heated Base, 74"Lx28"Wx36"H, 5000W6-HF-HIB 6-Well Heated Base, 88"Lx28"Wx36"H, 6000W2-HF 2-Well Unheated Base, 32"Lx28"Wx36"H, 2000W3-HF 3-Well Unheated Base, 46"Lx28"Wx36"H, 3000W4-HF 4-Well Unheated Base, 60"Lx28"Wx36"H, 4000W5-HF 5-Well Unheated Base, 74"Lx28"Wx36"H, 5000W6-HF 6-Well Unheated Base, 88"Lx28"Wx36"H, 6000W2HFSL 2-Well Unheated Base-Slim Line, 19"Wx50"Lx36"H, 2000WAdditional models available.

D

A. E-Chef™ Custom Fabrication.A flexible and cost effective approach to chef counter and production center needs.Delfield’s new E-Chef modular offering combines a new freestanding hot food table,open shelving unit, overshelf, sink, soup well and ice pan fabrication with their 4400,4500 and PTB refrigeration products, creating an efficient, economical solution to meetthe changing operational needs in the foodservice kitchen.

B

B. Mobile Serving Lines.Mobile, yet retaining the superior Randell design and technology—reliablerefrigeration, hinged louver with easy access to drain and temperature controls.Exclusive electrical distribution system allows the banking of several units togetherproviding a common connection point. Features heated/cold well units, shelving units,display case units and cashiers and tray stands. Stainless steel, laminates, solidsurfaces and powder coated materials available. Contact our customer servicedepartment for assistance.

C. RanChef Custom Products & Chef Tables.Designed to fit your application and budget. From heavyduty to the budget constrained, Randell works with you toprovide just the right blend of premium performancestandard products and custom fabricated shelving units,overshelves and accessories. Our modular, pre-designedunits allow you to start with the basic modules and thencreate your very own Center-Island Chef’s Counter, ServerStations or Cafeteria Counters. NSF 7 and UL. Contact ourcustomer service department for assistance.

C

E. Component Crafted Custom Equipment.Configurations include refrigerated prep tables, counterdisplay cases, utility cabinets, equipment stands, uprightrefrigerators and freezers, hot food tables and more.Whatever you need can be built to your size and layoutrequirements, whether simple or complex. Each drawersystem features our exclusive Full Extension Plus DrawerSystem which is incredibly smooth and has no metal tometal contact, no corrosion. Best of all the drawer tracks arebacked by a 10 year warranty. Contact our customer servicedepartment for assistance.

E

81.11_28.new 5/13/11 4:05 PM Page 1

82

A. TRS Vegetable Cutters.

Guaranteed to cut your prep time. The new and improved TRS

vegetable cutter has an increased hopper for more input and

quicker output of processed vegetables; can process up to 850 lbs.

per hour. The large selection of 32 cutting blades makes it possible

to realize more than 80 different types of cuts without being an

expert chef. New stainless steel lever arm and hopper, and plastic

components in contact with food are dishwasher friendly. Self-

braking motor stops automatically when hopper and lever arm are

raised. Smooth surfaces and rounded corners make cleaning easy.Model Description

603355 TRS22-1 speed - S/S version, 1/2 HP

603343 TRS23-1 speed - S/S version, 2/3 HP

603356 TRS24-1 speed - S/S version, 1 HP

B. Shelleymatic® Salad Ace.

Get fresh, crisp and appealing salad products with no damage to

the foods. Removes moisture from lettuce and other vegetables

through efficient spin-action. Motor is completely enclosed and

water-tight. Adjustable on/off timer. Standard with polyethylene

inner liner and locking casters. 20 gallon capacity. Stainless steel

outer shell provides durability and long-life. Model SALD-1

A

B

Kitchen PrepSlicers

Mixers

Food Processors

Scales

Work Tables

How much money will a food processor

save you?Use the following formula based on actual figures for

your operation.

1. Total length of time to process all items (items that are

now processed by hand and the number of people and

hours that are required for completion of those functions

by hand).

2. The length of time these same functions will take one

person using a food processor.

3. Subtract the lessor time (#2) from the greater time

(#1).

4. Multiply the number of hours saved by the hourly wage

paid to get the daily savings.

5. Multiply the daily savings by the number of operating

days per year. This will give you gross first year savings.

6. Subtract the cost of the food processor from the gross

first year savings. This gives you a net first year savings.

Each year thereafter the savings is the full amount.

Finding A Slicer That Will Make The CutThings to consider when selecting a slicer:

Performance, Consistency and Construction.

When considering performance, one true test of a slicer

is its ability to slice tough products. Cheese is actually

considered to be a tough product. The knife motor needs

to be powerful enough so that it will not slow or get

bogged down when the blade makes contact with the

cheese.

Another aspect of performance is the consistency and

precision of the cut. All slicers can create thick slices but

only a high quality slicer can create slices so thin you

could read a paper through it. Why is that important?

Thin slices enhance the taste and tenderness of the

meat. Also, for sandwich operations, thin slices fold

more, which create an appearance of a much larger

amount of meat.

You should also consider the construction of a slicer. It

will affect both the cleanability and the sanitation of the

slicer. The metal of choice for the foodservice industry is

stainless steel. Stainless is resistant to corrosion and

pitting which is caused by many acidic foods.

Questions you should ask yourself: What types of

product I will be slicing? How many hours will the slicer

be used per day? What safety features are important?

How much do I have budgeted for the slicer? Also look at

the out of warranty costs to maintain and use the unit.

82.11_28.new 5/11/11 4:19 PM Page 1

83

A. Economy Slicers.Durable anodized aluminum construction. Topmounted knife sharpener is all metal, 2 stonetype. Hard chromed, special alloy hollow groundknife. One piece base, removable easy-to-cleanchute, slice deflector, knife cover and sharpener.115/60/1. ETL, NSF listed. One-year parts &labor warranty. Models C12 and G10 shown.Model Description C9 9" Knife, 1/4 HP (Compact Manual)C10 10" Knife, 1/4 HP (Compact Manual)C12 12" Knife, 1/3 HP (Compact Manual)G10 10" Knife, 1/3 HP (Medium Duty)G12 12" Knife, 1/2 HP (Medium Duty)

A

B. Chefmate Medium Duty Slicer.Stainless steel knife maintains a razorsharp edge for high yield sl icing.Precision mechanism slices from tissuethin to 7/8" thick. Metal top mounted knifesharpener. Knife ring guard protectsnon-slicing portion of the knife inoperation and cleaning. Knife coverinterlock prevents slicer from operatingwhen knife cover is removed. 1/3 HPmotor, gear driven knife. One-year parts& labor warranty. ETL. NSF. ModelGC512

C. Automatic/Manual Slicers, “P” Series.Features a 13" PreciseEdge knife for increased cuttingcapacity and a clean cut, a premium gear drive system,an EZ-Glide table for a smooth and easy slicing strokeand 58% more base clearance. Powerful 1/2 HP 7 ampmotor and stainless steel construction. Automaticmodels can be disengaged for manual operation.Models 4600P and 4975P additional features includehome position start, table lockout, automatic shut offand return to home chute (4975P only). Two-year parts,one-year labor warranty. ETL, NSF. Model 3600Pshown.

B

Model Description 3600P Manual 4600P Manual3850P 2-Speed, Chute Speed-40 to 60 spm3975P 9-Speed, Chute Speed-20 to 60 spm4975P 9-Speed, Chute Speed-20 to 60 spm

C

Slicer Care

• Running butter through the meat grinder before grinding onions, meats, cheese, nuts or raisins will make cleaning easier.

• After using the electric meat grinder, put several slices of bread through the grinder. This will aid in cleaning fat and grease out of the grinder.

• It is important to clean your slicer thoroughly before and after sharpening your knife.

• Employing high school students? Federal law prohibits slicer operation by persons under 18.

Chef Tory MillerL’Etoile & GrazeMadison, WI

Braised Beef Short Ribs With MashedPotatoes And Port Wine Jus

Serves: 6

For the Short Ribs:

5 lbs. beef short rib on the bone

1 carrot

1 stalk of celery

1 medium onion

1 head of garlic

Bouquet garni

(Herb stems, 2 sprigs of thyme, 2 bay leaves,1 Tablespoon black peppercorns)

2 cups of port wine

2 Tablespoons tomato paste

10 cups of low salt beef stock or broth

Canola oil

Salt and pepper

Heat a heavy bottomed pan (large enough to holdat least 4 quarts of liquid) and add enough canolaoil to cover the bottom of the pan. Season theshort ribs on all sides with salt and pepper.

Brown the short ribs on all sides and remove fromthe pan. Discard the fat from the pan, and thenadd the carrot, celery and onion and sauté for 2minutes. Add the garlic, bouquet garni and port,and then reduce the mixture by half. Add thetomato paste and beef stock and return the meatto the pan. Bake at 300°F for about 3 hours oruntil the meat is fork tender. Remove the meatand strain liquid and reserve for later use.

For the Mashed Potatoes:

1 cup of heavy cream

1 cup of half and half

¼ lb. of butter

5 lbs. of Yukon gold potatoes

Cook the potatoes until they are tender. Drain andplace in a low oven (as low as your oven goes)for about 25 minutes. Place the heavy cream, halfand half, and butter in a pan and bring to asimmer. Remove the mixture from the heat.Remove the potatoes from the oven and mash.Fold in the cream and butter mixture, then seasonto taste with salt and pepper.

Featured Chef

C

KITCHEN PREP

83.11_13 5/13/11 10:35 AM Page 1

KITCHEN PREP

84

A. Food Processor—CL50E.Prepare 1200 plus servings in 3 hoursor less. All metal continuous feed unitis designed for quality slicing, dicing,shredding, grating, julienne and Frenchfry cuts. Generous selection of 38 discsavailable for a variety of cuts andproduct processing. Control panel with“on-off’’ switch and magnetic safetyswitch for user safety. Feed unitremoves for optimum sanitation. Roundand kidney shaped feed openings.Includes 2 cutting discs. 120V, 60Hz,12 amps, single phase, 1-1/2 HPmotor. 1 year parts & labor warranty.Model CL50E

A

C. R2N Commercial Food Processor.Prepare 850 servings in 3 hours or less!Includes motor base unit with “on-off” pulseswitch, 3 qt. cutter bowl with stainless steel “S”blade, continuous feed unit with discharge disc,one medium 5/64" grating disc and one 5/32"slicing disc. Selection of 21 stainless steeldiscs available for large variety of cuts andproduct processing. Attachments easilyremoved for optimum sanitation. Cutter bowlshown in clear; gray plastic also available. 1HPmotor. 3 year motor warranty, 1 year parts &labor warranty.Model Description R2N Single PhaseR2NCLR Single Phase, Clear Bowl

C

D

B. R100 Commercial FoodProcessor.For light duty vegetable prep. Ideal forpreparing special diets, limited quantitymenu items and salad bar complements.Comes equipped with 21/2 qt. mixing bowlwith handle, stainless steel cutting blade,vegetable slicer lid with internal ejection,one slicing and one grating disc.Accommodates 21 different discs for largevariety of cuts and product processing.Single speed (1725 RPM) 7 amps, Singlephase motor. 1 year parts & labor warranty. Model Description R100 Gray Bowl UnitR100CLR Clear Bowl UnitR100Plus Clear Bowl Unit w/Pulse

B

E. R2 Dice Commercial Food Processor.Continuous Veg. Prep. Attachment for dicing,slicing, grating, or julienne cuts or use the 3 qt.gray polycarbonate cutter bowl for chopping,mixing and to prepare purees. Includes cutterbowl attachment, stainless steel “S” blade,vegetable prep attachment with external ejection,27577 (5/64") grating disc, 27265 (3/8") dicing kitand 27566 (5/32") slicing disc. Model R2DICE

E

F. Planetary Mixers.From delicate meringues to bagel dough, Globe mixers give you that perfectblend. Powerful gear-driven motors, rugged construction and dependableoperation provide years of value at a fraction of the cost of competitivemixers. Mixers range from 5 quart to 80 quart capacity. Removable bowlguard available on seven models. Flat beater, stainless steel wire whip,spiral dough hook and stainless steel bowl included. Two-years part, one-year labor warranty. NSF. ETL. Model SP20 shown.Model Description SP10 10 qt. Countertop, 1/3 HPSP20 20 qt. Countertop, 1/2 HPSP30 30 qt. Floor, 1 HPSP30P 30 qt. Pizza Floor, 1 1/2 HPAdditional models available.

F

D. R301 Ultra Food Processor.Prepare 600 to 800 servings in less than 3hours! Vegetable prep attachment designedfor quality, continuous feed slicing, shredding,grating and julienne. Accommodates 21different processing discs. Bowl attachmentdesigned for vertical cutting, mixing, chopping,purees and blending. Stainless steel “S”cutting blade. Continuous feed unit withattached large feed pusher. 2 processingdiscs. 1-1/2 HP (1725 RPM), 120V-60Hz.,single phase, 9 amps. 1 year part & laborwarranty. Model R301 Ultra

84.11_13 5/11/11 3:34 PM Page 1

KITCHEN PREP

85

A. Power Mixers ®.The Robot Coupe Power Mixers perform a host of culinary feats. The mixer attachment willallow you to make soups, vegetable purees and pulps while the whisk attachment is ideal formaking pancake batter, mayonnaise, beaten egg whites, chocolate mousse, butter sauces,whipped cream or smooth fromage frais. The variable speed function will enable you to adjustthe speed to suit each preparation and to start the processing at a lower speed in order toreduce splashing. The power mixer is easily assembled and disassembled for maintenanceand cleaning.Model Description MP350 Turbo 14" Shaft, 1 HP/660WMP450 Turbo 18" Shaft, 1.1 HP/720WMP550 Turbo 21" Shaft, 1.2 HP/840WMP600 Turbo 23" Shaft, 1.5 HP/920WMP800 Turbo 29" Shaft, 1.6 HP/1000WMP350 Turbo VV 14" Shaft, Variable Speed, 1 HP/660WMP450 Turbo VV 18" Shaft, Variable Speed, 1.1 HP/720WMP350 Turbo Combi 14" Shaft & 10" Whisk Attachment, 1 HP/660WMP450 Turbo Combi 18" Shaft & 10" Whisk Attachment, 1.1 HP/720WMP450 Turbo FW 10" Whisk Attachment, Variable Speed, 1.1 HP/720W

C. Variable Mixer - 5 qt.A .4 HP drive with proven variable speed transmissionprovides plenty of torque at the beater shaft for maximumbatch sizes. Twist lock bowl removal and tilt head allowsfor easy access to bowl and agitators. Aluminum frame forstrength and rigidity. Sealed bearings protect fromfoodstuff and moisture damage. Stainless steel planetarycover, agitator shaft, bowl, bowl screen, flat beater, whipand dough hook. 115V, 60HZ, single phase, 3 amps.91/2"Wx153/4"Hx211/4"D. UL. NSF. Model W5A

C

E. Big Stik™ Heavy Duty ImmersionBlenders.Unlimited speed adjustment from 5,000 to18,000 RPM’s provides full control andconsistency, from light mixing to pureeing andemulsifying. Features heavy duty, highefficiency 1 HP variable speed motor, 750Watts. Rubberized comfort grip and secondhandle allow for safe and controlled operation.Completely sealed stainless steel shafts areeasily removable and dishwasher safe.Available in five sizes, all interchangeable withone universal motor housing. NSF/ETLapproved.Model Description WSB50 27"H Mixer w/12" ShaftWSB55 29"H Mixer w/14" ShaftWSB60 31"H Mixer w/16" ShaftWSB65 33"H Mixer w/18" ShaftWSB70 36"H Mixer w/21" Shaft

D. Bermixers.Perfect for salsas, sauces, pureed vegetables, soups, saladdressings, pancake batters, pastries, applesauce and mashedpotatoes (reconstituted). The new B3000 Series offers 350 Watt,450 Watt and 660 Watt models with a choice of 16", 20" and 24"cutter tubes or a 10" beater attachment. New features include:Digital Variable Speed Controls, Ergonomic easy to handle body,and Fully Disconnectable Cutter Tube for easy cleaning andstorage. ETL listed for USA and Canada.

D

B. Variable Speed Mixers.Always the right mixing speed for the job. Easy lift and lock on floor models toreduce back strain. Includes stainless steel bowl, flat beater, wire whip andspiral dough hook. All ball and needle bearings are sealed to protect fromfoodstuff and moisture damage. Extensive use of stainless steel on top lid,planetary cover, bayonet shaft, all agitator shafts, bowl, whip wires and controlhandles. Models range from 5 qt. to 150 qt. Thirty-day money back guarantee.Stainless steel flat beaters standard on all 20 qt. mixers! UL and NSF listed.Model W20A shown with new S/S column.

Model Description W20J 20 qt., 1 HPW20A 21 qt., 1 HPW20SF 21 qt., 1 HP (Street Fighter)W30A 32 qt., 2 HPW40A 42 qt., 2 HPW40P 42 qt., 3 HP (Pizza)W60A 63 qt., 3 HPW60P 63 q., 4 HP (Pizza)W80A 80 qt., 4 HPW100PL 105 qt., 4 HPW150PL 150 qt., 5 HP

B

A

E

85.11_13 5/11/11 4:06 PM Page 1

KITCHEN PREP

86

C. Electric Can Opener.The only NSF certified Electric Can Opener forheavy volume operators. Now with a 3 yearwarranty. Opens up to 200 cans per day. Equippedwith 2 speed motor and featuring knife and gearassemblies that can be removed without tools foreasy cleaning. The slower second speed helpsprevent spillage while opening smaller cans. Madein U.S.A. Model 270 shown.Model Description #270 115V 2-Speed#270C 2-Speed w/gas shock slide bar mount

115V

C

Featured Chef

Chef Guy FieriThe Food Network—Guy’s Big BiteGuy Off The HookDiners, Drive-Ins & DivesCEO, Johnny Garlic’s Inc.Santa Rosa, CA

Jambalaya Sandwich

¼ lb. thick-cut bacon, diced 1 lb. pork butt / pork loin, cut into 1" cubes 1 lb. smoked sausage, cut into ½" slices ½ lb. andouille sausage, cut into ½" slices 1 red onion, chopped 1 cup thinly julienned red bell peppers 1 lb. boneless chicken thighs, cut into ½" cubes 2 celery stalks, thinly sliced 2 cloves garlic, chopped ¼ cup chopped parsley leaves 3/4 cup plus ¼ cup chopped green onions 2 tsp. cayenne, or to taste Salt and pepper ½ cup water 2 sourdough bread loaves 1 lb. Havarti cheese, thinly sliced

Preheat oven to 200°F

In a large cast iron pot or heavy-bottomed braisingpan over medium-high heat, cook the bacon untilcrisp and fat is rendered. Remove bacon and drainon paper towel. Set aside.

Add pork to the pan with the bacon fat and cook onmedium to high heat until pork is browned on allsides, about 5 to 6 minutes. Add the sausage, onions,and bell pepper. Cook until onions are translucent.Next add the chicken, celery, and garlic, parsley, and3/4 cup chopped green onions. Cook until chicken iscooked through, about 5 to 7 more minutes. Add thecayenne and season with salt and pepper, to taste.Stir in the water, cover and let sit for 1 hour.

Cut bread lengthwise and place in oven to toastlightly. Spoon some of the pork mixture on the breadbottoms, top each with slices of cheese, the reservedbacon and the remaining green onions and finish withthe bread tops. Serve immediately.

A

A. Redco EaziClean® Can Openers.Patented “Quick Release System” allows for easy removal of bladecarrier and stainless steel blades without tools. Stainless steel bladewith dual fixing profiled for easy can piercing, smooth openings with nosharp edges. Composite base unit with integral pillar bearing for securemounting and smooth operation. Carbon steel 1" and 11/2" helical gearwheels turn cans without damage or slipping. Metal pillar adjusts easilyfor can height. Can heights up to 14" or 21". Dishwasher safe. NSF.Model Description BCO-20 Up to 14" can height, 1" gearBCO-50 Up to 14" can height, 11/2" gear, Compst HdlBCO-30 Up to 21" can height, 1" gearBCO-60 Up to 21" can height, 11/2" gear, Compst HdlBCO-70 Up to 21" can height, 11/2" gear, S/S Hdl

B. NSF Certified Manual Can Openers.Openers that will keep up in a demanding kitchen.Model S-11 is the premier NSF manual canopener on the market. Opens most shapes/sizecans up to 14" tall. Standard cast S/S base, S/Sclamping base optional. Dishwasher safe, 5 yearwarranty. Easy to change knife and gearassemblies. Model G-2 is a NSF version of thelight duty #2; features S/S shaft, easy to changeS/S knife and gear. The melonite arbor andredesigned plated steel base reduce friction,making the unit easier to use. The U-12 modelsare similar in construction to the G-2, but arecloser in size and design to the S-11. Both U andG models have quick change knife and gearassemblies.

B

Model Description G-2 Light duty w/quick change s/s knife & gearS-11 Top of the line all stainless steel, w/quick change knife & gear (5 yr. war.)S-11C Top of the line all stainless steel, w/quick change knife & gear, clamp baseU-12 Quick change w/standard length bar & plated baseU-12C Opener w/cast stainless steel clamp baseU-12L Opener w/long bar and plated steel base

86.11_13 5/11/11 4:16 PM Page 1

KITCHEN PREP

87

E. Portable Heavy Duty Scale.Ideal for bars, restaurants and anywhere kegs are used. Great for loading docks andreceiving areas, too! Rugged construction withstands cold environments and moisture. Lowprofile makes it easy to tip kegs on and off. Connects directly to a printer. Simple to operate.Digital display in ounces, pounds or kilograms. Accurate to .1% of weight. Counts by .2 lb.increments. Tare feature. Includes cross reference weight-to-gallons chart, AC adaptor, 4AAA batteries, wall bracket for display and standard serial pin printer cable. Model 280-1564

E

A. Portion Control Scale, DFG Series. New Precision Portion Scale offers all of the features operatorshaving been asking for, now at our LOWEST PRICE EVER! Withmore corrosion protection, 6"x63/4" removable stainless steelplatform, NSF certification, dual-voltage power supply, larger LCDdisplay, and decimal ounce, fractional ounce, and gram functions allincluded, this scale leaves the competition “weigh” behind. Model DFG160 shown.Model Description DFG160 160 oz. x .1 oz.DFG160-OP 160 oz. x .1 oz. (includes oversized 10"x7" platform)DFG160-FF 160 oz. x .1 oz. (includes French fry platform)DFG160-IC 160 oz. x .1 oz. (includes ice cream platform)

A

B. Knife Sharpener.Designed to increase the life of the knife by maintaining theoriginal integrity of the knife-edge. This Electric KnifeSharpener offers an easy to master, friendlier guidancesystem. Certified by NSF and UL commercial, it features aremovable, replaceable and dishwasher safe thermoplasticguidance system. No magnets to magnetize the blade andcontaminate food with metal shavings. Specially designedmotor will shut down if too much pressure is applied duringoperation. 115V. Model 401

D. Poseidon™ Submersible Scale.Self-calibrating so you don’t need to send it back. Submersible so it’seasy to keep clean. Rugged waterproof design so the unit can bedunked in a pot sink to clean. All stainless steel body has “DualHousing Technology” providing twice the moisture resistance againstcorrosion. Its “Scale Within a Scale” design helps protect internalcomponents against damage due to accidental shock. Six capacitydisplay options. Programmable, so users can select length of time forbattery-save feature, change gravity settings and turn off specificweighing modes to reduce confusion. NSF and CE certified.Model Description WSC-10 6"x63/4" S/S PlatformWSC-10OP 7"x83/4" S/S Platform

B

C

C. Mechanical Portion Control Scales, Premier Series.Now dishwasher safe, no disassembly required! Our popular line ofportion control scales have features no import scale can match. Allstainless steel construction, including the internal mechanism, fieldcalibrateable and NSF certified. Our DR-2OP has an oversizedplatform and air dashpot that stops needle bounce fast for quicker,more accurate readings. Made in the U.S.A.Model Description DR-2OP Air Dashpot, 32 oz.x1/4 oz.DR-34C Air Dashpot, 34 oz./1000 gm.x1/4 oz./5 gm.SF-2 32 oz.x1/4 oz.SR-1 1 lb.x1/8 oz.SR-2 2 lb.x1/4 oz.SR-5 5 lb.x1 oz.SR-10 10 lb.x2 oz.SR-25 25 lb.x4 oz.SR-1000C 34 oz./1000 gm.x1/4 oz./5 gm.

D

Portion Control

Portion control is profit control. Weigh allingredients in a recipe to ensure accuratemeasurements. A 1/2 oz. overweight on 100portions/day can lead to thousands of dollarsin profits lost each year. If a 1/2 oz.overweight occurs with each serving and400 students are served this extra 1/2 oz.that day, 121/2 pounds of additional foodhave been used. In this example if theproduct cost $1 per pound, the loss overthe year would be $3,000.

87.11_13 5/13/11 9:18 AM Page 1

KITCHEN PREP

88

A. EasyWash Mechanical Portion Control Scales.Dishwasher safe because nothing is more important than the safety of yourcustomers. Dishwasher safe for easy cleaning and complete sanitation. Requiresno tools to assemble and disassemble, which means no loose parts to misplace.Rotating dial for easy tare and multiple ingredient weighing. Premium stainlesssteel construction for strength, which will not rust. Platform may be used as ahandle. Alignment notch for precise and quick zero reset. Angled dial featureseasy-to-read graphics and color-coded center identifies capacity. NSF.Model Description FG632SRW 32 oz.x1/4 oz., 6"x51/4" Platform (Rotating Dial)FG832SRW 32 oz.x1/8 oz., 9"x9" Platform (Rotating Dial)FG605SRW 5 lb.x1/2 oz., 6"x51/4" Platform (Rotating Dial)FG625SRW 25 lb.x2 oz., 6"x51/4" Platform (Rotating Dial)FG820SW 20 lb.x1 oz., 9"x9" Platform (Fixed Dial)FG632SRWQ 32 oz.x1/4 oz., 6"x51/4" Platform (QuickStop)FG605SRWQ 5 lb.x1/2 oz., 6"x51/4" Platform (QuickStop)FG805SRWQ 5 lb.x1/2 oz., 9"x9" Platform (QuickStop)

A

B. High Performance Digital Portion Control Scales.Save money on high cost foods with digital portioning. Scales have dishwashersafe, removable stainless steel platforms for easy cleaning. Scales read infractions, decimals and grams and have temperature compensated load cells foruse in refrigerated prep rooms. 250 lb. overload protection provides ultimatedurability. Includes AC adaptor, can also be used with 9V battery (not included)for up to 25 hours of use. 50 hour rechargeable battery now sold separately. NSFapproved. Available in 2 lb., 6 lb. and 12 lb. sizes.Model Description FGFS2P88 2 lb.x1/8 oz.FGFS688 6 lb.x1/8 oz.FGFS1288 12 lb.x1/8 oz.FGFSBAT 50-Hr. Rechargeable Battery (for FS-2, 6, 12)

B

Executive Chef Jeremy MartindaleOmni New Haven at YaleNew Haven, CT

Braised Short Ribs

Serves: 4

5 lbs. beef short ribs

2 carrots roughly chopped

4 shallots roughly chopped

12 sprigs thyme

1 cup red wine

2 cups veal demi glaze or beef stock

Bottled water

Salt and black pepper

Season the ribs with salt and pepper. Sear the ribs, onhigh heat, until golden brown on all sides, in a heavybraising pan with a lid. Remove the ribs from the panand sauté carrots, shallots and thyme in the leftover fatfrom the short ribs, then add red wine and reduce untilalmost dry.

Place the ribs back in the pan and cover with beefstock and water (they need to be completely covered inthe liquid; depending on your pan, you may need toadd more stock and water). Place lid on pan and placein the oven at 275°F for three hours or until they aretender. Remove the short ribs and reduce the liquid onthe stove top until sauce consistency, then strain

Enjoy!

Roasted Sweet Potatoes

Serves: 4

4 sweet potatoes

Salt and white pepper

Roast sweet potatoes in 350°F oven until cookedthrough, cool, peel (skin will detach from sweet potatoduring cooking) and slice into ¾" pieces lengthwise.Season with salt and white pepper, sear on two sidesand place in 350°F oven for 10 minutes just beforeserving.

Featured Chef

Red Cabbage

Serves: 4

¼ red cabbage

2 strips bacon

2 shallots

½ cup seasoned rice wine vinegar

1 Tbsp. brown sugar

Salt and white pepper

Shred cabbage as thinly as possible. Cook bacon in medium sauté pan, removebacon, sauté shallot in bacon fat then add cabbage. Sauté cabbage for tenminutes, stirring often, then add rice wine vinegar, sugar and season to taste.

88.11_13 5/13/11 9:57 AM Page 1

KITCHEN PREP

89

A. Work Tables.Features include heavy gauge stainless steel top, adjustable plastic bullet feet for durability andgalvanized, adjustable undershelf. Front and rear ends rolled and hemmed, square sides.Other models available with 11/2" and 5" backsplash. Legs are 15/8" diameter galvanized steelwith galvanized gussets. Available in 2' to 8' lengths and 24" and 30" widths. Made in the USA. Model Description ELAG-242-X Flat Top, S/S, 24"x24"ELAG-243-X Flat Top, S/S, 24"x36"ELAG-244-X Flat Top, S/S, 24"x48"ELAG-245-X Flat Top, S/S, 24"x60"ELAG-246-X Flat Top, S/S, 24"x72"ELAG-248-X Flat Top, S/S, 24"x96"

A

D

D. Stainless Steel Work Tables with Sink.Stainless steel work table/prep table with sink bowl on left. Features 16 gauge 300 series stainlesssteel top w/ 6" riser, galvanized legs and undershelf.

C. Wood Top Worktables.Hard rock maple work surface, flat top or riser, either openbase or with lower shelf, stainless steel or galvanized base.In sizes 36" long thru 120" long x 24", 30" and 36" wide,available in 11/2", 13/4" and 21/4" thickness. Ships knockeddown.Model Description JNS02 48"x24"x11/2" w/SCT-O & ShelfJNS03 60"x24"x11/2" w/SCT-O & ShelfJNS09 48"x30"x11/2" w/SCT-O & SHFJNS10 60"x30"x11/2" w/SCT-O & ShelfJNS04 72"x24"x11/2" w/SCT-O & ShelfJNS11 72"x30"x11/2" w/SCT-O & ShelfAdditional models available.

Model Description EPT6R6-3060GSK-L 30"x60" Table w/16"x20"x10" Sink Bowl

w/ 4" Deck Mount Faucet, Bowl Mount-Left EPT6R6-3060GSK-R 30"x60" Table w/16"x20"x10" Sink Bowl

w/ 4" Deck Mount Faucet, Bowl Mount-RightEPT6R6-3072GSK-L 30"x72" Table w/16"x20"x10" Sink Bowl

w/ 4" Deck Mount Faucet, Bowl Mount-LeftEPT6R6-3072GSK-R 30"x72" Table w/16"x20"x10" Sink Bowl

w/ 4" Deck Mount Faucet, Bowl Mount-Right

C

B. Deluxe Work Tables.Ships knocked down. Deluxe Work Tables feature 16 gauge, 300 stainless steel topwith two galvanized hat channels for increased strength. Choose from stainlesssteel or galvanized adjustable undershelf. Adjustable plastic bullet feet for durability.36" working height. NSF certified. A wide variety of sizes are available. Tableslarger than 72" have 6 legs.Model Description WT24S30-STGX 24"x30" Flat Top Galv. Adj. Undershelf & LegsWT24S48-STGX 24"x48" Flat Top Galv. Adj. Undershelf & LegsWT24S60-STGX 24"x60" Flat Top Galv. Adj. Undershelf & LegsWT24S72-STGX 24"x72" Flat Top Galv. Adj. Undershelf & LegsWT24S96-STGX 24"x96" Flat Top Galv. Adj. Undershelf & LegsWT24S36-STSX 24"x36" Flat Top S/S Adj. Undershelf & LegsWT24S48-STSX 24"x48" Flat Top S/S Adj. Undershelf & LegsWT24S60-STSX 24"x60" Flat Top S/S Adj. Undershelf & LegsWT24S72-STSX 24"x72" Flat Top S/S Adj. Undershelf & LegsWT24S96-STSX 24"x96" Flat Top S/S Adj. Undershelf & Legs

Work Table HeightCorrect working height of work tables reduces fatigue and permits an even flow of work.

There should be 4" to 6" between the work surface and the bend of the elbow of the worker.

The immediate work area may be adjusted to the proper height by: using a 2" wooden chopboard across a 12"x20" pan (the depth of the pan will depend upon the height the work areaneeds to be raised).

B

Model Description ELAG-303-X Flat Top, S/S, 30"x36"ELAG-304-X Flat Top, S/S, 30"x48"ELAG-305-X Flat Top, S/S, 30"x60"ELAG-306-X Flat Top, S/S, 30"x72"ELAG-308-X Flat Top, S/S, 30"x96"Additional models available.

89.11_13 5/13/11 10:14 AM Page 1

KITCHEN PREP

90

D. Equipment & Mixer Stands.Choose from a wide variety of Equipment and Mixer Stands with a 16 gauge 300 seriesstainless steel top. Legs and undershelf available galvanized or stainless steel. Mixerstands feature adjustable feet. Equipment stands come with a 2" turn-up on three sides.NSF.

A

A. Modular Equipment Stand.This all purpose stand is perfect for counter-top cooking as well as holding or servingequipment. Removable heavy duty 12gauge aluminum top and optional undershelf lift off for easy cleaning and are fullysupported by the all welded, heavy dutyframe. Marine edge provides easy cleaningand equipment stability. Adjustable postsallow for quick stabil ization and easyleveling on stationary units while 5" stemtype casters provide smooth transportationfor mobile units. Lifetime guarantee againstrust and corrosion. Five-year guaranteeagainst material defects and workmanship. B. Slicer Mixer Stand.

Designed for a multitude of standard food preparationapplications, these Slicer Mixer Stands are indispensable inthe kitchen. Use as a slicer or mixer stand, mobile worksurface or to transport trays. Model 99217 equipped with fourplatform, swivel casters with locks on all four wheels. Model98179 has all swivel casters two with brakes. Both modelshave a lifetime warranty against rust and corrosion.

Model Description 12436GSC Mobile, 24"Dx24"Hx36"L12436GSCU Mobile w/Undershelf, 24"Dx24"Hx36"L12460GSC Mobile, 24"Dx24"Hx60"L12472GSC Mobile, 24"Dx24"Hx72"L13036GSC Mobile, 30"Dx24"Hx36"L12436GS Stationary, 24"Dx24"Hx36"L12460GS Stationary, 24"Dx24"Hx60"L12472GS Stationary, 24"Dx24"Hx72"LAdditional models available.

Model Description Mixer StandsMS24S24-STGX 24"x24", Galv. Legs & UndershelfMS24S30-STGX 24"x30", Galv. Legs & UndershelfMS30S30-STGX 30"x30", Galv. Legs & UndershelfMS24S24-STSX 24"x24", S/S Legs & UndershelfMS24S30-STSX 24"x30", S/S Legs & UndershelfMS30S30-STSX 30"x30", S/S Legs & UndershelfEquipment StandsSES30S36-STGX 30"x36", Galv. Legs & UndershelfSES30S48-STGX 30"x48", Galv. Legs & UndershelfSES30S60-STGX 30"x60", Galv. Legs & UndershelfSES30S72-STGX 30"x72", Galv. Legs & UndershelfSES30S36-STSX 30"x36", S/S Legs & UndershelfSES30S48-STSX 30"x48", S/S Legs & UndershelfSES30S60-STSX 30"x60", S/S Legs & UndershelfSES30S72-STSX 30"x72", S/S Legs & Undershelf

C. Mixing Bowl Dolly.This dolly is designed to hold an 80 quartstainless steel mixing bowl. It is designed atworking height to minimize uncomfortableworking situations. Great for mixing largequantities of any product! Lifetime warrantyagainst rust and corrosion. Mixing bowl notincluded. 30"Wx30"Hx30"D, 291/2" r ingdiameter. Model 98716

B

C

D

Model Description 99217 6-Pan Cap., 233/8"Wx30"Hx20"D, 3" Sp.98179 8-Pan Cap., 231/4"Wx37"Hx26"D, 3" Sp.,

w/ Retractable Work Shelf (NSF)98000 12-Pan Cap., 231/4"Wx311/4"Hx26"D, 11/2" Sp. (NSF)98001 16-Pan Cap., 231/4"Wx37"Hx26"D, 11/2" Sp. (NSF)99738 Mixer Stand w/Accessory Tree, 29"Wx70"Hx23"

Chef Lamar ThomasAthens, GA Cookbook Author“Ginger, Lily & SweetFire” and “Southern Viewof World Cuisine”

Apple Grain Mustard1 teaspoon dry mustard1 teaspoon honey6 ounces sweet apple, peeled and seeded1/4 teaspoon crushed mustard seed3 tablespoons apple cider vinegar1 tablespoon red wine vinegar1/3 teaspoon salt1/2 clove garlic, very fine grated1/3 teaspoon turmeric1/3 teaspoon paprika

Combine and puree to smooth.

Featured Chef

90.11_28.new 5/25/11 5:14 PM Page 1

What Size Dishwasher Do You Need?To help determine what size dishwashing machine youwill need, you must first determine how many racks ofdishes per hour you will generate. Here’s an equationthat may help:# of pieces per person x # of persons per hour ÷ 20pieces per rack = racks per hour required

Temperature RequirementsNationwide, health inspectors require that dish machinerinse temperatures be verified to reach between 170°-212°F, the range sure to kill bacteria.

Things to Consider When BuyingDishwasher Racks• What size are your glasses?• Do you plan on using the racks for storage also?It is very important to consider these points. Purchasingimproper dishwashing racks can result in more breakage.Ask us for help in selecting the proper racks.

Clean-up Tips When Washing Dinnerware:Use recommended detergents only. Some detergentscan attack glazed surfaces. Ask your dinnerwareresource for names of preferred detergents. Detergentconcentrates also should be considered. Wheneverpossible, detergent should be automatically dispensed.

91

A. Undercounter Dishwashers w/Built-In Booster Heater.ENERGY STAR Partner! Significantly reduce your water and energy con-sumption with our new exclusive features. Shear Energy—reduce energyrequirements while maximizing performance. Multi-Phase—allows for infieldconversion from single to three phase with ease. Multi-Volt—allows infieldconversion 208-240 volt. Rinse Sentry—extends the cycle time to ensure180°F final rinse. Soft Start —protects dishes and glasses from chippingand breaking. The compact efficiency and versatile design make it the per-fect choice for small kitchens, bars and nursing homes, ideal for under thecounter or freestanding installations. NSF, ETL rated. Model UH200Bshown.Model Description UH-100 38 gal/hr./1.8 gal/rack, 21 racks/hr. w/o BoosterUH-100B(40) 38 gal/hr./1.8 gal/rack, 21 racks/hr. w/40° RiseUH-100B(70) 38 gal/hr./1.8 gal/rack, 21 racks/hr. w/70° RiseUH-170 28.2 gal/hr./.9 gal/rack, 30 racks/hr. w/o BoosterUH-170B(40) Energy Star–28.2 gal/hr./.9 gal/rack, 30 racks/hr. w/40° RiseUH-170B(70) Energy Star–28.2 gal/hr./.9 gal/rack, 30 racks/hr. w/70° RiseUH-200 28.2 gal/hr./.9 gal/rack, 30 racks/hr. w/o BoosterUH-200B(40) 28.2 gal/hr./.9 gal/rack, 30 racks/hr. w/40° RiseUH-200B(70) 28.2 gal/hr./.9 gal/rack, 30 racks/hr. w/70° Rise

A

SanitationDishwashersDisposersSinks & FaucetsHoses, Nozzles, DrainsTrash Containers

B. TempStar™ Dish Machines.The perfect choice for value-consciouscustomers seeking a combination ofresource efficiency, exceptional perfor-mance and ease of operation. Built-inbooster with Sani-Sure™ ensures propersanitation every cycle. Includes normal58-second automatic cycle plus delimingand extended wash cycles. Built-in PRVcomes standard. Field convertible fromstraight-thru to corner, from 3-phase tosingle phase, and vice versa. Durable 304stainless steel construction. NSF and c-UL-us listed. HH model accommodateslarger trays and sheet pans. TempStarmodel shown.

B

Model Description TempStar High Temp Elect 58 racks/hour., .89 gal. water/rack:

ENERGY STARTempStar HH High Temp Elect High Hood, 53 racks/hour, 1.36 gal.

water/rack TempStar S Steam 50 racks/hour, .94 gal. water/rackTempStar HH S High Hood Steam, 53 racks/hour., 1.36 gal. water/rack TempStar® GPX Gas 57 racks/hour., 1.0 gal. water/rack TempStar® HH GPX High Hood Gas53 racks/hour., 1.36 gal. water/rack

91.11_31.new 5/15/11 9:14 PM Page 1

92

SANITATION

B. JFT Flight Type Dishmachines.New design cleans 11,094 dishes usingonly 58 gallons of water per hour.Insulated double-wall construction pro-vides whisper quiet operation with lowheat radiation to the dish room. High-effi-ciency wash arm system powers off thetoughest soils and V-tank constructionminimizes soil build-up and provides easyaccess for cleaning and maintenance.Specif ically sized and outfitted withoptions to accommodate your foodserviceoperation. NSF and ETL listed. Contactour customer service department forassistance.

A

A. Avenger® UndercounterDishmachines.Everything you need in an undercounter dish-machine. Features push-button start, auto-fill,pumped drain, above-water scrap basket anda manual override for extended wash cyclesand deliming. Self-draining stainless steelpump eliminates soil and detergent carryoverbetween wash and rinse cycles. Built-in chemi-cal pumps ensure proper chemical usage. LTmodel is ENERGY STAR® qualified and fea-tures a sustainer heater and low product alarmsystem. HT model has built-in booster heaterwith Sani-Sure™ technology, which ensuresproper sanitation every cycle. NSF and c-UL-us listed.Model Description Avenger® HT High Temp, 24 racks/hrAvenger® LT Low Temp, 24 racks/hr

ENERGY STAR®

B

C

E

C. AJX Vision Series Conveyors.AJX conveyors are ENERGY STAR® qualifiedfor both high and low temp operation! 25" clear-ance accommodates oversized sheet pans andother large items. Patented Adjust-A-Peak™feature allows operator to adjust conveyor speedfor cleaning flexibility. Exclusive EnergyGuard™system saves water by operating wash and rinsesections only when a rack is being washed orrinsed. NSF and c-UL-us listed. Model Description AJ-64CE Electric, 287 racks/hourAJ-64CS Steam, 287 racks/hourAJ-86CE Electric, 287 racks/hourAJ-86CS Steam, 287 racks/hourAJ-100CE Electric, 287 racks/hourAJ-100CS Steam, 287 racks/hourAJ-64CGP Gas, 287 racks/hourAJ-86CGP Gas, 287 racks/hourAJ-100CGP Gas, 287 racks/hourAJ-44CGP Gas, 248 racks/hourAJ-66CGP Gas, 248 racks/hourAJ-80CGP Gas, 248 racks/hourAJX-80CE Electric, 225 racks/hour (hi-temp),

209 racks/hour. (chemical), ENERGY STAR®

AJX-80CS Steam, 225 racks/hourAJX-54CE Electric, 225 racks/hour (hi-temp),

209 racks/hour (chemical), ENERGY STAR®

AJX-54CS Steam, 225 racks/hourAdditional models available.

D. CREW™ Conveyor Series. Jackson has set a new standard of excellence in warewashingfrom appearance to performance to cost of ownership! TheCREW® is loaded with best-in-class energy-saving featuresbuilt around the largest wash tank in the industry. The WISR™Cleaning System provides one-pass cleaning performancewhile reducing water consumption to an industry leading 0.32gallons per rack CREW lowers water, chemical and energycosts while always getting wares Clean the First Time™. 44"model is ENERGY STAR® qualified. NSF and ETL.Model Description CREW® 44-Electric 218 racks/hour; ENERGY STAR®CREW® 44-Steam 218 racks/hourCREW® 44-Chem/Electric 218 racks/hour; ENERGY STAR®CREW® 66-Electric 218 racks/hourCREW® 66-Steam 218 racks/hourCREW® 66-Chem/Electric 218 racks/hour

D

E. High Temp Straight Door Style Dishwasher w/Booster Heater.Economical to operate. Uses only .96 gallons of water per cycle. ENERGY STAR APPROVED! Heavy duty stainless steelconstruction for years of trouble free operation. Built-in chemical resistant 5kW heater. Spray arm system has upper andlower stainless steel wash arms with reinforced end caps. Pull-pins allow wash arms to be removed for cleaning.Auto/start/stop makes operation safe and easy. Automatic soil purging system filters wash water and traps debris into anexternal tray that can be easily removed for dumping. Water tight top mounted control box includes rack counter, extendedwash/delimer switch and easy to read temperature gauges.

Model Description CMA-180SB 30 racks/hr., Specify 40° rise (=1 min. cycle/60 racks/hr.)

or 70° rise (=2 min. cycle/30 racks/hr.)

A

92.11_28.new 5/15/11 9:17 PM Page 1

SANITATION

B. Rack Conveyor Dishwasher.

ENERGY STAR® qualified! Now you can save

over 55% on water and utilities. When your dish

room space is limited, rack conveyors facilitate

high-volume dishwashing. New exclusive

DualRinse Technology ensures wares are fully

rinsed with more than 300 gallons per hour

while actual fresh water consumption is only 112

gallons per hour. Additional savings are found in

the 40°F rise booster which only requires 12 kW

(optional 70°F rise requires 22 kW). New digital

control panel for easy viewing. Rinse saver acti-

vates rinse only when dishes are present.

Stainless steel one-piece upper and lower spray

arms provide excellent washing results and

ease of cleaning. Internal removable scrap bas-

ket and two-piece scrap screen. Model 44DR

shown.Model Description

44-WS Single tank, water saver

66-PW 44" single tank w/22" prewash

80HDPW Dishwasher, Rack Conveyor, 44"

single tank w/36" prewash

80WSHDPW 44" single tank w/36" prewash

water saver

70FFPW 44" single tank w/26" prewash

front feed


B

D. Versa Clean Door Machine.

Its in-field adjustable, all in one design, allows it to be

installed either 208 or 240 volt, single or three phase,

straight or corner configurations and operate with a

40°/70°F rise booster. No kits or parts needed, all

options are built into this single unit. A high-temp, ENER-

GY STAR® qualified machine with a high efficiency 1 HP

pump, .90 gal. per rack, 55 racks per hour. Standard fea-

tures include Rinse Sentinel to ensure 180°F final rinse,

auto start and automatic drain. Model DH-2000

D

93

A. Chemical Sanitizing Single Rack Dishwasher.

All stainless steel construction assures long life and years of trouble

free operation. Top mounted controls include built-in chemical

pumps and deliming system that assures proper chemical usage.

Power Drain saves space, eliminates noisy solenoid and external

sump—drains quickly. Straight application. Integrated scrap tray

prevents food soil from entering drain system. Auto start/stop.

Unique sanitizing system provides instant sanitation and eliminates

chlorine damage to the machine. Energy Star approved.Model Description

EST-AH Straight, 40 racks, 160 covers/hr.

EST-C Corner

C. High Temperature Undercounter Dishmachine.

Front loading design for sparkling clean dishes—30 racks/120

covers per hour. Built-in detergent and rinse chemical pumps

assure proper chemical usage. Pump drain system allows for

multiple installation, including elevated drains. Safe-T-Temp

feature assures 180°F final sanitizing rinse. Built-in 4kW

booster heater and 2kW wash tank heater. Top mounted

detergent and rinse-aid prime switches. Door safety switch

and extended wash cycle switch. Removable stainless steel

wash and rinse arms allow for easy cleaning. Includes (1) peg

and (1) flat rack. 208/230V. Single phase. Energy Star

approved.Model Description

UC50E .8 gallons of water per rack

UC65E .8 gallons of water per rack

A

C

E. Door-Type Warewashing Machine.

Champion’s ENERGY STAR® qualif ied

machines significantly reduce energy and

water consumption. Built-in electric booster

provides 180°F final rinse water (standard 40°F

or optional 70°F rise). These powerful stainless

steel machines are designed to provide high

production in small dishroom space. Choose

from high temperature, low temperature, with

or without built-in boosters, or our extended

hood model with dual NSF listing as a

dishwashing and pot/pan/utensil dishwasher.

E

Model Description

D-HB-S High Temp., Steam w/Booster, 55 racks/hr.

D-H1T-S Extended Hood, Steam, w/o Booster

D-H1T-E Extended Hood, Electric w/o Booster

D-H1-E High Temp, Electric w/o Booster, 55 racks/hr.

D-LF Low Temp. Chemical Sanitizing

D-H1-G(40) High Temp, Gas w/40° rise, 55 racks/hr.

D-H1-G(70) High Temp, Gas w/70° rise, 55 racks/hr.

D-H1-S High Temp, Steam Heat w/o Booster, 55 racks/hr.

D-HBT-E(40) Extended Hood, Electric w/40° Rise Booster

D-HB-E(40) Extended Hood, High Temp w/ 40° Rise Booster, 55 racks/hr.

D-HB-E(70) Extended Hood, High Temp w/ 70° Rise Booster, 55 racks/hr.

D-HBT-E(70) Extended Hood, Electric w/70° Rise Booster

D-HBT-S Extended Hood, Steam w/Booster

93.11_28.new 5/15/11 9:20 PM Page 1

SANITATION

A. Sanitizing Sink Heaters/Hydro

Rethermalizers/Bain Marie Heaters.

Ideal for three- or four-compartment sinks, pot and

pan sinks and bar sinks, Hatco Sanitizing Sink

Heaters make manual warewashing safe and

sanitary. The state-of-the-art, high efficiency

Hydro-Heater uses a combination of free flow

technology and advanced electronic controls for

circulating hot water.

Model Description

3CS-9 Sink Heater, 21"-25" Sq. Sink Area,

9KW

3CS2-3 Hydro-Htr 3KW, 15" or less Sink Area

3CS2-4 Hydro-Htr 4KW, 16"-18" Sq. Sink Area

3CS2-6 Hydro-Htr 6KW, 19"-21" Sq. Sink Area

FR2-3 Hydro-Htr Food Rethermalizer/

Bain-Marie Htr, 3KW

FR2-4 Hydro-Htr Food Rethermalizer/

Bain-Marie Htr, 4KWAdditional models available.

A

B. Water Booster Heaters.

The Hatco Electric Hot Water Booster provides the high temper-

ature final rinse water required to sanitize and flash-dry your

dishes, glasses and flatware. 180°F sanitizing rinse water is

always available when you need it to kill dangerous bacteria and

remove unsightly residue from dishware. 100 models available

to ensure that your booster water heater is perfectly sized. Why

take risks when a 180°F sanitizing rinse water eliminates those

dangerous germs.

Model Description

C-12 208V/3 Phase Compact Electric-6 Gal., 4-57KW

PMG-100 Gas-5 Gal., 105,000 BTU, 24 KW

PMG-200 Gas-5 Gal., 195,000 BTU, 45 KW

PMG-60 Gas-3.2 Gal., 58,000 BTU, 13.5 KW

S-57 208V/3 Phase Imperial Electric-16 Gal., 6-57 KW

C-12 240V/3 Phase Compact Electric-6 Gal., 4-57KWB

D. Floor Troughs.

A safe addition fixture to any commercial

kitchen or dish area, conveniently catching and

draining excess water from the floor thus pre-

venting accidents. Constructed of 14 gauge

304 stainless steel and include 3/16"x1" stain-

less steel subway grating to catch any large

objects preventing drainage problems.

Includes stainless steel waste cut with remov-

able stainless steel basket for up to 3" waste

pipe. Available widths in 12" and 18". Lengths

from 24” to 72”. Custom sizes also available.

Model Description

FTG-1224-X 12"x24"x4"

FTG-1230 12"x30"x4"

FTG-1236 12"x36"x4"

FTG-1242 12"x42"x4"

FTG-1248 12"x48"x4"

FTG-1254 12"x54"x4"

FTG-1260 12"x60"x4"

FTG-1272 12"x72"x4"

FTG-1824-X 18"x24"x4"


D

94

C. Ultra Systems.

No Wait. No Waste. The Ultra system

heats, stores and dispenses warm water

entirely at the point of use, this eliminates

"wait time", reduces installation and energy

costs. The 2/3 gallon tank is connected to

the cold water supply eliminating the need

for a long pipe run and plugs into a standard

115 volt outlet. With such an easy installa-

tion the Ultra system is ideal for food prep

areas, restroom sinks and service stations.

Model UW

E. Hot Water Dispenser.

In a rush for hot water? The C1300 can instantly

provide 200°F near-boiling water which can be

used to prepare up to 100 cups of hot water per

hour for tea, coffee, soups, sauces and more. This

quick serving time is ideal for restaurants, cafete-

rias, coffee shops and convenience stores. This

system is easy to install, comes with a chrome fin-

ished dispenser which connects to a cold water

supply and the 2/3 gallon tank which plugs into a

standard 115 volt outlet.

Model C1300

E F. Point of Use Water Heaters.

Looking for ways to simplify new and retrofit

installations? Point-of-Use electric water

heaters are compact for easy installation

under a sink, on a wall or where ever you

need hot water without the long pipe runs.

Come in 2-1/2 gallon or 4 gallon capacity

tanks, have an adjustable thermostat (110°

to 170°F), are pre-wired with a 115 volt cord,

are supplied with a wall mounting bracket

and can provide an ample supply of hot

water for lavatories or other low demand

foodservice applications.Model Description

W-152 21/2 gallon Water Heater

W-154 4 gallon Water Heater

C

F

94.11_28.new 5/15/11 9:20 PM Page 1

SANITATION

95

C

A. Opticlean™ Glass/Dish Rack Systems.

Newave Racks hold 20% more glasses than compara-

ble racks while lowering chemical usage and labor

costs. Increases storage by 20%. Unique open side

wall design promotes superior washing and thorough

drying. Easy handling racks are incredibly strong.

Racks drain quickly to reduce spotting/drying; no flat

surfaces to trap water or loose food particles. Full

dividers in base rack offer complete protection for glass

rims. Sure-Lock™ extenders allow for fast and easy

modification without screws, fasteners or tools.

Baskets, rack dollies and rack cover available.

Model Description

C111 Half Size Flatware Rack

C122 8-Comp. Cup Rack

C123 10-Comp. Cup Rack

C135 Half Size Open Bowl/Cup Rack

C185 18-Comp. Glass Rack 41/2"H

RCB Coffee Bowl Rack

A

D. Warewashing Racks.

Vollrath’s “Warewashing Systems” offer a

complete selection of racks and acces-

sories. 4-way tracking for fast loading. Peg

corner design provides secure stacking.

Color-coding for quick identif ication.

Colors include: Light Green (1), Cocoa (2),

Red (3), Light Blue (4), Gold (5), Gray (6),

Royal Blue (7), and Burgundy (9). NSF.

Outside Dimensions: 19-3/4"x19-3/4". Full

Size Glass/Compartment Racks, Full Size

Flatware Rack, Full Size All Purpose Plate

and Tray Rack, Full Size Cup Racks, Full

Size Open Racks.

Model Description

RE Open Extender

RF Combination/Flatware Rack

ROP Open Side Peg Rack

RP All Purpose Plate & Tray Rack


C. Camracks.

Wash, store and transport—All-in-one! Closed system

means glasses stay clean! Pre-assembled or custom

built to fit your dishrack needs now and as they

change. Universal 4-way tracking system drives

Camracks through all washers from any side to offer

greater speed. Unique closed wall design and protec-

tive splash guard preserve water and costly dishwash-

ing solutions while thoroughly cleaning your dishes.

Many sizes and variations available. New Camrack

IceExpress Water Glass Filler makes quick work of a

time-consuming banquet chore by enabling 25 glasses

to be filled with ice simultaneously, rather than one at a

time.

Model Description

52674 16-Cup Short Rack 45/16"x45/16"x23/4"

52677 20-Cup Medium Rack 37/16"x45/16"x41/8"

52682 Open Rack X-Tall 18"x18"x613/16"

52668 Plate Cover Rack, Closed End,

for covers 10" to 101/8" dia.

52712 25-Comp X-Tall Racks-

Comp Size 31/2" sq. Inside Ht. 71/8"

52720 16-Comp X-Tall Racks-


52725 49-Comp XX-Tall Racks-


52729 9-Comp XX-Tall Racks-


52805 8-Cup Rack Half-Size-

Comp Size 43/8"x45/16" Inside Ht. 27/8"

52819 32-Comp Half-Size Medium-



D

Model Description

PR314 Peg 9"x9"

FR258 Flatware Full

25S638 25-Comp. 67/8"H

25S534 25-Comp. 61/8"H

8FB434 Flatware 8-Comp. Basket w/Handle

25S738 25-Comp. 73/4"H

25S800 25-Comp. 81/2"H

25S434 25-Comp. 51/4"H

BR258 Base Full 25/8"

25S318 25-Comp. 35/8"H


Model Description

11-004 Wall Mount Rack for Aprons, 10 pk

250-FH10 24"x42" White Dispenser Box, 10/100 pk

250-FH20 28"x46" White Dispenser Box, 5/100 pk

250-FH3L 28"x46" Heavyweight White Dispenser Box, 10/50 pk

250-FH3L-CP 28"x46" Heavyweight White Dispenser Box, 4/50 pk

250-FH4L 28"x46" Heavyweight Clear Dispenser Box, 10/50 pk

250-FH4L-CP 28"x46" Heavyweight Clear Dispenser Box, 4/50 pk

B

B. Disposable Poly Aprons.

Our aprons are available in white

and clear. High quality, tear resis-

tant with extra long ties for ease

and comfort. Box dispenser adds

to the convenience. Available in

various sizes.

E. Disposers.

Looking to remove waste from the bottom

line? Install an environmentally responsible

food waste disposer system. InSinkErator®

food waste disposer systems in restaurants

and institutional settings not only eliminate

food waste, they provide outstanding envi-

ronmental benefits, significant cost reduc-

tions and increased staff efficiency. Saving

money while being green. InSinkErator has

eleven models available ranging from the

LC50 to the large capacity 10hp.

E

Model Description

LC50 Light Duty Commercial Disposer

SS100 1 HP Disposer (Base Unit Only)

SS125 11/4 HP Disposer (Base Unit Only)

SS150 11/2 HP Disposer (Base Unit Only)

SS200 2 HP Disposer (Base Unit Only)


95.11_28.new 5/15/11 9:23 PM Page 1

SANITATION

96

A

BB. Hand Sink.

Space-saving, one piece seamless deep drawn

17" wide stainless steel unit with a rectangular

10"x14"x5" deep sink bowl. Includes splash

mounted faucet, basket drain and mounting

bracket. NSF. Model 7-PS-60-1X

D. Regaline NSF Sinks.

NSF three compartment Regaline Sink

with 18” right and left drainboards and

14” deep bowls. One piece deep drawn

sink bowls feature 14 gauge 304 stain-

less steel bowls, side rolls and splash.

Welded leg assembly ensures stability

and furnishes direct support of the col-

umn load requirement for the entire sink

unit. Tile edge for ease of installation.

Model 94-3-54-18RL

D

A. FC Fabricated Sinks.

Standard with stainless steel H legs and feet. Available

in 2 bowl sizes, 18"x18"x14" or 24"x24"x14" both with a

3/4" radius. Available in 1, 2 and 3 compartments with

or without drainboards. Top and bowls constructed of

16 gauge type 304 series stainless steel. Tile edge

design of backsplash allows for ease and convenience

when installing FC fabricated sink. Rolled edges on 3

sides ensure strength and durability. Include 11/2" IPS

stainless steel basket type waste drains. Supply is 1/2"

IPS hot and cold. Faucet holes on 8" centers (faucets

not included). NSF.Model Description

FC-1-1818-18RorL-X 381/2" Sink

FC-1-1818-X 23" Sink

FC-1-2424-X 29" Sink

FC-2-1818-X 41" Sink

FC-3-1818-18RL-X 90" Sink

FC-3-1818-18RorL-X 741/2" Sink

FC-3-1818-X 59" Sink

FC-3-2424-24RL-X 120" Sink

C. Dishtable.

16 gauge 300 series stainless steel

dishtable with 36” long galvanized legs.

Dishtable system consists of soil and

clean sections. Seamless construction

for unsurpassed strength and integrity.

10” extra large bold looking backsplash

with 2” return and tile edge.

Model DTC-S60-36LorR-X

C

F

F. Task Master Power Wash Sink System

This continuous powered wash sink is the perfect solution for the

scullery. A unique rear-mounted jet produces maximum agitation

in all areas of the wash compartment. Optional built-in tank

heater mounts outside of the compartment maximizing wash

capacity. Many options and custom configurations available.

Model PP-3.

Model Description

3PB1824 3-18"x24"x12" No Drainboard

3PB1824-1D18 3-18"x24"x12" w/18" Drainboard

3PB1824-2D18 3-18"x24"x12" w/18" Drainboard L&R

3PB1824-2D24 3-18"x24"x12" w/24" Drainboard L&R

3PB18-2D18 3-18"x18"x12" w/2-18" Drainboards


E. Stainless Steel Compartment Sinks.

Type 304 - 16 gauge stainless steel construction, fabricated

bowls with fully welded front apron, standard with stainless

legs and bracing. Available in 1, 2, 3, or 4 bowls configura-

tion; 3 and 4 bowl sinks standard with 2 sets of faucet holes.

NSF. Also available in 14 gauge and 14” deep.

E

F

96.11_28.new 5/15/11 9:26 PM Page 1

C. Waste Xpress Food Waste Reduction System.

The Waste Xpress® by InSinkErator® helps you reduce labor and waste

handling costs while increase kitchen efficiency. The kitchen waste, consist-

ing of food and non-food items is ground into small particles in the disposer

grind chamber. This ground waste is then transferred to the dewatering unit

where the liquids are extracted and sent down the drain line, the compressed

waste is then dispensed through the chute into a standard 10-gallon trash

can. This reduces the volume by 85%. Model WX300-18-A

SANITATION

97

D. Grease Interceptors.

Epoxy coated steel constructed grease interceptors are Plumbing

and Drainage Institute certified. Full line of sizes available for:

Cooking/Prep Sinks, Pot, Pan and Scullery Sinks and

Dishwasher applications.Model Description

WD-10 20 lb. Cap., 2" Connection



WD-20L 40 lb. Cap., 3" Connection (Low Profile)



WD-35L 70 lb. Cap., 4" Connection Low Profile)




A. Standard Series Compartment Sinks.

12" Standard Series Sinks feature 16 gauge, 300

series stainless steel top and 12" deep tubs with 3/4"

coved radius corners. 2" dividers between tubs.

Basket strainers included. 15/8" dia. galvanized legs

with 1" adjustable plastic feet. Faucets not included.

NSF. A variety of sizes are available both with and

without drainboards.

A

D

Model Description

1C18X18-2-18X 18" x 18", 1 Comp. Sink w/2 drainboards

1C18X18-L-18X 18" x 18", 1 Comp. Sink w/left drainboard

1C18X24-R-18X 18" x 24", 1 Comp. Sink w/right drainboard

2C18X18-R-18X 18" x 18", 2 Comp. Sink w/right drainboard




3C18X18-0X 18" x 18", 3 Comp. Sink





E. Aqua Saver™ Systems.

Reduce your water bills by 70%

instantly! Install an AquaSaver®

control with an InSinkErator®

Disposer and use up to 70% less

water. AquaSaver automatically

senses the waste load through the

disposer and regulates water flow.

When less is needed, less is

used! Easy to install, made with

stainless steel and backed by a 3-

year warranty when purchased as

part of a compete disposer pack-

age. InSinkErator a waste-han-

dling solution that reduces your

energy, water and sewer costs

year after year. Model AS101.

E

C

B. 14" Deep Standard Sinks.

14" Standard Series Sinks feature 16 gauge, 300 series stainless

steel top and 14" deep welded tubs with 3/4" coved corners and 2"

dividers between tubs. Basket strainers included. Galvanized legs

with adjustable feet. Faucets not included. NSF. A variety of sizes are

available both with and without drainboards.Model Description

14-1C16x20-0-X 16" x 20" x 14", 1 Comp., no drain board

14-1C16x20-L-18X 16" x 20" x 14", 1 Comp., 18" left drain board

14-1C16x20-R-18X 16" x 20" x 14", 1 Comp., 18" right drain board

14-2C24x24-R-24X 24" x 24" x 14", 2 Comp., 24" right drain board


14-3C18x24-L-24X 18" x 24" x 14", 3 Comp., 24" left drain board



B

F. Hot Water Hoses.

Premium hose is specially constructed for hot water

usage. All rubber jacket resists abrasion and is

durable under any condition. Available in 25', 50' and

75' lengths and 5/8" or 3/4" inside diameter.

Model 724-311

F

97.11_28.new 5/15/11 9:30 PM Page 1

SANITATION

98

A. Point of PurchaseFaucets.All Fisher faucets have stainlesssteel seats guaranteed for life, with 2part swivel stems for lower mainte-nance. EZ-Install adapters allow youto replace any major brand withoutremoving the sink from wall, replacea faucet within minutes. Don't forgetabout our stainless steel models too!Model 64769 shown. Model Description 64769 POP 8" c/c Backsplash

Faucet w/12"Swing Spout 64777 POP 8" c/c Backsplash

Faucet w/14"Swing Spout Additional models available.

J

B

B. Ultra-Spray™ Valves.Reduce your water and energy costs!Discover what municipal water conservationmanagers all agree upon...that retrofitting yourpre-rinse units with the efficient Fisher UltraSpray can save you thousands of dollars inwater and energy costs each year! 1.6 Gallonsper minute, fits all brands of pre-rinse units.Also available in Stainless Steel, Model#71307. Model 2949

E. Pre-Rinse 8" Wall Mount.Designed to meet the rigorous needsof today's commercial kitchens andproven long lasting performance.Model 64793 is an 8” c/c BacksplashMount Pre-Rinse Unit with WallBracket and EZ Install Adapters formounting on existing hardware.(Interchangeable with all brands) 36'3-Ply Aircraft hydraulic hose, internalspring loaded check stems, UltraSpray Valve with 1.16 gpm @ 60psi.Also available in Stainless Steel,Model # 52922. Model 29459

F. Pre-Rinse Hose.When you are in need of a replace-ment pre-rinse hose, trust Fisher todeliver the only 3 ply aircraft hydraulichose. It will last 3 times longer thanany other brand and yes, it fits allmakes of pre-rinse units! Model 2918

G. Add-on Faucet with 12"Swing Spout.Purchase this handy faucet and install it aspart of your pre-rinse units for added kitchenflexibility. Fits on all brands of pre-rinse units.Also available in Stainless Steel, Model #71366+. Model 2901-12

I. Single Deck Dual Mounted Pre-Rinse Unit.This pre-rinse unit features stainless steel seats guaran-teed for life, 2 part swivel stems for lower maintenanceand the water conservation Ultra Spray Valve. Alsoavailable in Stainless Steel, Model # 53007. Model2110-WB

A

E

D

F

G

I

J. Low Flow Spray Valves.EPAct 2005 mandates all commercial pre-rinse spray valves have a flowrate of not more than 1.6 gpm at 60 psi when used with commercialdishwashing and warewashing equipment. The water conserving B-0107-Cand B-0107 spray valves meet EPAct standards and are in full complianceof the mandated legislation guidelines. New fast-rinsing and EPActcompliant B-0108 and B-0108-C JeTSpray valves offer power andefficiency with flow rates of 1.48 gpm and 1.2 gpm respectively.

D. Glass Filler.Outstanding functional design gives busy operators afree hand. Field-tested for durability, strength and ser-vice. Easy to install and maintain. Also available inStainless Steel, Model #54186. Model 1007

C. DrainKing™ Waste Valves.DrainKing is a revolutionary design engineered to withstandthe harsh conditions found in today's foodservice opera-tions. DrainKing features a stainless steel ball valve, adesign used for natural gas where NO LEAKS are toleratedand has less moving parts, typical of any ball valve. The ballvalve is held in a leak-proof socket and sealed by two lifelong Teflon seals. The 11/2" and 2" outlet threads means noadapters are required. This simple design requires no dis-assembly.

C

Model Description 22209 Drain with Flat Strainer22306 Drain with Flat Strainer, 19"x21" Overflow: Chrome22349 Drain with Locking Basket Strainer22365 Vandel Resistant Drain with Flat Strainer

w/Additional VR Lever Handle22314 Drain with Basket Strainer, 19"x21" Overflow:

ChromeAdditional models available.

H. Twist Waste Valvewith Drain Adapters.Made of heavy wall castbronze. Sink contact compo-nents, including the strainers,are stainless steel. Adaptersconvert 2" NPT drain outlet toa 11/2" NPT drain. Furnishedwith overflow cap. 3" sinkopening. Model B-3940

H

98.11_28.new 5/15/11 9:39 PM Page 1

99

D. Kitchen Single Lever Faucets.Single lever faucet with side spray equipped with9” spout, deckplate, two 16” stainless steel flexiblesupply hoses, 2.2 GPM aerator and ceramic car-tridge with lifetime warranty. Features tempera-ture limit stop, forged brass body and solid brassstem. ADA compliant. Also available without sidespray. Model Description B-2730 Single Lever Faucet w/Side SprayB-2731 Single Lever Faucet

D

A. Glass Fillers.T&S glass fillers areavailable in a vari-ety of mounts andare NSF certified.Model B-1210.

A

G. Wall Signs.Provide directions, warnings and notices at a glancewith clear and simple signage solutions. These stain-less steel signs have self-adhesive backing for easymounting.

SANITATION

E. Retractable Hose Reel & Spray.Features all heavy duty stainless steel construc-tion. Ratcheting system holds the length of thehose until a slight tug retracts automatically.Available with 35 ft. or 50 ft. hose. Model Description B-7132-01 Open, S/S, 35' Hose, 3/8" IDB-7122-C01 Enclosed, S/S, 30' Hose, 3/8" IDB-7142-C01 Enclosed, S/S, 50' Hose, 3/8" ID

E

B. Mini Pre-Rinse Units.The water conserving Mini Pre-RinseUnits meets EPAct standards and are infull compliance of the mandatedlegislation guidelines. Single deck mountbase mixing faucet features add-onfaucet, 6" swing nozzle, compact springand flexible hose, 6" wall bracket andlever handles and B-0107 spray valve forpower and efficiency with a 1.42 gpm flowrate. Wall mount also available.Model Description MPZ-2DLN-06 Single Hole Deck MountMPZ-8WLN-06 8" Wall Mount

B

C. ChekPoint Electronic Faucets.Hands-free faucet is a revolutionary breakthrough in handwashing technology—greatlyreduces risk of contamination! Sensor-operated faucets conserve water. Featuresadjustable temperature control for user comfort and control. Proven electronic technolo-gy tested to exceed 450,000 washes. Check valves for cross-flow prevention in allmodels. AC/DC control module. New Hydro-Generator models store its own power withthe flow of water and is a totally self-contained power source—no transformer or batter-ies needed. Can be retro-fitted to any second-generation ChekPoint Electronic Faucet.May qualify toward credits for LEED certification. Model Description EC-3100 Deck Mount, Gooseneck, AC/DC Control ModuleEC-3101 Wall Mount, Gooseneck, AC/DC Control ModuleEC-3102 Deck Mount, Single Hole Spout, AC/DC Control ModuleEC-3103 Deck Mount, 4" Centerset, AC/DC Control ModuleEC-3100-HG Deck Mount Gooseneck w/ Hydro-Generator Power SupplyEC-3101-HG Wall Mount Gooseneck w/ Hydro-Generator Power SupplyEC-3102-HG Deck Mount, Single Hole Spout w/ Hydro-Generator Power SupplyEC-3103-HG Deck Mount, 4" Centerset w/ Hydro-Generator Power Supply

C

F. Royal Series Pre-Rinse Units.Built for high volume usage and durability. Heavy duty1/4 turn ceramic cartridge valves. Built in internal checkvalves. Parts interchangeable with most brands. Wallmount pre-rinse shown with recommended add-onfaucet with 12" spout.Model Description 17-108W Wall Mount Pre-Rinse14-812 Wall Faucet w/12” Spout17-202W Deck Mount Pre-Rinse17-109W Wall Mount Pre-Rinse w/Add-on Faucet 14-808 Wall Faucet w/8" Spout

F

G

99.11_31.new 5/15/11 9:42 PM Page 1

A. Slim Jim® Containers & Lids. Efficient size and shape fit tight spaces. Durable, all-plastic constructionis easy to clean and provides long life. Now available with VentingChannels to reduce force required to lift full can liner by up to 68%.Vented Slim Jim containers have 4 can liner cinches to eliminate knottying. New lids: Swing offers 61% more unobstructed disposal area;Hinge swings 270° to fit flat against container, but remains securelyattached during use. New stainless steel Dolly adds mobility with 3"casters and is dishwasher safe.

B. Plaza™ Container.Plaza® Containers have contemporary styling with side opening door forno-lift unloading. Spring-loaded doors help contain odors. Can be usedwith a rigid liner or with a can liner. Includes bolt-down capability.Available with or without a tray top to accommodate up to 15"x20" trays.Available with or without an ashtray insert. When used with a rigid liner(#3958), container is FM/CSFM approved. Colors: Beige, Black, DarkGreen.

E. Glutton® Recycling Station.This 46 gallon recycling station is capable of separating up to 2 wastestreams. Unit comes complete with 1 Glutton® Receptacle, 2 SlimJim® Receptacles, 1 lid frame, choice of 3 opening shapes (circle,slot, square), and label pack.Model Description FG256T73BLUE 2 Stream Glutton Station1792339 2 Stream Glutton Station

D. Tilt Trucks.Durable construction for transporting and dumping heavy loads withease. Smooth surface is easy to clean and resists pitting and corrod-ing. Easy to handle and maneuver. Constant force design allows forcontrolled dumping by 1 person. Inset wheels protect walls and fix-tures. Constructed with USDA and FDA compliant materials. Optionalhinged lid sold separately.Model Description FG130500BLA 1/2 cu yd Tilt Truck, 850lb capacity, Black, Yellow,

Red, BlueFG130573BLUE 1/2 cu yd Tilt Truck, 850lb capacity, Blue with Recycle

SymbolFG130700BLA Tilt Truck Lid (fits 1305 and 1305-06), Black

A

B

D

E

100

C. Brute® Round Containers, Lids & Dolly.BRUTE® Round Containers are durable, heavy-duty containers for a variety ofuses. All-plastic, professional grade construction will not rust, chip, or peel andresists dents. Strong, snap-on lids provide secure, stable stacking. Gray, whiteand yellow containers are USDA and NSF approved. Brute® Containers are avail-able in 10, 20, 32, 44 and 55 gallon capacities. Variety of lids (snap-on, funnel ordome) and accessories are available.Model Description FG260900DGRN Flat Lid (fits 2610) Gray, WhiteFG261000DGRN 10 Gal., Gray, WhiteFG261960BLA Flat Lid (fits 2620) Gray, White, YellowFG262000BLUE 20 Gal. Gray, White, Yellow, Dk. BlueFG263100GRAY Flat Lid (for 2632) Gray, White, Yellow, RedFG263200GRAY 32 Gal. Gray, White, Yellow, Red, Dk. BlueFG264000BLA Dolly (for 20, 32, 44, 55 Containers) BlackFG264200YEL Caddy Bag (for 32, 44 Containers) YellowFG264300GRAY 44 Gal., Gray, White, Yellow, Red, BlueFG264560BLA Flat Lid (for 2643) Gray, White, Yellow, Red, BlackAdditional models available.

C

Model Description FG267360GRAY Swing Top (Blue, Brown, Gray)FG268888YEL Handle Top (Gray, Yellow)FG269288RED Bottle/Can (Brown, Gray)FG270388BLUE Paper Recycling (Blue)FG354000BLA 23 Gal. Container (Gray, Beige)FG355188BLA TrolleyFG354060BLA 23 Gal. w/Vent Channels (Blk, Gray, Bge)FG354007DGRN Recycling w/Vent Channels (Grn, Blue)FG267400BLA Hinge Top (Black)FG355300SSSTL Stainless Steel Dolly

Model Description FG395800GRAY Square Container, 191/2" sq x 275/8" hFG396300BLA 50 Gal. Container w/Tray Top ( Beige, Black)FG396400BLA 50 Gal. Container, (Black, Green, Beige)FG396500BLA 50 Gal. Container w/Ashtray (Beige, Black, Green)

SANITATION

100.11_28.new 5/15/11 9:46 PM Page 1

E. Trimline™ Waste Containers.Trimline™ fits neatly beside work tables or in narrow spaces. Heavy duty plastic construction for easycleaning. Corner tabs keep bags secure and helper handle on bottom makes lifting and dumping easier.Available in brown, gray and black. New Recycle container displays the recycle symbol on both sides-available in blue and green. New Compost green container addresses city requirements for compostfood waste. To make waste management discrete, both swing top and handled lids can be purchased inany color. Wire Frame Dolly (sold separately) makes waste collection more efficient and safer foremployees.Model Description 342023 23 gal. Container342024 23 gal. Container Swing Top Lid342025 23 gal. Container Handled Lid

A. Huskee SuperKan™ Receptacles.From food prep to foundries, from refuse to bio-hazard waste, the Huskee™ receptacle keeps onworking. Molded of engineered resins with seamless construction, the Huskee™ receptacle is astrong, long lasting receptacle used by virtually every industry. Bag cinch 32, 44 and 55 galloneliminates the need to tie knots in the polyliner to keep it secure around the receptacle rim!Stackable with lid on, nestable with lid off. Sizes 10-44 gallon are NSF approved.Model Description 2000 20 Gal. (Grey or White)3200 32 Gal. (Grey, Red, White, Yellow)4444 44 Gal. (Grey, Red, White, Yellow)5500GY 55 Gal. (Grey)2001 Lid for 20 Gal.3201 Lid for 32 Gal.4445 Lid for 44 Gal.5501 Lid for 55 Gal.

SANITATION

A

B. Step-On Receptacles.Commercial grade step-on wastereceptacles designed for convenientand hygienic disposal of various wastetypes under heavy use. Lid is activat-ed by foot pedal. Smooth plastic willnot rust, chip or peel like metal cans.Unique notch holds standard sizepolyliners. Optional rigid liners alsoavailable. Available in 18 and 23 gal-lon sizes, in White (WH), Beige (BE)and Red (RD). The 23 gal size haswheels for mobility and a stainlesssteel wire frame for extra durability.FM and CSFM approved.Model Description 15 Rigid Plastic Liner (fits #18)18 18 Gallon19 Rigid Plastic Liner (fits #23)23 23 Gallon

B

E

101

Model Description 8322 23 Gal (Beige, Black, Brown, Grey, Blue or Green Recycle)H8322 23 Gal w/Hdls (Beige, Black, Brown, Grey, Blue or Green Recycle)7325 Drop Shot Lid (Black, Brown, Beige, Grey)8320 Dolly for 8322 & H83228320-4 Quad-Collection Dolly for 8322 & H83227316 Recycle Lid w/Hole for Cans & Bottles (Blue, Green, Yellow)

8316 16 Gal (Beige, Black, Brown, Grey)H8316 16 Gal w/Hdls (Beige, Black, Brown, Grey)


C. Wall Hugger™ Receptacles & Dolly.Continental’s sleek Wall Hugger design holds 23 gallons of waste, but pro-trudes less than one foot from the wall. The line includes a version withbuilt-in handles to provide ease of transport and a secure grip when liftingand dumping. Match with color-coded Recycling Lids for easy identification,encouraging users to sort their recyclables. Use with a Dolly for a completemobile system. Compatible with (7325) Drop Shot Lid, (7318) Push DoorLid or our new (8320) Wall Hugger Dolly.

C

Model Description 341032 32 Gal.341033 32 Gal. Lid341044 44 Gal.341045 44 Gal. Lid341132 32 Gal. w/Dolly341144 44 Gal. w/DollyAdditional models available.

D

D. Bronco™ Waste Containers.Heavy duty construction with double reinforced stress ribs and dragskids for ultimate durability. Ergonomic Comfort Curve™ handles foreasy handling. Reinforced lids have tab locks—snaps down tight.Available in 5 colors for HACCP support. Support community recyclingprograms or your own green initiatives with 2-sided "Recycle" imprint-ed containers (except the 345050REC). The Roll-Away Container(Grey only) has heavy duty axle and oversize traction wheels for haul-ing heavy loads. Sturdy hinged lid flips open 270° for easy access.

Model Description 36920-103 Trimline Dolly342023REC 23 gal. "Recycle" Blue or Green342023CMP09 23 gal. "Compost" Green

101.11_28.new 5/15/11 9:51 PM Page 1

SANITATION

102

A

A. Safety Cone & Barricade System.Cones available in 36" and 25" heights. OSHA and ANSI Compliant col-ors and graphics. Imprinted with hazard messages in multiple languages.Barricade System features a 72" self-retracting yellow and black stripetape. Wet Floor Signs are lightweight, versatile signs for effective safetycommunication and fold for easy storage.Model Description FG627600YEL Safety Cone 36" w/ Multi-Lingual “Caution” FG627700YEL Safety Cone 25" w/ Multi-Lingual “Caution Wet Floor” FG628400BLA Weight ring for 36" safety conesFG628700YEL Portable Barricade SystemFG611200YEL 25" Floor Sign, Caution Imprint, 2 sidedFG611477YEL 37" Floor Sign, 4 sided, “Caution Wet Floor”

Model Description 36861 36" Lobby Angle Broom w/8" Flare Polypropylene Bristles

(Flagged w/Wood Handle)36865 54" Medium Duty Angle Broom w/12" Flare Polypropylene

Bristles (Flagged w/Wood Handle)36885 54" Heavy Duty Angle Broom w/12" Flare Polypropylene

Bristles (Flagged w/Wood Handle)36866 Replacement Angle Broom w/8" Flare Polypropylene Bristles

(Head Only) (Flagged)3686700 Replacement Medium Duty Angle Broom w/12" Flare

Polypropylene Bristles (Head Only) (Flagged)36868 Replacement Heavy Duty Angle Broom w/12" Flare

Polypropylene Bristles (Head Only) (Unflagged)41082 Sparta® Spectrum® 54" Angle Broom w/Polypropylene

Bristles (Flagged w/Fiberglass Handle, Blue-14, Brown-01,Green-08, Red-05, Yellow-04, White-02, Tan-25)

41083 Sparta® Spectrum® 54" Angle Broom w/PolypropyleneBristles (Unflagged w/Fiberglass Handle, Blue-14, Brown-01,Green-08, Red-05, Yellow-04, White-02, Tan-25)

B

B. Duo-Sweep® Angle Brooms.Duo-Sweep® Angle Brooms are designed to provide general purposesweeping, reaching into corners, along walls or into hard to reachareas for fast, efficient cleaning. Excellent balance to reduce sweepingfatigue. Two handle holes; one angled, one upright. 8" and 12" bristleflare, 54" coated metal handle is lightweight yet durable.

F

D. Linear Low and High Density Disposable Can Liners.All your can liner needs from one source.

GModel Description Tru-Mil Full gauge bag for extra heavy useBuff Bag Maximum film strength, tear resistantWhite Star White liner for heavy to heavy plus useVu-Thru Clear, max. film strength, tear resistant low linerFood & Utility High clarity food storage bagShark Skin RX Series Linear low density coreless roll systemMighty Tough White liner for heavy plus applicationsHigh Density MR Series Ideal for heavy, wet refuse & temp. extremesDeja-Vu RecycledBlack Star Economical linear low liner

C. Re-Run Can Liners.Re-Run can liners are formulated from a blend of theirown recycled virgin resin and the highest quality post-consumer resin. The result is an environmentallysound, versatile, and 100% recyclable can liner at acompetitive price. Re-Run can liners are manufac-tured with up to 80% recycled content and can beused to earn LEED credit. Available in a wide rangeof strengths and sizes.

C

102.11_28.new 5/15/11 9:53 PM Page 1

A. VacuumsClean more effectively, improve productivity, and protect worker well-being with thenew heavy-duty, commercial-grade vacuum line. Rubbermaid vacuums provideeffortless maneuverability, easy maintenance and on-board intelligence. They arepowerful for one-pass cleaning and offer multi-stage filtration. Rubbermaid vacuumsare CRI Green Label Certified for clean air standards and effective cleaning. Vacuummodels include: Power Height Upright, Manual Height Upright, Backpack, Ultra LightUpright, Traditional Upright, Wet/Dry and DVAC. Models shown (left to right)—DVAC,MH12, UL12, BP06 and WD16.Model Description FG9VUL120000 12" Ultra Light UprightFG9VCV120000 12" Traditional UprightFG9VCV160000 16" Traditional UprightFG9VWD120000 121/2 g cap. Wet & DryFG9VWD160000 16g cap. Wet & DryFG9VBP060000 6 qt. Backpack VacuumFG9VBP100000 10 qt. Backpack VacuumFG9VMH120000 12" Manual Height UprightFG9VMH150000 15" Manual Height UprightFG9VPH120000 12" Power Height UprightFG9VPH150000 15" Power Height UprightFG9VBH100000 10 qt. Cap. HEPA Backpack Vacuum

C. Microfiber HYGEN™ Cloths & Wet/Dry Mops.Innovative solutions and proven superior performance formaintaining healthy, safe environments. Best-in-ClassMicrofiber delivers superior cleaning performance and durability.Color coded products help reduce cross contamination by differ-entiating area of use. Zig-zag scrubbing strips and high qualityknitting for better absorption and debris pickup. Cleans 25%better than conventional microfiber and traditional cotton clothsand up to 500 launderings. Bleach safe. Available in Green,Blue and Red. Q610 - Yellow Cloth, Q630 - Blue Glass Cloth.Model Description Q610 16"x16" Bathroom (Yellow)Q620 16"x16" General Purpose (Red, Blue and Green)Q640 20"x20" Spill Cleanup & Lg Area Cleaning (Green)Q630 16"x16" Lint-Free Cleaning Glass/Polished SurfacesQ810 Microfiber Scrubber Mop 18"Q820 Microfiber Wall/Stair Damp Mop 11"Q560 Quick Connect Wed/Dry Frame 18"Q775 Quick Connect Extension Pole 6'-18'Additional models available.

103

B. Lobby Pro™ Upright Dust Pan.Stylish pan design. Durable rear wheels improve wear resistance. Will not stain or discolor,helps absorb odors. Self opening and closing lid (on 2532 and 2533) conceals unsightly dirtand debris. Adjustable handle grip enhances user comfort (standard on 2533). Pans andbrooms sold separately.Model Description FG253100BLA Upright Dust Pan, 123/4"Lx111/4"Wx5"HFG253200BLA Upright Dust Pan w/Cover, 123/4"Lx111/4"Wx5"HFG253300BLA Deluxe Upright Dust Pan with cover and adjustable handle gripFG253600BLA Lobby Broom, Synthetic FillFG637300BRN Lobby Broom, 100% CornFG637400BLA Lobby Dust Pan Broom, Polypropylene Fill

C

Sanitation and Preventing Potential Problems.Stay on top of cleaning, even during busy hours. Clean up allspills immediately, and keep counter tops and floors free ofcrumbs and food residue. Use organic cleaners to regularlyclean drains and grease traps, which are breeding groundsfor flies. At the end of a long and busy shift, thorough cleaningis essential to warding off pests.

B

SANITATION

A

D. Mop & Broom Rack.This 16" one-piece rack offers 6 hang-ing hooks and 5 tool clips for all yourstorage needs. Holds eleven mopsand brooms. Mounts easily withincluded hardware. Model MBR-16

D

103.11_28.new 5/25/11 5:52 PM Page 1

SANITATION

104

B. WaveBrake™ Mopping System.WaveBrake Mop Bucket reduces splashing by 40%. High-efficiencywringer requires 18% less effort to wring mop and has been tested tolast 58 times longer than comparable wringers. Premium tubular steeland structural web molded plastic. Optional dirty water bucket (#9C74)shown for sortation of clean and dirty water. Available models:Mopping Trolleys, 35 qt. Side Press Combo, 35 qt. Down PressCombo, Institutional combos, or purchase separate buckets andwringers. Colors: Yellow, Brown, Green, Red, Blue.Model Description FG612788YEL Side Press Wringer, Cap. 12-32 oz. mops, YellowFG747000YEL Bucket w/Caster Kit, 26 qt. capacity, YellowFG748018YEL Side Press Combo, Pallet Pk, 26 qt. cap. YellowFG757088YEL Bucket w/Caster Kit, 35 qt. capacity, YellowFG757188YEL Bucket. (No Casters), 35 qt., Yellow, Red, Green,

BlueFG757588YEL Down Press Wringer for Bucket, 12-32 oz. mops,

YellowFG757788YEL Down Press Combo, 35 qt., (Yellow or Brown)FG757888RED Down Press Combo, 35 qt., (Red, Green, Blue)FG758088YEL Side Press Combo, 35 qt., (Yellow or Brown)FG758888RED Side Press Combo, 35 qt., (Red, Green, Blue)FG759088YEL Institutional Combo, 35 qt., (Yellow)FG767700YEL Dual Water Down Press Combo, 35 qt., (Yellow)FG768000YEL Dual Water Side Press Combo, 35 qt., (Yellow)FG777700YEL Mopping Trolley Down Press, 35 qt., (Yellow)FG778000YEL Mopping Trolley Side Press, 35 qt., (Yellow)FG9C7400RED Dirty Water Bucket for 35 qt. Combos, 18qt., Red,

YellowFG9C7300BLA Quiet Caster Dolley, 22.4"L, Black

A. Economy Cotton Mop. Cut-end cotton mops are forgeneral, all-purpose cleaning.Cut-end rayon mops are for fin-ish application. Available in nar-row (1") or wide (5") headbands.Economy mops contain 100%post-industrial cotton. Availablein #16, #20, #24, and #32 sizes.12/carton.

A

D. Unibody Mopping System.The 35 qt. Unibody™ Mopping System is the most efficientside-press wringing system available. The one-piecedesign results in a positive transfer of force, removing morewater per stroke. Five color options for color-code programsand cross contamination prevention. Ergonomic handlereduces fatigue and back injury. Bucket interior clearly indi-cates with graduated steps, quarts and liters for dilutionmeasurements. Holds a variety of caution signage. Selfdraining spigot prevents heavy lifting and back injury.Sediment screen traps dirt, keeping water cleaner longer.

Model Description 351BL Blue Unibody351BZ Bronze Unibody351GN Green Unibody351RD Red Unibody351YW Yellow Unibody

D

B

C. Pulse™ Mopping Kit.Clean more square feet in less time with the newRubbermaid Pulse™. Industry-best microfiber, on-board reservoir, and user-controlled release ofsolution means cleaner floors faster, easier, andmore effectively. Red ergonomic trigger handledispenses three streams of cleaning solution witheach press. High-capacity refillable reservoir holds21 oz. of solution to clean up to 850 sq. ft. of floorspace. 18" Quick-Connect Frame included. Use aQ410 Microfiber Wet Pad, not included. ModelFGQ96900YL00.

C

Model Description FGV11600WH00 Cotton Mop, #16 size, 1" HeadbandFGV11700WH00 Cotton Mop, #20 size, 1" HeadbandFGV11800WH00 Cotton Mop, #24 size, 1" HeadbandFGV15600WH00 Cotton Mop, #16 size, 5" HeadbandFGV11900WH00 Cotton Mop, #32 size, 1" HeadbandFGV15700WH00 Cotton Mop, #20 size, 5" HeadbandFGV15800WH00 Cotton Mop, #24 size, 5" HeadbandFGV15900WH00 Cotton Mop, #32size, 5" HeadbandFGV41600WH00 Rayon Mop, #16 size, 1" HeadbandFGV41700WH00 Rayon Mop, #20 size, 1" HeadbandFGV41800WH00 Rayon Mop, #24 size, 1" HeadbandFGV41900WH00 Rayon Mop, #32 size, 1" Headband

104.11_28.new 5/15/11 9:59 PM Page 1

SANITATION

105

A. Professional Cleaning Products.

Grill Cleaning Supplies: Grill Screens, Griddle Polishing Pads, Holders

and Grill Bricks make grill cleaning fast and easy.

Stainless Steel Scrubbers: Available in “300” Series, wide band for more

cutting power and “400” Series corrosion resistant wire. 35 and 50 gram

and a variety of pack sizes. USDA and FDA accepted.

Anti-Microbial Scouring Pads: Available in medium and heavy duty abra-

sive. Great for cleaning everything from fine china to pots and pans.

Scrubber Sponges: Nylon scouring pad laminated to a pure cellulose

sponge. Available in light and medium duty.

Hotel Size Soap Pads: Made of fine steel wool and fully saturated with

cleaning formula for greater sudsing and more cleaning power.Model Description

GB12-TSH Grill Bricks, 1/12 ct.

SC200 6"x3" MD Scrub Sponge, 8/5 ct.

10-100 50 gm. S/S Scrubber

86-606 6"x9" HD Green Nylon Pad, 1/20 ct.

96-601 6"x9" MD Green Nylon Pad, 1/20 ct.

24-002TSH Steel Wool Soap Pads, Hotel Size Boxed, 12/10 ct.

ISP01PB Steel Wool Soap Pads, Hotel Size Poly Bag, 12/10 ct.

24-005B Tough Scour Nylon Soap Pads, 31/2"x31/2", 4/5 ct.

Hotel SizeSoap Pads

Grill CleaningSupplies Stainless Steel

Scrubbers

Anti-MicrobialScouringPads

ScrubberSponges

B. Scour Pro Cleaning System.

One Piece Scrubber and the all new Scour Pro™ by Scrubble®.

Compact innovative design fits in the palm of your hand. Sealed

switch and parts extend tool life. Hook and loop fastening sys-

tem for easy pad changes. Lithium-ion battery out performs and

outlasts any other. You will never clean another grill by hand

again. The innovative iron shape allows you to get in corners

like no other product! System comes complete with Scour Pro

unit, starter pads and battery charger. Replacement pads sold

separately.Model Description

20-682TSH Open-Mesh Screen

617-6 Maroon Pad, Medium

676 Grill Pad Holder

98-606 White Pad, Fine

GB12-TSH Grill Bricks, 1/12 ct.

GP100 4"x6" Polishing Grill Pad

GP406 Black Pad, Coarse

GS106 Griddle Screen, Xtra Coarse

SPP-06 Scour Pro Unit, Starter Pads, Battery Charger

A

B

Brooms, Brushes & Mops

Guide to Floor Brush Selection:

Fine: Hard finished floors, wood, marble, terrazzo and ceramic tile.

Medium: Resilient smooth floors, asphalt, vinyl, rubber, tile,

linoleum and smooth concrete.

Coarse: Rough unfinished surfaces, wood, rough concrete, paved

and blacktop.

Germs collect quickly. Throw old and particularly dirty used

brooms and brushes away. Hang brooms and brushes when not in

use to keep bristles off floor.

C. Brooms & Mops.

Scrubble’s assortment of brooms and mops will sweep you away. Natural Fiber Corn Brooms

constructed of 100% corn fiber. Or choose blends, which are made up of corn fiber on the out-

side and stiffer Yucca fiber on the inside. Angle Brooms constructed of flagged synthetic fila-

ments are perfect for retail stores, foodservice, offices and general cleaning. Each broom

comes protected with a poly sleeve. Available in full upright or shorter lobby type. Scubble's

Rayon and Blend Mops are very durable and provide quick absorption. Choose wood handle or

high strength fiberglass. Each features non-corrosive hardware.

Model Description

M8702 Cotton Blend Natural, Med.

M8703 Cotton Blend Natural, Large

M8706 Blue Blend Wide Band, Med.

M8707 Blue Blend Wide Band, Large

M8824 Rayon Wide Band, Large

B406 28# Warehouse Corn Broom (Blend)

B410A Plastic Large 12" Angle Broom

B441L Plastic Small 71/2" Angle Broom

Model Description

M8910 Wood Handle

M8911 Plastic Quick Change Fiberglass Handle

(5 color-safe endcaps also available)

B404 32# Warehouse Corn Broom (Blend)

B406 28# Warehouse Corn Broom

B408 18# Maids Corn Broom (Blend)

B410 16# Maids Corn Broom (Blend)

C

105.11_28.new 5/15/11 10:04 PM Page 1

SANITATION

106

B. Ridge Scraper Mat.Perfect for entrances and C-stores. Its 3/8" durable moldedrubber construction provides an excellent slip resistant surface.Raised-edge contains spills. Available in 21/2'x3', 3'x5', 3'x10',4'x6' and 6'x8'.Model Description 0065-587 3'x5'4468-246 4'x6'4468-247 3'x10'Additional models available.

B

A

A. Tek-Tough Jr.™ Anti-Fatigue Mat. Molded-in beveled edge improves safety andmakes cart traffic easy. 1/2" thick. Lighter weightmakes handling a snap and cleanup easier. Foursizes and two rubber formulations available.Available in 3'x5', 3'x10', 3'x15' and 3'x20'.Model Description 436-931 3' x 5' Black Grease-Resistant436-932 3' x 5' Red Grease-Proof436-971 3' x 5' Grey Grease-Proof437-434 3' x 10' Black Grease-Resistant440-446 3' x 10' Grey Grease-Proof440-447 3' x 10' Red Grease-Proof440-448 3' x 15' Black Grease-Resistant440-449 3' x 15' Red Grease-Proof440-450 3' x 15' Grey Grease-Proof440-451 3' x 20' Black Grease-Resistant440-452 3' x 20' Grey Grease-Proof440-453 3' x 20' Red Grease-Proof

C. Super Flow Mats.Super Flow Floor Mats Are Reversible!Unique lightweight matting with molded-inbeveled edges for easier handling. Non-skidtextured surface for sure traction to preventslips and falls. Provides superior anti-fatiguequalit ies in a thin profi le construction.Drainage holes for wet areas. Excellentgrease-resistant properties. Ideal forKitchens, Behind Bars, Food ProcessingAreas, Work Stations, Heavy Industrial Anti-Fatigue, Machine Shops, Walk-In Freezers. C

F. Ultrafold Fusion™ Towel Dispenser.The first of its kind folded towel dispenser that shipsdisassembled in 6 easy to assemble pieces. Shipsin a box that is more than 50% smaller than theaverage folded towel dispenser box, which increasesavailable warehouse space and reduces transporta-tion costs. The Present® System offers a touchless,smooth, one-at-a-time towel presentation of C-Foldor Multi-fold towel that eliminates tabbing and cre-ates a pleasing and positive image. Available inBlack Pearl (TBK) and Artic Blue (TBL). Model T1755TBK

E. Element™ Roll Towel Dispenser.Economical, flexible and sanitary dispensing. It’s 33% smaller than a standard lever rolltowel cabinet but still accommodates a standard 800' 8" roll towel. This compact, high-capacity dispenser accepts any brand or quality of roll towel paper. Newly designedBio-Pruf® lever inhibits bacteria growth. Available in Black Pearl (TBK) and Artic Blue(TBL). Model T950TBK

D. TCell Dispensers and Fragrances.The world’s first continuous odor control that deliversa precise dose of pure designer fragrance and odorneutralizer for 60 days without the use of batteries.One dispenser covers approximately 3 to 4 toilets orurinals and a wide array of fragrances are available.Model Description FG402150 DSP TCELL KEY3 BK TCFG402498 TCELL Pure K3 TCFG402110 TCELL Wakening Spring K3 TCFG402111 TCELL Polar Mist K3 TCFG402112 TCELL Blue Splash K3 TCFG402113 TCELL Citrus K3 TCFG402187 TCELL Crystal Breeze K3 TCFG402369 TCELL Mango Blossom K3 TCFG402470 TCELL Cucumber Melon K3 TCFG402472 TCELL Tropical Sunrise K3 TCFG402473 TCELL Summer Sorbet K3 TC

Model Description 100-2250 3x5 Black Grease Resistant100-2251 3x5 Red Grease ProofT18-U0046-BL 4x6 Black Grease ProofT18-U0046-RD 4x6 Red Grease Proof

E

F

D

106.11_28.new 5/15/11 10:10 PM Page 1

SANITATION

107

D

Things to Consider When Buying Floor MatsBe sure to first measure the area the mats will be used in. Will youuse the mat in a wet or dry area? Do you need anti-fatigue orgrease proof styles? Ask us! We can help you determine whichmats will meet your needs.

A

B. VIP Red Cloud Floor Mat, Anti-Fatigue.VIP RED CLOUD is a revolutionary light-weight, greaseproof rubber mat made of a unique closed-cell nitrilecompound offering the ultimate in comfort and perfor-mance. Standing on this product makes you feel likeyour “standing on a cloud”. At only 10 lbs. for a 3'x5'section, it’s extremely easy to handle and clean, and itstextured surface and tapered edges promote anti-slipand anti-tripping safety. 5-year guarantee against break-down from grease. Not recommended for use in areaswith excessive water. Model 5000-R35

Model Description065-547 3'x2'065-548 3'x3'065-549 3'x4'

Model Description065-550 3'x5'065-551 3'x6'065-552 3'x8'

A. SuperFoam Mats.Non-absorbent closed cell nitrile rubber is 80% lighterthan conventional mats. Will not absorb liquids.Molded-in beveled edge improves safety and makescart traffic easier. One piece construction; no connec-tors needed. Excellent choice for fighting fatigue atcooking lines, check-outs, prep stations, servicecounters and other areas where employees stand onnon-give surfaces. Available in 3'x2', 3'x3', 3'x4',3'x5', 3'x6', and 3'x8' sizes; Grease-Resistant Black.Dishwasher safe.

B

C. Topdek Floor Mats.For non-heavy use in non-grease and light-grease areas,TOPDEK has become the most popular rubber floor mat,combining good quality and excellent value. Choose fromour heavier “senior” version or lighter weight “junior”weighing about 20 lbs. for a 3'x5' mat. The “molded-on”bevel ramp prevents trips while the aggressive anti-slip sur-face creates a safer working environment. Easy to handleand clean floor mats are available in general purpose blackor grease resistant red.Model Description 2522-C5 Senior, 3'x5' Black (25 lb.)2522-C10 Senior, 3'x10' Black (50 lb.)2522-C15 Senior, 3'x15' Black (75 lb.)2522-C20 Senior, 3'x20' Black (100 lb.)2530-C5 Junior, 3'x5' Black (20 lb.)2530-R5 Junior, 3'x5' Red (20 lb.)2530-C10 Junior, 3'x10' Black (40 lb.)2530-C15 Junior, 3'x15' Black (60 lb.)2530-C20 Junior, 3'x20' Black (80 lb.)2530-R10 Junior, 3'x10' Red (40 lb.)2530-R15 Junior, 3'x15' Red (60 lb.)2530-R20 Junior, 3'x20' Red (80 lb.)2522-R15 Senior, 3'x15' Red (75 lb.)2522-R20 Senior, 3'x20' Red (100 lb.)2522-R5 Senior, 3'x5' Red (25 lb.)2522-R10 Senior, 3'x10' Red (50 lb.)

D. Scraper Mats.Choose from two scraper mat series—The“Finger Top” flexible raised finger matfeatures 5/8" thick durable molded rubberand is beveled on all four sides for safety.The “RidgeScraper” reduces slips and fallswith its tapered edge, raised rubber patternand cleated backing. Durable 3/8" rubbermat also adds resilience for worker comfort.Both are easy to clean—just shake or hoseoff. Color: Black.Model Description 35-2432 Finger Top, 24"x32"35-3239 Finger Top, 32"x39"35-3672 Finger Top, 36"x72"1625-35 Ridge Scraper, 3'x5'1625-310 Ridge Scraper, 3'x10'

C

E. Infinity® Smoking Management.New Infinity® Smoking Management Solutions offer a stylish, all-metalconstruction for efficient smoking litter management. High capacityreceptacles reduce frequency of emptying. Stainless steel snuff platesand 360° disposal area. Domed tops for weather resistance.Integrated padlock tabs for security against tampering and theft. FMApproved. Available models: Traditional, Base Mount, Wall Mount andUltra-High Capacity. Colors: Black, Bronze, Pewter.Model Description FG9W3100SSBLA Base Mount, 1500 cigarette cap., S/SFG9W3200SSBLA Wall Mount, 700 cigarette cap., S/SFG9W3300AGBRNZ Traditional Receptacle, 5000 cigarette cap.,

Black, Bronze, PewterFG9W3400AGBRNZ Ultra-High Cap., 8000 cigarette cap., Black,

Bronze, PewterE

107.11_28.new 5/15/11 10:19 PM Page 1

A clean, well kept food storage area is very important.However, cleaning and maintenance of shelving can be avery time consuming process. Choosing the rightshelving for your food storage area can eliminate a lot ofheadaches and grief. Shelving that can be cleanedquickly and easily will more likely be done more oftenand will not take too much time away from other jobresponsibilities.

Cleaning Open Wire ShelvingEquipment Needed: Brushes, Sponges, Towels,Buckets, Hoses, Mild Detergent

Est. Time: 30 min. once a month=6 hours per yearLabor Cost x 6 hours = cleaning cost per year

Cleaning Steps:1. Remove all products.2. Move shelving unit to outside area or area away

from food products. (Note: do not contaminate foodproduct with cleaning chemicals)

3. Hose shelving unit to loosen grease and dirt.4. Use water, mild detergent and sponges to clean

shelves.5. Use brushes to clean between wires and remove

stubborn residue.6. Hose off unit again to remove cleaning chemicals

and loose dirt.7. Towel dry unit and move back.8. Place product back on shelf.

Cleaning Removable Polymer Shelving Equipment Needed: Dish machine or pot sink

Est. Time: 10 minutes once a month=2 hours per yearLabor Cost x 2 hours = cleaning cost per year

Cleaning Steps:1. Shift products on one end of shelf.2. Remove polymer mats.3. Place in dish machine or sink to clean.4. Replace mats and repeat for other side of unit.

108

Storage &TransportShelvingRacksCartsFood Storage

B

B. Super Adjustable 2™Super Erecta ShelvingSuper Adjustable 2™ SuperErecta Shelving is easy toadjust with new and improvedrigidity. To re-posit ion theshelf, just pull the quickrelease lever on each shelfcorner. Posts are grooved at1" increments and numberedat 2" increments. Posts aredouble grooved every 8" foreasy identification. Metroseal 3finish shown is coated withMicroban antimicrobial productprotection to inhibit stain andodor causing bacteria. Alsoavailable in Chrome (NC) andBrite Finish (BR).

Brite Metroseal 3 Size A1824BR A1824NK3 18"x24"A1830BR A1830NK3 18"x30"A1836BR A1836NK3 18"x36"A1842BR A1842NK3 18"x42"A1848BR A1848NK3 18"x48"A1860BR A1860NK3 18"x60"A2424BR A2424NK3 24"x24"A2430BR A2430NK3 24"x30"A2436BR A2436NK3 24"x36"A2442BR A2442NK3 24"x42"A2448BR A2448NK3 24"x48"

A. Super Erecta™ Shelving.Advancing the standard. Super Erecta isversatile, yet secure. Shelves are adjustableand available in a wide range of sizes. NSF.14" and 24" sizes and a full line of posts areavailable. Stainless steel also available.Shelving comes standard with Microbanantimicrobial product protection built into theshelf mats to inhibit stain and odor causingbacteria growth. Available with MetroSeal 3,Chrome or Bright finish.

Brite Chrome Metroseal 3 Size 1824BR 1824NC 1824NK3 18"x24"1830BR 1830NC 1830NK3 18"x30" 1836BR 1836NC 1836NK3 18"x36"1848BR 1848NC 1848NK3 18"x48" 2424BR 2424NC 2424NK3 24"x24" 2430BR 2430NC 2430NK3 24"x30" 2448BR 2448NC 2448NK3 24"x48"

A

PostsChrome Metroseal 3 Size 13P 13PK3 141/2" 33P 33PK3 341/2" 54P 54PK3 549/16" 63P 63PK3 629/16"Additional models available.

PostsChrome Metroseal 3 Size 13P 13PK3 141/2" 33P 33PK3 341/2" 54P 54PK3 549/16" 63P 63PK3 629/16"Additional models available.

108.11_31.new 5/16/11 11:47 AM Page 1

STORAGE & TRANSPORT

109

B. iQ™ Storage System.Now available with polymer posts and solid bottom shelves meeting the most stringent ofstandards in the healthcare environment. MetroMax i™ and MetroMax Q™ are interchangeablemaking the iQ System adaptable to your specific application. Corrosion proof MetroMax i™ hasan innovative polymer design and the performance of stainless steel at half the cost. MetroMaxQ™ polymer and and epoxy coated design offers superior performance versus wire shelving.Shelves can be cleaned in a fraction of the time of wire for improved productivity and ROI. TheiQ Systems have removable polymer mats that are easily cleaned in sinks or dish machines.Comes standard with Microban antimicrobial product protection. Contact our customer servicedepartment for assistance.

C. Top-Track™ Storage System.Overhead track system compensates for uneven floors and makesaccess easy, with no underfoot tracks to stumble over or trap dirt.Mobile and stationary units attached to overhead tracks increasestorage capacity by as much as 50%. Designed for Super Erecta,MetroMax Q, MetroMax and MetroMax i shelving systems. Availablein a variety of sizes. Contact our customer service departmentfor assistance.

C

D. HD qwikTRAK Storage System.Increase storage capacity by 50%. Guiding track is assembled andpositioned on the floor to provide a smooth and level surface formobile units. End stationary units can anchor the system and theguiding track to the floor. Mobile units are positioned betweenstationary units and a single aisle can be opened between any 2 unitsas needed. Holds up to 2000 lbs. per unit for Super Erecta andMetroMax Q and up to 1200 lbs. per unit for MetroMax i. Includes74"H posts. Also available in MetroMax Q.

Model Description BTEC Stationary End Unit Kits BTAC Stationary Intermediate Unit Kits BTMC Mobile Unit Kits

B

D

A. Camshelving®.A new dimension in shelving. Rustproof shelving holds anything anywhere! Camshelving canbe used in walk-in refrigerators and freezers as cold as -36°F. Steel core for strength and apolypropylene exterior for easy cleaning. System is based on 6 easy to use, easy toassemble parts. Lifetime guarantee. Easy-to-assemble wall shelves feature virtuallyindestructible I-beam shelf supports and reinforced polypropylene to support up to 150 lbs.per shelf. High Density Storage System (new) increases storage capacity up to 40% byeliminating aisles and utilizing all available space. Ideal for operations with limited space.Floor track system provides safe and easy access to stored product. Heavy weight loads rollsecurely on raised floor track. Contact our customer service department for assistance.

A

Model Description CS1836VK Shelf Kit 18"x36" VentCS1848VK Shelf Kit 18"x48" VentCS1860VK Shelf Kit 18"x60" Vent CS2436VK Shelf Kit 24"x36" Vent CS2448VK Shelf Kit 24"x48" Vent CS2460VK Shelf Kit 24"x60" Vent CSA44367 Add-On 4S 24"x36"x72"Additional models available.

Model Description MX1836G MetroMax i 18"x36" Grid ShelfMX1848G MetroMax i 18"x48" Grid ShelfMX1860G MetroMax i 18"x60" Grid ShelfMQ1836G MetroMax Q 18"x36" Grid ShelfMQ1848G MetroMax Q 18"x48" Grid ShelfAdditional models available.

110

STORAGE & TRANSPORTA. Green Epoxy Coated Shelves & Posts.Shelves and posts constructed from heavy-dutysteel with a zinc plated undercoating. Optimalthickness of green epoxy applied to insure longlasting performance, even in the toughest wetenvironments. For fast and easy set up, posts aregrooved in 1" increments, double grooved every 8"and numbered every 2" for faster reference.Shelving carries a 12 year warranty againstnaturally occurring rust. NSF.

A

Model Description FF1424G 14"x24" ShelfFF1430G 14"x30" ShelfFF1436G 14"x36" ShelfFF1442G 14"x42" ShelfFF1448G 14"x48" ShelfFF1824G 18"x24" ShelfFF1830G 18"x30" ShelfFF1836G 18"x36" ShelfFF1842G 18"x42" ShelfFF1848G 18"x48" Shelf

E. Lifetime SeriesBun Pan Rack.The Lifetime series withstandsthe abusive transportation andstorage needed in institution,correctional and hotel use. NSFcertified all welded construction.Features ergonomically friendly“D” radius uprights and 6"x2"casters. Lifetime warranty.

Model Description 4330 30-Pan Cap., 211/2"Wx73"Hx26"D, 2" sp4331 20-Pan Cap., 211/2"Wx73"Hx26"D, 3" sp4333 12-Pan Cap., 211/2"Wx73"Hx26"D, 5" sp


E

Standard NSF Requirements for Food Prepand Storage Equipment.

Food contact and food-splash surfaces must be easy toreach, easy to clean, non-toxic, non-absorbent,corrosion resistant, non-reactive to food or cleaning andshould not leave a color, odor or taste to food.Should be rounded with tightly sealed edges andcorners.Should be designed with solid and liquid waste trapsthat are easy to remove.Consider replacing items if:They’re worn out.They no longer meet local health codes.They are no longer time or cost effective.They make it more difficult to adhere to your operation’sHACCP plan.

A

C

C. Security Cages.Opens 270º for faster and easier loading and unloading.Easy to assemble chromate finish panels have open wireconstruction. Locking bar provides protection for valuableproducts and minimizes shrinkage. Cage only contains2 front panels, 2 side panels, 2 back panels, back panelassembly hardware and top loop assembly hardware.Purchase just the cage only, or select a stationary ormobile kit version (includes top/bottom shelves and4 posts). Recommended to be used with at least threeshelves to maximize storage capabilities. Stationarymodel FSSEC2448 shown with 2 additional shelves,sold separately.Model Description FMSEC1836 18"x36"x63" (Mobile)FMSEC1848 18"x48"x63" (Mobile)FSSEC1836 18"x36"x63" (Stationary)FSSEC1848 18"x48"x63" (Stationary)FSEC183663 18"x36"x63" (Cage Only)FSEC184863 18"x48"x63" (Cage Only)Additional models available.

D

D. Super Erecta Pro™.Durable and cleanable. The original—re-innovated.Removable polymer shelf mats protect againstabrasive containers and sharp edges; dishwashersafe. Shelves can be adjusted at 1" increments tomaximize the use of available vertical storagespace. Microban anti-microbial protection is builtinto shelf mats and the epoxy coating; helps keepproduct “cleaner between cleanings”. Robustconstruction is classic Super Erecta; holds up to800 lbs. per shelf—2000 lbs. per stationary unit.Available in a variety of sizes; interchangeable withexisting Super Erecta® shelf systems. Modelsshown—(5) PR2448NK3, (4) 63UPK3, (4) 5MP.Model Description PR1836NK3 Shelf (K3) 18"x36"PR1848NK3 Shelf (K3) 18"x48"PR1860NK3 Shelf (K3) 18"x60"54PK3 Post (K3) 54" Post (Stationary)54UPK3 Post (K3) 54" Post (Mobile)Additional models available.

B. Camshelving®,Elements Series.Advanced materials andinnovative design providesextraordinary strength,increased durabil i ty andenhanced food safety. Anaffordable solution withoutcompromise! Innovative,strong composite material isas strong as steel—78"traverse is the longest andstrongest in the industry;supports loads up to 600 lbs.per shelf. Up to 60% lighterin weight than steel; easy toset up, adjust and change configurations. Withstands temper-atures from -36°F to 190°F making it ideal for wet, dry, coldor hot environments. Impervious to moisture, salt andchemicals—won’t peel, dent or warp; lifetime warrantyagainst corrosion and rust. Removable shelf plates forthorough dishwasher cleaning. Camguard® antimicrobialprotection is permanently embedded in shelf plates.

Model Description ESU183672 Starter Unit, 18"x36"x72"ESU184872 Starter Unit, 18"x48"x72"ESU186072 Starter Unit, 18"x60"x72"ESU213672 Starter Unit, 21"x36"x72"Additional models available.

Model Description PostsFG007G 7" StationaryFG013G 13" StationaryFG033G 33" Stationary FG054G 54" Stationary FGN007G 7" MobileFGN013G 13" Mobile FGN033G 33" MobileFGN054G 54" Mobile

B

110.11_28.new 5/16/11 11:51 AM Page 1

STORAGE & TRANSPORT

111

A

B. Heavy Duty Pan Rack.Lifetime warranty. This heavy duty bun pan rack is part of the LimetimeTough Series. Heli-arc welded aluminum construction features1"x11/2"x.10 double welded angle pan slides to accommodate 18"x26" bunpans. 11/4"x11/4" thick tubular frame is strong enough to manage all day-to-day chores in any kitchen and to provide a lifetime of reliable service.Extra heavy duty 5"x2" all swivel, non-marking polyurethane plate castersfor easy mobility. Front load for easy access. 2" to 8" spacing available aswell as 64"H for walk-in storage. Options include Corner Bumper,Perimeter Bumper, Heavy Duty Caster Brakes, Pan Stop, Solid Bottom,Solid Top. NSF.Model Description AXD1830 Front Load 2", 30 Pan Cap.AXD1820 Front Load 3", 20 Pan Cap.AXD1815 Front Load 4", 15 Pan Cap.AXD1812 Front Load 5", 12 Pan Cap.AXD1810 Front Load 6", 10 Pan Cap.AXD1808 Front Load 8", 8 Pan Cap.AXD1818 Front Load 3", 18 Pan Cap., 64"H

D. Rack & Equipment Covers.Durable rack covers that offer food safety, sanitation and foodfreshness. Protecto covers keep food fresh and clean, prevent freezerburn and odor transfer. Tear-proof and flame retardant. Econo coversare transparent for easy viewing. Protects food from contamination.Breathable mesh covers allow fresh baked products to cool quicker,frozen dough to thaw faster and moisture to dissipate. Insul coverstransform an open rack into a “closed cabinet”. Prevents skin burnsfrom hot exterior metal surfaces.

D

B

Things to Consider WhenChoosing a Rack or Cabinet

• What is to be stored?• What size can you use? Height, width and

depth of kitchen space is important. Youshould also consider maneuvering area(ie. corners elevators, etc.)

• What capacity is needed? The mostpopular 63" high model holds 20 of the18"x26" sheet pans per rack. But, avariety of configurations and sizes areavailable.

• What kind of spacing is needed? To main-tain the integrity of your product, spacingbetween ledges is critical. For example, ameringue pie would not require the sameamount of space as a donut.

• Do you need to load from the front orthe side?

• What type of construction do you want?Aluminum or stainless? Ask us for help!We are happy to help you determine whatrack or cabinet will fulfill your needs.

A. Economy Aluminum Bun Pan Rack.All heli-arc welded or knock down construction. All welded angle pan slidesaccommodate 18"x26" full or 13"x18" half size pans. 1" square tubularaluminum frame for years of reliable service. Lifetime guarantee againstrust and corrosion. 5" all swivel non marking casters. Front and side loadmodels available. 64" height available to fit inside walk-in boxes. All weldedmodels available with pan stops and/or corner bumpers.

Model Description 401AC Front Load, 20 Pan Cap., 701/2"H406AC Front Load, 18 Pan Cap., 64"H411AC Side Load, 20 Pan Cap., 701/2"H416AC Side Load, 18 Pan Cap., 64"HAdditional models available.

C. Heavy Duty Mobile Universal Racks.Designed to accommodate the variety of food handling equipment used every day in everykitchen. No more looking for which rack fits which tray. These Universal Racks do it all anddo it in style. All welded type 6063-T6 aluminum construction features a square extraheavy duty tubular frame with broad extruded aluminum angles which are heli-arc weldedto the frame in four places to insure maximum strength and years of service. All swivel, 5"non-marking polyurethane casters are securely bolted to the frame. Lifetime warrantyagainst rust and corrosion. NSF.Model Description AUR-12 12 Pan Cap., 64"Hx251/2"Wx251/2"DAUR-13 13 Pan Cap., 693/8"Hx251/2"Wx251/2"DUR-10 10 Pan Cap., 70"Hx251/2"Wx26"DUR-11 11 Pan Cap., 64"Hx251/2"Wx26"DUR-12 12 Pan Cap., 70"Hx251/2"Wx26"DAdditional models available.

C

Model Description Supro-14-Color 14mil Blue, Red, Yellow, or Green, Std. Size 23"Wx28"Dx62"H w/End Load Zip Flap, Clear Window, Info Pocket & LoopSupro-14-EC 12mil Economy in Clear PVC, Std. Size 23"Wx28"Dx62"H w/End Load Zip FlapSupro-18-TW 18mil Trans. Nylon Reinforced Vinyl, Std. Size 23"Wx28"Dx62"H w/End Load Zip Flap, Clear Window, Info Pocket & LoopSupro-BM-Color Breathable Mesh in 7 Colors, Std. Size 23"Wx28"Dx62"H w/End Load Zip Flap, Clear Info Pocket & Hanger Loop Supro-IC-Color Insul-Cover in Blue or Green, Std. Size 23"Wx28"Dx62"H w/End Load Zip Flap, Clear Info Pocket, Hanger Loop & Bottom Insulated PadSupro-20-TW HD 20mil Trans. White, Reinforced Vinyl, Std. Size 23"Wx28"Dx62"H w/End Load Zip Flap, Clear Window, Info Pocket & Loop

111.11_28.new 5/16/11 9:40 AM Page 1

STORAGE & TRANSPORT

112

A. Proserve® Sheet Pan Racks.Proserve® sheet pan racks makemoving and storing trays easier.Features rugged, industrial-gradeplastic base and top; heat-resistant,freezer-safe handles; rust andcorrosion resistant chrome-plated sidepanels. PanGuard™ locking bar keepspans in place. Holds 18"x26" sheetpans by the base, not edges, for addedsupport. User-friendly handles andprotective bumpers. NSF approved.Temperature range: -20° to 500°F.Model FG9F9700BLA

E. Racks-Pan/Can/Pizza.Choose from a variety of aluminum pan and can racks.Model Description CR10-162-X Full Can RackCR10-72-X Mobile Half Can RackPR-20-3K-X Front Load Knockdown Pan Rack, 20-pan cap.PR-20-3W-X Front Load All Welded Pan Rack, 20-pan cap.PZ12-X Pizza Pan Rack, 12-pan cap.

D. Wall Shelving.A good addition to any washroom orfoodservice establishment. E-serieswall-mounted shelf features 18 gauge430 stainless steel construction.Available in 12" or 14" widths andlengths 24", 36", 48", 60", 72", 84"and 96". Two wall mount bracketsincluded. NSF.

E

A

D

C. Smartwall Plus Storage System.Optimize your storage with endless combinations of MetroMax,MetroMax Q and Super Erecta shelves, accessory grids and Starsyswall cabinets. Wall tracks are designed to interface with studs andother wall surfaces. Storage options can easily be repositioned alongtrack before securing them to the wall. Easy to clean. Corrosionresistant 304 stainless steel components and taupe epoxycomponents. Model SWP-G3K3 shown. Accessories orderedseparately. Contact our customer service department for assistance.

C

B. Camdollies®.Save time and money by increasingthe efficiency of transporting anythingfrom stacks of sheet pans to cateringequipment. Reduce the need foremployee lifting and carrying whichcan lead to accidents and injuries.Made of rugged polyethylene. Heavyduty casters are bolted into molded-in steel plates to ensure they won’tfall out. Models with an “H” havetough built-in handles that makemaneuvering easy.

Model Description EWMS-12-24X 12"x24"EWMS-12-36X 12"x36"EWMS-12-48X 12"x48"EWMS-12-60X 12"x60"EWMS-12-72X 12"x72"Additional models available.

Chef Adam TrachtenbergE&A Hotel Restaurant SupplyPlainfield, NJ

Chef’s Tips

Baking Powder- Out of bakingpowder for your recipe? Make ityourself! 1 teaspoon baking soda(bicarbonate), 2 teaspoons cream oftarter mix together “use immediately”,yields 1 tablespoon of baking powder.

Store Baking Powder- Add a level teaspoon of corn starch to every 1 oz.of baking powder to absorb moisture from the air. This will prevent thebaking powder from reacting before you need to use it. Must store bakingpowder in an air tight container.

Baking Powder Testing for Quality- Put 1 teaspoon baking powder ina bowl of hot water, if it bubbles, it’s good and potent. If there are nobubbles, it’s bad and throw it away.

Egg Quality Test- Submerge raw eggs in cold water if they stay on thebottom, they are still good. If the eggs float to the top, they have airpockets inside the shell and are old.

Egg Quality Test 2- Crack an egg on a flat plate, if it spreads out and theyolk is flat or low, they are old and do not use. If the yolk is high androunded and the white does not spread out, they are good and fresh.

Stop Crying While Slicing or Peeling Onions- Place whole onions withthe skins on in the freezer for about 15 minutes (do not freeze). Or, peelonions under cold running water. Which can be tricky, but works.

Buttermilk- Need Buttermilk? But don’t have it? Make it yourself!¼ cup whole milk and ¾ cup plain yogurt. Yields 1 cup.

Most Important Lesson in Cooking- Always use the best and freshestingredients you can get. Water is the main ingredient in all cooking,whether it’s in baking products, sauces, soups or boiling pasta, etc. Usefiltered or bottled water, always! The minerals and other deposits areconcentrated and made stronger in taste as they reduce. Calcium, Lime,Magnesium and Iron are all commonly found minerals in city tap water.

Featured Chef

BModel Description CDR2020 Camdolly for Camracks CDR2020H Camdolly with Handle for Camracks

112.11_28.new 5/16/11 10:00 AM Page 1

STORAGE & TRANSPORT

113

A. BowTie™ Dunnage Racks w/MicrobanAntimicrobial Product Protection.Built-in Microban antimicrobial product protection inhibitsbacteria, mold, mildew and fungi that cause odors,stains and product degradation. Racks join togetherwithout tools in “end-to-end” and “back-to-back”configurations with the exclusive BowTie™ feature.Racks have front-to-back slots for easier loading andunloading and superior air flow which promotes longershelf life. Rust and corrosion proof. 30" and 36"—1500lb. cap. 48" and 60"—3000 lb. cap. NSF.

A

Model Description MobileMQSEC53DE MetroMax Q-24"x36" MQSEC55DE MetroMax Q-24"x48" MQSEC56DE MetroMax Q-24"x60" StationaryMQSEC53E MetroMax Q-24"x36" MQSEC55E MetroMax Q-24"x48" MQSEC56E MetroMax Q-24"x60" Stationary, 6613/16"Wx381/2"Lx6613/16"HSEC53C Chrome, SEC53K3 Metroseal 3SEC55C ChromeSEC55K3 Metroseal SEC56C ChromeAdditional models available.

C. Security Carts.Now easier to assemble and easier to use!Updated wire turn-key style handle forbetter ergonomics. Safe storage andtransport system features open airconstruction that aids in the visibility ofinventory, while it protects against pilfer-age. Shelving with Microban® antimicrobialproduct protection inhibits stain and odorcausing bacterial growth. Shelving adjustsat 1" increments. Removable polymer matscan be placed in the dishwasher to makecleaning easy. NSF.

C

Storage TipsProperly store all perishable productswithin 15 minutes of being unloaded andinspected to ensure safe foodtemperatures.Keep all raw and cooked productsseparated to prevent cross contamination.Ready to eat foods should be storedabove raw foods and both should beproperly covered.Speed up storage of newly delivered foodby using First In, First Out (FIFO) foodrotation at all times.

D. S-Series Dunnage Racks.Keep frozen, cold or dry inventory 12" safely off the floor. Heavy-duty polyethylene will never rust, corrode or bend and is easy toclean. One piece construction combined with sturdy legs makesthese racks especially durable, strong and stable. Available with solid orslotted tops, which ensure maximum air circulation around perishableproducts stored in coolers and freezers. Optional Camlink connectorssecurely lock multiple racks together. Available in dark brown orspeckled gray.Model Description DRS30 Solid 30"DRS36 Solid 36"DRS48 Solid 48"DRS60 Solid 60"

D

B. Multi-Purpose Plastic Carts.Durable, lightweight and easy to maneuver.Get front of the house appearance with back ofthe house durabiltiy. Carts feature polypropy-lene textured shelves and handles and satinfinished aluminum uprights for lightweightdurablity. Three-self carts have a 300 lb.capacity and are available in black or gray.Shipped knockdown—easy to ship and quickto assemble.Model Description 97004 33"Lx1613/16"Wx37"H (Gray)97005 401/4"Lx197/8"Wx37"H (Gray)97006 33"Lx1613/16"Wx37"H (Black)97007 401/4"Lx197/8"Wx37"H (Black)

Model Description HP2230PD 22"x30"HP2236PD 22"x36"HP2248PD 22"x48"HP2260PD 22"x60"

B

Model Description HP2230PDMB 22"x30" w/MicrobanHP2236PDMB 22"x36" w/MicrobanHP2248PDMB 22"x48" w/MicrobanHP2260PDMB 22"x60" w/Microban

Model Description DRS300 Slot 30" DRS360 Slot 36" DRS480 Slot 48" DRS600 Slot 60"

E. Dunnage Racks.Meets health department demands by providing sanitaryoff-floor storage. Heli-arc welded aluminum with plasticsoles, will not rust or damage flooring.

E

Model Description DNRK-1424 24"x14"x8"DNRK-1436 36"x14"x8"DNRK-2036 36"x20"x8"DNRK-2036T 36"x20"x12"DNRK-1448 48"x14"x8"DNRK-2048 48"x20"x8"DNRK-2048T 48"x20"x12"DNRK-2060 60"x20"x8"

113.11_28.new 5/16/11 9:53 AM Page 1

STORAGE & TRANSPORT

114

E. BC Series Utility Carts.Available with Microban antimicrobial product protection. BCSeries shelves feature a 7/16" raised ship’s edge design tocontain product or spills. Optional shelf adjusts on 1"increments. Polymer shelves are easy to clean andcorrosion proof. Each shelf can hold up to 150 lbs.; each unitcan hold up to 400 lbs. 2-shelf and 3-shelf models availablein 3 popular colors: Gray (G), Blue (BU), and Black (BL).NSF. Accessories available.

B. Bussing Cart.Its sleek ergonomic design is perfect for frontof house serving, bussing or even roomservice applications. Durable construction willstand up to the toughest use; 300 poundcapacity. Raised edges on shelves keepcontents secure during transport. End panelshelp hide clutter. 4" heavy duty non-markingswivel casters. Trash container and silverwareholder sold separately.Model Description CC2036 22"x18"CC2243 36"x18"

(Holds 2 tubs side by side)CC11TH Accessory Trash Container CC11SH Accessory Flatware Container

B

C. KD Service Cart & Utility Cart.The KD Service Cart and the new large Utility Cart areeconomical, durable and ship “knocked down” tominimize shipping costs. Assembles out of the box inminutes. Polypropylene shelves with marine rails arestrong, stain resistant and lightly textured to keepcontents in place. Aluminum uprights ensure strengthand stability. Powder coated stainless steel casters.Set up cart with one or both ergonomic handles.Service Cart holds up to 300 lbs. and Utility Cart holdsup to 400 lbs.Model Description BC340KD Utility Cart, Holds 400 lbs.BC331KD Service Cart, Holds 300 lbs.

E

Model Description BC1627-24 18"Wx28"Lx331/4"H, 2-Shelf UnitBC1627-34 18"Wx28"Lx331/4"H, 3-Shelf UnitBC2030-24 211/2"Wx333/4"Lx331/4"H, 2-Shelf UnitBC2030-34 211/2"Wx333/4"Lx331/4"H, 3-Shelf UnitBC2636-24 27"Wx391/2"Lx331/4"H, 2-Shelf UnitBC2636-34 27"Wx391/2"Lx331/4"H, 3-Shelf UnitAdditional models available.

C

A. Bussing Cart w/Silverware and Refuse Bin.Constructed of high-density Derma-Tek™ plastic andengineered aluminum. Won’t rust, dent, crack or chip.Equipped with four 4" non-marking swivel casters andthree reinforced shelves rated 200 lbs. capacity. Top shelfhas raised l ip on three sides and one open side.Polyethylene silverware and refuse bins (sold separately)fit popular style utility carts and can be used for a multitudeof applications.Model Description 5810 3-Shelf Utility Cart (Black or Beige)5811 Silverware Bin (Black) 5812 Refuse Bin (Black)

A

F. BC Series “Deep Ledge”Bussing Carts.Specially designed with a 3"D shelf to containproduct and spills. Optimal shelf adjusts at 1"increments. Polymer shelves are easy to cleanand corrosion proof. Each shelf holds up to150 lbs.; each unit can hold up to 400 lbs.Available in Gray (G), Blue (BU) and Black(BL). Shelves available with built in Microban®

antimicrobial product protection that inhibitsthem from bacteria, mold and mildew thatcause odors, stains, and product degradation.Model BC2030-2DMB shown.

F

Model Description BC2030-2DMB 2 Shelf, 211/2"x323/4"x41" BC2030-3DMB 3 Shelf, 211/2"x323/4"x41"

D. Tray & Silverware Cart.All stainless steel construction with sturdy tubular frameconstruction. Cleans and sanitizes easily. Lower shelf is21"x33" and will hold two tray stacks. Silverware rack holdsten silverware cylinders (not included) and features napkinshelf. All swivel 5" casters with non-marking tires. Model 213

D

114.11_28.new 5/16/11 10:07 AM Page 1

Model Description IBS20 20 gal. slantIBS27 27 gal. slantIBS37 37 gal. slant

Model Description IB27 27 gal.IB32 32 gal.IB36 34 gal.IB44 421/2 gal.

STORAGE & TRANSPORT

115

C. Wire Shelf Utility Carts.Durable wire construction minimizes dust build upand gives greater visibility of products plus moreair circulation. Includes 4" casters (2 swivel and 2swivel w/brakes) with bumpers. Each cart can beeasily assembled with one or two U-shapedhandles for greater flexibility. Chromate finish. Twopopular sizes to choose from.Model Description FFC18362CH 2-Shelf, 18"x36"FFC18363C 3-Shelf, 18"x36"FFC24362CH 2-Shelf, 24"x36"FFC24363CH 3-Shelf, 24"x36"

A

B. Enclosed Bussing Carts.Attractive design available in a variety of stain-less steel with vinyl or laminate finishes. Easy toclean stainless steel construction. Ideal for aset-up station. Leg and handle bumpers protectfurnishings. Optional hinged doors. Model Description 610 3-Shelf, Std. Duty 200 lb. Cap.615 4-Shelf, Std. Duty 200 lb. Cap.822 3-Shelf, Hvy. Duty 650 lb. Cap.844 3-Shelf, Hvy. Duty 650 lb. Cap.

B

E. Mobile Ingredient Bins.The two-piece clear polycarbonate lid andunique sloped front let you see what’s insidewithout having to move the bin from underthe counter. The versatile lid will tilt up orslide back for convenient access. The bin isconstructed of durable Derma-Tek® smoothsurface plastic. Seamless walls and roundcorner design make cleaning simple andthorough. NSF.Model Description 9321 21 gal. 9326 26 gal.

E

D. Ingredient Bins.Store and transport a variety of bulk dry ingredients in the new Slant Top Ingredient Bins. Fitsperfectly under standard height prep tables and/or countertops. Two pieced, Camwear clearpolycarbonate lid is virtually unbreakable and slides up and back for easy access to contents.S-hook on the front provides convenient location for hanging a scoop—helping operatorscomply with regional health codes that do not permit scoops to be stored inside bin. NSF.Made of FDA materials.

D

A. Open Sided Utility Carts.Durable and attractive carts store and transport for front and back of house applications.Utility Carts feature aluminum uprights and molded shelves engineered for durability andappearance. Available Models: 3 Shelf Open Sided, 4 Shelf Open Sided, 3 Shelf 2 EnclosedSides, and 3 Shelf 3 Enclosed Sides. Heavy Duty Service Carts feature wide shelves up to500 lb. capacity.Model Description 409100 Open Sided, 3 Shelf (Black, Gray, Off White)409200 Enclosed End Panels, 3 Shelf (Off White)409300 3 Sides Enclosed, 3 Shelf (Black, Off White)409500 w/locking Cabinet, 300 lb. cap. (Black)409600 4 Shelf, Open Sided, 300 lb. cap. (Black)345700 w/Lockable Doors, Sliding Drawer (Black)335388 Refuse Bin for 3355, 3424 (Black)335488 Silverware Bin for 3355, 3424 (Black)Additional models available.

C

115.11_28.new 5/16/11 10:21 AM Page 1

STORAGE & TRANSPORT

116

Model Description100MPC 263/4"Wx18"Dx15"H, Holds 1-8" PanUPC100 265/8"Wx18"Dx153/4"H, Holds 1-8" PanUPC140 243/4"Wx173/8"Dx81/8"H, Holds 1-4" PanUPC160 243/4"Wx173/8"Dx101/8"H, Holds 1-6" PanUPC180 243/4"Wx173/8"Dx12"H, Holds 1-8" PanDIV12 Divider Bar 12"

A. Camtherm™ Hot/Cold Carts.Thick polyurethane foam insulation and polyethylene exteriormaintains food temperature. Built in external thermometer. 10'commercial 3 grounded extension power cord plugs into standardoutlet. Energy efficient thermo-electric technology eliminates the needfor a humidifier and reduces utility bills. Equipped with 2 front 6" swivelcasters with brake and 2 rear 6" or 10" rigid casters. Available inGranite Gray, Granite Sand, Green.Model Description CMBH1826TSF Tall, Hot Fahrenheit, 6" Rear CastersCMBH1826TBF Tall, Hot Fahrenheit, 10" Rear CastersCMBH1826TSC Tall, Hot Celsius, 6" Rear CastersCMBH1826TBC Tall, Hot Celsius, 10" Rear CastersCMBHC1826TBC Tall, Hot /Cold Fahrenheit, 6" Rear CastersCMBHC1826TBF Tall, Hot /Cold Fahrenheit, 10" Rear CastersCMBHC1826TSC Tall, Hot /Cold Celsius, 6" Rear CastersCMBHC1826TBC Tall, Hot /Cold Celsius, 10" Rear CastersCMBH1826LF Hot Fahrenheit, 10" Rear CastersCMBH1826LC Hot Celsius, 10" Rear CastersCMBHC1826LF Hot/Cold Fahrenheit, 10" Rear CastersCMBHC1826LC Hot/Cold Celsius, 10" Rear Casters

A

B

D

Model Description 9F3500 Cap.: Two 16" Pizzas9F3600 Cap.: Four 12" or Three 14" Pizzas9F3700 Cap.: Four 16" or Three 18" Pizzas9F3800 Cap.: Six 12" to 14" Pizzas9F3900 Cap.: Six 16" to 18" Pizzas9F4000 Sandwich Delivery Bag, Cap: Fifteen 12" Subs

E

D. Ultra Camcarts® and Pan Carriers®.Tough, one-piece seamless, double-wall, polyethylene construction iseasy to maintain and won’t dent, crack, rust, chip or break. Thickpolyurethane foam insulation and air tight gaskets provide top tempera-ture holding performance. Door opens a full 270° for easy loading andunloading. May be used with Cambro H-Pans–food pans that can go fromprep to cooler to oven to steam table, handling extreme temperatures of-40°F to 375°F.Model Description CD400 Camdolly for UPC400UPC1600 Camcart, Holds 16-4"DUPC800 Camcart, Holds 8-4"DUPC600 Camcart, Holds 6-4"DUPC1200 Camcart, Holds 12-4"DUPC400 Pan Carrier, Holds 4-4"DUPCW400 Camcart Pan 4-4" 2 Std. UPCS400 261/8"x18"x25" (Multiple Pan)400DIV ThermoBarrier (use w/UPC400/800 /UPCS400)

Model Description UPCH400 Htd. 1-Comp. Pan CarrierUPCHW400 With Casters, 110VUPCH800 Htd. 2-Comp. CamcartUPCHT800 Htd.Top Door, 110V

B. Ultra Pan Carriers.Durable and versatile. Retains internaltemperature and withstands toughexternal treatment. Foam insulated,sturdy l id with nylon latches formaximum heat retention. Holds fullsize pans, 12"x20" or fractional sizeswith divider bars. Won’t rust. Moldedhandles on all four sides. Easy toclean, load and unload. NSF. Colors:Slate Blue (401), Navy Blue (186),Coffee Beige (157), Dk. Brown (131),Green (519), Black (110), GraniteGray (191) and Granite Sand (194).

C. H-Series Ultra PanCarrier and Camcart.Energy Star approved—Uses less energythan three 100 watt light bulbs. An economicalalternative to large warming cabinets. EnablesHACCP compliance by maintaining safe, hotfood temperatures. Gentle, 150°F to 165°Fheat will not cook food and maintains foodmoisture. Thick foam insulation retainstemperatures for hours, even whenunplugged. UPCH400 models stack forstorage or transporting. Heated door kits alsosold separately to retrofit UPC400 andUPC800. Removable cord stows securelyfor transport. Can be used with Cambro HPHot Pans.

C

E. Proserve™ InsulatedDelivery Bags.Eliminate the headaches andbackaches of transportingfood and beverages.Lightweight and styl ishdesign. Rigid constructionallows carriers to be stacked.Durable nylon exterior resiststearing and staining.Aluminum runners for pansupport on End Load Carriers.Available in full and half pansizes for top and end loading.

116.11_28.new 5/16/11 10:32 AM Page 1

STORAGE & TRANSPORT

117

A. ProSave™ IngredientManagement System.ProSave Dual Action Food Box Lidslides back or f l ips up for 65%productivity savings. One-handedaccess and integrated measuringtool increases preparation efficiency.Rectangular design improves spaceoptimization under a prep table or ina storeroom. Integrated sliding lid forone-handed access. Clear door forquick identification of ingredients.Integrated portioning scoop andhook provide dedicated scoop stor-age for safe ingredient portioningand food code compliance. Shelfbins provide FIFO (First In, FirstOut) barrier to aid in proper rotationof ingredients. NSF approved.

Model Description ICS125L 125 lb. cap., Casters: 2 Fixed, 2 Swvl, 1 w/BrakeICS125LB 125 lb. cap., Casters: 2 Swvl, 1 w/Brake, 2-8"

EasyWheelsICS125T 125 lb. cap., Casters: 4 Swvl,1 w/BrakeICS175L 175 lb. cap., Casters: 2 Fixed, 2 Swivel, 1 w/BrakeICS175LB 175 lb. cap., Casters: 2 Swvl, 1 w/Brake, 2-10"

EasyWheelsICS175T 175 lb. cap., Casters: 2 Fixed, 2 Swvl, 1 w/BrakeICS175TB 175 lb. cap., Casters: 2 Swvl, 1 w/Brake, 2-10"

EasyWheelsICS200TB 200 lb. cap., Casters: 2 Swvl, 1 w/Brake, 2-10"

EasyWheelsAdditional models available.C

B. Dish Caddies.Open access for easy loading and unloading.Molded-in handles on both ends. Polyethyleneconstruction will not rust, crack or chip. AdjustableDish Caddy can be adjusted to hold 45-60 plates perstack—from a small 45/8" plate to a 13" charger plateor pasta dish. Vinyl cover included. NSF. New VersaDish Caddy holds both square and round plates!

Model Description ADCS Adj.-Holds 45-60 45/8"-13" PlatesDC575 Holds 45-60 53/4" PlatesDC700 Holds 45-60 7" PlatesDC825 Holds 45-60 81/4" PlatesDC950 Holds 45-60 91/2" PlatesDC1125 Holds 45-60 111/4" PlatesDC1225 Holds 45-60 121/4" Plates

C. SlidingLid™ Ice Caddies.Indoors or outdoors, in heat orhumidity, these ice caddies keeptheir cool and hold ice cold for days.Polyethylene body and thick foaminsulation provide optimum durabilityand long lasting ice storage. Slidinglid helps reduce the risk of crosscontamination. Slides back andunder for quick and easy access andslides shut for safe and sanitarystorage. Recessed well and drainshelf keep ice out of water.Recessed handle offers safer, morebalanced lifting by two people.

A

C

Chef Brad JohnsonHal Smith RestaurantGroupOklahoma CIty, OK

Mashed RedskinPotatoes

5 lbs. redskin potatoes

1 lb. Daisy sour cream

2 Tbsp. fresh cracked black pepper

1 Tbsp. kosher salt

1 cup tops of green onions, minced

½ lb. sweet cream unsalted butter

Boil potatoes starting with cold water. Cook until forktender. Drain and add all ingredients and mash up.The ultimate comfort food!

Featured Chef

Model Description FG360100WHT Bin, 450 Cup Flat Top w/ Sliding LidFG360088WHT Bin, 400 Cup Slant Front w/ 32 oz. ScoopFG360288WHT Bin, 500 Cup Slant Front w/ 32 oz. ScoopFG360388WHT Bin, 600 Cup Slant Front w/ 32 oz. ScoopFG9F7700CLR Lid w/32 oz. Scoop (for 3600)FG9F7800CLR Lid w/32 oz. Scoop (for 3602)FG9F7900CLR Lid w/32 oz. Scoop (for 3603)Additional models available.

B

117.11_28.new 5/16/11 10:52 AM Page 1

STORAGE & TRANSPORT

118

A. Cateraide™ Carriers.Exclusive automatic self-venting system keeps foods fresher, crisper and moreappetizing. Cateraide™ tough, scratch-resistant polyethylene construction is easyto clean and maintain. Integrated seal keeps food hot or cold longer. Sleekcontemporary appearance; ergonomically designed for easy loading, handling,stacking and storing. NSF. Choose from Slide ‘N Seal XT-Pan Carriers or InsulatedEnd/Top Load PC-Carriers.Model Description XT1400 Slide ‘N Seal Top Loader 4" CarrierXT1600 Slide ‘N Seal Top Loader 6" CarrierXT1800 Slide ‘N Seal Top Loader 8" CarrierXT3000R Slide ‘N Seal End Loader CarrierPC140N Single 4" Carrier, 12 Qt.PC160N Single 6" Carrier, 18 Qt.PC188N Single 8" Carrier, 24 Qt.PC180N Combination 8" Carrier, 24 QtPC600N Double End Loader CarrierPC300N End Loader CarrierTC1826N End Loader Sheet Pan/Tray Carrier

B. Tough Transport BanquetTrucks.Ideal for banquet set-ups and clean-up.Stainless steel, unit ized weldedconstruction gives you years of life.Easy to clean and sanitize. Extendedperimeter bumpers for added protection.Extra load 8" casters provide a smooth,easy transport. Choose shelf style: 3edges up, 1 down to help hold items onthe shelves during transport or all shelfedges down for easy loading andunloading from all sides. Available shelfsizes are 28"x46" or 28"x62".

Model Description 581 3-Shelf, 28"x46", 3 Edges Up, 1 Down582 3-Shelf, 28"x46", All Edges Down583 4-Shelf, 28"x46", 3 Edges Up, 1 Down584 4-Shelf, 28"x46", All Edges Down565 4-Shelf, 28"x62", 3 Edges Up, 1 Down594 4-Shelf, 28"x70", All Edges Down596 5-Shelf, 28"x70", All Edges Down585 5-Shelf, 28"x46", 3 Edges Up, 1 Down586 5-Shelf, 28"x46", All Edges Down567 5-Shelf, 28"x62", All Edges Down587 6-Shelf, 28"x46", 3 Edges Up, 1 Down588 6-Shelf, 28"x46", All Edges Down569 6-Shelf, 28"x62", All Edges Down598 6-Shelf, 28"x70", All Edges Down

A

B

Employee InjuriesEmployee injury claims cost employers mill ions each year. Urgeemployees to transport heavy and awkward loads with carts designed forthe task. This will help reduce workplace injuries and make youremployees happier.

Chef/Owner EricWilliamsMomocho RestaurantCleveland, OH

Sofrito

Latin style sauce comprised of chopped onions,garlic, green chiles and fresh herbs. It has a similarconsistency to a pesto or recado and can be used toflavor black beans, braised pork, grilled chicken,seafood or vegetables (green beans, potatoes,cauliflower, asparagus, tomatoes and roasted squashor pumpkin).

Yield: 2 cups

3 bunches cilantro

1 bunch scallion

1 tsp. fresh oregano

10 cloves garlic

2 shallots

1 medium/large poblano green chile 1/4 cup fresh lime juice 1/4 cup water

1 tsp. kosher salt

1 tsp. ground cumin

1 tsp. ground black pepper

Wash and clean all fresh herbs and trim tops toscallions. Remove stem and seeds from green chile.Place all ingredients into blender or food processorand puree until smooth. Sofrito can be frozen orrefrigerated up to 7 days in air-tight container.

Blanch fresh clipped green beans in heavily saltedboiling water for 5 minutes. Shock in iced waterimmediately to stop cooking. Drain and cool. Heat 1tablespoon of vegetable oil in pan. Add 2 cups greenbeans, silvered shallots and roasted com kernels.Sauté on high heat until beans blister. Add 12tablespoons of Sofrito. Toss, and serve. Substituteroasted butternut squash, blanched cauliflower orroasted potatoes for green beans. Also can be usedwith sauteed onions and peppers as base for blackbeans, soups, or stews.

Featured Chef

118.11_28.new 5/16/11 11:10 AM Page 1

STORAGE & TRANSPORT

119

A. Elite Series™ Enclosed Tray Trucks.Efficient delivery solution with up-to-date design and styling. 300 series stainless steel construction.Accommodates 14"x18" or 15"x20" meal trays. Ledge panels are removable and compartment floorfeatures drains to facilitate cleaning. Bottom corner bumpers are standard. Casters are 6" diameterwith cushion tread, “no-mark” wheels, two each fixed, two each swivel. Recessed side mountedhandle grips provide easy maneuvering.Model Description 5710 321/2"Wx27"Dx63"H5720 441/2"Wx27"Dx63"H

A

Model Plate Capacity BB40 Holds 48 plates up to 11/2" dia.BB48 Holds 60 plates up to 101/2" dia.BB60 Holds 72 plates up to 101/2" dia.BB64 Holds 64 plates up to 11" dia.BB72 Holds 72 plates up to 101/2" dia.BB96 Holds 120 plates up to 101/2" dia.BB120 Holds 144 plates up to 101/2" dia.Additional models available.

C

Model Description MBQ-72 One Door, 72 Plate Cap., Std. Electric HeatMBQ-90 One Door, 90 Plate Cap., Std. Electric HeatMBQ-120 One Door, 120 Plate Cap., Std. Electric HeatMBQ-144 One Door, 144 Plate Cap., Std. Electric HeatMBQ-180 One Door, 180 Plate Cap., Std. Electric HeatMBQ-120D Two Door, 120 Plate Cap., Std. Electric HeatAdditional models available. Quad-Heat™ Dual Fuel System models also available.

B. EnduraHeat™ Banquet Carts.Holds plated meals for up to 2 hours—without electricity or canned fuel. High density 2" fiberglassinsulation in walls, top, floor and doors for maximum heat retention. High performance blower systemin convection mode and preheat for fast heat up, recovery and even heat distribution. Completelywelded turned-in seam stainless steel construction adds rigidity and eliminates raw edges for ease ofcleaning and safety. Removable wire shelves with reinforced shelf clips. Model BR120 shown.Model Capacity BR96 Up to 96 Plates (83/4" to 11" dia.)BR120 Up to 120 Plates (83/4" to 11" dia.)BR150 Up to 150 Plates (83/4" to 11" dia.)BR1000 Up to 96 Plates (111/8" to 123/4" dia.)

D. Heated Banquet Cabinets.Provide the control to serve meals hot and on time, every time. Superior thermalperformance in both standard electric or Quad-Heat™ Dual Fuel systems. Durableconstruction. Ergonomic three-point-control handle. Hands-free access kick-latch. Uniquecontrol panel with thermometer, exclusive count-up/count-down timer and dry-eraseclipboard all in one. Many options and accessories available. Model MBQ-180D-QHwith accessories shown.

B

D

C. Classic Carter™ Banquet Carts.From 40 to 200 plate capacities ... models for standard plates up to 101/2", XL plates up to 12" and XXLplates up to 123/4" dia.—there’s a Carter for any size banquet. Features lift-out high performanceheater, all-welded unibody stainless steel construction, heavy-duty aluminum bumper with non-markinggray vinyl insert and wheel-ahead caster configuration. Capacity depends on stacking height of platesand covers. Energy Star; rebates available in some states (check with your local utility company fordetails). Model BB96 shown.

119.11_28.new 5/16/11 11:20 AM Page 1

STORAGE & TRANSPORT

120

B. Poker Chip Dish Dollies withMicroban® Antimicrobial ProductProtection.Enhanced with built-in Microban® antimicrobialproduct protection. Available with adjustable,removable dividers for ease of storage andhandling of plates from 41/2" to 113/4" dia. Chipresistant polymer shell with foam core constructionhas snag-proof surface. Two-handled dish accessfor easy retrieval and less chance of breakage.Recessed handles and square design maximizespace efficiency. 5" neoprene swivel casters(2 with brakes). Protective vinyl dust coverincluded. NSF.Model Description PCD8 211/16"Wx317/8"Hx211/16"D,

4 Dish Columns, 60 Dish Per ColumnPCD9 239/16"Wx317/8"Hx239/16"D,


4 Dish Columns, 60 Dish Per ColumnPCD11A AdjustablePCD12 293/4"Wx317/8"Hx293/4"D,



9 Dish Columns, 40-60 Dish Per ColumnAdditional models available.

B

A

A. Self-Leveling Plate Dispensers.Mobile cabinet dispensers are all-welded stainless steel.Hand adjustable plate guides and height adjustment; notools required. 31/4" diameter adjustment range.Re-engineered stainless steel Easy-Glide™ designprovides quiet, non-stick operation. Each heated dispenserfeatures its own thermostatic control. Model 925 (shown)non-heated, fits plates sizes 61/2" to 93/4". Ask us about thewide variety of heated and non-heated models available.Model Description 915 Non-Heated, 41/4" to 71/2" Plates917 Heated, 41/4" to 71/2" Plates925 Non-Heated, 61/2" to 93/4" Plates927 Heated, 61/2" to 93/4" Plates935 Non-Heated, 83/4" to 12" Plates937 Heated, 83/4" to 12" Plates

C. Dish Dispensers.Cabinet style, mobile, unheated, heated or all adjustable. Reduces breakage, maximizes storage. Capacityof each tubular dispenser approximately 28 to 36 bowls or 50 to 72 plates. Frame and body constructed ofall welded heavy gauge steel. All units are fitted with model AT adjustable drop-in dish dispensers.Mounted on four 4" dia. heavy-duty, double ball bearing swivel casters with non-marking rubber tires. CSA.Optional items available.Model Description 2AT6-ST Two Tube-Cabinet Unheated, 35"Lx20"W,

Dish Size: 83/8" to 91/4"2AT6-STH Two Tube-Cabinet Heated, 35"Lx20"W,

Dish Size: 83/8" to 91/4"2AT7-STH Two Tube-Cabinet Heated, 35"Lx20"W,

Dish Size: 93/8" to 101/4"3AT6-ST Three Tube-Cabinet Unheated, 33"Lx31"W,

Dish Size: 83/8" to 91/4"3AT75-ST Three Tube-Cabinet Unheated, 33"Lx31"W,

Dish Size: 103/8" to 111/4"Additional models available.C

Executive Chef Phil YoungBridge House RestaurantMilford, CT

Pan Seared Sea Scallops withWarmed Corn and Bacon Salsa

4 U-10 sea scallops

6 ears fresh corn (roasted and cut off cob)1/4 cup diced red bell pepper1/4 cup diced green bell pepper1/4 cup diced onion1/4 cup halved grape tomatoes

1 teaspoon chopped garlic1/4 cup cooked chopped bacon

2 Tablespoons unsalted butter

Pan sear the scallops over high heat untilnicely browned. Set aside the scallops,using the same pan, add the dicedvegetables, cooked bacon and butter to thepan, sauteing them until they are lightlycooked and the butter is melted. Salt andpepper to taste.

Spoon the mixture over the scallops andserve as an appetizer, or double the recipeto make 2 entrees.

Tip: Save the bacon fat when cooking thebacon, add to the salsa mixture!

Featured Chef

120.11_28.new 5/16/11 11:51 AM Page 1

Model Description YEA-062 Plate, 61/4" YEA-072 Plate, 71/4"YEA-090 Plate, 9"YEA-102 Plate, 101/4"YED-084 Rim Soup, 9 oz."YEF-070 Tall Cup, 9 oz.Other items available in this pattern.

A. Espree China (Undecorated).Graceful. Pleasing. Versatile. Food combinations are beautifully framed bythese stylish curved lines and sculptured rim. Whatever your décor, Espreecan satisfy it with a full selection of distinctive decorations. Fine gauge andlightweight make Espree ideal for the best dining and banquet facilities. Themodest rim width provides generous serving space.Model Description F1040000700 Bouillon, 71/2 oz.F1040000710 Fruit, 53/4 oz.F1040000720 Grapefruit, 111/2 oz.F1040000740 Soup Rim Deep, 171/2 oz.F1040000117 Plate, 61/4"F1040000125 Plate, 71/4"F1040000139 Plate, 9"F1040000149 Plate, 101/4"F1040000520 Cup Lotus, 71/2 oz.Other items available in this pattern.

DiningDinnerwareGlasswareFlatwareTabletop AccessoriesServingLinens

B

121

China Care

If you notice many rim chips on your china:• Do not stack cups on one another• Check for improper washing racks• Line your soak sink• Watch for overlapped plates in rack or on belt in

dish machine• Be careful about mixing heavyweight and

lightweight bodied china in dish room• Look for improper bus tub loading

If you notice a lot of surface wear:• Minimize use of metal sponges. White plastic sponges

are made for ceramic and glass dinnerware.

If you notice too much breakage:• Avoid placing in soaking tubs roughly• Always hold item using handle• Check for improper rack height• Use compartment racks• Use trays to carry plates to the table (not by

hand or on arm)• Watch over stacking self-levelers• Avoid thermal shock conditions• Do not heat dinnerware over an open flame

Traditional Sizes & Plate Names

Charger 131/2"Service Plate 12"Dinner Plate 10"Luncheon Plate 9"Salad Plate 8"Dessert Plate 7"Bread & Butter 6"

Dinnerware Care Unload dinnerware one piece at a time from the dishmachine. This prevents chipping and rims clickingtogether. A quiet dish room is evidence of longerdinnerware and glassware life. Keep an adequate supplyof dinnerware in stock. Proper rotation and carefulhandling will extend the service life of your dinnerwareand keep replacement costs down.

C. Concentrix Collection.Fully vitrified. Microwave safe. Oven proof. Dishwasher safe! Choose from avariety of shapes and colors—Black (CB), Blanco, (CW), Cayenne (CQ),Cilantro (CT), Cinnebar (CN), Cobalt (CC), and Saffron (CS).

C

A

Model Description CBA-062 Plate, 61/4" CBA-074 Plate, 71/2"CBA-090 Plate, 9"CBA-104 Plate, 101/2"CBA-120 Plate, 12"CBH-116 Oval Platter, 113/4"x83/8"CBH-136 Oval Platter, 133/4"x101/2"Other items available in this pattern.

B. Monterey Collection.Embossed pattern available inAmerican White and American Whitew/Berry Band.

121.11_11 5/9/11 9:22 AM Page 1

DINING

122

A. Buffalo Rolled Edge China.Durable. Dependable. Desirable. This timelesslook is defined by clean body l ines and aspacious rim. This appealing shape is designedto withstand the rigors of the busiest diningoperations and is recommended for diners,bistros, cafes, family restaurants or schools. Thereinforced, rolled edge provides maximumresistance to chipping and allows for easierhandling. Model Description F1500000700 4" Bouillons Atlantic, 71/4 oz.F1500000710 41/4" Fruits Re, 33/4 oz.F2500000711 43/4" Fruits Re, 5 oz.F1500000720 63/8" Grapefruits Re, 13 oz.F1500000760 43/8" Bowls Jung, 91/2 oz.F1500000761 5" Bowls Mark, 121/2 oz.F1500000730 51/4" Nappies Re, 10 oz.F1500000731 55/8" Nappies Re, 121/2 oz.F1500000732 515/16" Nappies Re, 18 oz.F1500000740 8" Soups Rim Deep Re, 15 oz.F1500000741 9" Soups Rim Deep Re, 24 oz.F1500000790 12" Pasta Bowls Re, 48 oz.F1500000111 51/2" Plates ReF2500000117 61/4" Plates ReOther items available in this pattern.

A

B. Botticelli Undecorated.A dramatic, steep leaf embossed with hand-carved textures creates an impressive showcasefor food presentations. Created by award-winningEuropean design team Queensbury-Hunt,Botticelli appeals to both casual and fine diningsettings. Limited 3-year no-chip warranty. Brightwhite porcelain body. 9" plates have ergonomicback.Model Description R4570000512 3" Cups, 91/2 oz.R4570000705 21/4" Bouillons, 9 oz.R4570000710 41/8" dia. Fruits/CondimentR4570000760 51/2" Bowls/Cereal, 15 oz.R4570000740 91/4" dia. Soups Rim DeepR4570000785 117/8" dia. Pasta BowlsR4570000118 63/8" PlatesR4570000127 71/4" PlatesR4570000134 83/8" Plates R4570000139 9" Plates Other items available in this pattern.

B

D. Tundra Dinnerware Collection.Direct. Powerful. Lasting. The wide rim ofTundra offers a more dramatic presentation andbetter portion control. The Vitr if ied HighAlumina (VHA) body enhances impact andchipping resistance for long service life.Model Description F1400000705 Bouillons 91/2 oz.F1400000711 Fruits 5 oz.F1400000720 Grapefruits 9 oz.F1400000741 Soups Rim 181/2 oz.F1400000785 Pasta Bowls 20 oz.F1400000790 Pasta Bowls 39 oz. F1400000117 Plates, 61/4"F1400000131 Plates, 8"Other items available in this pattern.

D

E. Courses Collection by Oneida.Courses is the answer for casual dining venueslooking to add a new dimension and contrast totheir tabletop. Square, rectangle and triangularforms provide a refreshing break from traditionalround shapes. Reinforced edges and round cor-ners, molded in the super-durable Buffalo Chinabody provide maximum performance in the frontand back of the house. Undecorated (0000);Also available in 4 colors—Black (0911),Curacao (2211), Paprika (2209), Saffron (2210).Model Description F1020000941 31/8" Dishes/Sauce (Triangle)F1020000764 5" Bowls (Triangle)F1020000940S 31/2" Dishes/Sauce (Square)F1020000730S 47/8" Bowls (Square)F1020000731S 63/8" Bowls (Square)F1020000111 51/2" Plates (Triangle)F1020000123 7" Plates (Triangle)F1020000137 87/8" Plates (Triangle)F1020000157 111/4" Plates (Triangle)F1020000111S 51/2" Plates (Square)Other items available in this pattern.

E

C. Sant'Andrea Mood Dinnerware.Mood's pleasing tactile design evokes a sooth-ing peace of mind. This extraordinary line ofsmooth-cornered, asymmetric shapes is offeredin the finest bright white porcelain.Model Description R4700000950 Dishes Sauce, 4 oz.R4700000710 Fruits, 91/2 oz.R4700000720 Bowls Cereal, 22 oz.R4700000729 Bowls Rice, 10 oz.R4700000740 Soups Rim BowlR4700000780 Soups Tureens, 102 oz.R4700000738 Bowls Salad, 55 oz.R4700000748 Bowls Salad, 933/4 oz.R4700000790 Bowls Pasta, 311/2 oz.R4700000129 Plates, 63/4"R4700000141 Plates, 91/4"R4700000163 Plates, 12"R4700000377 Plates, 133/4"R4700000347 Platters Snack, 10"R4700000371 Platters, 13"Other items available in this pattern.

C

F. Porcelain Undecorated.An affordable assortment of contemporary brightwhite ranges. The unique item shapes mixnicely with other Oneida bright white and solidcolor dinnerware settings. Bright, white porcelainbody. Hard, scratch-resistant glaze. Finelypolished foot.Model Description F5000000601M Mini Au Gratin, 11/2 oz. F5000000610M Mini Ramekin, 2 oz.F5000000791M Mini Lion Head Bowl, 21/4 oz.F5000000151S Platter Square 101/2"F5000000162S Platter Square 117/8"F5000000382 Cake Tray 133/4"x61/4" F5000000115S Plates (Square) 5"F5000000127S Plates (Square) 71/2"F5000000139S Plates (Square) 9"F5000000767 Bowls (Triangle) 8"F5000000512 Cups (Low) 9 oz.Other items available in this pattern.

F

122.11_12 5/9/11 9:56 AM Page 1

B. Modena Collection.New Aluma Tux—Where quality and elegance meetvalue and service. Not only is Modena ideal for finedining and banquet halls, but also for those operatorsthat want a more durable, light-weight and upscaleproduct that can take the abuse of a fast-pacedrestaurant environment without breaking their budget. Model Description AMU-005 Plate, 9"AMU-006 Plate, 10"AMU-007 Plate, 105/8"AMU-008 Plate, 115/8"AMU-009 Plate, 121/2"AMU-040 Sugar/Bouillon Cup, 8 oz.AMU-060 Fruit Dish, 41/2 oz.AMU-062 Rim Soup, 101/2 oz.Other items available in this pattern.

DINING

123

B

A. Squares.Spice up your table with a new look. Unique squaredesigns for the creative chef inspired to create newdishes and menu presentations. Made of fully vitrifiedporcelain that is safe for dishwashers and microwaveovens. A variety of color are available—White (BWH),Eggshell (BEH), Porcelain White (BPB), Black (CBH),Cilantro (CTH), Cobalt (CCH), Saffron (CSH) andCinnebar (CNH).Model Description BWH-0845 Plate 81/2" (White)BEH-072C Plate 71/4" (Eggshell)BEH-090C Plate 9" (Eggshell)BWH-110C Plate 11" (White)BWH-126C Plate 121/8" (White)BPH-126C Plate 123/4" (Porcelain White)BEB-160F Bowl 151/2 oz. (Eggshell)BEB-250H Bowl 25 oz. (Eggshell)BPH-105J Pasta Bowl 251/2 oz. (Porcelain White)Other items available in this pattern.

A

Jamie Gorey & Jill MeansTwo Chicks from the Stickshttp://twochicksfromthesticks.com/blogs

Pumpkin Bars with Cream

Cheese Frosting

21/4 cups all-purpose flour2 teaspoons baking powder1 teaspoon baking soda1/4 teaspoon salt1 teaspoon cinnamon1/2 teaspoon nutmeg21/4 cups packed brown sugar4 eggs, slightly beaten1 can pumpkin or 14 ounces of fresh cooked pumpkin

1 cup canola oil1/2 cup chopped nuts (optional)1/2 cup chopped raisins (optional)

Cream Cheese Frosting

4 ounces cream cheese, softened1/4 cup butter, softened1/3 cup milk31/2 cups powdered sugar11/2 teaspoons vanilla

Featured Chefs

Grease a 20"x15"x1" baking pan;set aside. Sift together the flour,baking powder, baking soda, salt,cinnamon and nutmeg. Set aside.In a large mixing bowl, combine thepumpkin, brown sugar and oil andmix together until well combined.Add the eggs slowly to the pumpkinmixture; mix well. Add the dryingredients slowly to the wetingredients. Beat together until thebatter is smooth.

Stir in nuts and/or raisins by hand(optional). Pour the batter into theprepared pan. Bake at 350°F for20-25 minutes or until a toothpickinserted near the center comes outclean. Let cool completely beforefrosting.

For frosting, in a medium bowl, whipthe cream cheese and buttertogether unti l l ight and fluffy—approximately 2 minutes. Beat in thepowdered sugar and milk alternatingbetween the two unti l wellcombined. Add the vanilla. Spreadover the top of the cooled pumpkinbars.

Shelf Life: 3 days

Yields: 24 bars

Dinnerware Durability

Typically, the higher the weight of the dinnerware, the more durable it will be.But, consideration should also be given to your waitstaff.

How much can be carried on one tray? How far will the trays be carried?

Find a weight that provides the look you want and is comfortable for youremployees.

123.11_12 5/9/11 10:10 AM Page 1

DINING

124

C. Intensity Dinnerware.When table service calls for tradition and elegance,Intensity is the perfect choice. The 8-piece collectionis the stately, refined personality of Zenix Dinnerwarewith wide rims and large surface areas perfect forin-room service, banquets and table-servicerestaurants.Model Description G4395 12" Service PlateG4398 103/4" Dinner PlateG4392 10" Banquet PlateG4391 8" Salad PlateG4396 Rim Soup/Pasta Bowl, 113/4 oz.G4394 Bread & Butter Plate, 61/4"G4395 Oval Platter, 133/4"x10"G4399 Pasta Bowl, 383/4 oz.

C

A

A. Cypress Dinnerware.Cypress dinnerware combines the look and feelof china with the durability of full tempering. Itsdistinct embossed pattern is the perfectcomplement to any décor.Model Description 7437 Pasta Bowl, 38 oz.7438 Plate (Fits Hospital Pellet System), 9"7442 Grapefruit Bowl, 9 oz., 61/2" 7444 Fruit Dish 5 oz., 43/4"7445 Oval Platter, 135/8"24682 Plate, 105/8"25755 Dessert Plate, 75/8"26927 Plate, 91/2"27019 Soup Plate, 9", 14 oz.27021 Plate, 61/8"27025 Oval Platter, 111/2"27028 Mug, 10 oz.27035 Stack Cup, 8 oz.27039 Saucer, 57/8"

B. Appetizer Collection.Showcase your creativity with Appetizer, the new stylish, yetfunctional collection of dinnerware accessories. TheAppetizer collection offers a variety of pieces to complementtraditional tableware.Model Description R0712 Glass Plate, 13"R0734 Mini Souffle, 23/4"R0735 Deep Square Bowl, 31/2", 41/2 oz.R0736 Rectangular Bowl, 55/8"x23/4"R0737 Square Bowl, 33/4"R0738 Spoon, 41/8"R0739 Spirit Bowl, 51/2"x37/8"R0740 Oval Deep Bowl, 37/8", 2 oz.R0741 Ludico Deep Bowl, 33/4", 5 oz.R0742 Spirit Deep Bowl, 37/8", 4 oz. B

D. Quad™ Dinnerware Collection.Stylish yet simple. Modern with a classic touch.The Quad collection adds glamour and appealto any meal. The coupe profile and the softcorners make the Quad plates a user-friendlyline. Microwave and oven safe.Model Description QP-11 Bowl, 51/4", 10 oz.QP-15 Bowl, 81/2", 10 oz.QP-18 Soup Plate, 81/2", 16 oz.QP-2 Saucer, 53/4"QP-20 Plate, 115/8"QP-23 Cup, 8 oz.QP-6 Plate, 6"QP-7 Plate, 73/4"QP-9 Plate, 93/4"

D

E. Roma™ Dinnerware Collection.The wide rim of the Roma collection makes itideal for even the busiest of dining rooms. Itsreinforced, rolled edge provides maximum resis-tance to chipping and allows for easier handling.American white. Microwave and oven safe.Model Description RO-105 Pasta Bowl, 101/2", 17 oz.RO-115 Pasta Bowl, 111/2", 20 oz.RO-120 Pasta Bowl, 12", 24 oz.RO-13 Platter, 111/2"x81/4"RO-16 Plate, 101/4"RO-2 Saucer, 6"RO-20 Plate, 11"RO-21 Plate, 12"RO-22 Plate, 81/4"RO-33 Platter, 7"x45/8"RO-46 Bowl, 87/8", 55 oz.RO-6 Plate, 65/8"Other items available in this pattern.

E

F. Camwear Camcovers.Dents, dings and breakage become a problem ofthe past when you use Cambro’s CamwearCamcovers! Super-tough, lightweight polycar-bonate construction is unequalled in strengthand durability. Food stays hot and appetizingwithout pre-heating. Camwear Camcovers canbe used in heated carts, up to 210°F. They areNSF listed and dishwasher safe. Available inClear (152), Silver (486), Amber (153) and Beige(133).Model Description 900CW 91/8"x23/4"806CW 87/16"x211/16"901CW 95/16"x213/16"905CW 91/2"x213/16"909CW 93/4"x23/4"9011CW 10"x27/8"x27/8"9013CW 10"x23/4"1000CW 103/16"x211/16"1005CW 109/16"x213/16"1007CW 105/8"x23/4"1013CW 1013/16"x211/16"1101CW 11"x211/16"1202CW 121/8"x23/4"

F

124.11_12 5/9/11 3:10 PM Page 1

DINING

125

Model Description WP-9 9" Wide Rim PlateB-127 71/2" Bowl, 12 oz.WP-10 101/2" Wide Rim PlateB-454 43/4" Bowl, 41/2 oz.WP-6 61/2" Wide Rim PlateWP-9 9" Wide Rim PlateNP-6 61/2" Narrow Rim PlateOP-950 91/2"x71/4" Oval PlatterOP-120 12"x9" Oval PlatterB-139 91/4" Pasta/Soup Bowl, 13 oz.NP-9 9" Narrow Rim PlateC-107 Mug/Cup, 7 oz.RM-400 4 oz. Plain RamekinTP-12 12" Triangle PlateBC-170 Bouillon, 8 oz.SU-2 51/2" Saucer for BC170TM-1308 Stacking Mug, 8 oz. SANOther items available in this pattern.

A. Santa Lucía™ Collection.Infused with Old World charm and beauty,Santa Lucía’s™ hand-painted design on anironstone background will bring flair andflavor to your table. Choose from severalartfully crafted shapes and sizes to createthe perfect display. Made of break-resistant, commercial dishwasher safemelamine. Dishwasher safe. NSF.

A

Dining Service GuideSuggested service for 100 people. Numbers are per dozen.DiNNerware A B C D E F Cups & Saucers 15 15 12 12 12 12Bouillon/Sugars 6-9 3-6 6 12 6-9 0Plates 51/2" 12 0 0 12 18 0Plates 61/2"-7" 12 18-24 15 12 0 12Plates 8"-9" 6 12 12 12 15 12Plates 91/2"-101/2" 10 3 0 12 0 0Bowls 10-16 oz. 3 6 6 0 6-9 9Grapefruits 3 3 0 0 6-9 0Fruit Saucers 12 12 12 12 12 12

TaBLewareTeaspoons 18 18 18 18 18 18Soup/Dessert Spoons 6 12 12 12 12 12Tablespoons 3 0 0 3 0 0iced Tea Spoons 3 6 6 0 0 0Coffee Spoons (aD) 3 0 0 0 0 0Bouillon Spoons 6 0 6 0 6 0Forks 12 12 18 12 18 12Salad Forks 12 12 0 12 0 0Cocktail Forks 6 3 0 0 0 0Dinner Knife 12 12 12 12 12 12Butter Knife 12 0 0 0 0 0Knife Steel 6 3 0 0 0 0

GLaSSwareTumblers 12 18 12 12 0 0Juice 6 12 6 12 12 6iced Tea 6 6 6 12 0 0Milk 6 12 6 0 12 12

A=Hotels and restaurants; B=Coffee Shops; C=Cafeterias; D=Caterers for Clubs/Churches; E=Hospitals and NursingHomes; F=Schools and Colleges

D. Melamine Display Pieces.Top quality melamine dinnerware perfect for any tablesetting. 100% melamine versatile servingware islightweight, stain, chip and break resistant. These itemshave the added feature of being glazed for increasedlongevity and have the look and feel of china. Perfect forentrées, display cases and catering venues. Dishwashersafe. Available in white and black. Model Description DW140S2T 141/2"x7"DW210S2T 21"x7" DW115R2B 12" Round Pasta Bowl

D

B

B. Mardi Gras Dinnerware.Colors that celebrate and bring spirit to your dining area.This line of heavy duty dinnerware, the Diamond line, isheavily glazed for strong stain resistance. Theoutstanding quality is supported by a two-year limitedwarranty. Made of commercial dishwasher safemelamine that is NSF approved. Colors: Peacock Blue(PB), Rio Orange (RO), Rainforest Green (FG), TropicalYellow (TY).

C. Oval Platter & Round PlateCovers.Vollrath offers 41 stock sizes of roundcovers. Constructed of 18/8 stainlesssteel. Satin-finish keeps covers lookingbetter longer; mirror-finished availableat additional charge. Custom PlateCovers for plates 711/16" to 123/4" andCustom Platter Covers for platters 81/4"to 133/8" and lengths from 93/8" to 155/8"and heights from 2" to 23/4" alsoavailable. Precision fitt ing stylesensures stackabil i ty for footed ornon-footed plates.

Model Description 62300 Fits Plates 9" to 91/8" 62307 Fits Plates 915/16" to 10" 62308 Fits Plates 101/16" to 101/8" 62315 Fits Plates 1015/16" to 11" 62318 Fits Plates 111/16" to 111/8" 62325 Fits Plates 1115/16" to 12" 62326 Fits Plates 121/16" to 121/8" 62331 Fits Plates 1211/16" to 123/4"Additional models are available.

C

Model Description ML93SL Bowl, 2 qt.ML94SL Bowl, 3 qt.ML95SL Bowl, 4 qt.ML88SL Tray, 133/4"x91/2"ML90SL Plate, 12" SquareML92SL Plate, 16" SquareOP618SL Oval Platter, 18"x131/2"OP630SL Oval Platter, 30"x201/4"

125.11_12 5/9/11 10:26 AM Page 1

DINING

126

A

C

C. Dayton Dinnerware.Be kind to the environment! This newmelamine dinnerware is made from 50%sustainable natural resources which arebiodegradable. Dinnerware is stain, scratch,and break-resistant. Same reinforced rimand foot design as our Dallas Ware®

Dinnerware. Meets PS25-70 specifications.Safe for temperatures up to 212°F. NSF list-ed and dishwasher safe. Available inBavarian Cream, Black, Honey Yellow,Oatmeal, Pappercorn, Red, Toffee, Truffle,Turquoise, Wasabi.

Model Description 33002 101/2" Dinner Plate 33004 9" Dinner Plate 33006 71/4" Salad Plate 33024 12" Dinner Plate 33032 16 oz., 71/2" Rimmed Bowl 33034 13 oz., 91/4" Pasta/Soup/Salad Bowl 33036 12 oz., 71/4" Rimmed Bowl 33082 12"x91/4" Oval Platter 33086 91/2"x71/4" Oval Platter Additional models are available.

E

B. Palette™ Designer Displayware™.Enjoy the look and feel of china without the replacementcost. Eight new patterns have been added to the PaletteDesigner Displayware line. From modern to classicstyles—choose one to portray the look you want.Designer patterns are coordinated to complement manyof the Palette solid colors and are a smart way to changethe look of your display with just a few new decoratedpieces. High quality, heavy-weight melamine is lighterthan comparable ceramic or enamel pieces. Break-resistant construction reduces the cost and risksassociated with broken ceramic. Safe for temperaturesup to 212°F. Dishwasher safe. NSF.Model Description 44400 12" WR Square Plate44402 14" WR Square Bowl44404 15" WR Round Platter44406 19" WR Round Platter44410 17"x13" WR Oval Platter44412 21"x15" WR Oval Platter44414 14"x10" WR Rectangle Platter44416 17"x13" WR Rectangle Platter44418 22" WR Salmon Platter43024 12" WR Dinner PlateAdditional models are available.

B

E. Sierrus Dinnerware.All purpose, medium heavy weight dinnerwarewith the same design as Durus®. Sierrus hasa two-year warranty against breakage.Dishwasher safe, break-resistant dinnerwareis safe for temperatures up to 212°F. NSFListed. Colors: White(02), Bone(42), SunsetOrange(52), Honey Yellow(22), MeadowGreen(09), Ocean Blue(14).

D. Dinet® Reusable Dishware.The perfect choice for room service systems, or simply to increasepatient satisfaction. Enhance your patient tray with the new DinetChina. Available in a 9" entrée plate, 51/2" bread/dessert plate and6 oz. fruit dish. Dinet China pieces are elegantly embossed in ivorycolor. Use with the new Tulip Cup and Tulip Bowl with disposabledome lids. Made of sturdy, crystal clear plastic in a decorative,contemporary style to accent the patient tray.Model Description DX5CBPB02 China Dessert Plate, 51/2"DX5CFNB02 China Fruit Bowl, 53/4 oz.DX7CE02 China Plate, 73/4"DX9CP02 China Plate, 9"DX11880174 Disposable Dome LidDXSWC507 Tulip Cup (Swirl), 5 oz.DX11820174 Translucent Lid (Fits Tulip Cup 5 oz.)SWC12 Tulip Bowl (Swirl), 12 oz.DX11890174 Translucent Lid (Fits Tulip Bowl 12 oz.)

A. Dallas Ware® Dinnerware.The original industry standard formelamine dinnerware. Dependability,quality and durability have been theDallas Ware® trademark for over fiftyyears. Offers superior stain andscratch resistance. Reduce breakageand replacements with the DallasWare® reinforced rim and foot design.Safe for temperatures up to 212°F.Dishwasher safe. NSF. Available inten colors.

Model Description 43500 101/4" Dinner Plate43501 9" Dinner Plate43503 71/4" Salad Plate43505 55/8" Bread & Butter Plate43512 11" 3-Compartment Plate43516 9" 3-Compartment Plate, Deep43520 53/4" Nappie Bowl, 16 oz.43531 41/2" Fruit Bowl, 43/4 oz.43546 31/8" Stacking Cup, 7 oz.43563 91/4"x61/4" Oval Platter43546 7 oz., 31/8" Stacking Cup43560 12"x81/2" Oval PlatterAdditional models are available.

Model Description 43850 101/4" Dinner Plate43852 9" Dinner Plate43854 71/4" Salad Plate43856 55/8" Bread & Butter Plate43858 53/4" Nappie Bowl, 16 oz.43860 51/2" Rim Nappie Bowl, 14 oz.43862 5" Nappie Bowl, 10 oz.43864 57/8" Grapefruit Bowl, 10 oz.43866 41/2" Fruit Bowl, 43/4 oz.43868 33/4" Bouillon Cup, 8 oz.43870 31/8" Stacking Cup, 7 oz.43872 91/4"x61/4" Oval platter

D

126.11_12 5/9/11 10:48 AM Page 1

DINING

127

A. Bouclé Collection™.These stylish sleek Bouclé Collection™ basketsbring elegance to any tabletop or buffet setting.Black metal coated in eleven low profile styles andsizes. Models shown-BK358, BK37309, BK37510.Model Description BK37209 Rectangular, 9"x6"x2"BK358 Round Breadstick, 31/2"x51/2" BK37109 Rectangular, 8"x41/2"x11/2" BK356 Rectangular Holder, 3"x21/2"x2" BK355 Round Holder, 2"x21/2"BK37510 Round, 91/2"x2"BK37410 Oval, 10"x63/4"x2"BK31815 Oblong, 15"x6"x2"BK37409 Oval, 81/2"x51/2"x2"BK37508 Round, 8"x2"BK37309 Rectangular, 121/2"x61/2"x11/2"

F

B. Vertigo Collection.Add a bit of fun to your tabletop with black metalappetizer cones. These cone shaped serverscome in a variety of sizes. Available with orwithout ramekin attachments for creative waysto serve all your favorite appetizers. Conepaper and liners available. Model Description ACP7 7"x61/2" Dbl. Opening Bags for ConesACP12 12" Liners for ConesACR259 5"x9" Black Cone w/2 ramekinsACR57 5"x7" Black Cone w/ramekinACR59 5"x9" Black Cone w/ramekinAC57 5"x7" Black ConeAC59 5"x9" Black ConeAC77 7"x7" Black ConeAC95 9"x5" Black Cone

B

C. Baskets & Breadstick Holder,Mediterranean Collection.Upgrade your buffet with these Mediterranean styleblack powder coated metal baskets. Ideal fordisplaying an assortment of items.Model Description BK21709 Black 9" Oblong Cracker BsktBK21815 Black Oblong Bskt,15"x61/4"x 3"BK258 Black Breadstick HolderBK27209 Black Rect Bskt, 9"x6"x21/2"BK27212 Black Rectangular, 12"x9"x31/2"BK27310 Black Square Bskt, 10"x4"BK27409 Black Oval Bskt, 9"x61/4"x21/4"BK27410 Black Oval Bskt, 10"x61/2"x3"BK27412 Black Oval Bskt, 12"x91/2"x31/2"BK27508 Black Round Bskt, 8"x21/4"BK27510 Black Round Bskt, 10"x3"BK27512 Black Round Bskt, 12"x31/4"

D

F. Acrylic Menu Holders and Sign Holders.Menus have never looked better with acrylic. Choose fromthree sizes to showcase your menus or specials.Customize your own menu cards with magnetic acrylicholders. A stylish and modern new way to dress up anytabletop. Models shown—Menus: AS811, AS57, AS46;Specials: A360, A361, A362. Model Description AS46 4"x6" Curved Menu HolderAS57 51/2"x81/2" Curved Menu HolderAS811 81/2"x11" Curved Menu HolderA362 4"x11/4"x21/2" Magnetic Card Holder, Rec.A361 31/2"x3"x11/2" Magnetic Card Holder, Angled Rec.A360 33/4"x11/2" Magnetic Card Holder, Round

E

D. RisersAdd height, drama and dimension to any display or buffetwith ease using risers in brushed stainless steel, wood oracrylic. Models shown—RR3, WBK3, BKRR3, AR3.

A

E. Versa Rack™ Racks, Mediterranean Collection.The ideal solution for organizing and merchandisingyour tabletops. The Versa Rack™ with its blackpowder coated metal Mediterranean style isavailable in full or half racks with clips to holdmenus or promotional cards. Available in an arrayof sizes. Model BK2780 shown.Model Description BK2595 Black Med. 5.95" RoundBK259512 Black Small Half 81/2" Back, 5" FrontBK2679 Black Med. 6.79" RoundBK267912 Black Large Half 8" Back, 53/4" FrontBK2780 Black Med. 7.80" Round

G. Porcelain Salt &Pepper Shakers.Give a new look to yoursetting with our uniquelyshaped, stylish porcelain saltand pepper shakers. A musthave for the creative,memorable tabletop.Model Description 168 Square Set, 2 oz. 181 Tower Set, 1 oz.182 Slanted Set, 2 oz.

G

Model Description BK2RR 4-Pc. Round Riser, Black MetalWBK3 3-Pc. Cube Riser, Black WoodRR3 3-Pc. Round Riser, S/SAR3 3-Pc. Riser, Acrylic

C

127.11_12 5/9/11 11:07 AM Page 1

DINING

128

B. Wrought Iron Conical Baskets.Fee, FRY, Fo, Fum...your patrons willdelight in every crumb! Use these greatdesigns for French fries, appetizers, dips,and more. Model Description FCB22 2-ConeFCB33 3-ConeFFB59 1-ConeFBD1012 2-Cone w/Center HandleFBC92 1-Cone w/2 Ramekins

B

D. Authentic Collection™.This distinctive collection of oil andvinegar bottles and matching salt andpepper shakers is sure to shake up yourtabletop with that authentic look ofrecycled green glass. Model Description 6618 Shakers, 4 oz.6619 Oil & Vinegar Dispenser, 12 oz.

C. Ironworks Bread Baskets.These attractive wrought iron baskets are availablewith a black leaf pattern or black scroll pattern.They’ll add distinction and change the way youserve bread, rolls and biscuits! Model Description BLSB80 8" Black ScrollBLSB93 9" Black ScrollBLLB81 8" LeafBLLB94 9" Leaf

A

A. Wrought Iron Griddles with Stand.A great chafer-less way to serve up breakfast items or hot sandwiches.Rectangular griddles come in two sizes and the triangular and round griddles adda new dimension to your buffet line. Replacement griddle tops also available.Model Description GS16 16"x131/2"x5" Rectangular Griddle with Stand (Set)G61 Half-Size Replacement GriddleGS18 18" Dia. Round Griddle & 17" Dia. Stand (Set)GS81 18" Dia. Replacement Round GriddleGSS17 17" Dia. StandGS27 27"x16"x5" Rectangular Griddle with Stand (Set)GS72 Full Size Replacement GriddleGST77 191/2"x191/2"x6" Triangular Griddle with Stand (Set)G777 Triangular Replacement Griddle

D

C

E. Pepper & Salt Mills.Chef Specialties is your source for the mostcomplete selection of pepper mills and spice mills.We offer a variety of mills from our commercialquality Professional Series with USA-mademechanisms to our stylish Home Cookin’ item forthe price conscious customer. Lifetime warrantyon the grinding mechanism.Model Description 10150 10" Imperial Walnut Pepper Mill18100 18" Monarch Walnut Pepper Mill29190 5" Laurel Acrylic Pepper Mill/Salt Set29900 51/2" Millennium SS Pepper Mill/Salt Set4100 4" Walnut Capstan Pepper/Salt Set8150 8" Windsor Walnut Pepper Mill8400 8" Prentiss Stainless Pepper Mill12100 12" President Walnut Pepper Mill

E

F. Mr. Dudley Pepper Mills, SaltGrinders & Salt Shakers.Trusted for over 50 years, Mr. Dudley woodand acrylic peppermills have enjoyed wideacceptance from consumers and restaurateursalike. Choose from a variety of competitivelypriced products available in clear acrylic andthree wood finishes (matte black, natural,walnut).

Model Description MrD3148 Majesty Pepper MillMrD3149 Majesty Salt MillMrD8105RT Kingston Pepper MillMrD8101RT Kingston Salt ShakerMrD7XX04SN 4" Natural Salt ShakerMrD7XX04SW 4" Walnut Salt ShakerMrD7CS06PW 6" Walnut Pepper MillMrD7CS10PN 10" Natural Pepper MillMrD7CS12PW 12" Walnut Pepper MilllMrD7CS16PMB 16" Matte Black Pepper MillAdditional models available.

F

Ground Pepper

For better flavor, always use freshly ground pepper. Theflavor comes from the oils of the sliced peppercorns. Thereare three basic types of pepper: black, white and green.Black is the strongest (slightly hot with a hint of sweetness)flavor of the three. White peppercorns are smaller, have asmoother skin and a light-tan color with a milder flavor. Thegreen peppercorn is the soft, underripe berry that is usuallypreserved in brine. It has a fresh flavor that is less pungentthan the berry in its other forms.

Store whole in a cool, dark place for about a year. Groundpepper will keep its flavor for about four months. Greenpeppercorns packed in brine should be refrigerated onceopened and will keep for one month; packed in water willkeep for a week.

128.11_12 5/9/11 11:34 AM Page 1

DINING

129

E

F. Plastic Specialty Drinkware.When the party is outside, on the beach, by thepool or under the stars....break resistant plasticbarware is the perfectly safe solution. So durable,they are a must for any beverage service! Allbarware available in clear. Colors available onselect barware. Custom imprinting also available.Model Description SW-1407 10 oz. Martini (SAN)SW-1406 8 oz. Wine (SAN)SW-1405 16 oz. Margarita (SAN)SW-1404 10 oz. Wine (SAN)SW-1403 12 oz. Margarita/Daiquiri (SAN)SW-1402 6 oz. Martini (SAN)SW-1401 6 oz. Champagne (SAN)S-16 16 oz. Shaker/Liter (SAN)00086-SAN 16 oz. Beer Mug (SAN)SW-1409 11/2 oz. Shot Glass (SAN)SW-1419 48 oz. Super Margarita (SAN)H-9 9 oz. High Ball (SAN)Additional models available.

F

B

E. Bahama Tumblers.Quench your summer thirst with theserefreshing tumblers. Made of SANbreak-resistant plastic material. Dishwashersafe. Available in 4 colors: Red, Clear, Jadeand Blue.Model Description 9907 7 oz. Rock9909 9 oz. Rock9912 12 oz. Double Rock9914 14 oz. Beverage9916 16 oz. Beverage9922 22 oz. Cooler9955 51/2 oz. Rock

C. Pitchers & Tumblers.Cambro tumblers and pitchershave the look and feel of glass butoffer cost savings and lightweighthandling. Pitchers have exclusivethumb grip and contoured ice lip.

C

A. Louis Tumblers.Attractive Louis Tumblers have an extrathick base that mimics the look of glass, anda faceted body shape that makes thetumblers easier to hold. The exterior designdoubles as a stacking lug, eliminating theneed for interior lugs. Available in sevensizes including 8 oz. and 12 oz. OldFashion—designed for healthcare tray, baror room service. Louis Tumblers arechip-, shatter- and break-resistant.Dishwasher safe. Color: Clear(07).

A

Model Description NT20 Newport Tumbler NT 22 oz.NT16 Newport Tumbler NT 16 oz.LT22 Laguna Tumbler 22 oz.LT16 Laguna Tumbler 16 oz.PL60CW Laguna Pitcher 60 oz. D24 Del Mar Tumbler DM 24 oz.HT22CW Huntington Tumbler 22 oz. (611/16"H)HT16CW Huntington Tumbler 16 oz. (51/2"H)P600CW Camwear Pitcher 60 oz.PC64CW Camwear Pitcher Covered 64 oz.Additional models available.

Model Description 5808 8 oz.5810 10 oz.5812 12 oz.5816 16 oz.5820 20 oz.5822 22 oz.5832 32 oz.

B. Stackable Tumblers.These stackable tumblers are ideal for high volume institutionssuch as schools, hospitals, cafeterias and prisons. DurableSAN reduces breakage. Tapered sides make tumblers easy tostack and pull apart. Textured exterior hides wear and tear.Stacking lugs inside prevent jamming when stored. Availablein Amber, Blue, Royal Blue, Ruby and Clear.Model Description 5501 5 oz.5526 8 oz.5529 9 oz.5506 91/2 oz.5212 12 oz.5216 16 oz.5220 20 oz.5224 24 oz.5232 32 oz. Tall5532 32 oz.

D. Alibi Drinkware.Update your barware presentation with thesophisticated styling of Alibi. Great for outdoor andpoolside beverage service. This lightweight yetdurable SAN is chip, shatter and break-resistant.The thick base mimics glassware. Available ineight sizes including mixer, old fashioned, shotglass and two shooter capacities. Dishwashersafe. Color: Clear(07).Model Description 5601 Shot Glass, 11/2 oz.5602 Shooter, 2 oz.5603 Shooter/Mini Dessert, 3 oz.5609 Rocks/Juice, 9 oz.5610 Highball, 10 oz.5612 Double Fashioned, 12 oz.5614 Beverage, 14 oz.5616 Pint/Mixing, 16 oz.

D

129_12 5/9/11 11:42 AM Page 1

DINING

130

B. Mix ’n Serve Glasses.Functional classic design. Competitivelypriced. Rim tempered for durability oruntempered for maximum value.Model Description 176FU 16 oz. (Untempered)7176FU 16 oz.77174 14 oz.77420 20 oz. 77422 22 oz. B

E. Carmona.Competitively priced! Full tempered durability!Fully tempered makes it an excellent choice forhigh traffic restaurants, banquet facilities, caterersand other operators needing attractive anddurable stemware. Choose from seven popularsizes and shapes.Model Description 96584 Goblet, 17 oz.96578 Red Wine, 11 oz.96577 Red Wine, 15 oz.96581 White Wine, 12 oz.96582 White Wine, 14 oz.96579 All Purpose Wine, 9 oz.96580 All Purpose Wine, 7 oz.

E

A

F. Swirl Polycarbonate Tumblers.Unique swirl design creates a perfect glass-liketabletop beverage presentation. Enhanced ouncemarkings located discreetly on our Swirl Tumblersallow for accurate recording of fluid intake bydietitians and nursing staff. Shatterproof polycar-bonate drinkware is the ideal alternative to glassanywhere breakage is a concern. Dishwashersafe. Available in three sizes.Model Description DX4GC607 6 oz.DX4GC907 9 oz.DX4GC1207 12 oz.

F

C. Clarisse.Contemporary beveled styling enhances theappearance of any beverage. Rim-tempered.Durability with a 21st century look.Model Description 77787 7 oz. Rocks77788R 8 oz. Rocks77770 10 oz. Rocks77790R 12 oz. Rocks1170U 10 oz. Beer, Tankard1172U 12 oz. Beer, Tankard77792R 12 oz. Beverage77794 14 oz. Beverage77796 16 oz. Cooler77780 20 oz. Cooler77789 9 oz. Hi-Ball

C

D. Soho.Add a touch of sophistication to your tabletop withthe handsome design of Soho drinkware. Rimtempered for maximum durability or untemperedfor greatest value.Model Description H054540 81/2 oz. Old Fashioned (Untempered)H054540 111/2 oz. Collins (Untempered)80441 11 oz. Rocks (Rim Tempered)H054539 11 oz. DOF (Untempered)80442 17 oz. Cooler (Rim Tempered)H054541 171/2 oz. Cooler (Untempered)H054472 91/2 oz. Hi Ball (Untempered)80443 10 oz. Hi Ball (Rim Tempered)80440 6 oz. Juice (Rim Tempered)80439 2 oz. Cordial (Rim Tempered)

D

A. New Orleans Barware.The most popular barware style. Competitivelypriced. Rim-tempered.Model Description 90004 Rocks, 4 oz. 90006 Rocks, 7 oz. 90007 Rocks, 8 oz.90008 Rocks, 9 oz. 90009 Rocks, 91/2 oz. 7730U Beverage, 10 oz. 7732U Beverage, 12 oz. 90010 Double Rocks, 12 oz. 77722 Iced Tea, 22 oz. 7745U Iced Tea, 14 oz. 7729U Hi-Ball, 9 oz. Other items available in this pattern.

G. Florentine Stemware.The sheer edge of Florentine addselegance to any tabletop while main-taining durability and affordability.

Model Description 80013 13 oz. Red Wine80018 81/2 oz. Wine80021 11 oz. Wine80019 6 oz. Flute90071 81/2 oz. Martini90080 16 oz. Goblet80024 16 oz. Bordeaux WineG

C

130.11_12 5/9/11 11:49 AM Page 1

DINING

131

E. Sensation Stemware.A collection of fine micro-rim stemwareperfectly proportioned with excellent colorand clarity. This ideal combination ofaesthetics and luxury is available in a widerange of sizes suiting bottle service or winesby the glass.Model Description 53478 Flute, 51/4 oz. 53480 Tall Wine, 101/2 oz.

E

B. Daniela.Sensible. Sturdy. Smart. This versatilestemware features a compact design with alarge bowl that’s easy to handle. Daniela isthe ideal choice for heavy-traffic establish-ments where durability and stablity arerequired.Model Description A915007277 Goblet, 147/8 oz.A915017278 Wine, 81/8 oz.A915027279 Burgundy, 11 oz.A915047281 Sherry, 4 oz.A915077282 Flute, 61/8 oz.A915187283 Brandy, 171/4 oz.A915277284 Iced Beverage, 127/8 oz.

B

A. Nadine.Simple. Versatile. Timeless. Nadine’s definingfeature is the exceptionally smooth linkbetween the bowl and stem, creating aseamless, free-flowing look. This restaurant-quality crystal is also saluted for its superiordurability, brilliance and clarity. Mix andmatch this all-purpose stemware with theClermont line of tumblers.Model Description A911007218 Burgundy, 11 oz. A911017219 Goblet, 14 oz. A911027220 Wine, 81/2 oz. A911077222 Flute, 63/4 oz.A911277226 Iced Beverage, 127/8 oz. A911326895 Round Burgundy, 201/2 oz. A911357227 Martini, 75/8 oz.

A

Glass BackupHave an adequate backup supply of glassesfor rush periods. To avoid thermal shock,never place recently washed glasses intoservice. Let glasses stand long enough toreach room temperature.

Choosing GlasswareThe sizes, shapes and styles of glass youchoose will affect your entire presentation ofbeverages. Consider what type of drink youwill be serving most and find a type of glass tocomplement. Ask yourself, will a lot of ice beused? Will the drink be garnished? Will liquorbe served that needs to be portion controlled?Determine the amount of ounces your drinkwill be per portion based on price and profit.Ask us to show you how those ounces willlook presented in a variety of glassware.

Using Glass to AccentuateConsider using glassware to accentuate. Itcan add a special touch that says elegance.Use glass plates alone or with a charger platefor an entirely different look. Salads appearcrisper and look lighter when served in glass.

D. Ilaria Glassware.Stately. Sophisticated. Smart. Ilaria stemware is distin-guished by its seamless styling and tapered tulip bowls.The tumblers echo the sentiments of the stemware, witha sturdy, rounded bottom. Serve white wines, reds,cocktails and more in this classy crystal collection.Model Description A920137675 Tumbler (Barolo), 21 oz. A920107674 Tumbler (Chardonnay), 131/4 oz. A920077671 Flute, 91/2 oz. A920047670 Sherry, 4 oz. A920037669 Wine, 137/8 oz.A920027668 Wine, 171/4 oz. A920007667 Goblet, 21 oz.A920217672 Bordeaux, 24 oz.

D

C. Angelina.Tall. Tapered. Tasteful. Angelina’s ample bowlsand finely crafted stems lend an elegant look toyour dining presentation. This simple, yet sophis-ticated, stemware has timeless appeal that willcomplement a wide range of settings. Smooth,Flexible and Stable. Top edges are laser-cut.Fire polished for additional strength. Superiorstability and durability.Model Description A913007189 Burgundy, 131/2 oz. A913016502 Bordeaux, 223/4 oz. A913027184 Wine, 101/4 oz. A913077186 Flute, 53/8 oz. A913217183 Goblet, 185/8 oz. A913277190 Iced Beverage, 117/8 oz.A913327182 Round Burgundy, 283/4 oz. A913356503 Martini, 91/8 oz.

C

131.11_12 5/9/11 11:59 AM Page 1

DINING

132

B. Excalibur Stemware.This fully tempered glassware lasts fivetimes longer than regular annealed glass-ware. Excalibur stemware and tumblersoffer 37 varieties from stems, to cocktailsto tumblers designed with extra strengthagainst breakage. Model Description 71075 13 oz. Grand Ballon71076 11 oz. All Purpose71078 111/2 oz. Banquet71079 12 oz. Brandy71080 12 oz. Grand Savoie71081 13 oz. Grand Cuvee71082 81/2 oz. Ballon Wine71083 101/2 oz. Goblet71084 81/2 oz. Tall Wine71086 53/4 oz. Flute71092 8 oz. Footed Hi Ball71093 13 oz. Petite CuveeOther items available in this pattern.

E. Excalibur Martini.Excalibur Martinis in the 10 oz., 71/2 oz. and 5 oz.capacities are now fully tempered for extraordinarytoughness. Excalibur sets the standard for professionalgrade glassware.Model Description 00213 Martini, 10 oz.D2024 Cocktail, 71/2 oz.22760 Cocktail, 5 oz.

E

B

A. Prysm by Arcoroc.Prysm provides the upscale, trendylook while offering durabil i ty andstrength. An essential accessory, thisfully tempered glassware collection willadd style and elegance with a contem-porary touch. Clean lines combine withvisual effects in Prysm glassware. It’sslightly twisted square base creates theillusion of movement while conjuring upsubtle reflections. Six shapes tochoose from: Beverage, 2 Coolers,Double Old Fashioned, High Ball andRocks complete the collection. HighBall and Cooler are made in the USA.

Model Description E1513 Beverage, 12 oz.E1514 Double Old Fashioned, 121/2 oz.E1515 Rocks, 9 oz.E2129 High Ball, 9 oz.E1516 Cooler, 153/4 oz. E5213 Cooler, 20 oz. D. Select Collection.

The timeless Tulipe shape of Select allows wineto be appreciated in an optimum condition. Thefine rims and bowl add to the elegance of thesebeautiful stems made of Kwarx AdvancedMaterial.Model Description U0808 Tulipe, 8 oz.U0810 Tulipe, 113/4 oz.U0811 Tulipe, 153/4 oz.U0813 Tulipe, 25 oz.U0851 Flute, 6 oz.

C. Cabernet Stemware.Cabernet, has the quality of fine crystal withexcellent color, clarity and a fine beadlessmicro-rim. It compares with stemware at twicethe price. Made of advanced glass, Cabernet issurprisingly affordable—a great choice for eithergourmet or casual dining.Model Description 46888 193/4 oz. Tall Wine46961 16 oz. Tall Wine46973 12 oz. Tall Wine50816 101/2 oz. Tall Wine46978 81/2 oz. Tall Wine46981 24 oz. Ballon Wine47026 20 oz. Ballon Wine47017 16 oz. Ballon Wine47019 12 oz. Ballon Wine58001 71/2 oz. Cocktail48024 53/4 oz. FluteG3570 16 oz. Iced TeaG3573 13 oz. All Purpose62451 2 liter Millesime Carafe Other items available in this pattern.

A

C D

Glassware CareTo keep your glassware in great shape, avoid glass on glass contact. Do not stackyour glassware, or carry them in bouquets. When bussing tables, use a glass rack,so that each glass has its own compartment. This will give your glassware a longerlife.

Glassware DurabilityThicker glass with a beaded or rolled rim is less likely to break. Heated treatedglass is also more durable. Straight edged glasses are less likely to break thancurvy or flared glasses.

132.11_12 5/9/11 12:05 PM Page 1

DINING

133

A. Libra Flatware Collection.The pattern of Libra is a statement itself. This substantial,contemporary pattern also possesses a hint of whimsythat will liven up any tabletop. 18/10 Stainless Steel. Highpolish, bright finishModel Description T922STSF TeaspoonT922SDEF Oval Bowl Soup SpoonT922SRBF Round Bowl Soup SpoonT922SITF Iced TeaspoonT922SADF A.D. Coffee SpoonT922STBF Tablespoon/Serving SpoonT922FDNF Dinner ForkT922FDEF Dessert/Salad ForkT922FOYF Oyster/Cocktail ForkT922KDTF Dinner Knife, 1-Pc.T922KBVF Butter Knife, 1-Pc.

A

B. Scroll Flatware.Graceful. Transitional. Original. Sweepingasymmetrical lines give Scroll 18/8 stainless afashionable, fresh look. This flatware exudesthe kind of quality and craftsmanship yourcustomers expect.Model Description 2201SBLF Bouillon Spoon2201KBFF Butter Knife, F. H.2201FDNF Dinner Fork2201KPVF Dinner Knife, S. H., 1-Piece2201SITF Iced Teaspoon2201SDEF Oval Bowl Soup/Dessert Spoon2201FOYF Oyster Fork2201FSLF Salad Fork2201STBF Tablespoon2201STSF Teaspoon

B

C. Corelli Flatware.Classic. Romantic. Stylish. This European flatware designis noted for its smooth graceful form accented by adimensional band at the tapered neck of the handle. Thiselegant pattern, crafted in an extra large heavy gaugeformat, presents an impressive tabletop statement for finedining.Model Description T168STSF Teaspoon, US SizeT168SDEF Oval Bowl Soup/Dessert SpoonT168SRBF Round Bowl Soup SpoonT168SITF Iced TeaspoonT168SADF A.D. Coffee Spoon T168STBF Tablespoon/Serving SpoonT168FDIF Table Fork, European Size T168FDEF Salad/Dessert Fork T168FOYF Oyster/Cocktail ForkT168KPTF Table Knife, 1-Pc. T168KDEF Dessert Knife, 1-Pc. T168KSSF Steak Knife, 1-Pc.T168KBBF Butter Knife, 1-Pc. T168KSBF Butter Spreader, 1-Pc.T168FSLF Fish Fork, 1-Pc.T168KFSF Fish Knife, 1-Pc.

C

D. Reflections.Polished. Inviting. Refreshing. This pattern isreminiscent of a reflecting pool with its generouslyshaped handle and bright, sparkling finish.Designed with balance and comfort in mind, this5-star flatware feels as great as it looks.Model Description T672STSF Teaspoon, US SizeT672SFTF Teaspoon, European SizeT672SDEF Oval Bowl Soup/Dessert SpoonT672SRBF Round Bowl Soup SpoonT672SITF Iced TeaspoonT672SADF A.D. Coffee Spoon T672STBF Tablespoon/Serving SpoonT672FDIF Table Fork, European Size T672FDEF Salad/Dessert Fork T672FSLF Oyster/Cocktail ForkT672FFSF Fish Fork, 1-Pc. T672KPTF Table Knife, 1-Pc. T672KDEF Dessert Knife, 1-Pc. T672KSBF Butter Knife, 1-Pc. T672KFSF Fish Knife, 1-Pc.

D

Flatware & Your DishwasherCAUTION! If you are using a low temp or chlorine bath type dishwashing system, take greatcare in following the manufacturer’s instructions. An over-concentration of sodium hypochlo-rite (bleach), the active sanitizing agent of these systems, will attack most metal tableware.Improper use or faulty equipment functioning will cause staining or corrosion of even thefinest stainless steel. It is very important that you use only a plastic or stainless steel pan forpre-soaking. NEVER USE AN ALUMINUM PAN for pre-soaking. Aluminum frees thechlorine present in most pre-soak compounds and causes the discoloration of stainless steel.

E

E. Quantum.Sleek. Smooth. Sophisticated. The fluid con-tours of Quantum create a knife that balancesperfectly on its blade edge. This seamless, 5-star stainless design offers the ultimate in style,quality, and luxury.Model Description T673SFTF Teaspoon, European SizeT673STSF Teaspoon, US SizeT673SDEF Oval Bowl Soup/Dessert SpoonT673SRBF Round Bowl Soup SpoonT673SDIF Dinner SpoonT673SITF Iced TeaspoonT673SADF A.D. Coffee Spoon T673STBF Tablespoon/Serving SpoonT673FDIF Table Fork, European Size T673FDEF Salad/Dessert Fork T673FSLF Pastry/Oyster ForkT673FFSF Fish Fork, 1-Pc. T673KPTF Table Knife, 1-Pc. (Stand-up)T673KDEF Dessert Knife, 1-Pc. (Stand-up)T673KSBF Butter Knife, 1-Pc. (Stand-up)T673KFSF Fish Knife, 1-Pc.

133.11_12 5/9/11 12:09 PM Page 1

DININg

134

D

D. Modernaire™ Flatware Collection byHallmark 2000™.The Modernaire 18/10 Collection featuring forgedbrushed finished handles, bowls, tines andblades offer a rich pewter look. The best in con-temporary styling creates a powerful statementon your table. Also available in silverplate.Model Description 2001 Teaspoon2003 Serving Spoon2004 Iced Teaspoon2005 Dinner Fork20051 European Fork2006 Salad Fork2007 Dessert Spoon2011 Butter Knife, S.H.2012 Bouillon Spoon2015 Cocktail Fork2029 Demitasse Spoon2045 Knife 1 Pc.20451 European Knife 1 Pc.

E

E. Susannah Flatware Collectionby Hallmark.The heaviest forged 18/10 handlescompletely brushed to a satin f inish.Popular today for the rich pewter look.Model Description 5601 Teaspoon5604 Iced Teaspoon5605 Dinner Fork56051 Table Fork5607 Dessert Spoon5611 Butter Knife5612 Bouillon Spoon5615 Cocktail Fork5642 Stand Up Knife56451 Table Knife, 1 Pc.

A

A. Nuovo Flatware Collection.Contemporary and graceful, the comfortable feel ofNuovo strikes a balance with its modern aesthetic.Model Description T3801 Dinner ForkT3802 Dinner SpoonT3804 Dinner Knife (solid handle)T3805 Dessert ForkT3806 Dessert SpoonT3808 Dessert Knife (solid handle)T3809 Soup SpoonT3811 Demitasse SpoonT3812 Fish ForkT3813 Fish KnifeT3818 Iced TeaspoonT3821 Oyster/CocktailT3827 Butter SpreaderT3828 US TeaspoonT3829 US Salad Fork

C. Chop Knives™ by Walco.Choose from two popular Chop Knives—Denver™ Chop Knife™ features full tangwith reddish-black Pakka wood handle andBoston Chop Knife™ features jumbo, fulltang knife with black Delrin handle. Bothknives feature double stainless bolsters.Model Description 670528 Denver Chop Knife670527 Boston Chop Knife

C

B

B. Soho Flatware Collection by Hallmark.Rich European design of Olde World Traditions.18/10 crafted with frontal bowl and tine hallmarking,the marks of excellence! Mirror finish and moldedtear drop handles—you can feel the thickness.Model Description 701 Teaspoon703 Serving Spoon704 Iced Teaspoon705 Dinner Fork707 Dessert Fork712 Bouillon Spoon715 Cocktail Fork745 Dinner Knife

F. Illustra Collection.A unique collection that glows with the beauty ofsilver but is made in maintenance free 18%chrome, 10% nickel. Its traditional fiddlebackdesign is recommended for a broad range ofdining experiences.Model Description 9101 Teaspoon9103 Serving Spoon9104 Iced Teaspoon9105 Dinner Fork91051 Euro Fork9106 Salad Fork9107 Dessert Spoon9110 Butter Spreader, FH9111 Butter Knife SH9112 Bouillon Spoon9115 Cocktail Fork9125 Knife, HH 9"9129 Demitasse Spoon9145 Knife, 1 Pc 91451 Euro Knife

F

134.11_12 5/9/11 12:15 PM Page 1

E. Fuel Cells.Labor saving—just place in lamp and light. No maintenance or adjustments.Burns cleaner than solid wax candles. Non-staining. No melted wax mess.Specifically designed to meet the demanding needs of the foodservice tabletop.HD8 fits anywhere a wax tealight fits. The HD15 fits anywhere a 15 hour waxvotive fits.

Model Description HD8-90 8 Hr. Liquid Tealight Disp. Fuel Cell, 13/16"Hx11/2" Dia.HD12-144 12 Hr. Liquid Votive Disp. Fuel Cell, 13/16"Hx131/32" Dia.HD15 15 Hr. Liquid Votive Disp. Fuel Cell, 11/4"Hx13/4" Dia.HDHD17 17 Hr. Disp. Fuel Cell, 111/2"Hx2" Dia.HD36 36 Hr. Disp. Fuel Cell, 13/4"Hx29/16" Dia.HD42 42 Hr. Disp. Fuel Cell, 27/16" Hx23/8" Dia.Height does not include burner assembly. Additional models available.

DINING

135

D. TIKI® Brand Outdoor LightingProducts.TIKI® Brand outdoor l ighting products areAmerica’s #1 brand for citronella fuel and outdoortorches. TIKI® Brand torches bring light andambiance to your outdoor areas with distinctiveflair, ensuring a comfortable and pleasant outdoorexperience for your guests.

B

A. Soft Light® Disposable Liquid Wax.Soft Light is a highly refined clear liquid paraffin that’s safeand approved for use in foodservice operations. Soft Lightis classified in a non-flammable category similar tovegetable or lubricating oil. A liquid fuel system, Soft Lighteliminates the messy dripping associated with traditionalwax candles. Available in a variety of shapes and sizes toaccommodate any foodservice need. Smokeless andodorless. Completely disposable.Model Description L0008-R SL8: 8-hour clear liquid waxL0010-R SL10: 10-hour clear liquid waxL0029-R SL29: 29-hour clear liquid waxL0030-R SL30: 30-hour clear liquid waxL0036-SL SL36: 36-hour clear liquid waxL0036-C SL36: Citronella liquid waxL0050-R SL50: 50-hour clear liquid waxL0090-R SL90: 90-hour clear liquid waxL0001 SL: 4 x 1 gallon bulk clear liquid waxL0302 SL: 1-Liter bulk clear liquid waxL0024-R SL24: 24-hour clear liquid wax

A

B. Sterno Decorative LightingFlameless Refills.Instant ambiance, absolutely anywhere. Sterno’srevolutionary flameless innovation goes where nocandle has gone before. The heatless, waxless,disposable cartridges, with the warm glow andelegant flicker of real candlelight, offer a safealternative to flame-based lighting options.Model Description 3000AF 31/8" Cartridge, 600 hrs. of light3505AF Tealight, 45 hrs. of light3510AF Votive, 45 hrs. of light

D

C. Smart Candle® Evolution Series.“Smart Candle”—Flicker without the flame. The EvolutionSeries is the next generation of flameless table lighting! Withits new induction charging system and Smart Guard theftdeterrent system, restaurants, hotels and nightclubs canprovide the most realistic flame-like appearance any flamelesssystem has to offer. 18 hours of candlelight from a 6-hourcharge. Linkable pinless induction charging tray. Link up 48candles, 4 trays together using a single power adaptor/walloutlet. Two modes of operation—flicker and static. OptionalSmart Guard anti-theft protection. Each candle has up to14,000 hours of battery life.Model Description Models with Smart Guard & Power AdaptorEVOG12-CL 1 charging tray & 12 candles EVOG24-CL 2 charging trays & 24 candlesEVOG36-CL 3 charging trays & 36 candlesEVOG48-CL 4 charging trays & 48 candlesModels without Smart Guard & Power AdaptorEVOX12-CL 1 charging tray & 12 candlesEVOX24-CL 2 charging trays & 24 candlesEVOX36-CL 3 charging trays & 36 candlesEVOX48-CL 4 charging trays & 48 candles

C

E

Model Description TK09455 Islander Outdoor Torch, 60"HTK09148 Mediterranean Outdoor Torch, 60"HTK10221 Royal Polynesian Outdoor Torch, 60"HTK08047 Heritage Patio Torch, 14" Dia.x65"HTK08045 Torch Stand, Deep Charcoal, 9"x9" SquareTK10144 Deck Clamp, Universal FitTK01653 Citronella Oil Fuel, 20 Hr. Cells (3 oz)TH01659 Citronella Oil Fuel, 8 Hr. Cells (1 oz.)TK01455 Citronella w/Lemongrass Torch Fuel, 128 oz.TK08435 BiteFighter® Citronella & Cedar Torch Fuel, 64 oz.Additional models available.

135.11_12 5/9/11 12:32 PM Page 1

How to use Chafers and Urns

Use only canned fuel in the burner. Fill the water pan, urn or kettlebefore lighting the burner. Low flame is sufficient to maintain properheat. Keep away from open flame or hot stove. Food pans can beused for cooking and/or placed in the oven to retain heat. Fill chafingdish with hot water. Check pan during use to maintain sufficient waterlevel. DO NOT USE WITHOUT WATER!

Buffet Tips

Always wash your hands before and after handling food. Also, keepdishes and utensils clean.

Arrange and serve food on several small platters rather than on onelarge platter. Keep the rest of the food hot in the oven or cold in therefrigerator until serving time. This way foods will be held at safe tem-peratures for a longer time.

Always replace empty platters rather than adding fresh food to a dishthat has already had food on it. Remember - many peoples' hands mayhave taken food from the dish, which was also sitting at room tempera-ture for a while.

Keep hot food hot (135°F) and cold food cold (41°F or lower).

E

C. Maximillian Steel™ Chafers.Maximillian Steel™ mirror finish stainless steel chafers aredurable and easy to clean. Patent pending contemporary styling.Rectangular chafer features Vollrath Super Pan 3® food pan.Each packed in full color merchandising carton. Available inseven popular styles.Model Description 49520 9 qt. Rectangular49521 4.2 qt. Medium Round49522 6 qt. Large Round49523 4.2 qt. Soup Marmite49524 7.4 qt. Soup Marmite49525 11.6 qt. Coffee Urn49529 4.1 qt. Half-Size Rectangular

136

E. Adagio Chafers.Newly improved mirror polishing on the roll-top chafer covercreates an elegant look to any food presentation.Rectangular 9 quart stainless steel chafer features a 180°roll top and 90° intermediate stop prevents handle fromscratching the chafer frame when fully opened. Comescomplete with food pan, water pan and two fuel holders.Model Description ADAGIORT26 Rectangular 9 qt. Chafer

DINING

A

A. Somerville™ Buffet Service.Inspirational design that also offers functionality andhigh quality. The elegant mirror-finished stainless steelfinish and unique accent features bring an upscaleimage to any décor. Use standard fuel or Vollrath’sUniversal Electric Heater #46060 (sold separately).Included windguard shields fuel from wind. New hingedesign works in the closed, 90° and fully-open positionusing only moderate force to change position—nolevers or switches required to operate. Rectanglechafer features Vollrath Super Pan 3® food pan.Durable solid legs and welded construction. Model Description 4634010 9 qt. Rectangle Chafer4635710 7 qt. Soup Urn4635410 4 qt. Gravy Urn4635310 3 Gal. Coffee Urn4635510 5 Gal. Coffee Urn4635110 5 Qt. Milk Dispenser4635810 8 Qt. Juice/Cold Beverage Dispenser4635210 Double Cereal Dispenser, 4 qt. each4634110 6 Qt. Round Drop-In Chafer

C

A

B

B. Grandeur™ Chafer 18/10 Collection.Give your buffet an extra touch of class withthis elegant chafing dish. This 8 qt. rectangularchafer with fashionable strap style legs is asmart choice. Tension controllable coverprevents slam downs and opens to 180°.Model Description 54120S 8 qt. Rectangular, Stainless54120G 8 qt. Rectangular (Gold Legs/Handles)

D. Idol Chafer by Walco.Introducing a full size model in aglass lid lift top chafer! Holds astandard 8 quart rectangular foodpan making it banquet ready! Selfclosing, vented glass lid keeps foodpresentations from drying out. Foradded versatility, the body removedfrom the stand can be used on aninduction table. Magnetic steel cladbottom insures excellent heating.Soup station conversion kitsavailable. Model WI9LGL.

D

136.11_27.new 5/9/11 2:28 PM Page 1

DINING

137

Use of Canned HeatPry the lid from the canned heat, andplace canned heat into heat cup. Lightfuel, adjusting the lid to approximatelyhalf-open.

To protect your table linens or servingsurface, always use an underliner traywhen using equipment that has burners.

D. Sterno® Brand Chafing Fuels.Sterno® Brand Chafing Fuel…Perfectionunder fire. Fast lighting. Maximum heatoutput. Consistent delivery. Even whenthe lid comes off your chafing dish,Sterno® Brand Gel Chafing Fuel will keepyour food in the temperature safety zone.Sterno® Brand Gels emit zero carbonmonoxide and are non-toxic. Sterno®

Brand Gels help make for a cleaner,safer environment.

Model Description ST04006G Gel 45 Minute Room ServiceST04008G Gel 2 hr.ST04028 Gel Gallon (use for refill)ST05016 Hot Spot® Super Wick®, 4 hr. ST05006 Stem Wick, 2 hr. Room Service ST03009 Stem Wick, 6 hr. ST05010 Twist Cap Wick, 4 hr. ST05017 Resealable Hot Spot Super Wick, 4 hr.

E. Handy Fuel® Brand Gel Chafing Fuel.Handy Fuel® / Handy Wick® products provide highheat output for food applications. Consistent deliveryfor the promised burn-time. Versatile enough to usewith a broad range of equipment.

E

Model Description HW03002 Twist Cap Wick, 2 hr.HW03004 Twist Cap Wick, 4 hr.HW03006 Twist Cap Wick, 6 hr.HF03008 Methanol Gel, 2 hr.HF03003 Methanol Gel, 45 minuteHF03007 Methanol Gel Gallon (for refill)

A. Heater® Chafing Frames.Retains heat—up to 10% MORE! Proprietary wind-proof chafing frames are available in three classicfinishes (Silver Vein-SV; Copper Vein-CO; andSwirl-SW). Power-coated steel body is attractiveand durable. Stackable for easy storage. Holdsstandard 12"x20" pans (not included). Our new“Knock Down” design allows the Heater™-KD tofold flat—just 13/4" thick—when not in use.Model Description M0102CO Knock Down Heater CopperM0102S Knock Down Heater Silver VeinM0102SW Knock Down Heater SwirlM0204CO Dome Cover-CopperM0204S Dome Cover-Silver VeinM0204SW Dome Cover-SwirlM0101CO Heater Frame-CopperM0101S Heater Frame-Silver VeinM0101SW Heater Frame-Swirl

A

C. Safe Heat®.Candle Lamp offers a variety of wick and traditionalgel chafing fuels. Wick fuels incorporate a wick todeliver an optimum flame height that remainssteady and strong throughout the burn cycle.Traditional gel fuels are powered by either ethanol(pink) or methanol (blue), both offering strongheating performance in chafing dishes.Model Description H0048 Safe Heat Jr. 2 hr. Room ServiceH0200R Safe Heat 4 hr. WickH0500 Safe Heat 5 hr. WickH0001 Safe Heat 6 hr. Wick (w/Power Pad)H0006 Power Wick 6 hr. Stem WickPH0001 Power Heat 2 hr. Methanol GelPH0010 Power Heat 2 hr. Ethanol GelPH0005 Power Heat 45 min. Room ServiceH1200 Heat-It 200 2 hr. (w/Power Pad)H0518 Heat-It 518 4 hr. (w/Power Pad)PH0011 Green Heat® Ethanol Gel 2 hr.

C

B. Pop-Up Chafer Set.Ready. Set. Serve! Now, a convenient,portable and easy-to-store chafing dish—ready to set up and serve guests any-where, for most any occasion: Off-sitecatering, mini-buffet stations, outdoorevents, party rooms, hospitality suites,happy hours. Includes everything youneed in one box—(1) Heavy Duty MetalPan Holder, (1) Reusable Aluminum WaterPan, (2) Aluminum Food Half Pans, (1)Plastic Serving Spoon & Fork Set and (2)Cans of Sterno® 2-Hour Gel Chafing Fuel.Model ST07000.

B

D

137.11_28.new 5/9/11 1:43 PM Page 1

C. Jazz Hollowware.Timeless. Transitional. Trusted. The highly polished Jazzcollection is a melange of contemporary and traditional styles.This handsome 4-star holloware has a unique, dome shaped lidthat is reminiscent of the classical basilicas. However, theoverall style is simple and contemporary, making it the perfectchoice to complement any decor. These exquisite servingessentials offer exceptional durability and performance.Model Description 87500611A Coffee Pot, Short Spout, 20 oz.87500661A Coffee Pot, Short Spout, 64 oz.87500671A Coffee Pot (Goose Neck), Long Spout, 64 oz.87501161AR Creamer w/Cover, 5 oz. 87501111AR Creamer w/o Cover, 5 oz. 87501311A Creamer w/o Cover, 10 oz. 87504101AR Sauce Boat, 4 oz. 87504111AR Sauce Boat, 8 oz. Other items available in this pattern.

DINING

138

C

E. Double Wall Serving Bowls.Enhance your buffet presentation with these newdouble wall insulated serving bowls. Mirror finishexterior, satin finish interior for upscale look.Double wall stainless steel construction. Greatfor hot or cold food. Dishwasher safe.Model Description 47650 Angled Bowl, 1 qt.47632 Square Beehive, 1.8 qt.47674 Square Plain, 3.2 qt.46579 Conical, 6.4 qt.46568 Oval Beehive Bowl, 7.1 qt.46586 Angled Beehive, 3.7 qt.46592 Round Beehive, 6.9 qt.46667 Round Double Wall w/Contrasting

Mirror Ring, 3.4 qt.Additional sizes and styles available.

B. Soprano™ Hotel Trays.Heavy-gauge 18/10 stainless steel is highlyresistant to corrosion, pitting, and rusting.Complements casual or formal banquetapplication and are ideal for catered events.Round and rectangle trays available in avariety of sizes. Model Description 9-223 12" Round9-222 13" RoundO-U339 141/2" RoundO-U340 16" RoundO-U661 12"x10" RectangleO-U662 15"x11" RectangleO-U664 20"x14" RectangleO-U664H 20"x14" Rectangle w/HandlesO-U665 22"x17" RectangleO-U666 24"x18" RectangleO-U668 30"x20" RectangleO-U360 9"x5" Tip/Sugar & Cream

B

A. Stiletto Hollowware.Striking. Stylish. Sophisticated. A gleaming finish on agreat shape. Stiletto is a stand-out when it comes tostainless serveware. Its sleek, uncomplicated design iswell suited for any décor. You’ll be proud to serve hotcoffee, tea and more from this handsome holloware.Model Description 88100671A Coffee Pot, Long Spout, 68 oz.88101111A Creamer w/o Cover, 5 oz.88101309A Creamer w/o Cover, 9 oz.88104461A Sugar Bowl w/o Cover, 12 oz.88104801A Teapot, Short Spout, 9 oz. 88104821A Teapot, Short Spout, 17 oz.88105631A Water Pitcher w/o Ice Guard, 68 oz.88104031B Salt & Pepper Set, 4"

A

E

D

D. Colored Double Wall Insulated Bowls.Double wall construction provides insulation to maintain proper foodtemperature—hot or cold. Durable color finishes enhance buffetpresentation. Dishwasher safe. Will not sweat. Requires no preheatingor chilling. Heavy gauge stainless steel will not affect taste or color offood. Satin-finished interior hides scratches and wear. Add suffix tomodel number to indicate color selection. Metallic Colors: Tangelo(10),Dazzle Red(15), Cabernet(20), Cobalt Blue(25), Lemon Lime(30).Classic Colors: Green Apple(35), Brazilian Blue(40), NuggetYellow(45), Pearl White(50), Fire Engine Red(55), Black Black(60).NSF.Model Description 47619XX Square Bowl, .75 qt.47632XX Square Bowl, 1.8 qt.47634XX Square Bowl, 3.2 qt.47635XX Square Bowl, 5.2 qt.47637XX Square Bowl, 8.2 qt.46587XX Round Bowl, .75 qt.46590XX Round, 1.7 qt.46591XX Round, 3.4 qt.46592XX Round, 6.9 qt.46569XX Round, 10.1 qt.

138.11_28.new 5/9/11 1:51 PM Page 1

DINING

139

E. Prestige Porcelain Stand & TierSets.A great displayware choice, GourmetDisplay metal tier combinations feature aLifetime Weld Warranty. Metal standselevate the food presentation, maximizetable space and are Made in the USA!Metal finish choice; Textured Black, SilverVein, Platinum or White. Hotel-Warequality porcelain bowls, trays and plattersare 100% vitrified and oven, microwave,freezer and dishwasher safe! Comescomplete with one set of bowls, trays orplatters, extra porcelain sets available bycase. Model PP2200 shown.

E

B. Ice Carving Pedestals.Our best selling ice display unit. Perfect for wide horizontal ice sculptures, salad bars, chilled foodand beverage presentations. The #IP202 model includes a heavy duty clear ice pan, 2-fluorescentlights, drainage hose. Metal finish choice: Textured Black, Silver Vein, Platinum or White. Optional#LED-200 portable lighting available for purchase. Features a commercial grade acrylic ice pan with500 pounds capacity of ice/food. 100% Made in the USA and features a Lifetime Weld Warranty.Model Description IP102 Small Rectangle, 19"Wx27"Lx8"HIP202 Rectangle, 24"Wx48"Lx10"HIP302 Square, 7"Hx24"DIP402 Tiered, Combines Small & Large Rectangle (IP102, IP202), 24"Wx48"Lx121/2"HLED200 Portable Light Pack (for Large Rectangle & Tiered ICPs)LED100 Portable Light Pack (for Small Rectangle ICPs)

B

A

A. Camwear Serving Bowls & Utensils.Bowls have a stylish, contemporary appearancethat makes a dramatic presentation. Ladles haveangled handles for easy access and portioncontrol bowls to help control food costs. Luganotongs are angled for an ergonomic grip thatmakes serving easy. Serving spoons availablesolid or perforated. High heat camtensils areideal for extreme temperatures.Model Description BowlsPSB12 Pebbled Round 12"PSB18 Pebbled Round 18"RSB12CW Ribbed Round 5.8 qt.RSB1419CW Ribbed Rect. 12 qt.RSB23CW Ribbed Round 40 qt.Ladles & SpoonsLD85 3/4 oz. 81/2" (Plain)LD130 1 oz. 13" (Plain)SPO13CW Spoon Solid 13" DeliTongs9TGS Scallop Grip 9"TGG9 Easy-Grasp 9"Additional models available.

Model Description PP1800 2-Tier, Lg. Round Platter, 121/2"Wx23"Lx211/2"HPP2202 2-Tier, Fish Platter, 13"Wx23"Lx101/2"HPP2100 2-Tier, Dragon Bowl, 113/4"Wx161/4"x51/4"HPP203 3-Tier, Diamond Bowls, 14"Wx15"Lx151/2"HPP103 3-Tier, Long Platters, 13"Wx23"Lx101/2"HPP1033 3-Tier, Lg. Long Platter, 13"Wx23"Lx113/4"HPP2200 3-Tier, Fish Platter, 13"Wx23"Lx101/2"HPP1900 3-Bowl Organizer, 81/2"Wx25"Lx8"HPP2000 4-Tier, Cannon Bowl, 7"Wx191/2"Lx93/4"HAdditional models available.

C. Carly® Tongs & Ladles.Tongs and ladles are available in a wide selectionof colors to coordinate with salad and deli crocks.High Heat Carly Tongs are made of revolutionaryplastic material for strength and longevity; carry a2-year warranty. Clear Carly Tongs are madefrom polycarbonate construction that improvesdurability and ease of cleaning. Plastic materialdoesn’t transfer heat so utensils stay cool to thetouch. Carly Ladle has a 1 oz., oval-shaped bowlthat allows pouring of dressings from both sides.Dishwasher safe. NSF.Model Description 4206 6" Pom Tongs (Clear)4806 6" Pom Tongs (Colors)4006 6" Salad Tongs (Clear)4606 6" Salad Tongs (Colors)4009 9" Salad Tongs (Clear)4609 9" Salad Tongs (Colors)4109 9" Utility Tongs (Clear)4709 9" Utility Tongs (Colors)4112 12" Utility Tongs (Clear)4712 12" Utility Tongs (Colors)4720 7" Carly Topper Tong295 91/2" Plain Handle Ladle296 131/2" Plain Handle Ladle

C

D. Fabric & Vinyl Tablecloths.Perfect for family dining. Marko fabrics offer durabilityand elegance in a range of colors and weaves. Full lineof tablecloths, napkins and skirting in dozens ofcoordinating colors. Vinyl products are available in fourprofessional grades. The newest series of vinyl tablecoverings capture the elegance and drape of fabric withthe durability of vinyl. Choose from a variety of patternsand colors. Custom sizes and rolls also available.

D

139.11_28.new 5/9/11 2:08 PM Page 1

DINING

140

C. Camtrays-Fiberglass Rectangular.Specially designed to provide the kind of rugged,lasting durability that ensures a “like new” appear-ance year after year. Dri-Stak separators allow airto circulate between trays for quick drying. Trayscan be customized with your logo or slogan.Includes five year guarantee.Model Description 46 4"x6" 810 8"x10" 915 9"x15" 1418 14"x18"1418C 14"x18" 1520C 15"x20" 1826 18"x26"

C

A. Camtread Camtrays.Heavy-duty, durable fiberglass with non-skidsurface ensures drinks and meals stay in placeduring transport. Guaranteed not to crack, bubbleor peel for five years. Stacking lugs promote aircirculation and perfect stacking. Dishwasher safe.NSF. Colors: Slate Blue (401), Tavern Tan (138),Steel Gray (418) and Black (110). New wooddesign provides an elegant look for upscalerestaurants, bars and luxury hotels.Model Description 1100CT 11" Round1400CT 14" Round1600CT 16" Round1418CT 14"x18" Rectangular1826CT 18"x26" Rectangular2500CT 19"x23" Oval2700CT 22"x26" Oval2900CT 24"x29" OvalAdditional models available.

A

B. Compartment Trays.Sloping compartment walls allow trays to dry quickly and also give the appearance oflarger servings. Trays feature large handle areas on both sides. Durable Camwearpolycarbonate construction is guaranteed against breakage for 2 years. Two trays fit sideby side in standard 20"x20" dishrack. Colors: Navy, Cranberry, Blue, Beige, SherwoodGreen, Red. Dimensions: 9"x15"x1". Also in translucent colors: Purple and Blue.Model 1596CW

D. Venue Napkin Dispenser.Maximize your counter space with sanitary, waste reducingcounter service products. Reduce costs and increase hygienewith one-at-a-time napkin dispensing. Pinch restrictive controlface design reduces napkin usage by 30%. High capacity(550) of napkins translates into labor savings as the units willnot have to be re-filled as often. Transparent for easymonitoring of napkin levels. Priced about half the cost ofcompetitive metal dispensers. Available in countertop, wallmount or stand models—in Clear or Black Pearl. Modelsshown (left to right)—H5005TBK, H5005STBK, H5005PTBK.Model Description H5005 Counter Full-Fold H5003 Counter Inter-Fold H5005P Wall Mount (Pull Type) Full-Fold H5003P Wall Mount (Pull Type) Inter-Fold H5005S w/Stand Full-Fold H5003S w/Stand Inter-Fold

D

Chef Pearl ThompsonPromise Jobs Culinary SchoolNew Brunswick, NJ

Marinated Tempeh with Green Beans

1- 8 oz. pkg. of Tempeh,sliced in 1" strips

2 teaspoons minced ginger2 teaspoons minced garlic3 Tbsp. orange juice1/2 Tamari1 Tbsp. rice vinegar1/8 teaspoon crushed red pepper

Put all marinade ingredients into a plastic zip top bag and add Tempeh. Sealand let marinate for 45 minutes, turning periodically. Remove from marinadeand reserve. Grill to achieve grill marks or saute until brown. Remove and holdin a warm place. Place marinade is small sauce pan and reduce until sauce isthickened. Hold for service in a warm place.

Green Beans3/4 lb. green beans topped1 teaspoon grated ginger1 teaspoon sliced garlic2 scallions, white and green, sliced on bias1 Tbsp. vegetable oil1 teaspoon sesame oil

Blanch green beans in boiling water for 20 seconds. Remove, shock, dry andhold. In a wok, heat oils to almost smoking. Add ginger and garlic and stir fryfor 10 seconds. Add green beans and scallions and saute until skin begins toblister on the green beans. Season with salt and pepper. Arrange green beansand tempeh on plate and drizzle with reduced marinade.

Featured Chefs

B

C

140.11_28.new 5/9/11 2:24 PM Page 1

141

B. Café Trays.Economical, lightweight trays in your choiceof three styles. SoftTex™ Trays provide anexcellent surface for hot stamping. StandardCafé Trays feature traditional scratch-resistant basket weave design whichreduces slipping and helps preventaccidental spills. Trapezoid Café Trays aredesigned with a space saving shape whichallows diners to eat directly from trayswithout removing plates and cups. HandledCafé Trays offer convenience in carryingand provides added strength. Over tencolors available.Model Description CT1014 10"x14"CT1216 12"x16"SCT1216 12"x16" SofTex Café TrayCT1217 12"x17"CT1418 14"x18"

B

Model Description 1100GR 11" Round 1400GR 14" Round1600GR 16" Round2500GR 25" Oval2700GR 27" Oval1410GR 133/4"x101/2" Rectangle1814GR 14"x18" Rectangle2015GR 15"x201/4" Rectangle2216GR 16"x22" Rectangle1612GR 161/2"x12" Rectangle1826GR 173/4"x253/4" Rectangle

A. Griptite Trays.Prevents slipping and sliding of glass and dinnerware.Heavy duty construction with metal reinforcementrods eliminate warping. Rubber liner is permanentlybonded to the tray and covers side wall and tray top toprovide extra grip, preventing costly breakage andspills. Stain and odor resistant, dishwasher safe; NSFlisted. Reduce labor costs, 31" oval tray is designedto serve an entire banquet table with just one tray(holds 8 plates). Colors: Black(004), Tan(076).

A

DINING

C

C. Decorator Traycovers.Made of heavyweight paper for greaterstrength even when wet, the deep-linenembossed texture of these traycoversprovides excellent skid resistance for cleanertray service. In addition to fitting all industry-standard tray sizes, Dinex traycovers areconveniently packaged in easy to handlecases. Special pricing and minimum orderquantities may apply to special cut designs.Contact us for more information.

E. 6-Compartment Trays.Perfect for use in schools, colleges, hospitals,and cafeterias. These 6-compartment trays holdgovernment “Type A” lunch; all materials areFDA approved. Heavy, rigid material with thelook and feel of china. Very scratch and break-resistant; perfect choice for correctional facilities.Fast drying, highly resistant to chemicals andfood acids. Temperature range to 180°F(Polypropylene/ABS) and 212°F (Melamine/Polycarbonate). Dishwasher safe. Available in awide variety of colors.

E

DD. Fenwick™ Traytop Ware.The distinctive sculptured design adds an air of refinementto patient service by fusing the elegant look of china withthe functionality and durability required for the healthcarefoodservice environment. Superior temperature retention.Durable, double-wall construction with ozone-safe urethanefoam insulation. EZ-Sip disposable drink-through lid.Coordinated traycover designs.Model Description DX5000 Insulated Mug, 8 oz. DX5200 Insulated Bowl, 5 oz. DX5300 Insulated Bowl, 9 oz. DX5400 Insulated Dome DXFT6 Tumbler, 6 oz. DXFT9 Tumbler, 9 oz. DXFT12 Tumbler, 12 oz. DXFC5 Cup, 5 oz.

Model Description 43980 Hvy Wgt Melamine (LH)43988 Hvy Wgt Melamine (RH)43989 Hvy Wgt Melamine (RH), Sandshade, Rose Granite43981 Hvy Wgt Melamine (LH), Sandshade, Rose Granite614 ABS (LH)614R ABS (RH)P614 Polypropylene (LH)P614R Polypropylene (RH)43982 Space Saver Melamine (RH)43983 Space Saver Melamine (RH), Sandshade, Rose Granite615PC Space Saver Polycarbonate (Omni-Directional)615 Space Saver ABS (Omni-Directional)

141_28.new 5/9/11 2:41 PM Page 1

142

DINING

C. Wood Table Tents.Attractive angled base design in your choice ofblack, walnut (pictured), mahogany or oak.Available in 4"x6" and 5"x7" insert sizes. Pageprotectors for Flip Top Tents and Rigid SheetProtectors for Picture Frame Tents soldseparately (printed inserts not included).Model Description WPF64 4"x6" Wood Picture Frame TentWPF65 5"x7" Wood Picture Frame TentWTF67 4"x6" Flip Top w/rings to hold insertsWTF68 5"x7" Flip Top w/rings to hold inserts

A. Restaurant GUESTCHECK™ - Duplicate.The classic Restaurant GuestCheck™—Diners throughout the WesternHemisphere know it and love it. “Menu Prompt” feature reminds serversto suggest extra items: beverages, desserts, salads and more. TheGuestCheck™ originates the order process and helps control inventoryand cash flow. Great training device—menu prompts and table diagramshelp the server improve service. Single Copy Paper Checks andWaitRPads made with Recycled Fiber. Model Description 3516 WAITRPAD, 1 PT White, 13 Lines, 3.40x51/8"G3632 GUESTCHECK Board, 1 PT Green, 15 Lines, 31/2"x63/4"G6000 GUESTCHECK Carbon, 2 PT Green, 16 Lines, 31/2"x63/4"G7000 GUESTCHECK Carbonless, 2 PT Green, 17 Lines, 3.40"x63/4"T4997SP GUESTCHECK Carbonless, 2 PT Tan, 15 Lines, 41/4"x81/2"11A-SP DELIVERY Form, No Carb, 3 PT W/C/P, 14 Lines, 3.40"x63/4"Additional models available.A

B. RegistRolls®.Sized to fit most foodservice cash registersand printers. RegistRolls® run 25-40%longer than many mail order, dealer andoffice supply brands. Easy to open—rollsare sealed with a removable tab—notglued! Convenient delivery means less timewasted at the store. Modular (and spill-proof!) packaging makes it easy todistribute rolls among stations. Cashregister and credit card machine rolls area must have for every operation. One-Ply,Two-Ply, Thermal and Ribbon stylesavailable.Model Description 1300SP One-Ply Bond, White, 3"x165'7225-80SP One-Ply Thermal, 21/4"x80'7225SP One-Ply Thermal, 21/4"x200'7313SP One-Ply Thermal, 3.13"x 200'2225SP Two-Ply Carbonless, 21/4"x100'2300SP Two-Ply Carbonless, 3"x100'Additional models available.

B

D. Disposable Bibs.Adult bibs available in white or lobsterprint. Children’s bib is available injungle/farm animal print. All productshave a catch pocket to protect fromaccidental spills.Model Description 200-011A Adult Bib 15"x20"200-031A Adult Bib 16"x24"200-35L Lobster Bib 200-60C Printed Children’s Bib

D

C

Chef Will MooneyThe Brothers MoonHopewell, NJ

Chocolate Mousse

10 eggs6 Tbsp. butter3½ cups semi-sweet chocolate(chopped in small pieces)½ cup sugar2 cups heavy cream

Melt chocolate with butter over adouble boiler. Separate the eggs (becareful separating eggs, it’s veryimportant that no yolk is in withwhites).

In a very clean bowl, whip all of the whites with ½ of the sugar tomedium firm peaks (full volume) - and then chill. Whip heavy creamto medium stiffness (full volume). Whip egg yolks with the rest ofsugar until light in color and ribbons appear when whip is lifted.Combine the egg yolks to the melted chocolate. Gently foldtogether chocolate and yolk mix with the egg whites and cream.

Portion – chill – eat – yummy!

Featured ChefsMenus

The menu cover is one of the first items that a customersees and is important in establishing quality, price, and thetheme of your restaurant. A well designed menu will getyour diners in the mood to eat.

Options that you can incorporate into your menu designinclude: your logo, photos of your signature dishes, photosof people enjoying your food, your mission statement,photos of staff.

Make it eye-catching and professional.

142.11_28.new 5/9/11 3:09 PM Page 1

Beverage/BarSuppliesBarwareBeverage ServersPourers

Bar Service Checklist

Bars & Lounges Restaurants

Blender 2 1Ice Scoop 2 1Cocktail Shakers 6 3Jiggers 2 2Pourers 6 dz. 4 dz.Cutting Board 2 1Towel Holders 3 1Julep Strainer 1 1Wire Bar Strainer 2 1Fruit Knife 2 1Fruit Peeler 2 1Mixing Spoons 4 2Muddler 2 1Sugar Caddy 2 1Bar Fruit Caddy 2 1Cork Removers 3 2Speed Racks 3 1Stirrers 10m 10mIce Buckets 2 4Water Pitchers 3 3Beer Pitchers 3 6Assumes 100 people served.

Beverage Server Capacities

20 ounce server = 2 cups1 liter server = 4 cups11/2 liter server = 6 cups2 liter server = 8 cups

143

A. Pourers.Co-Rect Measured Pourer (P6501-1) provides a fast, easy and costeffective way to control your inventory by changing the waste from freepourers into drink sales. Patented Chrome Tapered Pourer with flip top(MP285-70) and Chrome Tapered Pourer (MP285-50) give you easypours and lasting durability. The inexpensive Free Pourers (OP0305 &OP0371) are excellent bulk pourers. The Chrome Plated Screen Pourer(BP20) is patent pending and a top seller. Pourers available in variety ofsizes and colors.

A

B. Bar Supplies.Wood Condiment Holder and Bar Caddy (CH0203 & BR0203) come inhazel, blond, black or chrome plated. Holder also available in a 4 pintversion. Vinyl Coated Bottle Openers (CO-3 VR red) and patented VinylCoated Stainless Steel Shakers come in colors orange, red, green, blueor black or can be matched to any PMS color as a custom order. Shakersavailable in 28 oz. (CS-100 VBLK) or 16 oz. sizes. Custom imprintingavailable.

B

C. Bar Essentials.Our newest line of bar necessities include:Premium Pourers: “Three ball” measured pourers have a patented designthat ensures accurate pours, long life and more profit per bottle. Four sizesavailable in blue, clear, green and red, collar/no collar, wide cork and flip-top designs.Betterway Pourers: Economical one piece pourer in various colors.Kover-All Dust Caps: Universal design fits most pourers.Scoops: Heavy duty polycarbonate and polystyrene, some NSF approved.Power Bomb Cup: 1 oz. inner and 2.075 oz. outer cup. Stackable,dishwasher safe and reuseable. Uses less energy drink per shot.

C

143.11_31.new 5/10/11 3:47 PM Page 1

BEVERAGE/BAR SUPPLIES

144

Model Description K. 1111-3TK 11" Bar Spoon

w/Twisted Handle & KnobL. 131-02 Winged CorkscrewM.131-01 Waiter’s CorkscrewN. 285-50 Chrome Tapered Pourer w/Poly-Kork O. 313-00 Ban-M® PourerP. 160-00 24"x3" Bar Mat, Black or Brown

F

E G

H

J

K

LM N

O

I

P

Model Description E. 543-00 Triple Glass BrushF. 103-00 18/8 Stainless Cocktail Shaker, 30 oz. G. 150-00 Bar Aide OrganizerH. 1400-0 18/8 Stainless Ice ScoopI. 444-00 Glass RimmerJ. 1014-0 Cocktail Strainer, 4 Prong

E-P. Assorted Barware.Manufacturers of the original Ban-M® screened pourers and the Chrome Tapered metal pourers,Spill-Stop offers a complete line of bar supplies specializing in “hand tools for the bartender”.Extensive product line includes plastic and metal liquor pourers, control pourers, bar rail mats, baraide caddies, stainless bar accessories including cocktail shakers, strainers, ice scoops, bottlespeed rails, corkscrews, bar glass brushes, bar shelf liner, glass rimmer, serving and tip trays, beerpitchers, condiment containers, cocktail picks and other bar accessories.

A. Proper Pour™ Measured Pourers.Accurate pour for consistent drinks every time!Measured pourers eliminate over pours and boostsprofits. Color-coded dip tube indicates measurementfrom 5/8 oz. to 2 oz.Model Description 2242A Black Collar, Black Dip Tube, 5/8 oz.2243A Black Collar, Green Dip Tube, 3/4 oz.2244A Black Collar, Blue Dip Tube, 7/8 oz.2246A Black Collar, Red Dip Tube, 1 oz.2247A Black Collar, Purple Dip Tube, 11/8 oz.2248A Black Collar, Clear Dip Tube, 11/4 oz.2249A Black Collar, Yellow Dip Tube, 11/2 oz.2250A Black Collar, White Dip Tube, 2 oz.3242A Black Collar, Black Dip Tube, 5/8 oz. 3243A Black Collar, Green Dip Tube, 3/4 oz.3244A Black Collar, Blue Dip Tube, 7/8 oz.3246A Black Collar, Red Dip Tube, 1 oz.Additional models available.

A

C. The Dome Garnish & Condiment Center.Patented domed cover closes securely even when trays are overfilledand is retractable for easy access. Cover seals upon closing, keepinggarnishes chilled and fresh for proper food safety. Tray sizesincorporate stabilizing hooks for security and removable carryhandles for easy transport. Handles can be replaced with snap-oncaddies to hold sticks, straws and more. Dishwasher, refrigerator andfreezer safe. Easy to disassemble without tools.

C

Model Description BD2001 Mini Dome Cond Serv, 2 qt. DeepBD2002 Mini Dome Cond Serv, 1 qt. ChillableBD2003 Mini Dome Cond Serv, (2) 1 pt. ChillableBD2004NL Mini Dome Cond Serv, (2) 11/2 pt. DeepBD4003 Condiment Center, (3) two qt. traysBD4004 Condiment Center, (4) three pt. traysBD4006S Bar Center, (6) one pt. trays, 2 straw caddiesBD4014 Condiment Center (4) 11/2 pt. standard traysBD4005S Bar Center, (1) two qt. tray, (4) one pt. trays,

(2) straw caddies

B. Jupiter™ Juice Presses.Highly efficient 3-pinion design exerts maximumpressure with minimal effort. Large opening betweenbase legs allow for larger containers to be used forjuice collection for more efficient operation. Widebase design for greater stability. 18/10 stainless steelperforated strainer cone and funnel cup remove foreasy cleaning. Sure grip rubber handle is ergonomicand easy to hold and use. 1 year warranty. NSFcertified.Model Description 97332 White97336 Black

B

D. Camservers Insulated BeverageServers.Keep beverages hot without heating fuel orelectricity—no combustible or flammablematerials to ignite. Fully insulated inner coreand tight seal gaskets provide temperaturemaintenance. Interchangeable, decorativebrass beverage plates included for anupscale appearance. Convenient refill capopens with one hand. High spigot positioneasily fills glasses or carafes—no risersneeded. Colors: Taupe, Black and GraniteGrey. Model Description CSR3 3 Gal. Cap. - 54 CupsCSR5 5 Gal. Cap. - 91 Cups

D

144.11_28.new 5/9/11 3:42 PM Page 1

BEVERAGE/BAR SUPPLIES

145

A. Camtainers.Vertical design offers the best temperature retention.Corrosion free, dent and scratch resistant design. Onepiece polyethylene outer shell combined with thick foamcore insulates against heat loss for hours. Self adhesivelabel set included. Features include a special glass fillednylon latch and a recessed spigot. Choose from a widevariety of colors and options.Model Description 100LCD 1 gal.250LCD 21/2 gal.500LCD 5 gal.1000LCD 10 gal. 350LCD Soup 31/2 gal.UC250 Ultra 21/2 gal. UC500 Ultra 5 gal.UC1000 Ultra 10 gal.Additional models available.

A

B. Safe Ice Handling System.Improves productivity while promoting safe handling of ice to reduce the risk of cross-contamination and improved employee safety. Ice Tote with Bin Adapter attaches toalmost any ice machine to keep weight elevated off floor to reduce back strain. Ice Totehas an ergonomic comfort grip handle and angled top to prevent spills when pouring.Rear hang hook allows tote to hang upside down to dry. 74 oz. Scoop with Hand Guard& Holder has an angled handle position to improve leverage and reduce wrist strain;frame holder provides safe drying and easy access. 120 oz. Scovel has two handles toprovide maximum leverage and control for moving large amounts of ice. Dishwashersafe. NSF.Model Description FG9F5300TBLUE Ice Tote, 51/2 gal.FG9F5400TBLUE Ice Tote w/Bin Hook Adapter, 51/2 gal. FG9F5200TBLUE Scovel Two-Handled Shovel, 120 oz. FG9F5100TBLUE Scoop w/Hand Guard & Holder, 74 oz. FG9F5000TBLUE Scoop w/Hand Guard, 74 oz.

B

D. Saf-T-Scoop™/Guardian System™ and Saf-T-Ice® Tote.The new HACCP Hanger allows users to hang the Saf-T-IceTote off any ice bin! Raising the tote off the ground keeps thebottom surface clean and eases back strain by bringing thetote up to waist level while filling—all at no additional cost! TheHACCP Hanger is available with the Saf-T-Ice Tote and thedishwasher-sized SHORTY Ice Tote. Three sizes of Saf-T-Ice-Scoop and Guardian Systems available—6-10 oz., 12-16 oz.and 64-86 oz. Dishwasher safe. NSF.Model Description SI5000 Guardian Sys w/6-10 oz. Scoop, Hldr & Mnt’gSI7000 Guardian Sys w/12-16 oz. Scoop, Hldr & Mnt’gSI9000 Guardian Sys w/64-86 oz. Scoop, Hldr & Mnt’gSI6100 Shorty Saf-T-Ice Tote, 5 Gal.SI6000 Saf-T-Ice Tote, 6 Gal.SI6500 Safe-T-Ice Tote, Snap-Tight LidSI5500 Saf-T-Scoop, 6-10 oz. SI7500 Saf-T-Scoop, 12-16 oz. SI9500 Saf-T-Scoop, 64-86 oz.

C. SlidingLid™ Ice Caddies.Indoors or outdoors, in heat or humidity,these ice caddies keep their cool and holdice cold for days! Polyethylene body andthick foam insulation provide optimum dura-bility and long lasting ice storage. Sliding lidhelps reduce the risk of cross-contamination.Slides back and under for quick and easyaccess and slides shut for safe and sanitarystorage. Recessed well and drain shelf keepice out of water. Recessed handle offerssafer, more balanced lifting by two people.

Model Description ICS125L 125# 2FX2SW1B ICS125LB 125# 2SW1B8BW ICS125T 125# 4SW1BICS125T4S 125# 4SW1BICS175L 175# 2FX2SW1B ICS175LB 175# 2SW1B10BWICS175T 175# 2FX2SW1B ICS175TB 175# 2SW1B10BWICS200TB 200# 2SW1BW10

D

Temperature Retention for Hot Beverages

For Plastic Insulated Servers temperature will drop approxi-mately 20°F in the first hour, 10°F in the second hour and 10°F inthe third hour.

For Glass Insulated Servers temperature will drop approximately2°F to 5°F every hour. Results are based on pre-heating serverswith boiling water prior to use.

Urn Capacities

Urn Size Group Size 30 Cup 10-30 Guests55 Cup 30-50 Guests101 Cup 50-100 Guests

C

145.11_28.new 5/9/11 4:43 PM Page 1

Kitchen SuppliesCookwareUtensilsPrepSafetyChef Apparel

Choosing the Correct KnifeCutting is quicker and easier when you use the correctknife for the job. Here are suggestions to help youchoose the proper type of knife for each cutting job.1. “The Chef’s Knife”–(Also known as Cook’s Knife or

French Knife). Used for all kinds of heavy-dutycutting, as well as chopping, dicing and shredding.The ultimate in cutlery for the gourmet cook.

2. “The Slicer”–Ideal for ham and large cuts of meat.Slices roasted meats, chicken and turkey.

3. “The Bread Knife”–Slices breads, delicate fruits andvegetables. Cuts through hard crust for uniformslicing.

4. “The Fork”–The perfect complement to any carvingor slicing knife. Provides a more secure hold,especially on the tail end of a joint of meat.

5. “The Steel”–Realigns the knife edge. Should beused frequently to maintain sharpness.

6. “The Utility Knife”–Excellent for food preparation oralmost any kitchen chore from cutting vegetablesand meats to halving sandwiches.

7. “The Steak Knife”–For individual table use. Cutsmeat without tearing.

8. “The Parer”–The knife used most frequently. Cuts,peels and dices fruits, vegetables, cheeses andmeats.

146

A. Connoisseur® Cutlery. The finest professional cutlery for the discriminatingchef, combining modern European styling and thecutting performance of American craftsmanship.Each blade is crafted from the highest quality stain-free, high-carbon steel, heat-treated to precisehardness and edges hand-ground to ultimatesharpness. Handles are fashioned with the warmthof traditional rosewood and secured with largebrass compression rivets and are impervious tostain, hot water, and food acids.Model Description 50-3 1/2PCP 31/2" Forged Paring Knife50-10 PCP 10" Forged Chef’s Knife40D-28-11PCP 11" Forged Fork28-78PCP 12" Forged Bayonet Fork28-14PCP 14" Heavy Forged Fork5980 Forged Chef’s Set, 7 pc.25-3PCP 3" Paring Knife13N-6PCP 6" Narrow Boning Knife31-6PCP 6" Curved Boning Knife45-10PCP 10" Cook’s Knife32-10PCP 10" Cimeter Steak Knife40D-10PCP 10" Duo-Edge Roast Slicer12PCP 12" Duo-Edge Roast Slicer32-12PCP 12" Cimeter Steak Knife45-12PCP 12" Cook’s Knife40D-14PCP 14" Duo-Edge Roast Slicer40D-14W-PCP 14" Wide Duo-Edge Roast SlicerAdditional models available.

A

B. Victorinox Cutlery. High carbon stainless steel, won’t discolor or corrode. Fibrox® andRosewood handles. Lightweight balance for extended use. NSFapproved Fibrox® handles are available in black or white. Taper groundwith beveled edges. Lifetime warranty.Model Description 40552 5" Mini Chef Knife, Fibrox Handle40556 5" Wavy Mini Chef Knife, Fibrox Handle40720 71/2" Wavy Chef’s Knife, Fibrox Handle40520 8" Chef’s Knife, Fibrox Handle40549 8" Bread Knife, Fibrox Handle40521 10" Chef’s Knife, Fibrox Handle40721 10" Sandwich Knife, Fibrox Handle40547 101/4" Bread Knife, Fibrox Handle40551 101/4" Supr-Slicer, Fibrox Handle40522 12" Chef’s Knife, Fibrox Handle40645 12" Granton Edge Slicer, Fibrox HandleAdditional models available.

B

146.11_31.new 5/10/11 9:02 AM Page 1

KITCHEN SUPPLIES

147

A

B. SofGrip™ Cutlery.Here’s the ultimate in non-slip professional cutlery,SofGrip™. The soft-to-the-touch handle literallymolds to your hand and becomes its extension.SofGrip™ combines the world’s sharpest hand-honed edge in stain-free, high-carbon steel withthe most ergonomically designed handle ever!Available in both black and white handles. ChineseChef’s knives now available in an ultra-comfortableSofGrip™ handle, and in colors! NSF.Model Description SG144-7GEBPCP 7" Duo-Edge Santoku KnifeSG145-10BPCP 10" Cook’s KnifeSG140-12GEBPCP 12" Duo-Edge Roast SlicerSG163-9SCBPCP 9" Scalloped Offset

Sand. KnifeSG140-12SCBPCP 12" Scalloped Roast SlicerSG104BPCP 31/4" Cook’s Style ParerAbove models have black handles. Additionalmodels available.

A. Sani-Safe® Knives & Accessories.Highest quality, stain-free, high-carbon steel bladeswith “Grip-Tex” polypropylene handles. Sani-Safeknives are hand-ground to ultimate sharpness.Turners and spatulas are precision ground for “just-right” flexibility. Bacteria, moisture, fats or greasecannot penetrate the impervious seal of the blade andhandle. NSF.Model Description S145-8PCP 8" Cook’s KnifeS286-8 8"x3" Cake TurnerS163-9SCPCP 9" Scalloped Offset Sandwich KnifeP177APCP 4" Pizza CutterS5387PCP 7" Stainless CleaverS119PCP 3" Clam KnifeS145-10PCP 10" Cook’s KnifeSSCC-7 7 Pc. Cutlery SetAdditional models available.

B

C. V-lo® Knives.V-lo®— Leading Professional Chefs TowardTomorrow! V-lo knives offer patented state-of-the-art handle design, unique Dex-Tex™Armadillo texture and a composite handlethat fuses soft comfort with firm control. Withits incredible soft feel and got-to-haveattractiveness, you will love this knife! V-loalso features the hallmarks of Dexter-Russellcutlery including the highest quality stain-free,high-carbon steel blades and ultimate longlasting sharp edges. NSF certified.C

D

D. Pastry/Basting Brushes.Chef Series™ brushes with genuine boar bristlesfor gently treating delicacies. Perfect for bastingwhere heat is a factor. Galaxy™ brushes havenylon bristles for preparing pastry pans, butteringtoast, basting meats. Available in white, red orblue bristles. Silicone brushes with unique bristledesign carries and spreads liquid better than ordi-nary silicone brushes. Withstands temperatures upto 500°F. Molded-in hanging hook grabs panedges to keep brush from sliding in. Dishwashersafe.Model Description 40374 Chef Series™ 2" w/Boar Bristles 40371 Chef Series™ 4" Flat w/Boar Bristles40392 Galaxy™ 3" w/Nylon Bristles40393 Galaxy™ 3" w/Nylon Bristles40403 Silicone 2"40405 Silicone 3"Additional models available.

E

E. Knives.Professional chefs prefer Mundial knives because of their comfort, balanceand durability. Complete product line includes cook’s and boning knives aswell as other essential tools. Feature high-carbon stainless steel blades aswell as non-slip ergonomic handles. Molded white polypropylene handles nowhave the extra safeguard of Sanitized® anti-microbial protection, which guardsagainst bacterial growth. Some items available in food safe colors red, blue,green, yellow and black. NSF.

Model Description SCW5601-31/4 Paring Chef’s Style 31/4" (3 to a card, White)W0547-4E Paring Spear Point 4" (24 pk.)W5614-8 Fillet Narrow Stiff 8" (White)W5625-10 Butcher 10" (White)W5614-6 Boning Narrow Stiff 6" (White)W5615-61/4 Boning Ex-Wide Stiff 61/4"W5604-7 Santoku 7" (White)W5604-7GE Santoku 7" Granton EdgeW5625-8 Butcher 8" (White)W5626-71/2 Bread 71/2" w/Serrated Edge (White)W5620-9E Offset Sandwich 9" w/Serrated EdgeW5610-8 Chef’s 8"W5610-10 Chef’s 10"W5627-12E Slicer 12" w/Serrated Edge (White)

Model Description V144-7GE-PCP 7" Duo-edge Santoku Chef’s KnifeV144-9GE-PCP 9" Duo-edge Santoku Chef’s KnifeV163-9SC-PCP 9" Scalloped Offset Sandwich KnifeV145-10PCP 10" Cook’s KnifeV205PCP 13" Cook’s ForkV3-CP 3 Pc. Cutlery SetVCC3 3 Pc. Cutlery SetVCC7 7 pc. Cutlery SetAdditional models available.

147.11_28.new 5/10/11 9:19 AM Page 1

Model Description BP6110-10 Chef’s 10"BP6110-6 Chef’s 6"BP6110-8 Chef’s 8"BP6111-10 Slicer/Carving 10"BP6111-3 1/2 Paring 31/2"BP6111-4 Paring 4"BP6111-6 Utility 6"BP6111-6E Utility 6", Wavy EdgeBP6111-8 Carving/Slicer 8"BP6113-6 Boning Flexible 6"BP6114-6 Boning Stiff 6"BP6121-8E Bread 8", Wavy EdgeAdditional models available.

KITCHEN SUPPLIES

148

D

E. Color-Coded Dishers by Jacob’s Pride.Made in the USA. Stainless steel with one piece color codedplastic handles for no-guess size selection. Sure grip colorhandles differentiate size. White, gray, ivory, green, dark blue,yellow, red, black, orchid. Disassembles easily for cleaning.Jacob’s Pride® limited lifetime warranty. NSF certified.Model Description 47139 #6 White, 51/3 oz. 47140 #8 Gray, 4 oz.47141 #10 Ivory, 31/4 oz. 47142 #12 Green, 22/3 oz. 47143 #16 Dk. Blue, 2 oz. 47144 #20 Yellow, 15/8 oz. 47145 #24 Red, 11/3 oz. 47146 #30 Black, 1 oz.47147 #40 Orchid, 3/4 oz.

E

C. Stainless Steel Dishers.Heavy duty stainless spring provides smooth and easy squeezeaction. Short squeeze distance reduces hand fatigue and isdesigned for use with either left or right hand. Heavy-duty die caststainless steel with size number clearly stamped on bowl sweep.Oval bowl shapes available in 5 sizes. Four new 11/4 oz. shapes(triangle, diamond, rectangle and half circle) available for interestingfood presentations.Model Description 47172 5/16 oz. #30 Oval47170 15/8 oz. #20 Oval47154 21/2 oz. #20 Round47152 31/4 oz. #12 Round47150 4 oz. #8 RoundAdditional models available.

F. Heavy Duty One-Piece Ladles w/Kool-Touch® Handles.Now featuring Agion®—Nature’s Antimicrobial Built-In. Available with stainlesssteel, black and color-coded Kool-Touch® handles as well as black Ergo Griphandle in 4 capacities. Accurate bowl dimensions clearly stamped for easyidentification. Heavy gauge stainless steel shafts and bowls. Grooved plasticcoated handle is heat resistant up to 180°F. Mirror finish bowls, satin finishhandles. Jacob’s Pride ladles have limited lifetime warranty. Jacob’s Pride®

warranty does not include Kool-Touch® coating.

Model Description 58011 1 oz. Black58333 3 oz. Ivory58044 4 oz. Black 58366 8 oz. Orange4980335 3 oz. Ivory NSF, Jacob’s Pride Ladle4980520 5 oz. Black NSF, Jacob’s Pride Ladle4980655 6 oz. Teal NSF, Jacob’s Pride Ladle4980610 6 oz. S/S NSF, Jacob’s Pride Ladle4980422 4 oz. Ergo Grip4980622 6 oz. Ergo Grip Additional models available.

F

Model Description 4780920 Scalloped 91/2" Black4780940 Scalloped 91/2" Red 4781230 Scalloped 12" Blue 4781250 Scalloped 12" Yellow 4781660 Scalloped 16" Tan 4790970 VersaGrip 91/2" Green4791250 VersaGrip 12" Yellow4781210 Scalloped 12" Plain Stainless 4791610 VersaGrip 16" Plain StainlessAdditional models available.

D. One-Piece Tongs by Jacob’s Pride.Now featuring Agion®—Nature’s AntimicrobialBuilt-In. Jacob’s Pride color-coded tongs aid in theprevention of foodborne illness resulting from crosscontamination. Unique springless designeliminates bacteria prone food traps. Thepermanently bonded Kool-Touch® color-codedhandles provide easy identification. Handles areheat resistant up to 180°F. Choose from color-coded, black or stainless steel VersaGrip® orScalloped Grip tongs. NSF. Jacob’s Pride limitedlifetime warranty does not cover Kool-Touch®

coating.

C

B

B. Stainless Steel Measuring SpoonSets.Stainless steel measuring sets available insix-piece set featuring unique oval bowl foreasy pouring and getting into small openingsand four-piece set providing straight edge forleveling ingredients. Capacit ies clearlystamped for easy identification. Each set issecured with stainless steel ring.

A. Elegance Series of Forged Knives.The Elegance line of knives and accessories featurea lighter weight, comfort grip combined with thetraditional Mundial high carbon stainless steel blade.Each blade is fully forged using a special steel alloy,which ensures greater durability and increasedcutting precision. NSF certified. *Use BP pre-fix forblister pack.

A

Model Description 47118 4 pc. set (1 Tbsp, 1 tsp, 1/2 tsp, 1/4 tsp)46588 6 pc. set (1 Tbsp, 2 tsp,1 tsp, 1/2 tsp, 1/4 tsp, 1/8 tsp)

148.11_28.new 5/10/11 9:32 AM Page 1

KITCHEN SUPPLIES

149

B. Nylon Handle Wire Whips by Jacob’s Pride.Jacob’s Pride one-piece nylon handle with comfort nubsis completely sealed. Patent-pending ergonomic whipwith fine wires for mixing or aerating thinner foodproducts. Handle is heat resistant up to 475°F. Color-coded handles for easy identification. Aqua for Frenchand Purple for Piano. Corrosion resistant, stainlesssteel wires. Jacob’s Pride limited lifetime warranty.

Model Description 47090 10" French Whip NSF47091 12" French Whip NSF47092 14" French Whip NSF47093 16" French Whip NSF47094 18" French Whip NSF47095 20" French Whip NSF47096 22" French Whip NSF47097 24" French Whip NSF47002 10" Piano Whip NSF47003 12" Piano Whip NSF47004 14" Piano Whip NSF47005 16" Piano Whip NSF47006 18" Piano Whip NSF

B

D

A. Heavy Duty Skimmer by Jacob’s Pride.This heavy duty skimmer from the Jacob’s Pride collectionfeatures one-piece construction, stainless steel, mirror-finishblade and satin-finish handle. Guaranteed for life. Jacob’sPride limited lifetime warranty.Model Description 46969 113/4" Handle, 4 Blade Dia.46970 125/8" Handle, 6 Blade Dia.

A

C. Cooking Accessories.Professional chefs prefer Mundial cooking accessoriesbecause of their comfort, balance and durability. Completeproduct line includes turners, scrapers, forks and otheressential cooking tools. Feature high-carbon stainless steelblades as well as non-slip ergonomic handles. Molded whitepolypropylene handles now have the extra safeguard ofSanitized® anti-microbial protection, which guards againstbacterial growth. Some accessories available in food safecolors red and yellow. NSF.

Model Description W5694 21/4"x41/2" Pie Server (White Handle)W5688E-31/2 31/2" Sandwich Spreader w/ Serrated Edge W5692-4 4" Griddle Scraper (White Handle)W5691-4 4" Pizza Cutter (White Handle)W5687 5"x4" Steak Turner (White Handle)W5685 6"x3" Turner (White Handle)W5680-61/2 61/2" Cleaver (White Handle)W5650-8 8" Baker’s Icing Spatula (White Handle)Additional models available.

C

D. Heavy Duty Spoodles® andBasting Spoons by Jacob’s Pride.Our one-piece mirror finish 20-gauge stain-less steel Spoodle® combines the ease ofserving with a spoon and the accurate portioncontrol of a ladle. Color coding and capacitiesstamped on shaft. Ergonomic design, built-instopper notch, heat resistant to 450°F. Heavyduty one-piece 16-gauge stainless steelbasting spoons are resistant to corrosion.NSF. Jacob’s Pride limited lifetime warranty.Model Description 6433120 Solid Round Black, 1 oz.6412230 Solid Oval Blue, 2 oz.6412620 Solid Oval Black, 6 oz.6432230 Perforated Round Blue, 2 oz.6432220 Perforated Round Black, 2 oz.6422445 Perforated Oval Gray, 4 oz.6422820 Perforated Oval Black, 8 oz.64400 Solid Basting Spoon, 113/4"64404 Perforated Basting Spoon, 131/4"64408 Slotted Basting Spoon, 151/2"Additional models available.

Chef/ManagingPartner Robb ReedCrawfish JunctionMilford, WI

The recipe for success in a “unique” economy

1 Part- Quality Quality Quality! Focus on the food. Take thetime to examine each ingredient in every menu item youserve. Just because an ingredient is more expensive doesn’tmake it better, taste it, feel it, know it! This is not the time tosacrifice the quality of your product, it’s the time to embracewhat the consumer is looking for…“bang for their buck”.

2 Parts- Passion Passion Passion! A pinch of your heartand soul should be in every dish that leaves your kitchen. “Ifit’s not you all the time…don’t sell it!” Show up on your offtime, see what leaves your kitchen when you’re not there.The devil is in the details!

1 Part- Team Team Team! Embrace those around you.Stand shoulder to shoulder with your staff…don’t standabove them! It takes everyone around you for the dream tobe a reality!

Featured Chef

149.11_28.new 5/10/11 10:07 AM Page 1

D. Camwear Food Storage Pans & Covers.Use CW-Pans for storage, transportation and serving display; HP-Pans for microwaves, steamersand ovens and PP-Pans are an economical choice for storing food as well as using on prep tablesand in food bars. CW withstand temps -40°F to 210°F; H-Pans -40°F to 350°F and PP-Pans -40°Fto 160°F. Add CW to model number for cold pans, HP for hot pans and PP for translucent pans.Cover styles available—seal, flat, flip, grip, w/handle and notched. NSF.Model Description 36CW 1/3 Size Pan, 6" CW 66CW 1/6 Size Pan, 6" CW 26CW 1/2 Size Pan, 6" CW 16CW 1/1 Size Pan, 6" CW 64CW 1/6 Size Pan, 4" CW 34HP 1/3 Size Pan, 4" HP 24HP 1/2 Size Pan, 4" HP 36HP 1/3 Size Pan, 6" HP 66HP 1/6 Size Pan, 6" HP22HP 1/2 Size Pan, 2" HP Additional sizes and depths available.

150

A. SuperPan 3® System.Unique patent pending angled ramp allows you to pull and lift the pan out ofthe well effortlessly. Re-enforced corners. Built-in anti-jam stacking lugs.Capacities stamped on all pans. Plastic pans available in clear and blackpolycarbonate for low temperature applications, and amber and black resinfor high temperature. Stainless steel and plastic are interchangeable andnestable. One size meets both U.S. and Gastronorm standards. NSF.Model Description 90022 1/1 Size Pan, 21/2"D 90047 1/1 Size Non-Stick Pan, 4"D8004410 1/1 Size Low Temp Pan, 4"D, Clear 93100 1/1 Size Solid Cover 70100 1/1 Size Stainless False Bottom 74100 1/1 Size Stainless Wire Grate 94200 1/2 Size Slotted Cover 8028410 1/2 Size Low Temp Pan, 8"D, Clear90362 1/3 Size Pan, 6"DAdditional sizes and depths available.

A

D

Depth Number of Servings(In.) (Qts.) 1 oz. 2 oz. 4 oz. 8 oz. Full Size — 203/4" x 123/4"11/4 Deli Pan21/2 8.3 268 134 67 334 14 424 212 106 536 21 644 322 161 80

Two-Thirds Size — 137/8" x 123/4"21/2 51/2 176 88 44 224 9.3 296 148 74 376 14 452 226 113 56

Half Size — 103/8" x 123/4"11/4 Deli Pan21/2 4.3 128 64 32 164 7 214 107 53 276 10 322 161 80 40

Half Size Long — 203/4" x 67/16"21/2 4 120 60 30 154 6 184 92 46 236 8 264 132 66 33

One-Third Size — 67/8" x 123/4"21/2 21/2 85 42 214 4 134 67 336 6 197 98 49

One-Fourth Size — 63/8" x 103/8"21/2 2 60 30 154 3 96 48 246 41/2 146 73 36

One-Sixth Size — 67/8" x 61/4"21/2 1 40 204 2 60 306 3 87 43

One-Ninth Size — 67/8" x 41/4"2 1/2 8 64 1 18 13

Approximate Servings for Steamtable Pans

KITCHEN SUPPLIES

C. Melamine Food Pans.Finally melamine insert pans with the samedimensions as stainless steel hotel pans! Sodurable, so practical and so inexpensive.Pans conform to Gastro norm (European)specs. Dishwasher safe, stackable forstorage, and the rubber feet on the bottom ofpans make them attractive for buffet services.Available in one sixth size and half long sizepans in addition the full size, half size andthird size are available in 4"D. Choose fromBlack, Ivory or White.Model Description ML-19- Full SizeML-18- Half-SizeML-17- Third-SizeML-20- Third Size, 4"D ML-21- Half Size, 4"D ML-22- Full Size, 4"D ML-23- Third Size, 6"D ML-26- Full Size Divided (2-Comp.), 21/2"D

C

B. Miramar™ Decorative Plans &Templates.Stylish patent-pending embossed pattern onstainless steel pan rims adds elegance and styleto your buffet presentation. Various sized pans fitin standard well openings or in Miramar thermosetresin templates. Templates are heat resistant to300°F and are available in Night Sky or Oyster.Pans and templates are dishwasher safe and NSFcertified.Model Description 8240410 Nightsky, 1 Oval & 2 Half Ovals8240512 Oyster, 1 Rectangle 3/4 Size8240910 Nightsky, Three 6" Rounds8240912 Oyster, Three 6" Rounds8230510 Casserole, 4"D-Rings8230310 Full Size, 11/4"D-Rings8230820 Half Size Long, 23/4"D8231020 Third Size, 41/2"D8230010 7 Qt. Soup Inset-Rings8261720 Hinged Cover-Brass Handle (for 10 Qt.)Additional models available.

B

150.11_31.new 5/10/11 10:24 AM Page 1

KITCHEN SUPPLIES

151

A. Top Notch® Food Pans.“Easy Lift Spoon Notches” at each end of food pan for easy removal fromsteam tables and recessed counters. Easy lift notch reduces directhand-to-food contact for greater food safety. Meet EN 631-1 Euro Normstandards for inter-stacking with existing pans. New Universal Lids fit TopNotch Food Pans as well as other major brands. Available in standardsizes, Universal Lids fit both gastronorm and standard size food pans.Carlisle lids stack with themselves for easy storage. Available inpolycarbonate or high heat material. Dishwasher safe. NSF.Model Description 10200 Full Size, 21/2"D Polycarbonate10300 Sixth Size, 21/2"D Polycarbonate10221 Half Size, 4"D Polycarbonate10281 Quarter Size, 4"D Polycarbonate10321 Ninth Size, 4"D Polycarbonate10262 Third Size, 6"D Polycarbonate10401 Full Size, 4"D High Heat10461 Third Size, 4"D High Heat10501 Sixth Size, 4"D High Heat10482 Quarter Size, 6"D High Heat10423 Half Size, 8"D High Heat10212 Full Size, Smart LidAdditional models available.

A

B. Baking Sheet Pans.Seamless aluminum one-piece construction with closed 1/4"steel wire reinforced bead. Baking sheet pans tapered cornersnest and stack easily and fit all standard bakers’ racks. Full sizeand half size pans are 18 gauge standard. 16 gauge, heavyduty full size pans are also available. Model Description 18-A-26-1X Full Size 18"x26", Heavy Duty 16 gauge18-8A-26-1X Full Size 18"x26", Standard 18 gauge18-8P-26-1X Full Size 18"x26", Perforated 18 gauge18-8A-13-1X Half Size 18"x13", Standard 18 gauge

E. Excalibur® Fry Pans.Excalibur’s revolutionary non-stick coating is superior to anystandard coating. Stainless steel reinforced non-stick coating ismicro-bonded to the substrate of the pan creating a multi-layersurface that easily releases food and resists scratching betterthan traditional non-stick surfaces. Cooks food evenly withoutthe need for added fat or oil. Hard 3004 aluminum body standsup to the toughest foodservice environment. NSF.Model Description 60907XRS 7" Pan w/Dura-Kool™ Sleeve 60908XRS 8" Pan w/Dura-Kool™ Sleeve60910XRS 10" Pan w/Dura-Kool™ Sleeve60912XRS 12" Pan w/Dura-Kool™ Sleeve60914XRS 14" Pan w/Dura-Kool™ Sleeve

B

C

E

C. PanPals™ Pan Liners & Oven Bags.PanPals™ High Heat Pan Liners and CookingBags improve food safety by ensuring foods arealways prepared on a clean cooking surface.Hygienic, high heat nylon liners save time andmoney by reducing scorching and speedingcleanup. Can withstand cooking temperaturesup to 400°F.Model Description 22-OB1824 18"x24" Medium Pan Oven Bag22-OB2418 24"x18" Medium Pan Oven Bag22-OB3426 34"x26" Turkey Size Oven Bag22-PL1318 13"x18" Sixth Pan Liner22-PL1515 15"x15" 6 and 7 qt. Round Liner22-PL1820 18"x20" 9 and 11 qt. Round LinerAdditional models available.

D. Classic Select™ Cookware.Manufactured from 2 gauge impact resistant 3004 aluminum. Featuresa double thick bottom for even heat distribution and elimination of hotspots. Stock pots, sauce pots, braziers, sauté pans and straight walledsauce pans are available in many sizes and capacities. Sauté andSauce pans feature new TriVent™ Silicone and Plated handles.Jacob’s Pride limited lifetime warranty. TriVent™ Silicone handles carrya 90-day warranty. NSF Certified. Made in U.S.A.Model Description 68215 Brazier 15 qt. 68633 Stock Pot Hvy. Duty 32 qt. 68680 Stock Pot Hvy. Duty 80 qt. 69404 Sauce Pan Straight Sided 41/2 qt. w/Plated Handle69444 Sauce Pan Straight Sided 41/2 qt. w/GatorGrip® Handle68735 Saute Pan 5 qt. w/GatorGrip® Handle 68414 Hvy. Duty Sauce Pot 14 qt.68434 Hvy. Duty Sauce Pot 34 qt.67509 Cover Fits 68408, 68743, 68733, 69408, 69448, 68616,

69406 and 69446

D

151.11_13 5/10/11 10:57 AM Page 1

KITCHEN SUPPLIES

152

A

A. Titan Series Pots and Pans.Constructed of premium 18/8 stainless steel, this cookware has a tri-ply bottomconsisting of two layers of stainless steel surrounding an aluminum core. The resultis cookware that spreads heat rapidly and evenly providing higher efficiency andreduction of hot spots, which can cause food to burn or cook unevenly. Withattractive brushed sides and a polished band across the top and bottom, each piecemakes a striking impression. NSF.Model Description SSP-8 8 qt. Stock Pot with CoverSSP-12 12 qt. Stock Pot with CoverSSP-16 16 qt. Stock Pot with CoverSSP-20 20 qt. Stock Pot with CoverSSP-24 24 qt. Stock Pot with CoverSSP-80 80 qt. Stock Pot with CoverSPS-32 32 qt. Sauce Pan with CoverSPS-40 40 qt. Sauce Pan with CoverSPS-60 60 qt. Sauce Pan with CoverSPS-100 100 qt. Sauce Pan with CoverAdditional models are available.

A

B. Carbon Steel Frying Pan with Flat Iron Handle.High quality, carbon steel pan is suitable for searing as its thicknessallows for long re-heating at high temperatures. Features flat iron handleaffixed with rivets. The 3/32" thickness is uniform throughout and increasesup to 1/8" on larger diameters. High density metal doesn’t retain odors.Much lighter than cast-iron, a steel pan lasts forever. After beingseasoned, it acquires natural non-stick properties that won’t chip, scratchor peel off. Unlike non-stick pans, it is safe to use at high temperatures,as well as with metal objects, such as knives, forks or spatulas.Compatible with all heat sources, including induction, and is oven proof. Asteel pan is inexpensive and requires minimal care. Limited lifetimewarranty.Model Description A4171418 71/8" Dia.x11/8"HA4171420 77/8" Dia.x11/4"HA4171422 85/8" Dia.x13/8"HA4171424 91/2" Dia.x11/2"HA4171426 101/4" Dia.x11/2"HA4171428 11" Dia.x15/8"HA4171430 117/8" Dia.x15/8"HA4171432 121/2" Dia.x15/8"HA4171436 141/8" Dia.x2"HA4171440 173/4" Dia.x21/8"HA4171450 195/8" Dia.x21/4"H

A

D. Steel Coat x3™ Non-Stick Fry Pans.Now featuring TriVent™ Handle and EverTite™innovative riveting system. Breakthrough non-stick coating uses advanced new technology.SteelCoat x3™ is triple bonded. Compared toconventional spray-on coating, which can result inuneven coating and cause thins spots that wearfaster, Vollrath’s “curtain-coating” process createsa perfectly uniform coating on the entire cookingsurface for longer wear. Body is manufacturedfrom heavy-duty impact-resistant 3004 aluminum.SteelCoat x3™ Fry Pans are also available withTriVent™ Silicone handles. NSF Certified.Model Description 67607 7" Pan, 10 ga., w/GatorGrip 67608 8" Pan, 10 ga., w/GatorGrip 67610 10" Pan, 8 ga., w/GatorGrip 67612 12" Pan, 8 ga., w/GatorGrip 67614 14" Pan, 6 ga., w/GatorGrip 67627 7" Pan, 10 ga., w/Plated Handles 67628 8" Pan, 10 ga., w/Plated Handles 67630 10" Pan, 8 ga., w/Plated Handles 67632 12" Pan, 8 ga., w/Plated Handles67634 14" Pan, 6 ga., w/Plated Handles

D

B

C

C. Chasseur Enamel Cast-Iron Dutch Ovens.Slowly braise or simmer with our Chasseur Dutch Ovens.Distributes heat evenly making it perfect for tenderizing any cutof meat for stews or heavy cassoulets. Easy to clean, durableand compatible with standard stovetops, induction ranges andconventional ovens. The “Chasseur” line has been enameledtwice—first in black, which seals the edges, protects againstcorrosion and is a primer for the color and second with a color,which adds durability and ensures color retention. Matching lidincluded. All lid knobs are heat resistant up to 400°F.Model Description A1730210 Rnd, 4" Dia.x3"H , 0.3 qt., BlackA1737016 Rnd, 61/4" Dia.x31/8"H, 13/4 qt., BlackA1737018 Rnd, 71/8" Dia.x31/8"H, 2 qt., BlackA1737020 Rnd, 77/8" Dia.x31/8"H, 21/2 qt., BlackA1737022 Rnd, 85/8" Dia.x31/2"H, 3 qt., BlackA1737024 Rnd, 91/2" Dia.x33/4"H, 4 qt., BlackA1737026 Rnd, 101/4" Dia.x43/8"H, 51/2 qt., BlackA1737028 Rnd, 11" Dia.x41/2"H, 63/4 qt., BlackA1737027 Oval, 105/8"Lx81/4"Wx41/8"H, 31/2 qt., BlackA1737029 Oval, 111/2"Lx85/8"Wx43/8"H, 41/4 qt., BlackA1737031 Oval, 121/4"Lx95/8"Wx41/2"H, 51/2 qt., BlackA1737033 Oval, 13"Lx105/8"Wx43/4"H, 63/4 qt., BlackA1737035 Oval, 133/4"Lx101/2"Wx43/4"H, 8 qt., BlackAdditional models are available.

152.11_13 5/10/11 10:45 AM Page 1

KITCHEN SUPPLIES

153

E. Pizza Trays.Serving up the slices with style and taste.Wide rim pans are constructed of 18gauge, 1 mm aluminum.Model Description TP6 6"TP7 7"TP8 8"TP9 9"TP10 10"TP11 11"TP12 12"TP13 13"TP14 14"TP15 15"TP16 16"TP17 17"TP18 18"TP19 19"

B. Pizza Screens.Seamless construction. Pizza screenscan help produce a more evenly bakedcrust on your pizzas by allowing air tocirculate beneath the crust. Constructedof heavy duty expanded aluminum.Available in a wide variety of sizes.Model Description 18706 6"18707 7"18708 8"18709 9"18710 10"18711 11"18712 12"18713 13"18714 14"18715 15"18716 16"18717 17"18718 18"18719 19"18720 20"

B

E

A. Tribute® Cookware.For those chefs who want the best of both worlds—stainless steel forneutral flavors and aluminum for fast, even heating. Tribute cookware isideal for gas, electric and induction cooking. Features 3-ply construction,stainless steel interior, 3004 aluminum core provides even heat on bottomof pan and side walls, stainless exterior induction ready and TriVent™silicone or plated handles. Rated at 450°F for stovetop or oven use withEverTite™ Riveting System. NSF. Made in the USA.Model Description 69807 Fry Pan 7" w/GatorGrip® Handle69808 Fry Pan 8" w/GatorGrip® Handle69810 Fry Pan 10" w/GatorGrip® Handle69812 Fry Pan 12" w/GatorGrip® Handle69814 Fry Pan 14" w/GatorGrip® Handle69327 18/8 Stainless Steel Cover (fits 69807, 7")69328 18/8 Stainless Steel Cover (fits 69808, 8")69410 18/8 Stainless Steel Cover (fits 69810, 10")69412 18/8 Stainless Steel Cover (fits 69812, 12")69414 18/8 Stainless Steel Cover (fits 69814, 14")

C. Ever-Smooth™ Fry Pans.Look again . . . fry pans without rivets. Combines the heat conductivity ofaluminum with the rivetless features of induction-ready stainless steel cookware.Eliminates potential food and bacteria collection areas from the cooking zone.Features superior cold-draw processing, 3004 aluminum, detailed finishingoperations and the industry’s best non-stick coatings. Ever-Smooth™ is availablein all standard sizes in Natural Finish, Wear-Guard® Non-Stick Finish andCeramiGuard®II Non-Stick Finish.Model Description E4007 7" Natural E4008 8" Natural E4010 10" Natural E4012 12" Natural E4014 14" Natural ES4007 7" WearGuard®

ES4008 8" WearGuard®




EZ4007 7" CeramiGuard®II EZ4008 8" CeramiGuard®II EZ4010 10" CeramiGuard®II EZ4012 12" CeramiGuard®II EZ4014 14" CeramiGuard®II

C

D. Optio™ Cookware.Optio™ Cookware is constructed of durable high quality stainless steel. All fry pans areinduction ready with an aluminum-clad bottom for quick and even frying of all foods.Non-stick stainless steel fry pans offer the same features as standard fry pans, but with aDuPont® non-stick surface that will quickly become a favorite in your kitchen. All saucepans, sauce pots and stock pots come complete with domed cover.Model Description 3808 Fry Pan 8" 3811 Fry Pan 11" N3809 Fry Pan 91/2" Non-StickN3812 Fry Pan 121/2" Non-Stick3902 Sauce Pot 63/4 qt. 3903 Sauce Pot 10 qt. 3904 Sauce Pot 16 qt. 3905 Sauce Pot 22 qt. 3802 Sauce Pan 23/4 qt.3803 Sauce Pan 4 qt. 3806 Sauce Pan 63/4 qt. 3813 Sauce Pan 101/2 qt. Additional models available.

D

A

153.11_13 5/10/11 11:08 AM Page 1

A. Heavy-Duty Muffin/Cupcake Pans.Manufactured to meet the exacting standards of the toughest commercial bakeries and foodserviceestablishments. Each pan is crafted from heavy-gauge aluminized steel, a 3-ply material consistingof two layers of tough corrosion-resistant 3003 aluminum alloy around the durability, strength, andsuperior heat conduction of carbon steel. Each pan has a silicone coating that provides an easyrelease of baked products.Model Description 905245 Mini-Muffin Pan 24 cup 905255 Mini-Muffin Pan 48 cup 905045 Cupcake/Muffin Pan 12 cup905525 Cupcake/Muffin Pan 24 cup905285 Jumbo Muffin Pan 24 cup903695 Pecan Roll Pan 12 cup 904705 Pecan Roll Pan 20 cup

KITCHEN SUPPLIES

154

C. Wear-Ever® Sheet Pans.Wear-Ever sheet pans are ideal in the professional kitchenfor multiple pan uses. Heavy duty construction ensuresrugged durability for every day use, and the galvanized beadwire keeps the pan’s shape while guarding against rust.Perforated pan for oven broiling and baking. Sanitary openbead. Available in 3 finishes: Natural, with WearGuardnon-stick coating, and HardCoat anodized for reduced baketimes and scratch resistance.Model Description 5315 Open Bead NSF-Full Size, 12 ga.S5315 Open Bead NSF-Full Size, 12 ga., Non-StickN5300 Closed Bead-Full Size, 14 ga.9001 Closed Bead-Full Size, 16 ga.9002 Closed Bead-Full Size, 18 ga.9003 Closed Bead-Full Size, 19 ga.9002P Perforated-Full Size, 18 ga.

C

D. Sil-Mat™ Silicone Mat.Save time and labor with Sil-Mat™ non-stick si l icone baking/cooking mats!Versatile non-stick cooking/baking matcan be used for baking, cooking orconfectionery work. Designed to go fromoven to freezer—withstands temperaturesfrom -40°F to 536°F. Double-sided matallows extended life and can be storedrolled or flat. Available in full and half-sheet sizes. Conforms to FDA regulationsand is both NSF certified and Kosher.Model Description SM1826 161/2"x241/2"SM1813 161/2"x111/2"SM1826PK3 161/2"x241/2", 3pk w/

Storage BagD

B. Bakeware & Specialty Pans.These pans are manufactured to meet the exacting standards of thetoughest commercial bakeries and foodservice establishments. Focus offersan extensive line of heavy and medium-duty bakeware and specialty pansdeveloped to give users the very best in performance. Constructed from3003 H14 aluminum for superior strength and even heat distribution.Choose from Spring Form Pans, Cake and Pie Pans. Models 90ACP102,900410, 951202 and 977159 shown.Model Description 90ACP102 Cake Pan, 10"x2"900410 Spring Form Pan, 10"951202 Fluted Cake Pan, 6 Cup Cap.977159 Pie Pan, 9"Additional models available.

B

A

Chef/ProprietorJohn des RosiersinovasiLake Bluff, IL

Perfect Fall Soup

Sweet onions, choppedsmall diceExtra virgin olive oilSweet corn, cut off of cobFresh tomatoes, chopped roughlySpanish monastrell wineAvailable squashes, chopped medium diceAvailable potatoes, chopped medium diceOrganic heavy creamFresh herbs, i.e. basil, thyme, or flowersSea saltFresh pepperLocal aged hard cheese, shaved

Sauté the onions on high heat in the olive oil, addthe corn, red wine and tomatoes. Cook until thewine reduces by 75%.

Then add the squash and potatoes and addwater to just cover the ingredients. Now add thecream, about 20% of the volume of the pot.Simmer for 20 minutes, give or take, until squashand potatoes are almost tender, but still al dente.

Season with salt and pepper. Add the herbs andsimmer for a few minutes longer.

Serve and garnish with the cheese and maybe alittle fresh black pepper.

Featured Chef

154.11_13 5/10/11 11:43 AM Page 1

155

B. Redco® Tomato Pro™.Prepare perfect tomato slices fast with theRedco® Tomato Pro™ Slicer. Ideal for slicingtomatoes, strawberries or mushrooms in highvolume, fast food operations. The “positivestop” arm helps keep the slicer sturdy on anysurface. NSF.Model Description 0643N 3/16" Cut0644N 1/4" Cut0646N 3/8" Cut0643SGN 3/16" Cut w/Safety Guard0644SGN 1/2" Cut w/Safety Guard

B

F. Epic™ Synthetic Gloves.Introducing a ground-breaking new glove material, exclusive toFoodHandler. Innovative Epic™ gloves feature a unique combination ofsoftness and strength that delivers the performance and form fitting comfortof vinyl gloves at a lower cost. Easy to wear and reliable, our new glovesprovide an economical solution for barrier protection. Efficient 5/200 packsize yields a 71% smaller case cube and 66% solid waste reduction versusstandard 10/100 pack. Model 103-FHEP

F

D. Redco® InstaCut™ 5.0 Manual Food Processor.Dice it and Slice it. Cuts prep time as well as it cuts veggies! A full 5"cutting area processes even the largest fruits and vegetables withconsistent portion control and perfect presentation every time. Thenew base design allows use of containers measuring up to 6" tall and613/16" wide. A simple one-piece blade assembly pops in and out forquick changing and easy cleaning.Model Description 55000 1/4" Dice (Tabletop)55001 3/8" Dice (Tabletop)55002 1/2" Dice (Tabletop)55011 1/4" Slice (Tabletop)55012 3/8" Slice (Tabletop)55013 1/2" Slice (Tabletop)55063 3/8" Dice Blade Assembly55064 1/2" Dice Blade Assembly55066 1/4" Slice Blade AssemblyAdditional models available.

D

C. Forschshield™ Cut ResistantGloves.Outstanding cut resistance and excep-tional durability. ForschSHIELD glovesare comfortable, durable, flexible andambidextrous. Constructed of FDA andUSDA materials, these gloves arewashable and bleach safe and nowcontain anti-microbial properties.Choose from 4 varieties.

Model Description 86501 PerformanceShield, X-Small (Clamshell)86502 PerformanceShield, Small (Clamshell)86503 PerformanceShield, Medium (Clamshell)86504 PerformanceShield, Large (Clamshell)86505 PerformanceShield, X-Large (Clamshell)Additional sizes and style available.

C

A. Silicone Baking Mats.Silicone baking mats can be used in place of parchment orgrease. Reduces bottom burning of your food products. Mat isreusable 2000 to 3000 times. Available in half size and full size.Model Description SFBM-50 Half Size Mat ,161/2"Lx113/4"WSFBM-100 Full Size Mat , 241/2"Lx161/2"W

A

E. Camwear® Scoops.Cambro’s scoops are made of Camwear polycarbonate so theyare just that strong. For you, that means the handle will not breakoff, and the scoops will not dent, rust or chip. They will continue tolook good and perform well wash after wash.Model Description SCP6CW 6 oz. SCP12CW 12 oz.SCP24CW 24 oz.SCP64CW 64 oz.

E

KITCHEN SUPPLIES

155.11_31.new 5/10/11 11:52 AM Page 1

KITCHEN SUPPLIES

156

B

B. Cutting Boards - Sani-Tuff® Reversible.High density, non-toxic rubber composition material resistscracking, chipping and splintering. Won’t absorb liquids andodors. Can be resurfaced by sanding. NSF.Model Description 157-628 12"x18"159-905 15"x20"161-331 18"x24"

A. Gloves.In combination with proper hand washing, theproper use of high quality disposable gloves fromFoodHandler provides complete barrier protectionbetween hands and food. Full line of disposablegloves available for every back and front of houseapplication, using the materials best suited to eachapplication.

C. QuickFit™ Poly Gloves.Put on gloves 10 seconds faster with our uniqueQuickFit System. Puncture-resistant poly gloves offerlong cuffs that cover the entire hand and part of the arm,providing much better sanitation than waxed papersheets. Blue in color, the gloves are easy to identify fortask-specific use and help prevent cross-contamination.Plus they are NSF certified to assure they are safe forfood contact. With a variety of dispensing units tochoose from, the system allows you to put glovesexactly where you need them.

F. TacTix Synthetic Gloves.Same comfort and wearability as formfitting vinyl or latex gloves. Exceptionalfingertip sensitivity to assure your bestperformance, even at the most difficulttasks. Soft, durable and cost effective.Model Description 103-TT12-CP PF Small103-TT14-CP PF Medium103-TT16-CP PF Large103-TT18-CP PF XLarge

Model Description 100-FH4 Latex Glove Med., 100/Box, 1000/Cs. 100-SG4-CP Safety Grip Latex Glove Med., 4/100 Pk.102-FH14 Powder Free Vinyl Glove Med., 100/Box, 1000/Cs. 102-FH4-CP Vinyl Glove Med., 4/100 Pk.102-FHBL2 Blue Vinyl Glove Sml., 100/Box, 1000/Cs.102-FHCN14 Contact Powder Free Vinyl Glove Med., 100/Box, 400/Cs.103-FHNT12 Endure Powder Free Nitrile Glove Sml., 4/100 Pk.103-TNQ12 Teknique Powder Free Synth Glove Sml., 100/Box, 400/Cs.104-501 Poly Glove Unisize, 500/Disp 10,000/Cs. Additional styles, sizes and convenience packs available.

E. FormFlex.New nitrile form fit glove has bettermemory than conventional nitrile—the longer lasting and most durableglove in foodservice! Resistant toanimal fats, so they won’t breakdown as a result of contact with rawmeats and shellf ish. Enhanceddexterity, grip and fingertipsensitivity. Last longer and requirefewer changes to save time andmoney. Model 103-FF##-CP

A

E

F

Model Description 104-FHQFR-24 One Size Regular Length Clear-Right Hand104-FHQFL-24 One Size Regular Length Clear-Left Hand104-FHQFX-13 Extended Length Blue-S/M104-FHQFX-17 Extended Length Blue-L/XL

C

D. Saf-T-Grip® Cutting Boards.Patented food safety hook provides sanitary transport and storage.Integrated anti-slip grips provide a safe cutting surface without usingthe unsanitary "wet towel" method. Kolor-Cut® System provides ded-icated use boards preventing cross-contamination. Embossed rulerfeature makes portioning easy, saving cost. Unique co-polymermaterial withstands continual high temperature commercial washingand will not warp. Specify color when ordering: red, yellow, green,beige, blue or white. Dishwasher safe. NSF. New Saf-T-Zone™Purple Board™—Embossed warnings alert employees to keepseparate from allergens and wash after each use. Model Description CBG121812 12"x18"x1/2", Color BoardsCBG152012 15"x20"x1/2", Color BoardsCBG182412 18x24"x1/2", Color BoardsCBG1218KC 12"x18"x1/2", 6 Board SetCBG1520KC 15"x20"x1/2", 6 Board SetCBG1824KC 18"x24"x1/2", 6 Board SetCBG121812PR 12"x18"x1/2", Allergy Board (Purple)

G. Safety-T-Wrap™ Station.The first integrated solution for dis-pensing film/foil, dating labels and stor-ing utensils, while providing a saferenvironment for food, personnel andcustomers. Adjustable dividers accom-modate 12" to 18" rolls. Dispensesdating labels in multiple sizes and con-figurations. Saves space by mountingon wire shelving or included wall brack-ets. Interchangeable and replaceablesafety blade or slide cutter reduces cutinjuries. NSF. Model SW1218

D

G

156.11_13 5/13/11 8:57 PM Page 1

B. Timers.The FMP family of timers includes the Commercial-duty 60-minute Timer, the60-minute Mechanical Bell Timer, the Mini Digital Timer, the 4-In-1 Digital Timerand the brand-new 8-In-1 Programmable Digital Timer. The programmable timertimes 8 activities at once, adjustable by the hour, minute, and second. Each activitycan be labeled with up to 7 characters. Features soft touch keypad, memory recall,color-coded lights, count up or count down, and a high/low volume control.Includes 9V battery.Model Description 151-7500 Timer, 4-In-1 Digital (4 count down)151-1034 Commercial-duty Mechanical Timer151-7600 Mini Digital Timer151-1050 Mechanical Bell Timer151-8800 Timer, 8-In-1 Digital (8 count down)

KITCHEN SUPPLIES

157

B

A. Timer Products.Temperature and time in a food safety environment are the two mostimportant components in preventing foodborne illness. Our kitchentimers are high-performing and easy to operate. Designed to bedurable and water resistant for all kitchen environments. Choosefrom a wide variety of timers to meet your every need and helpautomate your monitoring protocols. Models shown (left to right)TFS4, 9374, TC6, TS100, FT24, TM60.Model Description TFS4-0-8 Multi-Station Digital Timer9374 AC Adapter for TSF4TC6-0-8 Timer/Clock/StopwatchTS100-0-8 Timer/StopwatchFT24-0-3 24 Hr. Digital Timer w/Volume ControlTM60-0-8 60 Minute Timer

A

Chef Robert BlackA Good Egg Dining GroupOklahoma City, OK

Sweet & Spicy Peach Glazed Salmon

Serves 4

4 6 oz. salmon filets

Salt and pepper

Glaze:

1 Tbsp. olive oil1/4 cup diced red onion

1 each serrano pepper

11/2 cups peach preserves1/2 Tbsp. soy sauce1/2 Tbsp. jalapeno mustard

Fresh scallions and lemon for garnish

Season the salmon filets with salt and pepper. Pan sear thefish in a little bit of olive oil over high heat, turning over whenthe first side is brown. Brown the other side and then brushwith the peach glaze. Transfer the salmon to a preheated350°F oven and continue to cook until the fish is just cookedthrough, or until an internal thermometer reaches 145°F.

Remove from oven and drizzle with a little more of the peachglaze.

Serve with brown rice and your favorite steamed veggies(I like asparagus!).

Garnish with a lemon wheel and some fresh cut scallion.

To prepare the glaze:

Cut the stem off of the serrano pepper and dice whole, orremove the seeds to keep the heat down.

In a sauté pan, add the oil and let heat up on medium-highheat, then add the diced red onion and serrano pepper.Sauté for a minute or two or until the onions begin to soften.Add the peach preserves, soy sauce and mustard and reduceheat to low. Bring to a gentle simmer, stirring occasionally.

Let cool to room temperature and then blend the glaze in afood processor until smooth.

Featured Chef

ThermometersA good thermometer is one of the most useful tools for ensuring food safety.There is a wide variety of thermometers available for specific applications suchas espresso, grills, refrigerators and probe thermometers. Educate your staffon the proper use and application for each thermometer. It’s also importantthey know how to use and calibrate probe thermometers.

Measuring Product TemperaturesBy heating food to the proper temperature all pathogens can be eliminated inpreparation. Properly using the correct thermometer is crucial. Never use coloras an indication of the doneness of meat. Always measure at the product’scenter from the thickest portion. Never measure cooked product immediatelyafter measuring raw product. Probes should be washed, rinsed and sanitizedafter each use. The USDA Directive 7370.1 on meat temperatures requires thetotal of probe and instrument accuracy to be within 1°F.

157.11_13 5/10/11 12:41 PM Page 1

C

158

A. Digital Pocket Test Thermometers.These quick-reading digital thermometers simplify everyone’sjob…from cooks to technicians. With their reduced tips and fasterresponse times, these compact units have easy-to-read displays andprotective anti-microbial sheaths. They are easy to use and have built-in shirt clips to keep them in place while you work.Model Description DPS300-01-8 -40° to 302°F, Swivel Head w/Reduced TipDPP400W-0-8 -40° to 392°F, Pen w/Reduced Tip, Waterproof, NSFDFP450W-0-8 -40° to 450°F, Waterproof, Lifetime WarrantyDT300-0-8 -40° to 302°F, Oval, On/Off Switch

A

B. Pocket Test Plus™.New and innovative, the waterproof PocketTest Plus™ with 3 preset station timers withalarms, digital clock and calendar features,replaces a wristwatch in the kitchen with anall-in-one pocket test thermometer. It has aresponse time of less than 6 seconds andan accuracy of ±1°F for the entire range.Dishwasher safe. Lifetime warranty. NSF.Model TTM59-0-8

B

Pocket ThermometersIt’s a good idea to require managers to carry a test thermometer in theirpockets. Not only will they have it readily available, it will also keep yourlocal health department happy.

Chef Guy FieriThe Food Network—Guy’s Big BiteGuy Off the HookDiners, Drive-Ins & DivesCEO, Johnny Garlic’s Inc.Santa Rosa, CA

Food Safety is Business Safety

In today’s industry we are faced with our fiercest competition, FoodSafety.

Oh, it is not about the burger joint that is selling burgers cheaper, orthe mini mart with the 99 cent hot dogs. Who cares what chainrestaurant is moving in, or what the new frozen foods are at Costco.These were the pressures of the past, ones that we could see andtouch, but there is a much different case when it comes to foodsafety.

Consumers today are becoming much more aware and skeptical offood establishments and their practices in food safety. The real dealabout food safety is not just in what the guests can see, it is abouttaking care of business in food safety every step of the way, fromreceiving to serving.

Here are a few recommendations that can save your business, andsecure your future.

1. ServSafe Course: Encourage people on your team to take, andpass, the ServSafe course.

2. Hand Washing: Implement mandatory practices for your team.This is the number one cause of cross contamination.

3. Thermometers: Buy and use good digital thermometers… Thismay be the single most important tool in your kitchen.

4. Sanitizing Solution: Set up stations in your kitchen, bar andservice area.

5. Rubber Gloves: Use when preparing “ready to eat” foods, butremember this does not take the place of proper hand washing.

6. Thawing Food: Room temperature thawing is not ok. Submergeunder running water, or the best practice is to thaw underrefrigeration.

7. Internal Cooking Temperatures: Post the temperature expecta-tions of cooked meats for your team to follow. Most do not know.

8. Dishwasher: Have your machine checked and calibratedregularly; too much chemical can be dangerous and costly.

9. Cutting Boards: Make sure they are small enough to be washedin the dishwasher.

10.Lead By Example: Owners and managers are setting the tone forthe rest of the team to follow.

Our industry needs everyone to support food safety. Otherwise, thereputation of our industry will suffer.

KITCHEN SUPPLIES

Featured Chef

C. Coolit-Rite™ Cooling Monitor.Monitors cooling to ensure HACCP compliance. Displays finaltemperature until cleared. Count down/count up to show elapsed timesince alarm sounded. Waterproof. Temperature range of -4° to 302°F(-20° to 150°C). Accuracy of -4°F to 212°F, ± 2°F, others ± 3°F. 15"stainless steel stem with minimal depth indicator. Adjustable vessel clip.Min/Max/Hold. °F/°C selectable. 1 year warranty. NSF. Model TTM41-0-8

Safe Internal TemperaturesPotentially hazardous foods such as meat, poultry and eggs should becooked to the minimum internal temperatures specified. Always use aclean, calibrated thermometer to measure the internal temperature ofcooked foods.

158.11_31.new 5/10/11 12:57 PM Page 1

C. AquaTuff™ Thermocouples.

Waterproof instruments stand up to the harsh environ-

ments in a kitchen or in food processing. Ergonomic

thermocouple instruments with tenth degree resolution

features rugged ABS plastic housing, large LCD screen

and auto shut-off after 10 minutes. Uses any type-K probe

with a standard mini-connector. Factory calibrated. Model

352 has hold and backlight. 5 year warranty. NSF.Model Description

35100-K -100° to 999°F

35200-K -100° to 999°F w/Hold Button & Backlight

31901-K Needle Probe

50306-K Air/Oven Probe w/Clip

50336-K DuraNeedle Probe

31907-K Surface Probe

KITCHEN SuPPlIES

159

A. Probes and Wipes.

To achieve the most accurate temperature reading possible, it is important to use

a probe suitable for the intended application. Temperature measurement is critical

in many areas, from maintaining optimum quality during a manufacturing process

to ensuring safety of the food we eat. Probe wipes help meet HACCP guidelines

and are an ideal way of cleaning and sanitizing probes between temperature

checks to avoid cross contamination. Probe wipes contain 70% isopropyl alcohol

and are available in single-use foil packets or new easy-to-use tub dispensers.Model Description

9150-0-8 Antibacterial Probe Wipes (10/bxs of 200 single-use wipes)

50306-K Air Probe

50012-K Surface Probe

50014-K Weighted Griddle Surface Probe

50143-K Heavy Duty Probe

50208-K Fryer Vat Probe

50336-K DuraNeedle Probe

9151-0-8 Probe Wipes in 70 Ct Dispenser

9152-0-8 Probe Wipes in 200 Ct Dispenser

D. Bi-Metal Pocket Thermometers.

For all your foodservice needs. The 1246 Pocket Tests include

anti-microbial infused protective sheaths that prevents bacteria growth,

with a pocket clip, 1" dial, 5" stem and adjustment wrench. The

2237-04 Espresso Thermometer features a HACCP reference dial with

preparation zones for milk, froth, tea, hot chocolate, espresso and

coffee. Both the 2237-04 (0°F to 220°F) and 2238-06 Stem Test

Thermometer (0°F to 220°F) include adjustable stainless steel vessel

clips. NSF Certified.Model Description

1246-01-1 -40° to 180°F (Magnify Lens, 5" Shaft) NSF

1246-02-1 0° to 220°F (Magnify Lens, 5" Shaft) NSF

1246-03-1 50° to 550°F (Magnify Lens, 5" Shaft) NSF

2238-06-3 0° to 220°F (2" Dial, 8" Stem w/Clip) NSF

2237-04-8 0° to 220°F Espresso (13/4" Dial, 7" Stem w/Clip)

A

B

D

E. EconoTemp™ Combo Pack.

A higher degree of accuracy is achieved with an affordable instrument.

The EconoTemp™ Combo Pack (93230-K) includes the 32311

EconoTemp™ Thermocouple Instrument with lanyard and (50336-K)

DuraNeedle Probe. Packaged in an attractive self-merchandising

clamshell, this combination kit provides a general purpose unit that will

meet most of your temperature monitoring needs. Powerful micro-

processor delivers speed and reliability. Five year instrument warranty.

Model 93230-K

B. Non-Contact Infrared Thermometers.

Perfect for quick assessment in receiving, storage and holding

areas, steam tables and salad bars. A full line of non-contact

infrared thermometers help operators and technicians across

the foodservice, food processing and HVAC/R industries

measure surface temperatures fast and accurately. Infrared

thermometers have D:S (Distance to Spot) ratios that range

from 12:1 to 1:1. Models shown (left to right)—470, 462, 412,

481.Model Description

470-0-8 Mini w/Lanyard, -27° to 428°F

462-0-8 Slim-Line w/Laser -40° to 536°F

412-0-8 Gun w/Probe Jack & Laser, -76° to 932°F

481-0-8 Dual, -40° to 536°F Infrared; -40° to 392°F Probe

31901-K Economy Needle Probe (use with #412)

E

C

159.11_28.new 5/10/11 1:10 PM Page 1

B. Camwear® Food Storage Boxes.Eliminate the hazard of cross contamination with Camwear FoodStorage Boxes. The smooth surface makes them easy to clean andthe texture on the bottom reduces scratching. Snap-tight covers orSlidingLid (sold separately) won’t come off during transportation.Available in tough clear Camwear Polycarbonate or Natural WhitePolyethylene. Camwear drain shelves and colanders are also avail-able along with colander kits for defrosting meats, fish or vegetables.Model Description 18263CW 18"x26"x3" CW 18266CW 18"x26"x6" CW 18269CW 18"x26"x9" CW 182615CW 18"x26"x15" CW12183CW Box 12"x18"x3" CW Additional models available.

KITCHEN SUPPLIES

160

B

Model Description 4SFSCW Square CW 4 qt. (Kelly Green)6SFSCW Square CW 6 qt. (Winter Rose)8SFSCW Square CW 8 qt. (Winter Rose)12SFSCW Square CW 12 qt. (Midnight Blue)22SFSCW Square CW 22 qt (Midnight Blue) RFSCW2 Round CW 2 qt. RFSCW4 Round CW 4 qt. RFSCW8 Round CW 8 qt. RFSCW12 Round CW 12 qt. RFSCW22 Round CW 22 qt. Additional models available.

C. Coldfest™ Food Pans and Crock.ColdFest™ allows you to keep foods chilled at or belowHACCP guidelines of +40°F without the use of messyice. Simply freeze overnight for 8 hours and addpre-chilled products such as salads, condiments orvegetables. Designed to perform with frequent andheavy use in foodservice operations. Stackable to savespace when freezing, storing or transporting. NSF.Model Description 36CF 1/3 Size, 3.7 qt. Cap.66CF 1/6 Size, 11/2 qt. Cap.26CF 1/2 Size, 61/2 qt. Cap.CFR18 63/4" Crock, 1.7 qt. Cap.30CFC Flat Cover for 1/3 Size60CFC Flat Cover for 1/6 Size20CFC Flat Cover for 1/2 SizeCFRC18 Flat Cover for CFR18Additional models available.

C

D. Camwear® Food Storage Containers (Square & Round).Food storage containers help you make the most use of your storage area.Easy to read imprinted graduations on the outside for inventory at a glance.Camwear squares withstand temperatures from -40°F to 210°F. Seal covers(sold separately) fit tightly yet can be easily removed with thumb tab. Dual innerand outer seal provide excellent spill resistance. New seal covers available forPolycarbonate squares only. Seal covers have molded-in holes in the handlesfor quick and sanitary drying. Translucent lids make contents easy to identifyand withstand temperatures from -40°F to 160°F.

D

A. StoreSafe Food Rotation Labels.100% dissolvable and biodegradablelabels eliminate sticky residue andprevent cross contamination. Labeland adhesive dissolve in less than 30seconds through any dishwasher orunder hot or cold running water. Safefor all sewer and septic systems withno build up in drains. Use pen, pencilor marker to write in contents anduse-by-date before applying to drycontainer. Withstands high heattemperatures up to 200°F for 4 hours.Microwave safe. FDA approved forindirect food contact.

Model Description 23SL Blister Pack,

2"x3" Labels, 20 rolls/100 labels per roll23SLB250 Bulk Dispenser Pack,

2"x3" Labels, 24 rolls/250 labels per roll23SLB6250 Bulk Dispenser Pack,

2"x3" Labels, 6 rolls/250 labels per roll1252SLB250 Half Size Bulk Dispenser Pack,

11/4"x2" Labels, 24 rolls/100 labels per roll

Model Description 12186CW Box 12"x18"x6" CW 12189CW Box 12"x18"x9" CW 12189P Box 12"x18"x9" Poly182615P Box 18"x26"x15" Poly18269P 18"x26"x9" Poly

A

160.11_28.new 5/10/11 3:44 PM Page 1

D. StorPlus™ Food Storage Containers.Perfect for storing condiments, spices, toppings, leftover foods or storing large batches offoods. Reinforced stacking lugs on all corners add strength, rigidity, and help preventcontainer “lock-up” or jamming when stacked together. Wide recessed handles, withdrain holes for quicker drying, provide maximum grip without sacrificing shelf space.Capacity indicators listed in gallons and liters, and are color-coded to match lids for quickidentification. NSF. Dishwasher safe.Model Description 10720 2 qt. Container Clear (Polycarbonate)10721 4 qt. Container Clear (Polycarbonate)10722 6 qt. Container Clear (Polycarbonate)10723 8 qt. Container Clear (Polycarbonate)10724 12 qt. Container Clear (Polycarbonate)10725 18 qt. Container Clear (Polycarbonate)10726 22 qt. Container Clear (Polycarbonate)10730 2 qt. Container White10731 4 qt. Container White10732 6 qt. Container White10733 8 qt. Container White10734 12 qt. Container White10735 18 qt. Container White10736 22 qt. Container White10740 2-4 qt. Lid10741 6-8 qt. Lid10742 12-18-22 qt. Lid

KITCHEN SUPPLIES

161

C. Coldmaster® Food Pans, Coldpans, Crocks & Accessories.Coldmaster food pans fit standard size food pan templates. Allows food to be placed directlyinto pans maintaining 40°F or less food temperatures for up to 8 hours. Outer shell is made ofdurable ABS material. Coldmaster coldpans have same capacity as traditional food pans butare designed to be used with Durapan food pans for superior cold retention. Coldmaster crockhold 2 qts.; lid sold separately. Coldmaster Ice Cream Server holds a 3 gal. tub at 32°F for 6to 10 hours. Dishwasher safe. NSF.

Model Description 10610 12"x18"x31/2" Box Polycarbonate10611 12"x18"x6" Box Polycarbonate10612 12"x18"x9" Box Polycarbonate10617 12"x18" Lock Tight Lid Polycarbonate10620 18"x26"x31/2" Box Polycarbonate10621 18"x26"x6" Box Polycarbonate10622 18"x26"x9" Box Polycarbonate10623 18"x26"x12" Box Polycarbonate10624 18"x26"x15" Box Polycarbonate10627 18"x26" Lock Tight Lid Polycarbonate10628 18"x26"x5" Colander PolycarbonateAdditional models available.

B. Storplus™ Food Storage Boxes.Store food plus much more. Made from durablepolycarbonate, Storplus boxes have reinforcedtop and bottom corners on both box and lid tohelp prevent chipping and cracking. Easy-griphandles have structured rib reinforcement.Available in blue, green, red, yellow, clearpolycarbonate and in white polyethylene.

B

D

C

A. Food Storage & Rotation Bags.Food storage, rotation and cooking bagssimplify the process of food prep andstorage while minimizing the risk ofserving out of date foods. High densitypolyethylene saddle pack bags are idealfor pre-portioning; leakproof and grease-proof bags are microwave safe up to200°F. They come in a wide variety ofsizes and styles both printed andunprinted to accommodate every need.Flat pack food transport and storagebags keep foods fresh during transportand in the refrigerator or freezer.

Model Description CM1030 Coldcrock, 2 qt. (includes coaster)CM1032 Clear Solid Lid (Use w/CM1030)CM1033 Clear Slot Lid (Use w/CM1030)CM1033P Clear Pump Lid (Use w/CM1030)CM1035 Standard Pump (Use w/CM1030)CM1037 Maxi Pump (Use w/CM1030)CM1040 4"D Full Size ColdpanCM1042 6"D Full Size Coldpan

Model Description CM1072 Cold Batter PanCM1100 6"D Full Size Food PanCM1101 6"D Half Size Food PanCM1102 6"D Third Size Food PanCM1103 6"D Third Size Divided Food PanCM1104 6"D Sixth Size Food PanAdditional models available.

A

E. DATEIT™ Food Rotation Labels.Have you had a tough time sticking to labelingsystems? Food rotation labels can help:

• Improve inventory control by serving the freshest food in the kitchen.

• Assure health inspectors your kitchen is safe and up to code.

• Save money and food with a professional food rotation system.

Custom labels can help increase brandawareness, attract new customers and retainexisting customers.

E

Storage Tips

Do not use masking tape for labeling. Stickyresidue harbors harmful bacteria and cancross contaminate food contact surfaces ofclean containers when nested during storage.

Cover, label and date all food products storedin containers. Monitor all use-by-dates closely.

Model Description 20-01 Sandwich Bag, 63/4"x63/4", 11/2" Fb20-012M Sandwich Bag, 61/2"x6", 11/2" Lip, 11/2" Fb20-21 Silverware Bag, 31/2"x10", 2" Lip, 2" Fb 20-212M Silverware Bag, 31/2"x10", 2" Lip, 2" Fb 21-6709 Clear Sandwich Bag, 61/2"x7"22-FS069 Freezer/Storage Bag w/Ties, 61/2"x9"22-FS10 Freezer/Storage Bag w/Ties, 10"x14"22-FS12 Freezer/Storage Bag w/Ties, 12"x18"22-FS1824 Freezer/Storage Bag w/Ties, 18"x24"22-FS1830 Freezer/Storage Bag w/Ties, 18"x30"Additional models available.

161.11_28.new 5/10/11 3:45 PM Page 1

KITCHEN SUPPLIES

162

D. UltiGrips® Oven Mitts.The first food safety heat resistantgloves. Protecting up to 500°F,UltiGrips® patented material pro-vides a secure grip and unmatcheddexterity. Material resists water,stains and spills and can be easilywashed in the dishwasher or potand pan sink—always a clean andsanitary appearance. Model Description UPM17BK Puppet Mitt 17"UPM15BK Puppet Mitt 15"UCMX17BK Conventional Mitt 17" UCMX15BK Conventional Mitt 15"UCMX13BK Conventional Mitt 13"

B. Cheftex™ by Chef Revival.New high performance poly-cottonoutperforms the competit ion!Chef-tex wicks moisture faster thanstandard poly-cotton—dries 33%faster than the competit ion.Patented fabric stain releasehandles the toughest kitchen stainsand performs for the l ife of the

garment. “Deep dye” technology resists fading from sunlight,washings and oxidation. Wrinkle resistant, superior “shaperetention” leads to a crisper garment. Smooth and luxurious feelis the result of a patented technology that is permanent andconsistent, even after multiple washings. Chef-tex is available ina variety of Chef Revival Jackets.

B

C. 24/7 Fresh Jackets & Cargo Pants.A fresh image is as important as fresh food!Introducing our new line of Fresh Crew jacketswhich complement not only the décor, but thefood itself. Our new unisex Fresh Cool CrewJackets feature a stylish 3/4 length sleeve thatoffers comfort from the kitchen to the front of thehouse. Offered in Tomato, Spice, Mint, Steel andWhite, all in our QC2000 poly-cotton material withflat plastic buttons. Pants include drawstringwaistband, zip fly closure, 2 side, 2 rear and 2thigh side pockets. Small, Medium, Large,X-Large, 2X and 3X. Sizes 4X and 5X available byspecial order. Choose from a variety of colors.

C

F. Knife & Steel 24/7 Baggy Chef Pants.Our Knife & Steel line of Chef Pants are the true workhorse in chef apparel. When it comes to durability,comfort and overall value, our 24/7 chef pants will workhard for you and your operation. Poly-cotton pantsfeature 2" elastic waist with drawstring, 2 deep sidepockets and 2 rear patch pockets. Choose Black (BK) orHoundstooth (HT) in sizes X-Small, Small, Medium,Large and X-Large. Model P020.

F

E. BestGrip™ Oven Mitts.BestGrip™ offers ample dexterity and heat protection whileconsistently looking clean. Neoprene® construction providesheat protection up to 500°F. WebGuard™ provides extra heatprotection between thumb and forefinger. Fire retardant. Madeof non-slip textured material. Inner layer of heat protectionstays in place due to tight quilted stitching, Wipes clean easilywith just a damp cloth. Hangs on virtually any steel surface forquick, convenient storage.

D

Model Description 810CM15 Conventional 15"810CM17 Conventional 17"810PM15 Puppet 15"810PM17 Puppet 15"

Model Description J134-(Color) Jacket

Colors: Mint(MT), Steel(ST),Tomato(TM), Spice(SP), White(WH)

P023-(Color) Pants Colors: Claret(CLT), Hounds Tooth(HT), Black(BK), Blue/Gray Stripe(BGS)

A. Kool-Tek® Products.Provide kitchen personnel withunmatched protection from heat andburns. Nomex® construction protects upto 450°F. Kevlar® layers at user contactpoints provide outstanding abrasionresistance and heat protection to 1000°F.Contains no ignitable material and lastsup to 15 times longer than standardcotton apparel. Machine washable.Model Description KT0112 12" Puppet MittKT0112K 12" Puppet Mitt w/KevlarKT0115K 15" Puppet Mitt w/KevlarAdditional models available.

E

A

162.11_28.new 5/10/11 2:44 PM Page 1

163

A

FurnishingsChairs & BarstoolsTables & BasesBoothsCrowd ControlSignage

Spacing Consideration for Furnishings

• 14 sq. ft. per person for spacious dining.• 12 sq. ft. per person for cafeteria or restaurant.• 10 sq. ft. per person for banquet, institutional or close

seating. • Allow 18" for person seating from edge of table to back

of chair.• Diagonal seating saves floor space. Deuce tables and

wall spacing save the most space.• Allow 42" between squared tables for chairs back to

back—leaves 6" to push out. • Allow 60" between squared tables for chairs back to

back—leaves 26" service aisle.• Allow 24" between corners of diagonal table for

customer access—no aisle.• Allow 30" between corners of diagonal tables for

customer access—narrow aisle.Note: Where space is limited, booths require only

8 sq. ft. per person, including aisle allowance.

Estimating Seating Capacityper Square FootFor Banquet Seating: When using oblong tables, dividethe room area (sq. ft.) by 8. When using round tables,divide the room area (sq. ft.) by 10. These figures are formaximum seating. If space is available for more comfort-able seating, allow an additional 2 sq. ft. per person.For Seminar Seating: Divide “attendee” seating area(sq. ft.) by 8. This formula allows for chair and passageaisle, but not for wide traffic aisles, doors, exits, posts orother obstructions. It is useful for a quick approximation.When planning seating, several factors must beconsidered: Cost per square foot per person.Approximate tables for best usage of space. Ease ofproviding service to tables.

A. 6-Channel Back Booths.ATS’s 6-Channel Back Booth expands on their standard upholstered boothto include back stitching dividing the back vertically into six panels. Includesheavy-duty hardwood frame, reinforced with glued corner blocks, removablesinuous spring seat with cross-connecting links, 43/4" high vinyl kick base ina proven design outlasting competitive offerings. Choose Single, Double orWall Bench. Floor to seat top average height is 18".Model Description AS-366-GR4 Single, 36"Hx46"Lx23"W, COM/grade 4 upholsteryAS-366-GR5 Single, 36"Hx46"Lx23"W, grade 5 upholsteryAS-366-GR6 Single, 36"Hx46"Lx23"W, grade 6 upholsteryAS-366-GR7 Single, 36"Hx46"Lx23"W, grade 7 upholsteryAS-366-GR8 Single, 36"Hx46"Lx23"W, grade 8 upholsteryAD-366-GR4 Double, 36"Hx46"Lx44"W, COM/grade 4 upholsteryAD-366-GR5 Double, 36"Hx46"Lx44"W, grade 5 upholsteryAD-366-GR6 Double, 36"Hx46"Lx44"W, grade 6 upholsteryAD-366-GR7 Double, 36"Hx46"Lx44"W, grade 7 upholsteryAD-366-GR8 Double, 36"Hx46"Lx44"W, grade 8 upholsteryAS-366-Wall-GR4 Wall, 36"Hx12"Lx23"W, COM/grade 4 upholsteryAS-366-Wall-GR5 Wall, 36"Hx12"Lx23"W, grade 5 upholsteryAS-366-Wall-GR6 Wall, 36"Hx12"Lx23"W, grade 6 upholsteryAS-366-Wall-GR7 Wall, 36"Hx12"Lx23"W, grade 7 upholsteryAS-366-Wall-GR8 Wall, 36"Hx12"Lx23"W, grade 8 upholstery

B. Wood Chair Collection.From the timeless design of model 5030, School House Chair, to the unique5010, American Chair, we offer quality manufactured wood seating ataffordable prices in a variety of styles. Heavy brackets are used on theunderside of the seat and front legs and all mortise and tenon joints gluedand toe nailed for added strength. Select from a variety of finishes includingCherry, Natural, Mahogany, Dark Mahogany, Walnut and Black. Manymodels available on a quick ship program. Model Description 3545BS Barstool, 43"H Vertical Back3545 Chair, 33"H Vertical Back5050BS Barstool, 46"H Ladder Back 5050 Chair, 33"H Ladder Back5010 Chair, 33"H American Back5010PS Chair, 33"H American Back w/Padded Seat5010BS Barstool, 43"H American Back5010BSPS Barstool, 43"H American Back w/Padded Seat5050BSPS Barstool, 46"H Ladder Back w/Padded Seat5050PS Chair, 33"H Ladder Back w/Padded Seat3545BSPS Barstool, 43"H Vertical Back w/Padded Seat3545PS Chair, 33"H Vertical Back w/Padded Seat

B

163.11_31.new 5/10/11 3:46 PM Page 1

FURNISHINGS

164

B. Sturdy Chair™ Youth Seat.Meets latest ASTM and TUV safety standards. One pieceT-bar and 3-point active harness with one-handed releaseprotects child and reduces pinching.Model Description FG781588BLA Tray (Platinum, Green, Black, Red, Blue)FG780508BLA Chair w/Wheels (Platinum, Green, Black)FG780608BLA Chair, no wheels (Platinum, Green, Black)FG781408BLA Chair, no wheels (Ready to Assemble)

BA

A. Metal Chair Collection.The 9315/91315 series offers 5 distinctive back styles. Classic silhouettes (9316Ladder Back and 9309 Vertical Slat Back) translated from their conventionalwood construction to metal. Attractive (3168 High Back Vertical Slat Back) forany dining ensemble. Features 16 gauge, 11/4" tubular steel, fully welded jointsand powder coated frame finish. Black sandblast frames can be powder coatedalmost any color. Wood finish (Natural, Mahogany, Dark Mahogany, Cherry andWalnut) seats available.Model Description 1212 Chair 31"H, X-Back w/Wood Seat800-1212 Barstool 44"H, X-Back w/Wood Seat3168 Chair 34"H, Vertical Slat Back w/Wood Seat31168 Barstool 441/2"H, Vertical Slat Back w/Wood Seat9316 Chair 35"H, Ladder Back w/Wood Seat800-316 Barstool 44"H, Ladder Back w/Wood Seat9315A Chair 321/2"H, A-Style Back w/Wood Seat91315A Barstool 43"H, A-Style Back w/Wood Seat9315APS Chair 321/2"H, A-Style Back w/Padded Seat9315B Chair 321/2"H, B-Style Back w/Wood Seat91315B Barstool 43"H, B-Style Back w/Wood Seat9309 Chair 35"H, Vertical Slat Back w/Wood Seat91309 Barstool 441/2"H, Vertical Slat Back w/Wood Seat

D

D. Solid Wood Table Tops.Solid wood table tops are 11/4" thick solid ash wood with 1"radius corners with eased edge. Round, square or rectangularsizes available in four colors—cherry, dark mahogany, naturaland walnut.Model Description W2430-C Rectangle, 24"x30"W2445-C Rectangle, 24"x45"W2448-C Rectangle, 24"x48"W2460-C Rectangle, 24"x60"W3036-C Rectangle, 30"x36"W3045-C Rectangle, 30"x45"W3048-C Rectangle, 30"x48"W3060-C Rectangle, 30"x60"W3072-C Rectangle, 30"x72"W24-C Round, 24" dia.W30-C Round, 30" dia.W36-C Round, 36" dia.W42-C Round, 42" dia.W48-C Round, 48" dia.W60-C Round, 60" dia.W2424-C Square, 24"x24"W3030-C Square, 30"x30"W3636-C Square, 36"x36"W4242-C Square, 42"x42"

C. Anti-Microbial Baby Changing Station.Anti-microbial protection inhibits bacteria growth and odors on all babycontact surfaces. Easy access hooks on both sides allow parent easyaccess to diaper bag without bending over. Convenient accessory shelf isideal for placing bottle, baby powder and other items safely out of baby’sreach. Available in vertical and horizontal configurations. Contains LiquidBarrier Liners with an easy to service dispenser that holds up to 40 liners.Model Description FG781788WHT Protective Table Liners (320/carton)FG781888LPLAT Changing Table, HorizontalFG781988LPLAT Changing Table, Vertical

C

Model Description 8252-H Horizontal8252-V Vertical8254 Child Safety Seat8255 Bed Liners, Plastic Lined

E. Diaper Changing Stations.Diaper Changing Stations are ADA compliant and available in horizontal andvertical styles to meet size and space requirements. Bag hooks on eitherend allow for the child’s diaper bag to be securely hung for easy access,while the second hook is available for a purse or shopping bags. Concaveshelf design provides a deep area for the child to lay, preventing them fromrolling around while the heavy-duty safety strap provides an additional levelof security. Molded in dual liner dispensers accommodate 50 bed liners thatcreate a barrier between the child and the changer.

E

164.11_28.new 5/10/11 3:42 PM Page 1

FURNISHINGS

165

A. Geneva Laminate Open Shelf Serving Cart.Complete your dining area with great design.Contemporary styling with spacious oval shapedshelves. Available in ten standard laminate finishes(shown in Gray Sand). 4" all swivel casters. Fullyassembled. Top shelf is 23"x44", lower shelves are19"x42", 35" overall height. Model 36300

A

C. Cashier Stand.State-of-the-art design is ideal for thelatest automated POS payment systems.Attractively and practically designed modelto enhance any cafeteria operation.Stainless steel with laminate finish. Trayslides fold down out of the way when not inuse. Perforated panel provides properventilation for POS equipment. Shown withoptional cash drawer. Overall dimensions:511/4"Wx261/4"Dx35"H.Model Description 641 S/S with Laminate FinishCash Drawer Built-In Locking Cash

Drawer (for #641)

C

D. Write-On Boards.An inviting way to welcome your guests and displayyour specials. Easily change your message daily.These elegant wood frames are perfect for anydécor. MKRBD-2432 mounts on wall or use withavailable sign easel.Model Description ASIGN-2542 A-Frame Board, 25"Lx421/2"W"ASIGN-2034 A-Frame Board, 20"Lx34"W MKRBD-2432 Wood Frame, 32"Hx24"W EASEL-2362 Easel, 23"Wx62"H

B. LED OPEN Sign.This energy saving LED OPEN sign featuresfive attention light settings with simple one-button operation. Complete with crystal cleardust cover. UL listed. 215/6"Lx13"W and 15/8"thick. Model LED-OPEN

B

D

E. Form-A-Line System.Divert traffic where you need it with Retractable Single or DualBelt System available in brass, satin, chrome or black with beltcolors red, green, blue and black. Removable Sign Frameseasily attach to retractable belt posts and accept media insertsup to 3/8" thick. Traditional Rope System is perfect for elegantcrowd control in theaters, museums, classic restaurants andmore. Available in brass, satin and chrome with rope colorsblack and red in sizes 5', 6' and 8' lengths.

F. A-Frame Sidewalk Boards.Broadcast your message with A-Frame Sidewalk Boards.Features include steel reinforced corners, weather-resistanthardware, unique plastic camel floor leveling system and fullwidth aluminum hinges. Choose from traditional solid oakwood frame with either clear lacquer or cherry finish or modernaluminum frame with either clear anodized or black powdercoated finish. Four writing surfaces to choose from—white orblack markerboard, black acrylic or black chalkboard.Available in two sizes—42"Hx24"W or 42"x18"W. Model Description A-1 Black Chalkboard, Oak, 42"Hx24"WMA-1 Black Chalkboard, Cherry, 42"Hx24"WA-11 Black Markerboard, Oak, 42"Hx24"WMA-11 Black Markerboard, Cherry, 42"Hx24"WBA-11 Black Markerboard, Black Aluminum, 42"Hx24"WMA-3 Black Chalkboard, Cherry, 42"Hx18"WAdditional models available.

Model Description HC-7 Retractable Belt Style, ChromeHB-7 Retractable Belt Style, BrassHS-7 Retractable Belt Style, SatinHBK-27 Dual Retractable Belt Style, BlackHC-27 Dual Retractable Belt Style, ChromeHB-27 Dual Retractable Belt Style, BrassTr-1 Rope 5', Black w/Chrome HardwareTr-2 Rope 5', Black w/Brass HardwareTr-45 Rope 5', Red w/Satin HardwareTr-5 Rope 6', Black w/Chrome HardwareTr-6 Rope 6', Black w/Brass HardwareTr-65 Rope 6', Black w/Satin HardwareTr-7 Rope 6', Red w/Chrome HardwareAdditional models available.

F

E

165.11_28.new 5/10/11 3:40 PM Page 1

166

General Equivalents16 tablespoons = 1 cup1 cup (standard measure) = 1/2 pint (8 fluid ounces)2 cups = 1 pint16 ounces = 1 pound3 quarts (dry) = 1 peck4 pecks = 1 bushel32 ounces = 1 fluid quart128 ounces = 1 fluid gallon1 No. 10 can = 13 cups1 pound margarine/butter = 2 cups1 pound flour = 4 cups1 teaspoon = 60 drops1 pinch (few grains) = 1/16 teaspoon3 teaspoons = 1 tablespoon1 jigger = 11/2 ounce2 pints = 1 quart4 quarts = 1 gallon16 ounces (liquid) = 1 pound or 1 pint (liquid)8 ounces (liquid) = 1 cup (liquid)1 ounce = 2 tablespoons (approx.)

Metric Conversion ChartTAKE MULTIPLY BY: TO FINDLengthinches 25 millimetersfeet 30 centimetersyards 0.9 metersmiles 1.6 kilometersmillimeters 0.04 inchescentimeters 0.4 inchesmeters 1.1 yardskilometers 0.6 milesSurface or Areasquare inches 6.5 square centimeterssquare feet 0.09 square meterssquare yards 0.08 square meterssquare miles 2.6 square kilometersacres 0.4 hectaressquare centimeters 0.16 square inchessquare meters 1.2 square yardssquare kilometers 0.4 square mileshectares 2.5 acresVolume & Capacityounces (fluid) 30 milliliterspints .047 litersquarts 0.95 litersgallons 3.8 litersmilliliters 0.034 ounces (fluid)liters 2.1 pintsliters 1.06 quartsliters 0.26 gallonsWeight & Massounces 28 gramspounds 0.45 kilogramsshort tons 0.9 metric tonsgrams 0.035 ounceskilograms 2.2 poundsmetric tons 1.1 tonsTemperature°Fahrenheit 0.55 °Celsius(After subtracting 32)°Celsius 1.8 °Fahrenheit(Then add 32)

Contents of Standard CansCan Number Weight Volume (Cups)

Common Utilities ConversionsTAKE MULTIPLY BY: TO FINDBTU 100000 ThermTherm .00001 BTUTherm 100 Cubic Foot (Nat. Gas)Cubic Foot (Nat. Gas) .01 ThermWatt .001 KilowattKilowatt 1000 WattKilowatt Hour 1.341 Horsepower HourHorsepower Hour .746 Kilowatt HourBTU .0003 Kilowatt HourHorsepower Hour 2545 BTUBTU .0004 Horsepower Hour

1300303

1 Tall2

21/23510

10-11 oz.15 oz.1 lb.1 lb.

1 lb. 3 oz.1 lb. 13 oz.

1 qt. 13 fl. oz.3 lbs.

6 lbs. 8 oz.

11/413/422

21/231/231/253/4

12 - 13

Units

1 fluid dram

1 teaspoon

1 tablespoon

1 fluid ounce

1/4 cupful

1 gill (1/2 cupful)

1 cupful

1 liquid pint

1 liquid quart

1 milliliter

1 liter

Fluidgram

1

1/13

4

8

16

32

64

128

256

0.27

270

Tea-spoonful

3/4

1

3

6

12

24

48

96

192

0.20

203

Table-spoonful

1/4

1/3

1

2

4

8

16

32

64

0.034

33.8

Fluidounce

1/8

1/6

1/2

1

2

4

8

16

32

0.034

33.8

1/4cupful

1/16

1/12

1/4

1/2

1

2

4

8

16

0.017

16.9

Gill (1/2cupful)

1/32

1/24

1/8

1/4

1/2

1

2

4

8

0.0084

8.45

Cupful

1/64

1/48

1/16

1/8

1/4

1/2

1

2

4

0.0042

4.23

Liquidpint

1/128

1/96

1/32

1/16

1/8

1/4

1/2

1

2

0.0021

2.11

Liquidquart

1/256

1/192

1/64

1/32

1/16

1/8

1/4

1/2

1

0.0011

1.06

Milli-liter

3.7

4.9

15

30

59

118

237

473

946

1

1000

Liter

0.004

0.005

0.015

0.030

0.059

0.118

0.237

0.473

0.946

1/1000

1 liter

166.11_12 5/10/11 4:04 PM Page 1

167

Before An Inspector Visits

Without a health inspection, your restaurant could fallvictim to a foodborne-illness outbreak that could ruin yourestablishment’s reputation and even force you to close yourdoors.

The proper strategy for a successful health inspection is tobe ready for an examination at any time. This means thatyou and your managers should become inspectors andconduct weekly, in-house examinations before healthinspectors arrive.

• When conducting a self-assessment, you should use the

same form or a similar form that your health departmentuses and put yourself in the health inspector’s place.

• Your self-inspection should include walking into your

establishment from the outside to get an outsider’simpression.

• After you inspect your operation, hold a 10-minute

briefing with kitchen staff to review any problems. Thisstep will help convey the importance of food safety tostaff members.

• If your staff includes employees for whom English is a

second language, ask a bilingual employee to translatethe findings to them so they also understand howimportant cleanliness is to the success of your restaurant.

• Your self-inspection priorities for kitchen employees

should include: food temperature, awareness of foodtypes and hand washing.

• Temperature guidelines include checking the temperature

of products when they arrive, when they are stored andwhen they are served. Doing this will reduce foodborne-illness outbreaks by 70 percent.

• Food-type guidelines are divided into three categories:

beef and beef blood; chicken; and all other types of food.These three categories can never touch each otherduring preparation.

• The importance of hand washing should be re-enforced

by posting signs at all kitchen sinks and in employeerestrooms.

• Train your managers to ensure that they are up-to-date

on the latest food-safety techniques. Restaurantemployees can use the National Restaurant AssociationEducational Foundation’s ServSafe food-safety trainingprogram.

• Review your local health code for any special, local

requirements.

• Another way to influence the outcome of your health

inspection is to get involved politically. Join your state’shealth-code-revision committee to give a restaurateur’sperspective. Involve senior staff on such committeesas well.

During An Inspection

Don’t panic when an inspector arrives. Think of this as alearning opportunity that will benefit your operation bymaking it as safe as possible. To make an inspection aspain-free as possible, you should:

• Ask to see the inspector’s credentials first. In some

cases, people have tried to pass themselves off ashealth officials. If you’re unsure of the person’scredentials, call the local health department or theinspector’s supervisor for verification.

• Do not refuse an inspection. The examiner will likely get

an inspection warrant that you can’t refuse and theexamination will be even more thorough.

• Tag along with the inspector and take notes of any

violations he or she finds. This gives you the chance tocorrect simple problems on the spot and the examinerwill note your willingness to fix problems.

• Refrain from offering any food or any other item that can

be misconstrued as an attempt to influence theinspector’s findings.

• After the exam, be sure to sign the inspector’s report.

Signing it doesn’t mean that you agree to the findings;it only means that you received a copy of the report.

• Ask the inspector to explain his findings to your staff

and offer suggestions on areas that need improvement.Even the cleanest restaurants sometimes containhealth-code violations.

After An InspectionHere’s what you can do to limit the damage of

an adverse health inspection:

• Fix small problems during the inspection to let the

examiner know you are willing to work with him or her.

• If you don’t understand the violation, ask the health

official to explain. Don’t be confrontational.

• If you disagree with the inspector’s findings, keep quiet

for the time being and appeal the decision later. Yourhealth inspector should be your ally. He or she canimprove the quality of your cuisine and save you fromthe devastation of a foodborne-illness incident.

Abbreviations Common to the Foodservice Industry

AGA American Gas AssociationBTU British Thermal UnitNSF National Sanitation FoundationUL Underwriters LaboratoryCSA Canadian Standards AssociationAC/DC Alternate Current/Direct CurrentETL Edison Testing LaboratoryNAFEM National Association of Foodservice Equipment ManufacturersNEMA National Electrical Manufacturers AssociationASM American Society of Mechanical EngineersHACCP Hazardous Analysis Critical Control Points

F

167.11_12 5/10/11 4:05 PM Page 1

168

Energy Conservation Checklist

When cooling, each degree the temperature is raisedreduces electrical consumption by 5%. When heating,each degree lowered reduces consumption by 3%.

Fluorescent bulbs are about four times more energyefficient indoors than standard incandescent bulbs.

Substitute a 100-watt incandescent bulb for two 60-wattbulbs and save 12% energy with no loss of light.

Operate a dehumidifier in the summer. Dry air can betolerated at higher temperatures than humid air.

Operating a humidifier in winter will allow colder air to feelmore comfortable.

Before closing for the night, close exhaust systems andprecool (in summer) or preheat (in winter).

Install awnings over windows that get direct sunlight.

In the Kitchen

Central HVAC systems are 10-15% more efficient thanseparate heating and cooling systems and allowincorporation of new energy efficient equipment.

Remember that water and other water-based liquids boil at212°F. Turning the flame higher does not cook food faster,it only uses more energy.

Cover dishes with lids to retain heated air in pots anddecrease cooking time.

Monitor preheat times with thermostats and timers.

When possible, use infrared broilers which can be turnedoff when not in use and quickly reheated, rather than idlingless efficient equipment.

Turn off exhaust fan when not required. This saves theenergy needed to run the fan and eases the load on theheating/cooling system because you are exhausting lessair from the room.

Don’t load fryer baskets beyond their stated capacity,normally 1/2 to 2/3 full. Crowded food takes longer to cook.

Higher temperatures do not preheat ovens any faster thanmoderate temperatures.

Use high energy-demand equipment sequentially ratherthan simultaneously, if possible.

Hot water boosters should be within f ive feet of adishwasher to avoid heat loss in the pipes.

In gas-fired units, adjust the flame to blue with a firm centercore. A yellow tip indicates gas is escaping.

Flush water heaters every six months to preventaccumulation of solids that prevent heat transfer.

Cook at lowest possible temperatures. Slow cookingretards meat shrinkage, retains nutrients and color, andcuts energy usage.

Maintain steamtables at temperatures that allow food towarm without forming clouds of steam. Clouds indicateunnecessary high temperatures.

Every few months have a qualified service representativecalibrate oven thermostats with a thermocouple.

In convection ovens, clean the fan blades. Accumulateddirt restricts the amount of air delivered.

Keep microwave oven interior surfaces free of foodparticles that inhibit oven performance.

Start the day’s baking with foods that require the lowestoven temperature.

Filter cooking fat. Built up sediment reduces cookingefficiency.

Place frequently used items in the front of refrigerators toreduce the time that the doors are open.

In high ceiling rooms, replace the ceiling lighting withhanging lamps to bring light closer.

Use direct, cold outside air for kitchen cooling.

ENERGY STAR qualified equipment can bean answer to mounting energy bills.

Purchasing ENERGY STAR qualified commercial foodservice equipment as a package for new kitchenconstruction or as a replacement for aging equipment,can save significant amounts of money and energy onfoodservice operators’ electric, gas, water and sewerbills. Commercial foodservice products in eightcategories may earn the ENERGY STAR:dishwashers, fryers, griddles, hot food holdingcabinets, ice machines, ovens, refrigerators andfreezers and steam cookers. Qualified products cansave up to as much as 50 percent over theirconventional counterparts.

Save Energy, Save Money

ENERGY STAR helps restaurant owners andoperators improve the performance of their facilitiesand equipment while reducing energy costs.Restaurants that invest strategically can cut utilitycosts 10 to 30 percent without sacrificing service,quality, style or comfort — while making significantcontributions to a cleaner environment.

Outfitting an entire kitchen with a suite of ENERGYSTAR qualified CFS equipment could save operatorsabout 350 Mbtu/year annually, or the equivalent ofapproximately $3,600.

Besides saving energy, ENERGY STAR qualifiedsteam cookers and commercial dishwashers savewater. Steam cookers that have earned the ENERGYSTAR are 90 percent more water efficient than non-qualified steam cookers; an ENERGY STAR qualifiedcommercial dishwasher is 25 percentmore water efficient than standardmodels.

Help Protect the EnvironmentThe greenhouse gas emissions thatwere avoided were equal to 27 million cars.

Visit www.energystar.gov for more information.

168.11_12 5/11/11 8:50 AM Page 1

2011/12 E&S Reference Guide

Documents

foodservice equipment

product reference guide

microwavesholding equipment

right equipment

product index

ice machinesbeverage

bar coolerscooking equipment

supplier index